ENGINE

ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM

SECTION EC EC

E
CONTENTS
VK56VD EVAP Canister Purge Volume Control Solenoid F
Valve ........................................................................26
PRECAUTION ............................................... 9 Fuel Injector .............................................................26
Fuel Level Sensor ....................................................26 G
PRECAUTIONS ................................................... 9 Fuel Pump Control Module ......................................27
Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System Fuel Rail Pressure Sensor .......................................27
(SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT PRE-TEN- Fuel Tank Temperature Sensor ...............................27
SIONER" ................................................................... 9 H
Heated Oxygen Sensor 2 ........................................27
Precaution for Procedure without Cowl Top Cover...... 9 High Pressure Fuel Pump .......................................28
Precautions For Xenon Headlamp Service ............... 9 ICC Brake Switch & Stop Lamp Switch ...................29
On Board Diagnostic (OBD) System of Engine ICC Steering Switch ................................................29 I
and A/T .................................................................... 10 Ignition Coil With Power Transistor .........................29
General Precautions ............................................... 10 Intake Valve Timing Control Solenoid Valve ...........29
Knock Sensor ..........................................................30 J
PREPARATION ........................................... 14 Low Fuel Pressure Sensor ......................................30
PREPARATION ..................................................14 Low Pressure Fuel Pump ........................................30
Special Service Tools .............................................. 14 Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) ............................30
K
Commercial Service Tools ...................................... 14 Manifold Absolute Pressure Sensor ........................31
Mass Air Flow Sensor (With Intake Air Tempera-
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION ............................. 16 ture Sensor) .............................................................31
Power Steering Pressure (PSP) Sensor ..................31 L
COMPONENT PARTS .......................................16 Refrigerant Pressure Sensor ...................................32
Component Parts Location ...................................... 16 VVEL Actuator Motor ...............................................32
Component Description ........................................... 19 VVEL Actuator Motor Relay .....................................32 M
Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor .......................... 21 VVEL Control Module ..............................................32
Air Fuel Ratio (A/F) Sensor 1 .................................. 21 VVEL Control Shaft Position Sensor .......................32
ASCD Brake Switch & Stop Lamp Switch ............... 21
STRUCTURE AND OPERATION ..................... 33 N
ASCD Steering Switch ............................................ 21
ASCD Indicators ...................................................... 21 Positive Crankcase Ventilation ................................33
Battery Current Sensor (With Battery Tempera- On Board Refueling Vapor Recovery (ORVR) ........34
ture Sensor) ............................................................ 22 O
Camshaft Position Sensor ....................................... 22
SYSTEM ............................................................ 35
Crankshaft Position Sensor ..................................... 23 ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM ...................................35
ECM ........................................................................ 23 ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM : System Diagram....35 P
Electric Throttle Control Actuator ............................ 23 ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM : System Descrip-
Electrically-controlled cooling fan coupling ............. 24 tion ...........................................................................35
Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor ...................... 25
Engine Oil Temperature Sensor .............................. 25 DIRECT INJECTION GASOLINE SYSTEM ..............36
EVAP Control System Pressure Sensor ................. 26 DIRECT INJECTION GASOLINE SYSTEM :
EVAP Canister Vent Control Valve ......................... 26 System Diagram .....................................................36

Revision: 2010 May EC-1 2011 QX56

 DIRECT INJECTION GASOLINE SYSTEM : Sys- DIAGNOSIS DESCRIPTION : 1st Trip Detection
tem Description ....................................................... 36 Logic and Two Trip Detection Logic ........................ 52
DIAGNOSIS DESCRIPTION : DTC and Freeze
FUEL PRESSURE CONTROL .................................. 39 Frame Data ............................................................. 52
FUEL PRESSURE CONTROL : System Diagram DIAGNOSIS DESCRIPTION : Counter System ...... 53
... 39 DIAGNOSIS DESCRIPTION : Driving Pattern ........ 58
FUEL PRESSURE CONTROL : System Descrip- DIAGNOSIS DESCRIPTION : System Readiness
tion .......................................................................... 39 Test (SRT) Code ..................................................... 58
COOLING FAN CONTROL ....................................... 40 DIAGNOSIS DESCRIPTION : Malfunction Indica-
COOLING FAN CONTROL : System Diagram ....... 41 tor Lamp (MIL) ........................................................ 60
COOLING FAN CONTROL : System Description... 41 On Board Diagnosis Function ................................. 60
CONSULT-III Function ............................................ 63
ELECTRIC IGNITION SYSTEM ................................ 41
ELECTRIC IGNITION SYSTEM : ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION ............. 72
System Diagram .................................................... 42
ELECTRIC IGNITION SYSTEM : System De-
ECM ................................................................... 72
scription .................................................................. 42 Reference Value ..................................................... 72
Fail-safe .................................................................. 93
INTAKE VALVE TIMING CONTROL ........................ 43 DTC Inspection Priority Chart ................................. 96
INTAKE VALVE TIMING CONTROL : System Di- DTC Index ............................................................... 98
agram ..................................................................... 43 Test Value and Test Limit .................................. 104
INTAKE VALVE TIMING CONTROL : System De-
scription .................................................................. 43 VVEL CONTROL MODULE ............................. 110
Reference Value ................................................... 110
VVEL SYSTEM .......................................................... 43
VVEL SYSTEM : System Diagram ........................ 44 WIRING DIAGRAM ................................... 114
VVEL SYSTEM : System Description ..................... 44
ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM .......................... 114
EVAPORATIVE EMISSION SYSTEM ....................... 45 Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 114
EVAPORATIVE EMISSION SYSTEM : System
Diagram .................................................................. 45 BASIC INSPECTION ................................. 135
EVAPORATIVE EMISSION SYSTEM : System
DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR WORKFLOW ........ 135
Description .............................................................. 45
Work Flow ............................................................. 135
AIR CONDITIONING CUT CONTROL ...................... 46 Diagnostic Work Sheet ......................................... 138
AIR CONDITIONING CUT CONTROL : System
Diagram .................................................................. 47
BASIC INSPECTION ........................................ 139
AIR CONDITIONING CUT CONTROL : System Work Procedure .................................................... 139
Description .............................................................. 47 ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACING
AUTOMATIC SPEED CONTROL DEVICE (ASCD)... 47 ECM .................................................................. 143
AUTOMATIC SPEED CONTROL DEVICE (AS- Description ............................................................ 143
CD) : System Diagram ............................................ 48 Work Procedure .................................................... 143
AUTOMATIC SPEED CONTROL DEVICE (AS-
ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACING
CD) : System Description ....................................... 48
VVEL CONTROL MODULE ............................. 144
CAN COMMUNICATION ........................................... 48 Description ............................................................ 144
CAN COMMUNICATION : System Description ...... 48 Work Procedure .................................................... 144

OPERATION ...................................................... 49 VIN REGISTRATION ........................................ 145

Description ............................................................ 145
AUTMATIC SPEED CONTROL DEVICE (ASCD) ... 49 Work Procedure .................................................... 145
AUTMATIC SPEED CONTROL DEVICE (ASCD)
: Switch Name and Function ................................... 49 ACCELERATOR PEDAL RELEASED POSI-
TION LEARNING .............................................. 146
ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM ..... 51 Description ............................................................ 146
Diagnosis Description ............................................. 51 Work Procedure .................................................... 146
GST (Generic Scan Tool) ....................................... 51
THROTTLE VALVE CLOSED POSITION
DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (ECM) ............................ 52 LEARNING ....................................................... 147
DIAGNOSIS DESCRIPTION ..................................... 52 Description ............................................................ 147

Revision: 2010 May EC-2 2011 QX56

 Work Procedure .................................................... 147 P0037, P0038, P0057, P0058 HO2S2 HEAT-
ER .................................................................... 184 A
IDLE AIR VOLUME LEARNING ...................... 148 DTC Logic .............................................................. 184
Description ............................................................ 148
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 184
Work Procedure .................................................... 148
Component Inspection (HO2 Sensor 2 Heater) ..... 186 EC
VVEL CONTROL SHAFT POSITION SEN- P006A, P0101 MAF SENSOR ........................ 187
SOR ADJUSTMENT ......................................... 150 DTC Logic .............................................................. 187
Description ............................................................ 150 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 188 C
Work Procedure .................................................... 150 Component Inspection (MAF Sensor) ................... 190
MIXTURE RATIO SELF-LEARNING VALUE P0075, P0081 IVT CONTROL SOLENOID
CLEAR .............................................................. 152 D
VALVE ............................................................. 193
Description ............................................................ 152 DTC Logic .............................................................. 193
Work Procedure .................................................... 152 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 193
E
FUEL PRESSURE ............................................ 153 Component Inspection (Intake Valve Timing Con-
trol Solenoid Valve) ............................................... 194
Work Procedure .................................................... 153

HOW TO SET SRT CODE ................................ 156 P0087, P0088, P0090 FRP CONTROL SYS- F
Description ............................................................ 156 TEM ................................................................. 195
SRT Set Driving Pattern ........................................ 157 DTC Logic .............................................................. 195
Work Procedure .................................................... 159 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 196 G
Component Inspection ........................................... 196
DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS ....................... 161
P008A LOW FUEL PRESSURE CONTROL
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS - SPECIFICATION SYSTEM .......................................................... 198 H
VALUE .............................................................. 161 DTC Logic .............................................................. 198
Description ............................................................ 161 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 198
Component Function Check .................................. 161 I
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 162
P008B LOW FUEL PRESSURE CONTROL
SYSTEM .......................................................... 200
POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT .... 168 DTC Logic .............................................................. 200
J
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 168 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 200

U0101 CAN COMM CIRCUIT ........................... 171 P0102, P0103 MAF SENSOR ......................... 201
DTC Logic ............................................................. 171 DTC Logic .............................................................. 201 K
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 171 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 201
Component Inspection (MAF Sensor) ................... 203
U1001 CAN COMM CIRCUIT ........................... 172
P0106 MANIFOLD ABSOLUTE PRESSURE L
DTC Logic ............................................................. 172
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 172 SENSOR .......................................................... 206
DTC Logic .............................................................. 206
U0113, U1003 CAN COMM CIRCUIT .............. 173 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 207 M
DTC Logic ............................................................. 173 Component Inspection (MAP Sensor) ................... 208
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 173
P010A MANIFOLD ABSOLUTE PRESSURE
U1024 CAN COMM CIRCUIT ........................... 175 N
SENSOR .......................................................... 210
DTC Logic ............................................................. 175 DTC Logic .............................................................. 210
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 175 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 210
Component Inspection (MAP Sensor) ................... 211 O
P0011, P0021 IVT CONTROL .......................... 177
DTC Logic ............................................................. 177 P0112, P0113 IAT SENSOR ........................... 213
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 178 DTC Logic .............................................................. 213
Component Inspection (Intake Valve Timing Con- P
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 213
trol Solenoid Valve) ............................................... 179 Component Inspection (Intake Air Temperature
P0031, P0032, P0051, P0052 A/F SENSOR 1 Sensor) .................................................................. 214
HEATER ........................................................... 181 P0116 ECT SENSOR ...................................... 215
DTC Logic ............................................................. 181 DTC Logic .............................................................. 215
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 181 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 215
Component Inspection (A/F Sensor 1 Heater) ...... 182

Revision: 2010 May EC-3 2011 QX56

 Component Inspection (Engine Coolant Tempera- P0139, P0159 HO2S2 ....................................... 257
ture Sensor) ...........................................................216 DTC Logic ............................................................. 257
Component Function Check ................................. 258
P0117, P0118 ECT SENSOR .......................... 217 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 259
DTC Logic ..............................................................217 Component Inspection (HO2 sensor 2) ................ 260
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................217
Component Inspection (Engine Coolant Tempera- P0171, P0174 FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM
ture Sensor) ...........................................................218 FUNCTION ........................................................ 263
DTC Logic ............................................................. 263
P0122, P0123 TP SENSOR ............................. 219 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 264
DTC Logic ..............................................................219
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................219 P0172, P0175 FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM
Component Inspection (Throttle Position Sensor)..220 FUNCTION ........................................................ 267
DTC Logic ............................................................. 267
P0125 ECT SENSOR ....................................... 222
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 268
DTC Logic ..............................................................222
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................222 P0181 FTT SENSOR ........................................ 271
Component Inspection (Engine Coolant Tempera- DTC Logic ............................................................. 271
ture Sensor) ...........................................................223 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 271
Component Inspection (Fuel Tank Temperature
P0127 IAT SENSOR ........................................ 224
Sensor) ................................................................. 273
DTC Logic ..............................................................224
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................224 P0182, P0183 FTT SENSOR ............................ 274
Component Inspection (Intake Air Temperature DTC Logic ............................................................. 274
Sensor) ..................................................................225 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 274
Component Inspection (Fuel Tank Temperature
P0128 THERMOSTAT FUNCTION ................. 226
Sensor) ................................................................. 275
DTC Logic ..............................................................226
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................227 P0190, P0192, P0193 FRP SENSOR ............... 276
Component Inspection (Engine Coolant Tempera- DTC Logic ............................................................. 276
ture Sensor) ...........................................................227 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 276
Component Inspection (Fuel Rail Pressure Sen-
P0130, P0150 A/F SENSOR 1 ......................... 228
sor) ........................................................................ 278
DTC Logic ..............................................................228
Component Function Check ..................................229 P0191 FRP SENSOR ....................................... 279
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................230 DTC Logic ............................................................. 279
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 279
P0131, P0151 A/F SENSOR 1 ......................... 232
Component Inspection (Fuel Rail Pressure Sen-
DTC Logic ..............................................................232
sor) ........................................................................ 281
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................233
P0196 EOT SENSOR ....................................... 283
P0132, P0152 A/F SENSOR 1 ......................... 235
DTC Logic ............................................................. 283
DTC Logic ..............................................................235
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 284
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................236
Component Inspection (Engine Oil Temperature
P0133, P0153 A/F SENSOR 1 ......................... 238 Sensor) ................................................................. 284
DTC Logic ..............................................................238
P0197, P0198 EOT SENSOR ........................... 285
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................239
DTC Logic ............................................................. 285
P0137, P0157 HO2S2 ...................................... 243 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 285
DTC Logic ..............................................................243 Component Inspection (Engine Oil Temperature
Component Function Check ..................................244 Sensor) ................................................................. 286
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................245
P0201, P0202, P0203, P0204, P0205, P0206,
Component Inspection (HO2 sensor 2) .................246
P0207, P0208 INJECTOR ................................ 287
P0138, P0158 HO2S2 ...................................... 249 DTC Logic ............................................................. 287
DTC Logic ..............................................................249 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 287
Component Function Check ..................................251
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................251
P0222, P0223 TP SENSOR .............................. 288
DTC Logic ............................................................. 288
Component Inspection (HO2 sensor 2) .................254
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 288
Component Inspection (Throttle Position Sensor). 289

Revision: 2010 May EC-4 2011 QX56

P0300, P0301, P0302, P0303, P0304, P0305, P0451 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRES-
P0306, P0307, P0308 MISFIRE ....................... 291 SURE SENSOR ............................................... 333 A
DTC Logic ............................................................. 291 DTC Logic .............................................................. 333
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 292 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 333
Component Inspection (EVAP Control System EC
P0327, P0328, P0332, P0333 KS .................... 297 Pressure Sensor) ................................................... 335
DTC Logic ............................................................. 297
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 297 P0452 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRES-
Component Inspection (Knock Sensor) ................ 298 SURE SENSOR ............................................... 336 C
DTC Logic .............................................................. 336
P0335 CKP SENSOR ....................................... 299 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 337
DTC Logic ............................................................. 299 Component Inspection (EVAP Control System D
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 299 Pressure Sensor) ................................................... 339
Component Inspection (Crankshaft Position Sen-
sor) ........................................................................ 301 P0453 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRES-
E
SURE SENSOR ............................................... 341
P0340, P0345 CMP SENSOR .......................... 303 DTC Logic .............................................................. 341
DTC Logic ............................................................. 303
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 342
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 304 F
Component Inspection (EVAP Control System
Component Inspection (Camshaft Position Sen-
Pressure Sensor) ................................................... 345
sor) ........................................................................ 306
P0456 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM ................. 346 G
P0420, P0430 THREE WAY CATALYST DTC Logic .............................................................. 346
FUNCTION ....................................................... 307 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 347
DTC Logic ............................................................. 307 Component Inspection (Fuel Filler Cap) ................ 350
Component Function Check .................................. 308 H
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 309 P0460 FUEL LEVEL SENSOR ....................... 352
DTC Logic .............................................................. 352
P0441 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM .................. 312 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 352 I
DTC Logic ............................................................. 312
Component Function Check .................................. 313 P0461 FUEL LEVEL SENSOR ....................... 353
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 314 DTC Logic .............................................................. 353
Component Function Check .................................. 353 J
P0443 EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 354
CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE ....................... 317
DTC Logic ............................................................. 317 P0462, P0463 FUEL LEVEL SENSOR ........... 355 K
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 318 DTC Logic .............................................................. 355
Component Inspection (EVAP Canister Purge Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 355
Volume Control Solenoid Valve) ........................... 320
P0500 VSS ...................................................... 356 L
P0444, P0445 EVAP CANISTER PURGE Description ............................................................. 356
VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE ....... 322 DTC Logic .............................................................. 356
DTC Logic ............................................................. 322 Component Function Check .................................. 357 M
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 322 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 357
Component Inspection (EVAP Canister Purge
Volume Control Solenoid Valve) ........................... 323 P0506 ISC SYSTEM ........................................ 358
Description ............................................................. 358 N
P0447 EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL DTC Logic .............................................................. 358
VALVE .............................................................. 325 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 358
DTC Logic ............................................................. 325 O
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 325
P0507 ISC SYSTEM ........................................ 360
Description ............................................................. 360
Component Inspection (EVAP Canister Vent Con-
trol Valve) .............................................................. 327 DTC Logic .............................................................. 360
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 360 P
P0448 EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL
P050E COLD START CONTROL ................... 362
VALVE .............................................................. 329
Description ............................................................. 362
DTC Logic ............................................................. 329
DTC Logic .............................................................. 362
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 329
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 362
Component Inspection (EVAP Canister Vent Con-
trol Valve) .............................................................. 331 P0524 ENGINE OIL PRESSURE .................... 364

Revision: 2010 May EC-5 2011 QX56

 DTC Logic ..............................................................364 Component Inspection (VVEL ACTUATOR
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................365 HOUSING ASSEMBLY) ........................................ 392

P0527 COOLING FAN SPEED SENSOR ....... 367 P1091 VVEL ACTUATOR MOTOR RELAY ..... 393
DTC Logic ..............................................................367 DTC Logic ............................................................. 393
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................367 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 393
Component Inspection (Cooling Fan Speed Sen- Component Inspection (VVEL Actuator Motor Re-
sor) ........................................................................369 lay) ........................................................................ 395

P0550 PSP SENSOR ....................................... 371 P1148, P1168 CLOSED LOOP CONTROL ..... 396
DTC Logic ..............................................................371 DTC Logic ............................................................. 396
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................371 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 396
Component Inspection (Power Steering Pressure
Sensor) ..................................................................373 P1197 OUT OF GAS ........................................ 397
Description ............................................................ 397
P0603 ECM POWER SUPPLY ........................ 374 DTC Logic ............................................................. 397
DTC Logic ..............................................................374 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 398
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................374
P1212 TCS COMMUNICATION LINE .............. 399
P0605 ECM ...................................................... 376 Description ............................................................ 399
DTC Logic ..............................................................376 DTC Logic ............................................................. 399
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................376 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 399

P0607 ECM ...................................................... 378 P1217 ENGINE OVER TEMPERATURE ......... 400
DTC Logic ..............................................................378 DTC Logic ............................................................. 400
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................378 Component Function Check ................................. 400
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 401
P0611 ECM PROTECTION ............................. 379
Description .............................................................379 P1220 FUEL PUMP CONTROL MODULE
DTC Logic ..............................................................379 (FPCM) .............................................................. 403
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................379 DTC Logic ............................................................. 403
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 403
P062B ECM ..................................................... 380 Component Inspection (FPCM) ............................ 405
Description .............................................................380
DTC Logic ..............................................................380 P1225 TP SENSOR .......................................... 406
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................380 DTC Logic ............................................................. 406
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 406
P0643 SENSOR POWER SUPPLY ................. 381
DTC Logic ..............................................................381 P1226 TP SENSOR .......................................... 407
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................381 DTC Logic ............................................................. 407
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 407
P0850 PNP SWITCH ....................................... 383
Description .............................................................383 P1421 COLD START CONTROL ..................... 408
DTC Logic ..............................................................383 Description ............................................................ 408
Component Function Check ..................................384 DTC Logic ............................................................. 408
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................384 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 408
P1087, P1088 VVEL SYSTEM ........................ 386 P1423, P1424 COLD START CONTROL ........ 410
DTC Logic ..............................................................386 Description ............................................................ 410
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................386 DTC Logic ............................................................. 410
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 410
P1089, P1092 VVEL CONTROL SHAFT PO-
SITION SENSOR ............................................. 387 P1550 BATTERY CURRENT SENSOR ........... 412
DTC Logic ..............................................................387 DTC Logic ............................................................. 412
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................387 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 412
Component Inspection (Battery Current Sensor) . 414
P1090, P1093 VVEL ACTUATOR MOTOR ..... 390
DTC Logic ..............................................................390 P1551, P1552 BATTERY CURRENT SEN-
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................390 SOR .................................................................. 416
Component Inspection (VVEL ACTUATOR MO- DTC Logic ............................................................. 416
TOR ASSEMBLY) .................................................392 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 416
Component Inspection (Battery Current Sensor) . 419

Revision: 2010 May EC-6 2011 QX56

P1553 BATTERY CURRENT SENSOR ........... 420 P1608 VVEL SENSOR POWER SUPPLY ...... 453
DTC Logic ............................................................. 420 DTC Logic .............................................................. 453 A
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 420 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 453
Component Inspection (Battery Current Sensor) .. 423
P1805 BRAKE SWITCH ................................. 455
EC
P1554 BATTERY CURRENT SENSOR ........... 424 DTC Logic .............................................................. 455
DTC Logic ............................................................. 424 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 455
Component Function Check .................................. 424 Component Inspection (Stop Lamp Switch) .......... 456
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 425 C
Component Inspection (Battery Current Sensor) .. 427 P2100, P2103 THROTTLE CONTROL MO-
TOR RELAY .................................................... 458
P1556, P1557 BATTERY TEMPERATURE DTC Logic .............................................................. 458 D
SENSOR ........................................................... 428 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 458
DTC Logic ............................................................. 428
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 428 P2101 ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL
Component Inspection (Battery Temprature Sen- FUNCTION ...................................................... 460 E
sor) ........................................................................ 430 Description ............................................................. 460
DTC Logic .............................................................. 460
P1564 ASCD STEERING SWITCH .................. 431 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 460 F
DTC Logic ............................................................. 431 Component Inspection ........................................... 462
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 431 Special Repair Requirement .................................. 463
Component Inspection (ASCD Steering Switch) .. 433
P2118 THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR ......... 464 G
P1564 ICC STEERING SWITCH ...................... 434 DTC Logic .............................................................. 464
DTC Logic ............................................................. 434 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 464
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 434 Component Inspection (Electric Throttle Control H
Component Inspection (ICC Steering Switch) ....... 436 Motor) .................................................................... 465
P1568 ICC FUNCTION ..................................... 437 P2119 ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL
DTC Logic ............................................................. 437 I
ACTUATOR ..................................................... 466
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 437 DTC Logic .............................................................. 466
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 466
P1572 ASCD BRAKE SWITCH ....................... 438 J
DTC Logic ............................................................. 438 P2122, P2123 APP SENSOR ......................... 468
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 439 DTC Logic .............................................................. 468
Component Inspection (ASCD Brake Switch) ....... 442 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 468 K
Component Inspection (Stop Lamp Switch) .......... 442 Component Inspection (Accelerator Pedal Posi-
tion Sensor) ........................................................... 470
P1572 ICC BRAKE SWITCH ........................... 443
DTC Logic ............................................................. 443 P2127, P2128 APP SENSOR ......................... 471 L
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 444 DTC Logic .............................................................. 471
Component Inspection (ICC Brake Switch) ........... 445 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 471
Component Inspection (Stop Lamp Switch) .......... 446 Component Inspection (Accelerator Pedal Posi- M
tion Sensor) ........................................................... 474
P1574 ASCD VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR ...... 447
Description ............................................................ 447 P2135 TP SENSOR ......................................... 475
DTC Logic ............................................................. 447 DTC Logic .............................................................. 475 N
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 447 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 475
Component Inspection (Throttle Position Sensor).. 476
P1574 ICC VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR .......... 449
O
Description ............................................................ 449 P2138 APP SENSOR ...................................... 478
DTC Logic ............................................................. 449 DTC Logic .............................................................. 478
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 449 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 478
Component Inspection (Accelerator Pedal Posi- P
P1606 VVEL CONTROL MODULE .................. 451 tion Sensor) ........................................................... 481
DTC Logic ............................................................. 451
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 451 P2539, P2541, P2542 LOW FUEL PRES-
SURE SENSOR ............................................... 483
P1607 VVEL CONTROL MODULE .................. 452
DTC Logic .............................................................. 483
DTC Logic ............................................................. 452
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 483
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 452
Component Inspection ........................................... 485

Revision: 2010 May EC-7 2011 QX56

P2A00, P2A03 A/F SENSOR 1 ....................... 487 ON BOARD REFUELING VAPOR RECOV-
DTC Logic ..............................................................487 ERY (ORVR) ..................................................... 516
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................487 Component Function Check ................................. 516
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 516
ASCD BRAKE SWITCH .................................. 490 Component Inspection (EVAP Vapor Cut Valve) . 518
Component Function Check ..................................490
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................490 REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR ........... 520
Component Inspection (ASCD Brake Switch) .......491 Component Function Check ................................. 520
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 520
ASCD INDICATOR .......................................... 492
Component Function Check ..................................492 SNOW MODE SWITCH .................................... 522
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................492 Description ............................................................ 522
Component Function Check ................................. 522
ELECTRICAL LOAD SIGNAL ......................... 493 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 522
Description .............................................................493 Component Inspection .......................................... 523
Component Function Check ..................................493
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................493 SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS ........................... 524
ELECTRICALLY-CONTROLLED COOLING ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM SYMPTOMS .... 524
FAN COUPLING .............................................. 495 Symptom Table ..................................................... 524
Component Function Check ..................................495
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................495 NORMAL OPERATING CONDITION ............... 529
Description ............................................................ 529
FUEL INJECTOR ............................................. 498
Component Function Check ..................................498 PERIODIC MAINTENANCE ...................... 530
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................498
Component Inspection ...........................................499 IDLE SPEED ..................................................... 530
Inspection .............................................................. 530
HIGH PRESSURE FUEL PUMP ...................... 501
Component Function Check ..................................501 IGNITION TIMING ............................................. 531
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................501 Inspection .............................................................. 531
Component Inspection ...........................................502 EVAP LEAK CHECK ........................................ 532
ICC BRAKE SWITCH ...................................... 503 Inspection .............................................................. 532
Component Function Check ..................................503 POSITIVE CRANKCASE VENTILATION ......... 534
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................503
Inspection .............................................................. 534
Component Inspection (ICC Brake Switch) ...........505
REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION ............. 535
IGNITION SIGNAL ........................................... 506
Component Function Check ..................................506 ECM .................................................................. 535
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................506 Removal and Installation ....................................... 535
Component Inspection (Ignition Coil with Power
Transistor) .............................................................509 VVEL CONTROL MODULE ............................. 536
Component Inspection (Condenser) ......................510 Removal and Installation ....................................... 536

INFORMATION DISPLAY (ASCD) .................. 511 FUEL PUMP CONTROL MODULE (FPCM) .... 537
Component Function Check ..................................511 Removal and Installation ....................................... 537
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................511
SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS
LOW PRESSURE FUEL PUMP ...................... 512 (SDS) ......................................................... 538
Component Function Check ..................................512
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................512 SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS
Component Inspection (Low Pressure Fuel Pump) (SDS) ................................................................ 538
..513 Idle Speed ............................................................. 538
Component Inspection (FPCM) .............................514 Ignition Timing ....................................................... 538
Calculated Load Value .......................................... 538
MALFUNCTION INDICATOR LAMP ............... 515 Mass Air Flow Sensor ........................................... 538
Component Function Check ..................................515
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................515

Revision: 2010 May EC-8 2011 QX56

 PRECAUTIONS
< PRECAUTION > [VK56VD]

PRECAUTION A
PRECAUTIONS
Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT EC
PRE-TENSIONER" INFOID:0000000006219727

The Supplemental Restraint System such as “AIR BAG” and “SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER”, used along C
with a front seat belt, helps to reduce the risk or severity of injury to the driver and front passenger for certain
types of collision. This system includes seat belt switch inputs and dual stage front air bag modules. The SRS
system uses the seat belt switches to determine the front air bag deployment, and may only deploy one front
air bag, depending on the severity of a collision and whether the front occupants are belted or unbelted. D
Information necessary to service the system safely is included in the “SRS AIR BAG” and “SEAT BELT” of this
Service Manual.
WARNING: E
• To avoid rendering the SRS inoperative, which could increase the risk of personal injury or death in
the event of a collision that would result in air bag inflation, all maintenance must be performed by
an authorized NISSAN/INFINITI dealer.
F
• Improper maintenance, including incorrect removal and installation of the SRS, can lead to personal
injury caused by unintentional activation of the system. For removal of Spiral Cable and Air Bag
Module, see the “SRS AIR BAG”.
• Do not use electrical test equipment on any circuit related to the SRS unless instructed to in this G
Service Manual. SRS wiring harnesses can be identified by yellow and/or orange harnesses or har-
ness connectors.
PRECAUTIONS WHEN USING POWER TOOLS (AIR OR ELECTRIC) AND HAMMERS H
WARNING:
• When working near the Air Bag Diagnosis Sensor Unit or other Air Bag System sensors with the
ignition ON or engine running, DO NOT use air or electric power tools or strike near the sensor(s) I
with a hammer. Heavy vibration could activate the sensor(s) and deploy the air bag(s), possibly
causing serious injury.
• When using air or electric power tools or hammers, always switch the ignition OFF, disconnect the J
battery, and wait at least 3 minutes before performing any service.
Precaution for Procedure without Cowl Top Cover INFOID:0000000006217650

K
When performing the procedure after removing cowl top cover, cover
the lower end of windshield with urethane, etc.
L

N
PIIB3706J

Precautions For Xenon Headlamp Service INFOID:0000000006217651

O
WARNING:
Comply with the following warnings to prevent any serious accident.
• Disconnect the battery cable (negative terminal) or the power supply fuse before installing, remov- P
ing, or touching the xenon headlamp (bulb included). The xenon headlamp contains high-voltage
generated parts.
• Never work with wet hands.
• Check the xenon headlamp ON-OFF status after assembling it to the vehicle. Never turn the xenon
headlamp ON in other conditions. Connect the power supply to the vehicle-side connector.
(Turning it ON outside the lamp case may cause fire or visual impairments.)
• Never touch the bulb glass immediately after turning it OFF. It is extremely hot.

Revision: 2010 May EC-9 2011 QX56

 PRECAUTIONS
< PRECAUTION > [VK56VD]
CAUTION:
Comply with the following cautions to prevent any error and malfunction.
• Install the xenon bulb securely. (Insufficient bulb socket installation may melt the bulb, the connec-
tor, the housing, etc. by high-voltage leakage or corona discharge.)
• Never perform HID circuit inspection with a tester.
• Never touch the xenon bulb glass with hands. Never put oil and grease on it.
• Dispose of the used xenon bulb after packing it in thick vinyl without breaking it.
• Never wipe out dirt and contamination with organic solvent (thinner, gasoline, etc.).
On Board Diagnostic (OBD) System of Engine and A/T INFOID:0000000006217652

The ECM has an on board diagnostic system. It will illuminate the malfunction indicator lamp (MIL) to warn the
driver of a malfunction causing emission deterioration.
CAUTION:
• Always turn the ignition switch OFF and disconnect the negative battery cable before any repair or
inspection work. The open/short circuit of related switches, sensors, solenoid valves, etc. will cause
the MIL to illuminate.
• Always connect and lock the connectors securely after work. A loose (unlocked) connector will
cause the MIL to illuminate due to the open circuit. (Be sure the connector is free from water, grease,
dirt, bent terminals, etc.)
• Certain systems and components, especially those related to OBD, may use a new style slide-lock-
ing type harness connector. For description and how to disconnect, refer to EC-51, "Diagnosis
Description".
• Always route and secure the harnesses properly after work. The interference of the harness with a
bracket, etc. may cause the MIL to illuminate due to the short circuit.
• Always connect rubber tubes properly after work. A misconnected or disconnected rubber tube may
cause the MIL to illuminate due to the malfunction of the EVAP system or fuel injection system, etc.
• Always erase the unnecessary malfunction information (repairs completed) from the ECM and TCM
(Transmission control module) before returning the vehicle to the customer.
General Precautions INFOID:0000000006217653

• Always use a 12 volt battery as power source.

• Never attempt to disconnect battery cables while engine is
running.
• Before connecting or disconnecting the ECM harness con-
nector, turn ignition switch OFF and disconnect negative bat-
tery cable. Failure to do so may damage the ECM because
battery voltage is applied to ECM even if ignition switch is
turned OFF.
• Before removing parts, turn ignition switch OFF and then dis-
connect battery ground cable.
SEF289H

• Never disassemble ECM.

• If a battery cable is disconnected, the memory will return to
the ECM value.
The ECM will now start to self-control at its initial value. Thus,
engine operation can vary slightly in this case. However, this
is not an indication of a malfunction. Never replace parts
because of a slight variation.
• If the battery is disconnected, the following emission-related
diagnostic information will be lost within 24 hours.
- Diagnostic trouble codes
- 1st trip diagnostic trouble codes
JMBIA0057ZZ
- Freeze frame data
- 1st trip freeze frame data
- System readiness test (SRT) codes
- Test values

Revision: 2010 May EC-10 2011 QX56

 PRECAUTIONS
< PRECAUTION > [VK56VD]
• When connecting ECM harness connector (A), fasten (B) it
securely with a lever as far as it will go as shown in the figure. A
- ECM (1)
- Loosen (C)
EC

JMBIA0029ZZ

D
• When connecting or disconnecting pin connectors into or
from ECM, never damage pin terminals (bends or break).
Check that there are not any bends or breaks on ECM pin ter- E
minal, when connecting pin connectors.
• Securely connect ECM harness connectors.
A poor connection can cause an extremely high (surge) volt-
age to develop in coil and condenser, thus resulting in dam- F
age to ICs.
• Keep engine control system harness at least 10 cm (4 in) away
from adjacent harness, to prevent engine control system mal- G
functions due to receiving external noise, degraded operation
PBIB0090E
of ICs, etc.
• Keep engine control system parts and harness dry. H
• Before replacing ECM, perform ECM Terminals and Reference
Value inspection and check that ECM functions properly.
Refer to EC-72, "Reference Value".
• Handle mass air flow sensor carefully to avoid damage. I
• Never clean mass air flow sensor with any type of detergent.
• Never disassemble electric throttle control actuator.
• Even a slight leakage in the air intake system can cause seri- J
ous incidents.
• Never shock or jar the camshaft position sensor, crankshaft
position sensor.
K
MEF040D

• After performing each TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS, perform DTC L

Confirmation Procedure or Component Function Check.
The DTC should not be displayed in the DTC Confirmation
Procedure if the repair is completed. The Component Func-
tion Check should be a good result if the repair is completed. M

SEF217U
O

Revision: 2010 May EC-11 2011 QX56

 PRECAUTIONS
< PRECAUTION > [VK56VD]
• When measuring ECM signals with a circuit tester, never allow
the two tester probes to contact.
Accidental contact of probes will cause a short circuit and
damage the ECM power transistor.

SEF348N

• B1 indicates bank 1, B2 indicates bank 2 as shown in the fig-

ure.
• Never operate fuel pump when there is no fuel in lines.
• Tighten fuel hose clamps to the specified torque.

PBIB1144E

• Never depress accelerator pedal when starting.

• Immediately after starting, never rev up engine unnecessarily.
• Never rev up engine just prior to shutdown.

SEF709Y

Revision: 2010 May EC-12 2011 QX56

 PRECAUTIONS
< PRECAUTION > [VK56VD]
• When installing C.B. ham radio or a mobile phone, be sure to
observe the following as it may adversely affect electronic A
control systems depending on installation location.
- Keep the antenna as far as possible from the electronic con-
trol units.
EC
- Keep the antenna feeder line more than 20 cm (8 in) away
from the harness of electronic controls.
Never let them run parallel for a long distance.
- Adjust the antenna and feeder line so that the standing-wave C
ratio can be kept smaller.
- Be sure to ground the radio to vehicle body.
SEF708Y

Revision: 2010 May EC-13 2011 QX56

 PREPARATION
< PREPARATION > [VK56VD]

PREPARATION
PREPARATION
Special Service Tools INFOID:0000000006217654

Tool number
(Kent-Moore No.) Description
Tool name
KV10118400 Measures fuel pressure
(—)
Fuel tube adapter

PBIB3043E

Commercial Service Tools INFOID:0000000006217655

Tool name
Description
(Kent-Moore No.)
Leak detector Locates the EVAP leak
i.e.: (J-41416)

S-NT703

EVAP service port adapter Applys positive pressure through EVAP service
i.e.: (J-41413-OBD) port

S-NT704

Fuel filler cap adapter Checks fuel tank vacuum relief valve opening
i.e.: (MLR-8382) pressure

S-NT815

Socket wrench Removes and installs engine coolant temperature

sensor

S-NT705

Revision: 2010 May EC-14 2011 QX56

 PREPARATION
< PREPARATION > [VK56VD]
Tool name
Description
(Kent-Moore No.) A
Oxygen sensor thread Reconditions the exhaust system threads before
cleaner installing a new oxygen sensor. Use with anti-
i.e.: (J-43897-18) seize lubricant shown below. EC
(J-43897-12) a: 18 mm diameter with pitch 1.5 mm for Zirco-
nia Oxygen Sensor
b: 12 mm diameter with pitch 1.25 mm for Tita-
nia Oxygen Sensor C
AEM488

Anti-seize lubricant i.e.: Lubricates oxygen sensor thread cleaning tool

when reconditioning exhaust system threads. D
(PermatexTM 133AR or
equivalent meeting MIL
specification MIL-A-907)
E

S-NT779
F

Revision: 2010 May EC-15 2011 QX56

 COMPONENT PARTS
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [VK56VD]

SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
COMPONENT PARTS
Component Parts Location INFOID:0000000006217656

ENGINE ROOM COMPARTMENT

JSBIA0293ZZ

1. IPDM E/R 2. ECM 3. Battery current sensor

(with battery temperature sensor)
4. Power steering pressure sensor 5. Alternator 6. Refrigerant pressure sensor
7. EVAP canister purge volume control 8. Electric throttle control actuator 9. Mass air flow sensor
solenoid valve (with intake air temperature sensor)
10. VVEL control module

ENGINE COMPARTMENT

Revision: 2010 May EC-16 2011 QX56

 COMPONENT PARTS
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [VK56VD]

EC

I
JPBIA3972ZZ

1. VVEL actuator motor (bank 2) 2. Ignition coil (with power transistor) 3. Camshaft position sensor (bank 2)
and spark plug (bank 2) J
4. High pressure fuel pump 5. Intake valve timing control solenoid 6. Electric-viscous fan assembly
valve (bank 2)
7. Engine oil temperature sensor 8. Intake valve timing control solenoid 9. Camshaft position sensor (bank 1) K
valve (bank 1)
10. Ignition coil (with power transistor) 11. VVEL actuator motor (bank 1) 12. Low fuel pressure sensor
and spark plug (bank 1) L
13. Positive crankcase ventilation (PCV) 14. Fuel injector (bank 2) 15. Knock sensor (bank 2)
valve
16. Knock sensor (bank 1) 17. Fuel injector (bank 1) 18. Fuel rail pressure sensor
M
19. Manifold absolute pressure sensor 20. VVEL control shaft position sensor 21. Crankshaft position sensor
(bank 1)
22. Engine coolant temperature sensor 23. VVEL control shaft position sensor
(bank 2) N
A. Top view of the engine B. Rear view of the engine
(View with intake manifold is re-
moved) O
:Engine front

EXHAUST COMPARTMENT
P

Revision: 2010 May EC-17 2011 QX56

 COMPONENT PARTS
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [VK56VD]

JSBIA0295ZZ

1. A/F sensor 1 (bank 2) 2. A/F sensor 1 (bank 1) 3. Heated oxygen sensor 2 (bank 1)
4. Heated oxygen sensor 2 (bank 2)

BODY COMPARTMENT

Revision: 2010 May EC-18 2011 QX56

 COMPONENT PARTS
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [VK56VD]

EC

I
JSBIA0606ZZ

1. ASCD steering switch 2. Snow mode switch 3. Fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump
ICC steering switch assembly (with fuel tank temperature J
sensor)
4. Fuel pump control module (FPCM) 5. EVAP canister vent control valve 6. EVAP canister
7. EVAP control system pressure sen- 8. Stop lamp switch 9. ASCD brake switch K
sor ICC brake switch
10. Accelerator pedal position sensor
L
Component Description INFOID:0000000006217657

Component Reference M
ECM EC-23, "ECM"
Malfunction indicator lamp (MIL) EC-30, "Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL)"
N
Ignition coil with power transistor EC-29, "Ignition Coil With Power Transistor"
Accelerator pedal position sensor EC-21, "Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor"
Mass air flow sensor EC-31, "Mass Air Flow Sensor (With Intake Air Temperature Sen- O
Intake air temperature sensor sor)"

Electric throttle control actuator

P
Throttle control motor relay
EC-23, "Electric Throttle Control Actuator"
Throttle control motor
Throttle position sensor
Crankshaft position sensor EC-23, "Crankshaft Position Sensor"
Camshaft position sensor EC-22, "Camshaft Position Sensor"
Engine coolant temperature sensor EC-25, "Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor"

Revision: 2010 May EC-19 2011 QX56

 COMPONENT PARTS
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [VK56VD]
Component Reference
High pressure fuel pump EC-28, "High Pressure Fuel Pump"
Low pressure fuel pump EC-30, "Low Pressure Fuel Pump"
Fuel pump control module (FPCM) EC-27, "Fuel Pump Control Module"
Fuel rail pressure sensor EC-27, "Fuel Rail Pressure Sensor"
Low fuel pressure sensor EC-30, "Low Fuel Pressure Sensor"
Fuel injector EC-26, "Fuel Injector"
Fuel level sensor EC-26, "Fuel Level Sensor"
Fuel tank temperature sensor EC-27, "Fuel Tank Temperature Sensor"
A/F sensor 1
EC-21, "Air Fuel Ratio (A/F) Sensor 1"
A/F sensor 1 heater
Heated oxygen sensor 2
EC-27, "Heated Oxygen Sensor 2"
Heated oxygen sensor 2 heater
Manifold absolute pressure sensor EC-31, "Manifold Absolute Pressure Sensor"
Knock sensor EC-30, "Knock Sensor"
Engine oil temperature sensor EC-25, "Engine Oil Temperature Sensor"
Power steering pressure sensor EC-31, "Power Steering Pressure (PSP) Sensor"
Electrically-controlled cooling fan coupling EC-24, "Electrically-controlled cooling fan coupling"
Intake valve timing control solenoid valve EC-29, "Intake Valve Timing Control Solenoid Valve"
VVEL control module EC-32, "VVEL Control Module"
VVEL actuator motor relay EC-32, "VVEL Actuator Motor Relay"
VVEL actuator motor EC-32, "VVEL Actuator Motor"
VVEL control shaft position sensor EC-32, "VVEL Control Shaft Position Sensor"
EVAP control system pressure sensor EC-26, "EVAP Control System Pressure Sensor"
EVAP canister vent control valve EC-26, "EVAP Canister Vent Control Valve"
EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve EC-26, "EVAP Canister Purge Volume Control Solenoid Valve"
EC-22, "Battery Current Sensor (With Battery Temperature Sen-
Battery current sensor (with battery temperature sensor)
sor)"
Refrigerant pressure sensor EC-32, "Refrigerant Pressure Sensor"
Stop lamp switch
EC-21, "ASCD Brake Switch & Stop Lamp Switch"
ASCD brake switch
ASCD steering switch EC-21, "ASCD Steering Switch"
EC-49, "AUTMATIC SPEED CONTROL DEVICE (ASCD) : Switch
Information display
Name and Function"
Stop lamp switch
EC-29, "ICC Brake Switch & Stop Lamp Switch"
ICC brake switch
ICC steering switch EC-29, "ICC Steering Switch"

Revision: 2010 May EC-20 2011 QX56

 COMPONENT PARTS
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [VK56VD]
Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor INFOID:0000000006217658

A
The accelerator pedal position (APP) sensor is installed on the
accelerator pedal assembly. The sensor detects the accelerator
position and sends a signal to the ECM. EC
Accelerator pedal position sensor has two sensors. These sensors
are a kind of potentiometer which transform the accelerator pedal
position into output voltage, and emit the voltage signals to the ECM.
The ECM judges the current opening angle of the accelerator pedal C
from these signals and controls the throttle control motor based on
these signals.
Idle position of the accelerator pedal is determined by the ECM D
receiving the signal from the accelerator pedal position sensor. The
PBIB1741E
ECM uses this signal for engine operations such as fuel cut.
Air Fuel Ratio (A/F) Sensor 1 INFOID:0000000006217659 E

DESCRIPTION
The sensor element of the A/F sensor 1 is composed an electrode layer, which transports ions. It has a heater F
in the element.
The sensor is capable of precise measurement = 1, but also in the lean and rich range. Together with its
control electronics, the sensor outputs a clear, continuous signal throughout a wide range. G
The exhaust gas components diffuse through the diffusion layer at the sensor cell. An electrode layer is
applied voltage, and this current relative oxygen density in lean. Also this current relative hydrocarbon density
in rich.
H
Therefore, the A/F sensor 1 is able to indicate air fuel ratio by this
electrode layer of current. In addition, a heater is integrated in the
sensor to ensure the required operating temperature of approxi- I
mately 760°C (1,400°F).

JSBIA0527GB

A/F SENSOR 1 HEATER L

A/F sensor 1 heater is integrated in the sensor.
The ECM performs ON/OFF duty control of the A/F sensor 1 heater corresponding to the engine operating
condition to keep the temperature of A/F sensor 1 element within the specified range. M
ASCD Brake Switch & Stop Lamp Switch INFOID:0000000006217660

Stop lamp switch and ASCD brake switch are installed to brake pedal bracket. N
When the brake pedal is depressed, ASCD brake switch is turned OFF and stop lamp switch is turned ON.
ECM detects the state of the brake pedal by those two types of input (ON/OFF signal).
ASCD Steering Switch INFOID:0000000006217661 O

ASCD steering switch has variant values of electrical resistance for each button. ECM reads voltage variation
of switch, and determines which button is operated.
P
ASCD Indicators INFOID:0000000006217662

ASCD operation status is indicated by CRUISE indicator in combination meter.

ECM transmits the ASCD status signal to the combination meter via CAN communication according to ASCD
operation.

Revision: 2010 May EC-21 2011 QX56

 COMPONENT PARTS
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [VK56VD]
Battery Current Sensor (With Battery Temperature Sensor) INFOID:0000000006217663

OUTLINE
The power generation voltage variable control enables fuel con-
sumption to be decreased by reducing the engine load which is
caused by the power generation of the generator.
Based on sensor signals, ECM judges whether or not the power
generation voltage variable control is performed. When performing
the power generation voltage variable control, ECM calculates the
target power generation voltage based on the sensor signal. And
ECM sends the calculated value as the power generation command
value to IPDM E/R. For the details of the power generation voltage
variable control, refer to CHG-7, "POWER GENERATION VOLTAGE
VARIABLE CONTROL SYSTEM : System Description".
JPBIA3262ZZ

CAUTION:
Never connect the electrical component or the ground wire directly to the battery terminal. The con-
nection causes the malfunction of the power generation voltage variable control, and then the battery
discharge may occur.
BATTERY CURRENT SENSOR
The battery current sensor is installed to the battery cable at the negative terminal. The sensor measures the
charging/discharging current of the battery.
BATTERY TEMPERATURE SENSOR
Battery temperature sensor is integrated in battery current sensor.
The sensor measures ambient temperature around the battery.
The electrical resistance of the thermistor decreases as temperature
increases.
<Reference data>

Temperature [°C (°F)] Voltage* (V) Resistance (kΩ)

25 (77) 3.333 1.9 - 2.1
90 (194) 0.969 0.222 - 0.258
*: These data are reference values and are measured between ECM terminals. SEF012P

Camshaft Position Sensor INFOID:0000000006217664

The camshaft position (CMP) sensor senses the protrusion of the

signal plate installed to the camshaft (INT) front end to identify a par-
ticular cylinder. The camshaft position sensor senses the piston posi-
tion.
The sensor consists of a permanent magnet and Hall IC.
When engine is running, the high and low parts of the teeth cause
the gap with the sensor to change.
The changing gap causes the magnetic field near the sensor to
change.
Due to the changing magnetic field, the voltage from the sensor
changes.
JMBIA0064ZZ
When the crankshaft position sensor system becomes inoperative,
the camshaft position sensor provides various controls of engine parts instead, utilizing timing of cylinder iden-
tification signals.

Revision: 2010 May EC-22 2011 QX56

 COMPONENT PARTS
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [VK56VD]
ECM receives the signals as shown in the figure.
A

EC

JMBIA1559GB

D
Crankshaft Position Sensor INFOID:0000000006217665

The crankshaft position (CKP) sensor senses the protrusion of the

signal plate installed to the drive plate to identify fluctuation of the E
engine revolution.
The sensor consists of a permanent magnet and Hall IC.
When the engine is running, the high and low parts of the teeth F
cause the gap with the sensor to change.
The changing gap causes the magnetic field near the sensor to
change.
Due to the changing magnetic field, the voltage from the sensor G
changes.
The ECM receives the voltage signal and detects the fluctuation of
JMBIA0062ZZ
the engine revolution. H
ECM receives the signals as shown in the figure.

K
JMBIA1559GB

ECM INFOID:0000000006217666

L
• ECM (Engine Control Module) controls the engine.
• The ECM consists of a microcomputer and connectors for trans-
mitting/receiving signals and for supplying power. Furthermore, the
M
ECM is equipped with an injector driver unit and actuates the fuel
injector at a high voltage (approximately 70 V at the maximum).
• ECM is equipped with ECM temperature sensors. If ECM is over-
heated, ECM controls output torque to prevent damage to itself. N
• Battery voltage is supplied to the ECM even when the ignition
switch is turned OFF for the ECM memory function of the DTC
memory, the air-fuel ratio feedback compensation value memory,
O
the idle air volume learning value memory, etc.
JMBIA0057ZZ

Electric Throttle Control Actuator INFOID:0000000006217667

P
OUTLINE

Revision: 2010 May EC-23 2011 QX56

 COMPONENT PARTS
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [VK56VD]
Electric throttle control actuator consists of throttle body, throttle valve, throttle control motor and throttle posi-
tion sensor.

JSBIA0270GB

THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR

The throttle control motor is operated by the ECM and it opens and closes the throttle valve.
The current opening angle of the throttle valve is detected by the throttle position sensor. The throttle position
sensor provides feedback to the ECM, when opens/closes the throttle valve in response to driving conditions
via the throttle control motor.
THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR
The throttle position (TP) sensor responds to the throttle valve move-
ment.
The throttle position sensor has two sensors. These sensors are a
kind of potentiometer which transform the throttle valve position into
output voltage, and emit the voltage signal to the ECM. The ECM
judges the current opening angle of the throttle valve from these sig-
nals and controls the throttle valve opening angle in response to
driving conditions via the throttle control motor.

PBIB0145E

Electrically-controlled cooling fan coupling INFOID:0000000006217668

Electrically-controlled cooling fan coupling is integrated with a fan coupling, fan coupling driver, and fan speed
sensor, mounted to the fan pulley, and actuated by the drive belt to rotate the cooling fan at a speed suitable
for a driving condition.

JSBIA0289ZZ

Revision: 2010 May EC-24 2011 QX56

 COMPONENT PARTS
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [VK56VD]

1. Valve 2. Armature 3. Magnet Loop Element A

4. Fan speed sensor 5. Coil 6. Silicon oil

Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor INFOID:0000000006217669

EC
The engine coolant temperature (ECT) sensor is used to detect the
engine coolant temperature. The sensor modifies a voltage signal
from the ECM. The modified signal returns to the ECM as the engine C
coolant temperature input. The sensor uses a thermistor which is
sensitive to the change in temperature. The electrical resistance of
the thermistor decreases as temperature increases.
D

E
SEF594K

<Reference data> F

Engine coolant temperature

Voltage* (V) Resistance (kΩ) G
[°C (°F)]
−10 (14) 4.4 7.0 - 11.4
20 (68) 3.5 2.35 - 2.73
H
50 (122) 2.2 0.68 - 1.00
90 (194) 0.9 0.236 - 0.260
*: These data are reference values and are measured between ECM terminals. I
SEF012P

Engine Oil Temperature Sensor INFOID:0000000006217670

J
The engine oil temperature sensor is used to detect the engine oil
temperature. The sensor modifies a voltage signal from the ECM.
The modified signal returns to the ECM as the engine oil tempera-
ture input. The sensor uses a thermistor which is sensitive to the K
change in temperature. The electrical resistance of the thermistor
decreases as temperature increases.
L

M
SEF594K

<Reference data> N

Engine oil temperature

Voltage* (V) Resistance (kΩ)
[°C (°F)] O
–10 (14) 4.4 7.0 - 11.4
20 (68) 3.5 2.35 - 2.73
50 (122) 2.2 0.68 - 1.00 P
90 (194) 0.9 0.236 - 0.260
110 (230) 0.6 0.143 - 0.153
SEF012P

*: These data are reference values and are measured between ECM terminals.

Revision: 2010 May EC-25 2011 QX56

 COMPONENT PARTS
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [VK56VD]
EVAP Control System Pressure Sensor INFOID:0000000006256476

The EVAP control system pressure sensor detects pressure in the

purge line. The sensor output voltage to the ECM increases as pres-
sure increases.

PBIB3370E

EVAP Canister Vent Control Valve INFOID:0000000006256477

The EVAP canister vent control valve is located on the EVAP canis-
ter and is used to seal the canister vent.
This solenoid valve responds to signals from the ECM. When the
ECM sends an ON signal, the coil in the solenoid valve is energized.
A plunger will then move to seal the canister vent. The ability to seal
the vent is necessary for the on board diagnosis of other evaporative
emission control system components.
This solenoid valve is used only for diagnosis, and usually remains
opened.
When the vent is closed, under normal purge conditions, the evapo-
rative emission control system is depressurized and allows “EVAP
PBIB1263E
Control System” diagnosis.
EVAP Canister Purge Volume Control Solenoid Valve INFOID:0000000006217671

The EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve is used to

control the flow rate of fuel vapor from the EVAP canister. The EVAP
canister purge volume control solenoid valve is moved by ON/OFF
pulses from the ECM. The longer the ON pulse, the greater the
amount of fuel vapor that will flow through the valve.

JMBIA0069ZZ

Fuel Injector INFOID:0000000006217672

For the fuel injector, a high pressure fuel injector is used and this
enables a high-pressure fuel injection at a high voltage within a short
time. The ECM is equipped with an injector driver unit and actuates
the fuel injector at a high voltage (approximately 65 V at the maxi-
mum).

JSBIA0287ZZ

Fuel Level Sensor INFOID:0000000006217673

The fuel level sensor is mounted in the fuel level sensor unit.

Revision: 2010 May EC-26 2011 QX56

 COMPONENT PARTS
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [VK56VD]
The sensor detects a fuel level in the fuel tank and transmits a signal to the combination meter. The combina-
tion meter sends the fuel level sensor signal to the ECM via the CAN communication line. A
It consists of two parts, one is mechanical float and the other is variable resistor. Fuel level sensor output volt-
age changes depending on the movement of the fuel mechanical float.
Fuel Pump Control Module INFOID:0000000006217674 EC

The fuel pump control module (FPCM) controls the discharging vol-
ume of the fuel pump by transmitting the FPCM control signals (Low/ C
Mid/High) depending on driving conditions.

NNBIB0006ZZ

Fuel Rail Pressure Sensor INFOID:0000000006217675

F

The fuel rail pressure (FRP) sensor is placed to the fuel rail and
measures fuel pressure in the fuel rail. The sensor transmits voltage G
signal to the ECM. As the pressure increases, the voltage rises. The
ECM controls the fuel pressure in the fuel rail by operating high pres-
sure fuel pump. The ECM uses the signal from fuel rail pressure sen-
H
sor as a feedback signal.

JSBIA0291ZZ

J
Fuel Tank Temperature Sensor INFOID:0000000006217676

The fuel tank temperature sensor is used to detect the fuel tempera-
ture inside the fuel tank. The sensor modifies a voltage signal from K
the ECM. The modified signal returns to the ECM as the fuel temper-
ature input. The sensor uses a thermistor which is sensitive to the
change in temperature. The electrical resistance of the thermistor L
decreases as temperature increases.
<Reference data>
M
Fuel temperature [°C (°F)] Voltage* (V) Resistance (kΩ)
20 (68) 3.5 2.3 - 2.7
SEF012P
50 (122) 2.2 0.79 - 0.90 N
*: These data are reference values and are measured between ECM terminals.

Heated Oxygen Sensor 2 INFOID:0000000006217677

O

DESCRIPTION
P

Revision: 2010 May EC-27 2011 QX56

 COMPONENT PARTS
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [VK56VD]
The heated oxygen sensor 2, after three way catalyst (manifold),
monitors the oxygen level in the exhaust gas on each bank.
Even if switching characteristics of the air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1
are shifted, the air fuel ratio is controlled to stoichiometric, by the sig-
nal from the heated oxygen sensor 2.
This sensor is made of ceramic zirconia. The zirconia generates volt-
age from approximately 1 V in richer conditions to 0 V in leaner con-
ditions.
Under normal conditions the heated oxygen sensor 2 is not used for
engine control operation.
SEF327R

HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2 HEATER

Heated oxygen sensor 2 heater is integrated in the sensor.
The ECM performs ON/OFF control of the heated oxygen sensor 2 heater corresponding to the engine speed,
amount of intake air and engine coolant temperature.

Engine speed Heated oxygen sensor 2 heater

Above 3,600 rpm OFF
Below 3,600 rpm after the following conditions are met.
• Engine: After warming up
ON
• Keeping the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for 1
minute and at idle for 1 minute under no load

High Pressure Fuel Pump INFOID:0000000006217678

The high pressure fuel pump is installed at the front of the engine bank 2 side and activated by the camshaft.
ECM controls the high pressure fuel pump control solenoid valve built into the high pressure fuel pump and
adjusts the amount of discharge by changing the suction timing of the low pressure fuel.
Operating Description

JSBIA0285GB

Revision: 2010 May EC-28 2011 QX56

 COMPONENT PARTS
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [VK56VD]
Operating Chart
A

EC

JSBIA0286GB F
ICC Brake Switch & Stop Lamp Switch INFOID:0000000006217679

Stop lamp switch and ICC brake switch are installed to brake pedal bracket. G
When the brake pedal is depressed, ICC brake switch is turned OFF and stop lamp switch is turned ON.
ECM detects the state of the brake pedal by those two types of input (ON/OFF signal).
ECM transmits ICC brake switch signal to ADAS control unit via CAN communication line. H
ICC Steering Switch INFOID:0000000006217680

ICC steering switch has variant values of electrical resistance for each button. ECM reads voltage variation of I
switch, and determines which button is operated.
ECM transmits ICC steering switch signal to ADAS control unit via CAN communication line.
Ignition Coil With Power Transistor INFOID:0000000006217681 J

The ignition signal from the ECM is sent to and amplified by the
power transistor. The power transistor turns ON and OFF the ignition K
coil primary circuit. This ON/OFF operation induces the proper high
voltage in the coil secondary circuit.

PBID0206J

Intake Valve Timing Control Solenoid Valve INFOID:0000000006217682

N

Intake valve timing control solenoid valve is activated by ON/OFF

pulse duty (ratio) signals from the ECM. O
The intake valve timing control solenoid valve changes the oil
amount and direction of flow through intake valve timing control unit
or stops oil flow.
The longer pulse width advances valve angle. P
The shorter pulse width retards valve angle.
When ON and OFF pulse widths become equal, the solenoid valve
stops oil pressure flow to fix the intake valve angle at the control
position.
PBIB1842E

Revision: 2010 May EC-29 2011 QX56

 COMPONENT PARTS
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [VK56VD]
Knock Sensor INFOID:0000000006217683

The knock sensor is attached to the cylinder block. It senses engine

knocking using a piezoelectric element. A knocking vibration from
the cylinder block is sensed as vibrational pressure. This pressure is
converted into a voltage signal and sent to the ECM.

JSBIA0284ZZ

Low Fuel Pressure Sensor INFOID:0000000006217684

The low fuel pressure sensor is installed to low fuel pressure piping
and measures the low fuel pressure. The sensor transmits voltage
signal to the ECM. As the pressure increases, the voltage rises.

JSBIA0292ZZ

Low Pressure Fuel Pump INFOID:0000000006217685

The low pressure fuel pump is integrated with a fuel pressure regula-
tor and a fuel filter. This pump is build into the fuel tank.
ECM controls the low pressure fuel pump via FPCM.

JPBIA3235ZZ

Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) INFOID:0000000006217686

The Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) is located on the combination

meter.
The MIL will illuminate when the ignition switch is turned ON without
the engine running. This is a bulb check.
When the engine is started, the MIL should turn off. If the MIL
remains illuminated, the on board diagnostic system has detected an
engine system malfunction.
For details, refer to EC-51, "Diagnosis Description".

SEF217U

Revision: 2010 May EC-30 2011 QX56

 COMPONENT PARTS
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [VK56VD]
Manifold Absolute Pressure Sensor INFOID:0000000006217687

A
The manifold absolute pressure (MAP) sensor is installed on the
intake manifold collector. Detects intake manifold pressure, and
transmits a voltage signal to the ECM. EC
The sensor uses a silicon diaphragm which is sensitive to the
change in pressure. As the pressure increases, the voltage rises.

D
JMBIA0877ZZ

Mass Air Flow Sensor (With Intake Air Temperature Sensor) INFOID:0000000006217688
E
MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR
The mass air flow (MAF) sensor (1) is placed in the stream of intake
air. It measures the intake flow rate by measuring a part of the entire F
intake flow. The mass air flow sensor controls the temperature of the
hot wire to a certain amount. The heat generated by the hot wire is
reduced as the intake air flows around it. The greater air flow, the G
greater the heat loss.
Therefore, the electric current supplied to hot wire is changed to
maintain the temperature of the hot wire as air flow increases. The
ECM detects the air flow by means of this current change. H

PBIA9559J
I
INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR
The intake air temperature (IAT) sensor is built-into the mass air flow sensor. The sensor detects intake air
temperature and transmits a signal to the ECM. J
The temperature sensing unit uses a thermistor which is sensitive to the change in temperature. Electrical
resistance of the thermistor decreases in response to the rise in temperature.
<Reference data>
K
Intake air temperature
Voltage* (V) Resistance (kΩ)
[°C (°F)]
L
25 (77) 3.3 1.94 - 2.06
80 (176) 1.2 0.293 - 0.349
*: These data are reference values and are measured between ECM terminals. M

SEF012P
N
Power Steering Pressure (PSP) Sensor INFOID:0000000006217689

Power steering pressure (PSP) sensor is installed to the power steering high-pressure tube and detects a
O
power steering load.
This sensor is a potentiometer which transforms the power steering load into output voltage, and emits the
voltage signal to the ECM. The ECM controls the electric throttle control actuator and adjusts the throttle valve
opening angle to increase the engine speed and adjusts the idle speed for the increased load. P

Revision: 2010 May EC-31 2011 QX56

 COMPONENT PARTS
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [VK56VD]
Refrigerant Pressure Sensor INFOID:0000000006217690

The refrigerant pressure sensor is installed at the condenser of the air conditioner system. The sensor uses an
electrostatic volume pressure transducer to convert refrigerant pressure to voltage. The voltage signal is sent
to ECM, and ECM controls cooling fan system.

PBIB2657E

VVEL Actuator Motor INFOID:0000000006217691

The VVEL actuator motor rotates the control shaft according to the control signal from the VVEL control mod-
ule. The VVEL control module judges whether the VVEL actuator motor controls the angle properly by the
VVEL control shaft position sensor signal.
VVEL Actuator Motor Relay INFOID:0000000006217692

Power supply for the VVEL actuator motor is provided to the VVEL control module via VVEL actuator motor
relay. VVEL actuator motor relay is ON/OFF controlled by the VVEL control module. In addition, when the
VVEL actuator motor relay cannot be controlled by the VVEL control module for some reason, it ON/OFF con-
trolled by ECM.
VVEL Control Module INFOID:0000000006217693

The VVEL control module consists of a microcomputer and connec-

tors for signal input and output and for power supply. The VVEL con-
trol module controls VVEL system.

JMBIA0879ZZ

VVEL Control Shaft Position Sensor INFOID:0000000006217694

VVEL control shaft position sensor detects the control shaft position
angle.
A magnet is installed to the tip of the control shaft.
The magnetic field changes as the control shaft rotates. This
changes output voltage of the VVEL control shaft position sensor.
VVEL control module detects the actual position angle through the
voltage change and sends the signal to ECM.

JSBIA0466ZZ

Revision: 2010 May EC-32 2011 QX56

 STRUCTURE AND OPERATION
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [VK56VD]
STRUCTURE AND OPERATION
A
Positive Crankcase Ventilation INFOID:0000000006217695

EC

PBIB0062E

This system returns blow-by gas to the intake manifold. G

The positive crankcase ventilation (PCV) valve is provided to conduct crankcase blow-by gas to the intake
manifold.
During partial throttle operation of the engine, the intake manifold sucks the blow-by gas through the PCV
valve. H
Normally, the capacity of the valve is sufficient to handle any blow-by and a small amount of ventilating air.
The ventilating air is drawn from the air inlet tubes into the crankcase. In this process the air passes through
the hose connecting air inlet tubes to rocker cover. I
Under full-throttle condition, the manifold vacuum is insufficient to draw the blow-by flow through the valve.
The flow goes through the hose connection in the reverse direction.
On vehicles with an excessively high blow-by, the valve does not
meet the requirement. This is because some of the flow will go J
through the hose connection to the air inlet tubes under all condi-
tions.
K

PBIB1588E
M

Revision: 2010 May EC-33 2011 QX56

 STRUCTURE AND OPERATION
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [VK56VD]
On Board Refueling Vapor Recovery (ORVR) INFOID:0000000006217696

PBIB1068E

From the beginning of refueling, the air and vapor inside the fuel tank go through refueling EVAP vapor cut
valve and EVAP/ORVR line to the EVAP canister. The vapor is absorbed by the EVAP canister and the air is
released to the atmosphere.
When the refueling has reached the full level of the fuel tank, the refueling EVAP vapor cut valve is closed and
refueling is stopped because of auto shut-off. The vapor which was absorbed by the EVAP canister is purged
during driving.
WARNING:
When conducting inspections below, be sure to observe the following:
• Put a “CAUTION: FLAMMABLE” sign in workshop.
• Never smoke while servicing fuel system. Keep open flames and sparks away from work area.
• Always furnish the workshop with a CO2 fire extinguisher.
CAUTION:
• Before removing fuel line parts, carry out the following procedures:
- Put drained fuel in an explosion-proof container and put lid on securely.
- Release fuel pressure from fuel line. Refer to EC-153, "Work Procedure".
- Disconnect battery ground cable.
• Always replace O-ring when the fuel gauge retainer is removed.
• Never kink or twist hose and tube when they are installed.
• Never tighten hose and clamps excessively to avoid damaging hoses.
• After installation, run engine and check for fuel leaks at connections.
• Never attempt to top off the fuel tank after the fuel pump nozzle shuts off automatically.
Continued refueling may cause fuel overflow, resulting in fuel spray and possibly a fire.

Revision: 2010 May EC-34 2011 QX56

 SYSTEM
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [VK56VD]
SYSTEM
A
ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM
ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM : System Diagram INFOID:0000000006217697
EC

JSBIA0590GB

ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM : System Description INFOID:0000000006217698

ECM controls the engine by various functions.

Revision: 2010 May EC-35 2011 QX56

 SYSTEM
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [VK56VD]

Function Reference
EC-36, "DIRECT INJECTION GASOLINE SYSTEM : System De-
Fuel injection control
scription"
Fuel pressure control EC-39, "FUEL PRESSURE CONTROL : System Description"
Cooling fan control EC-41, "COOLING FAN CONTROL : System Description"
Electric ignition control EC-42, "ELECTRIC IGNITION SYSTEM : System Description"
Intake valve timing control EC-43, "INTAKE VALVE TIMING CONTROL : System Description"
VVEL (Variable Valve Event & Lift) EC-44, "VVEL SYSTEM : System Description"
EC-45, "EVAPORATIVE EMISSION SYSTEM : System Descrip-
Evaporative emission
tion"
EC-47, "AIR CONDITIONING CUT CONTROL : System Descrip-
Air conditioning cut control
tion"
EC-48, "AUTOMATIC SPEED CONTROL DEVICE (ASCD) : Sys-
ASCD (Auto speed control device)
tem Description"
CHG-7, "POWER GENERATION VOLTAGE VARIABLE CON-
Power generation voltage variable control
TROL SYSTEM : System Description"

DIRECT INJECTION GASOLINE SYSTEM

DIRECT INJECTION GASOLINE SYSTEM : System Diagram INFOID:0000000006217699

JSBIA0471GB

DIRECT INJECTION GASOLINE SYSTEM : System Description INFOID:0000000006217700

INPUT/OUTPUT SIGNAL CHART

Revision: 2010 May EC-36 2011 QX56

 SYSTEM
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [VK56VD]

Sensor Input signal to ECM ECM function Actuator A

Crankshaft position sensor 2
Engine speed*
Camshaft position sensor Camshaft position
EC
Mass air flow sensor Amount of intake air
Intake air temperature sensor Intake air temperature
Engine coolant temperature sensor Engine coolant temperature C
Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 Density of oxygen in exhaust gas
Fuel rail pressure sensor Fuel rail pressure
D
Throttle position sensor Throttle position
Fuel injection
Accelerator pedal position sensor Accelerator pedal position & mixture ratio Fuel injector
TCM Gear position control
E
Battery Battery voltage*2
Knock sensor Engine knocking condition
Power steering pressure sensor Power steering operation
F

Heated oxygen sensor 2*1 Density of oxygen in exhaust gas

ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) VDC/TCS operation command G
A/C auto amp. A/C ON signal
Combination meter Vehicle speed
H
*1: This sensor is not used to control the engine system under normal conditions.
*2: ECM determines the start signal status by the signals of engine speed and battery voltage.

SYSTEM DESCRIPTION I
The adoption of the direct fuel injection method enables more accurate adjustment of fuel injection quantity by
injecting atomized high-pressure fuel directly into the cylinder. This method allows high-powered engine, low
fuel consumption, and emissions-reduction.
J
The amount of fuel injected from the fuel injector is determined by the ECM. The ECM controls the length of
time the valve remains open (injection pulse duration). The amount of fuel injected is a program value in the
ECM memory. The program value is preset by engine operating conditions. These conditions are determined
by input signals (for engine speed and intake air and fuel rail pressure) from the crankshaft position sensor, K
camshaft position sensor, mass air flow sensor and the fuel rail pressure sensor.
VARIOUS FUEL INJECTION INCREASE/DECREASE COMPENSATION
In addition, the amount of fuel injected is compensated to improve engine performance under various operat- L
ing conditions as listed below.
<Fuel increase> M
• During warm-up
• When starting the engine
• During acceleration
• Hot-engine operation N
• When selector lever position is changed from N to D
• High-load, high-speed operation
<Fuel decrease> O
• During deceleration
• During high engine speed operation
FUEL INJECTION CONTROL P

Stratified-charge Combustion
Stratified-charge combustion is a combustion method which enables extremely lean combustion by injecting
fuel in the latter half of a compression process, collecting combustible air-fuel around the spark plug, and form-
ing fuel-free airspace around the mixture.
Right after a start with the engine cold, the catalyst warm-up is accelerated by stratified-charge combustion.
Homogeneous Combustion

Revision: 2010 May EC-37 2011 QX56

 SYSTEM
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [VK56VD]
Homogeneous combustion is a combustion method that fuel is injected during intake process so that combus-
tion occurs in the entire combustion chamber, as is common with conventional methods.
As for a start except for starts with the engine cold, homogeneous combustion occurs.
MIXTURE RATIO FEEDBACK CONTROL (CLOSED LOOP CONTROL)

PBIB2793E

The mixture ratio feedback system provides the best air-fuel mixture ratio for driveability and emission control.
The three way catalyst (manifold) can better reduce CO, HC and NOx emissions. This system uses A/F sen-
sor 1 in the exhaust manifold to monitor whether the engine operation is rich or lean. The ECM adjusts the
injection pulse width according to the sensor voltage signal. For more information about A/F sensor 1, refer to
EC-21, "Air Fuel Ratio (A/F) Sensor 1". This maintains the mixture ratio within the range of stoichiometric
(ideal air-fuel mixture).
This stage is referred to as the closed loop control condition.
Heated oxygen sensor 2 is located downstream of the three way catalyst (manifold). Even if the switching
characteristics of A/F sensor 1 shift, the air-fuel ratio is controlled to stoichiometric by the signal from heated
oxygen sensor 2.
• Open Loop Control
The open loop system condition refers to when the ECM detects any of the following conditions. Feedback
control stops in order to maintain stabilized fuel combustion.
- Deceleration and acceleration
- High-load, high-speed operation
- Malfunction of A/F sensor 1 or its circuit
- Insufficient activation of A/F sensor 1 at low engine coolant temperature
- High engine coolant temperature
- During warm-up
- After shifting from N to D
- When starting the engine
MIXTURE RATIO SELF-LEARNING CONTROL
The mixture ratio feedback control system monitors the mixture ratio signal transmitted from A/F sensor 1.
This feedback signal is then sent to the ECM. The ECM controls the basic mixture ratio as close to the theoret-
ical mixture ratio as possible. However, the basic mixture ratio is not necessarily controlled as originally
designed. Both manufacturing differences (i.e., mass air flow sensor hot wire) and characteristic changes dur-
ing operation (i.e., fuel injector clogging) directly affect mixture ratio.
Accordingly, the difference between the basic and theoretical mixture ratios is monitored in this system. This is
then computed in terms of “injection pulse duration” to automatically compensate for the difference between
the two ratios.
“Fuel trim” refers to the feedback compensation value compared against the basic injection duration. Fuel trim
includes “short-term fuel trim” and “long-term fuel trim”.
“Short term fuel trim” is the short-term fuel compensation used to maintain the mixture ratio at its theoretical
value. The signal from A/F sensor 1 indicates whether the mixture ratio is RICH or LEAN compared to the the-
oretical value. The signal then triggers a reduction in fuel volume if the mixture ratio is rich, and an increase in
fuel volume if it is lean.
“Long-term fuel trim” is overall fuel compensation carried out over time to compensate for continual deviation
of the “short-term fuel trim” from the central value. Continual deviation will occur due to individual engine differ-
ences, wear over time and changes in the usage environment.
FUEL INJECTION TIMING
Sequential Direct Injection Gasoline System

Revision: 2010 May EC-38 2011 QX56

 SYSTEM
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [VK56VD]
Fuel is injected into each cylinder during each engine cycle accord-
ing to the ignition order. A

EC

JSBIA0407GB

D
STRATIFIED-CHARGE START CONTROL
The use of the stratified-charge combustion method enables emissions-reduction when starting the engine
with engine coolant temperature between 5°C (41°F) and 40°C (104°F).
E
FUEL SHUT-OFF
Fuel to each cylinder is shut-off during deceleration, operation of the engine at excessively high speed or oper-
ation of the vehicle at excessively high speed.
F
FUEL PRESSURE CONTROL
FUEL PRESSURE CONTROL : System Diagram INFOID:0000000006217701
G

JSBIA0315GB
L

FUEL PRESSURE CONTROL : System Description INFOID:0000000006217702

M
INPUT/OUTPUT SIGNAL CHART

Sensor Input signal to ECM ECM function Actuator N

Crankshaft position sensor Engine speed
Camshaft position sensor Camshaft position
O
Fuel rail pressure sensor Fuel rail pressure
Low fuel pressure sensor Low fuel pressure Fuel injection
& mixture ratio High pressure fuel pump
Engine coolant temperature sensor Engine coolant temperature control
P
Throttle position sensor Throttle position
Accelerator pedal position sensor Accelerator pedal position
Battery Battery voltage

Revision: 2010 May EC-39 2011 QX56

 SYSTEM
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [VK56VD]
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION

JSBIA0235GB

Low fuel pressure control

• The low fuel pressure pump is controlled by the fuel pump control module (FPCM) and pumps fuel according
to a driving condition. The pumped fuel passes through the fuel filter and is sent to the high pressure fuel
pump. FPCM controls the low pressure fuel pump, according to a signal from ECM as shown in the table
below.

Conditions Amount of fuel flow Supplied voltage

After a laps of 1 second after ignition ON OFF 0V
• For 1 second after turning ignition switch ON
Low Approximately 8.5 V
• Engine is running under low load and low speed conditions
• Engine cranking
Battery voltage
• Engine coolant temperature is below 10°C (50°F) High
(11 – 14 V)
• Engine is running under high load and high speed conditions
Except the above Mid Approximately 10 V
• Low fuel pressure is adjusted by the fuel pressure regulator.
High fuel pressure control
• The high pressure fuel pump raises the pressure of the fuel sent from the low pressure fuel pump. Actuated
by the camshaft, the high pressure fuel pump activates the high pressure fuel pump solenoid based on a sig-
nal received from ECM, and adjusts the amount of discharge by changing the timing of closing the inlet
check valve to control fuel rail pressure.
COOLING FAN CONTROL

Revision: 2010 May EC-40 2011 QX56

 SYSTEM
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [VK56VD]
COOLING FAN CONTROL : System Diagram INFOID:0000000006217703

EC

JSBIA0237GB F

COOLING FAN CONTROL : System Description INFOID:0000000006217704

G
INPUT/OUTPUT SIGNAL CHART

Sensor Input signal to ECM ECM function Actuator H

Crankshaft position sensor Engine speed*1

Camshaft position sensor Camshaft position I
Engine coolant temperature sensor Engine coolant temperature
Refrigerant pressure sensor Refrigerant pressure IPDM E/R
Intake air temperature sensor Intake air temperature
Cooling fan speed request ↓ J
signal*2 Electrically-controlled cooling fan
Battery Battery voltage coupling
Combination meter Vehicle speed signal*2 K
BCM A/C switch signal*2
Cooling fan speed sensor Cooling fan speed
L
*1: The ECM determines the engine speed by the signals of crankshaft position and camshaft position.
*2: This signal is sent to ECM via the CAN communication line.

SYSTEM DESCRIPTION M
• Based on a signal transmitted from each sensor, ECM calculates a target fan speed responsive to a driving
condition. In addition, ECM calculates a fan pulley speed according to an engine speed and transmits a cool-
ing fan request signal to IPDM E/R via the CAN communication line to satisfy the target fan speed. Then,
N
IPDM E/R transmits ON/OFF pulse duty signal to electrically-controlled cooling fan coupling.
The cooling fan speed sensor detects a cooling fan speed and transmits the detection result to ECM.
• ECM judges the start signal state from the engine speed signal and battery voltage.
ELECTRIC IGNITION SYSTEM O

Revision: 2010 May EC-41 2011 QX56

 SYSTEM
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [VK56VD]
ELECTRIC IGNITION SYSTEM : System Diagram INFOID:0000000006217705

JPBIA3271GB

ELECTRIC IGNITION SYSTEM : System Description INFOID:0000000006217706

INPUT/OUTPUT SIGNAL CHART

Sensor Input signal to ECM ECM function Actuator

Crankshaft position sensor Engine speed*1
Camshaft position sensor Piston position
Mass air flow sensor Amount of intake air
Engine coolant temperature sensor Engine coolant temperature
Throttle position sensor Throttle position
Ignition timing Ignition coil
Accelerator pedal position sensor Accelerator pedal position control (with power transistor)
TCM Gear position
Battery Battery voltage*1
Knock sensor Engine knocking condition
Combination meter Vehicle speed*2
*1: ECM determines the start signal status by the signals of engine speed and battery voltage.
*2: This signal is sent to the ECM via the CAN communication line.

SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
Ignition order: 1 - 8 - 7 - 3 - 6 - 5 - 4 - 2
The ignition timing is controlled by the ECM to maintain the best air-fuel ratio for every running condition of the
engine. The ignition timing data is stored in the ECM.
The ECM receives information such as the injection pulse width and camshaft position sensor signal. Comput-
ing this information, ignition signals are transmitted to the power transistor.
During the following conditions, the ignition timing is revised by the ECM according to the other data stored in
the ECM.
• At starting
• During warm-up
• At idle
• At low battery voltage
• During acceleration
The knock sensor retard system is designed only for emergencies. The basic ignition timing is programmed
within the anti-knocking zone, if recommended fuel is used under dry conditions. The retard system does not
operate under normal driving conditions. If engine knocking occurs, the knock sensor monitors the condition.
The signal is transmitted to the ECM. The ECM retards the ignition timing to eliminate the knocking condition.

Revision: 2010 May EC-42 2011 QX56

 SYSTEM
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [VK56VD]
INTAKE VALVE TIMING CONTROL
A
INTAKE VALVE TIMING CONTROL : System Diagram INFOID:0000000006217707

EC

D
JMBIA2174GB

INTAKE VALVE TIMING CONTROL : System Description INFOID:0000000006217708 E

INPUT/OUTPUT SIGNAL CHART

F
Sensor Input signal to ECM ECM function Actuator
Crankshaft position sensor
Engine speed and piston position G
Camshaft position sensor
Intake valve timing Intake valve timing control
Engine oil temperature sensor Engine oil temperature
control solenoid valve
Engine coolant temperature sensor Engine coolant temperature H
Combination meter Vehicle speed*
*: This signal is sent to the ECM via the CAN communication line.
I
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION

N
PBIB3276E

This mechanism hydraulically controls cam phases continuously with the fixed operating angle of the intake
valve. O
The ECM receives signals such as crankshaft position, camshaft position, engine speed, and engine coolant
temperature. Then, the ECM sends ON/OFF pulse duty signals to the intake valve timing control solenoid
valve depending on driving status. This makes it possible to control the shut/open timing of the intake valve to P
increase engine torque in low/mid speed range and output in high speed range.
VVEL SYSTEM

Revision: 2010 May EC-43 2011 QX56

 SYSTEM
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [VK56VD]
VVEL SYSTEM : System Diagram INFOID:0000000006217709

JSBIA0539GB

VVEL SYSTEM : System Description INFOID:0000000006217710

INPUT/OUTPUT SIGNAL CHART

Sensor Input signal to ECM ECM function Actuator

Camshaft position sensor
Engine speed and piston position
Crankshaft position sensor
VVEL control module
Accelerator pedal position sensor Accelerator pedal position ↓
VVEL control
VVEL actuator motor assem-
VVEL control shaft position sensor
bly
↓ Control shaft actual angle
VVEL control module

SYSTEM DESCRIPTION

JSBIA0463ZZ

1. VVEL control shaft position sensor 2. Drive shaft 3. Link A

4. Eccentric cam 5. Output cam 6. Valve lifter
7. Intake valve 8. Intake camshaft sprocket 9. Control shaft
10. Ball screw shaft 11. Ball screw nut 12. VVEL actuator motor assembly
13. Rocker arm 14. Link B

Revision: 2010 May EC-44 2011 QX56

 SYSTEM
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [VK56VD]
VVEL (Variable Valve Event & Lift) is a system that controls valve event and valve lift continuously.
ECM decides the target valve lift according to the driving condition and sends the command signal to the A
VVEL control module via ENG communication line.
VALVE LIFT OPERATION
Rotational movement of the drive shaft equipped with eccentric cam EC
is transmitted to output cam via the rocker arm and two kinds of links
to depress the intake valve.
C
1. Link B
2. Output cam
3. Eccentric cam
D
4. Drive shaft
5. Link A
6. Rocker arm E
JSBIA0464ZZ

VARIABLE OPERATION
VVEL control module controls the rotation of the control shaft using
F
the VVEL actuator motor assembly and changes the movement of
the output cam by shifting the link supporting point. As a result, valve
lift changes continuously to improve engine output and response.
G
1. Link B
2. Output cam
3. Control shaft H
4. Rocker arm

JSBIA0465ZZ
I
EVAPORATIVE EMISSION SYSTEM
EVAPORATIVE EMISSION SYSTEM : System Diagram INFOID:0000000006256911
J

O
JSBIA0371GB

EVAPORATIVE EMISSION SYSTEM : System Description INFOID:0000000006256912

P

INPUT/OUTPUT SIGNAL CHART

Revision: 2010 May EC-45 2011 QX56

 SYSTEM
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [VK56VD]

Sensor Input signal to ECM ECM function Actuator

Crankshaft position sensor • Engine speed*1
Camshaft position sensor • Piston position
Mass air flow sensor Amount of intake air
Engine coolant temperature sensor Engine coolant temperature
Battery Battery voltage*1
Throttle position sensor Throttle position EVAP canister EVAP canister purge volume
Accelerator pedal position sensor Accelerator pedal position purge flow control control solenoid valve

Density of oxygen in exhaust gas

Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1
(Mixture ratio feedback signal)
Fuel tank temperature sensor Fuel temperature in fuel tank
EVAP control system pressure sensor Pressure in purge line
Combination meter Vehicle speed*2
*1: ECM determines the start signal status by the signals of engine speed and battery voltage.
*2: This signal is sent to the ECM via the CAN communication line.

SYSTEM DESCRIPTION

PBIB1631E

The evaporative emission system is used to reduce hydrocarbons emitted into the atmosphere from the fuel
system. This reduction of hydrocarbons is accomplished by activated charcoals in the EVAP canister.
The fuel vapor in the sealed fuel tank is led into the EVAP canister which contains activated carbon and the
vapor is stored there when the engine is not operating or when refueling to the fuel tank.
The vapor in the EVAP canister is purged by the air through the purge line to the intake manifold when the
engine is operating. EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve is controlled by ECM. When the
engine operates, the flow rate of vapor controlled by EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve is
proportionally regulated as the air flow increases.
EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve also shuts off the vapor purge line during decelerating and
idling.
AIR CONDITIONING CUT CONTROL

Revision: 2010 May EC-46 2011 QX56

 SYSTEM
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [VK56VD]
AIR CONDITIONING CUT CONTROL : System Diagram INFOID:0000000006217713

EC

JMBIA1457GB F

AIR CONDITIONING CUT CONTROL : System Description INFOID:0000000006217714

G
INPUT/OUTPUT SIGNAL CHART

Sensor Input signal to ECM ECM function Actuator H

Crankshaft position sensor
Camshaft position sensor Engine speed*2

Engine coolant temperature sensor Engine coolant temperature

I

Accelerator pedal position sensor Accelerator pedal position

Battery Battery voltage*2 J
IPDM E/R
Refrigerant pressure sensor Refrigerant pressure ↓
Air conditioner cut
Power steering pressure sensor Power steering operation A/C relay
control
↓ K
A/C ON signal*1 Compressor
A/C evaporator temperature*1
A/C auto amp.
Target A/C evaporator temperature*1 L
Blower fan ON signal
Combination meter Vehicle speed*1 M
*1: This signal is sent to the ECM via the CAN communication line.
*2: ECM determines the start signal status by the signals of engine speed and battery voltage.

SYSTEM DESCRIPTION N
This system improves engine operation when the air conditioner is used.
Under the following conditions, the air conditioner is turned OFF.
• When the accelerator pedal is fully depressed. O
• When cranking the engine.
• At high engine speeds.
• When the engine coolant temperature becomes excessively high. P
• When operating power steering during low engine speed or low vehicle speed.
• When engine speed is excessively low.
• When refrigerant pressure is excessively low or high.
AUTOMATIC SPEED CONTROL DEVICE (ASCD)

Revision: 2010 May EC-47 2011 QX56

 SYSTEM
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [VK56VD]
AUTOMATIC SPEED CONTROL DEVICE (ASCD) : System Diagram INFOID:0000000006217715

JPBIA3272GB

AUTOMATIC SPEED CONTROL DEVICE (ASCD) : System Description INFOID:0000000006217716

INPUT/OUTPUT SIGNAL CHART

Sensor Input signal to ECM ECM function Actuator

ASCD steering switch ASCD steering switch operation
ASCD brake switch
Brake pedal operation
Stop lamp switch • Electric throttle control ac-
ASCD vehicle speed control tuator
Park/neutral position signal • Combination meter
TCM
Output shaft revolution signal*
Combination meter Vehicle speed signal*
*: This signal is sent to the ECM via the CAN communication line

BASIC ASCD SYSTEM

• Automatic Speed Control Device (ASCD) allows a driver to keep vehicle at predetermined constant speed
without depressing accelerator pedal. Driver can be set the vehicle speed in the set speed range.
• ECM controls throttle angle of electric throttle control actuator to regulate engine speed.
• Operation status of ASCD is indicated in combination meter.
• If any malfunction occurs in the ASCD system, it automatically deactivates the ASCD control.
Refer to EC-49, "AUTMATIC SPEED CONTROL DEVICE (ASCD) : Switch Name and Function" for ASCD
operating instructions.
CAUTION:
Always drive vehicle in a safe manner according to traffic conditions and obey all traffic laws.
CAN COMMUNICATION
CAN COMMUNICATION : System Description INFOID:0000000006217718

CAN (Controller Area Network) is a serial communication line for real time application. It is an on-vehicle mul-
tiplex communication line with high data communication speed and excellent error detection ability. Many elec-
tronic control units are equipped onto a vehicle, and each control unit shares information and links with other
control units during operation (not independent). In CAN communication, control units are connected with 2
communication lines (CAN H line, CAN L line) allowing a high rate of information transmission with less wiring.
Each control unit transmits/receives data but selectively reads required data only.
Refer to LAN-28, "CAN COMMUNICATION SYSTEM : CAN Communication Signal Chart", about CAN com-
munication for detail.

Revision: 2010 May EC-48 2011 QX56

 OPERATION
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [VK56VD]
OPERATION
A
AUTMATIC SPEED CONTROL DEVICE (ASCD)
AUTMATIC SPEED CONTROL DEVICE (ASCD) : Switch Name and Function
INFOID:0000000006217719 EC

SWITCHES AND INDICATORS

C

JPBIA3226ZZ

H
1. CRUISE indicator lamp 2. CANCEL switch 3. ASCD MAIN switch
4. SET/COAST switch 5. RESUME/ACCELERATE switch
A. On the combination meter B. On the steering wheel I
SET SPEED RANGE
ASCD system can be set the following vehicle speed.
J
Minimum speed (Approx.) Maximum speed (Approx.)
40 km/h (25 MPH) 143 km/h (88 MPH)
K
SWITCH OPERATION

Item Function L
CANCEL switch Cancels the cruise control driving.
• Resumes the set speed.
RESUME/ACCELERATE switch
• Increases speed incrementally during cruise control driving. M
• Sets desired cruise speed.
SET/COAST switch
• Decreases speed incrementally during cruise control driving.
Master switch to activate the ASCD system. N
ASCD MAIN switch
(CRUISE indicator lamp is turned ON when ASCD system is ON.)

CANCEL CONDITION
• When any of following conditions exist, the cruise operation is canceled. O
- CANCEL switch is pressed
- ASCD MAIN switch pressed (Set speed is cleared)
- More than two switches at ASCD steering switch are pressed at the same time (Set speed is cleared) P
- Brake pedal is depressed
- Selector lever position is changed to N, P or R
- Vehicle speed decreased to 13 km/h (8 MPH) lower than the set speed
- TCS system is operated
• When the ECM detects any of the following conditions, the ECM cancels the cruise operation and informs
the driver by blinking CRUISE indicator lamp.

Revision: 2010 May EC-49 2011 QX56

 OPERATION
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [VK56VD]
- Engine coolant temperature is slightly higher than the normal operating temperature. Then CRUISE indica-
tor lamp is blinked slowly.
NOTE:
Engine coolant temperature decreases to the normal operating temperature, CRUISE indicator lamp stop
blinking and the cruise operation is able to work.
- Malfunction for some self-diagnoses regarding ASCD system. CRUISE indicator lamp is blinked quickly.
• When ASCD MAIN switch is turned to OFF during the cruise control driving, all of ASCD operations is can-
celed and vehicle speed memory is erased.

Revision: 2010 May EC-50 2011 QX56

 ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [VK56VD]
ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM
A
Diagnosis Description INFOID:0000000006217720

This system is an on board diagnostic system that records exhaust emission-related diagnostic information EC
and detects a sensors/actuator-related malfunction. A malfunction is indicated by the malfunction indicator
lamp (MIL) and stored in ECU memory as a DTC. The diagnostic information can be obtained with the diag-
nostic tool (GST: Generic Scan Tool).
C
GST (Generic Scan Tool) INFOID:0000000006217721

When GST is connected with a data link connector equipped on the vehicle side, it will communicate with the
control unit equipped in the vehicle and then enable various kinds of diagnostic tests. Refer to GI-48, "Descrip- D
tion".
NOTE:
Service $0A is not applied for regions where it is not mandated. E

Revision: 2010 May EC-51 2011 QX56

 DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (ECM)
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [VK56VD]
DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (ECM)
DIAGNOSIS DESCRIPTION
DIAGNOSIS DESCRIPTION : 1st Trip Detection Logic and Two Trip Detection Logic
INFOID:0000000006217722

When a malfunction is detected for the first time, 1st trip DTC and 1st trip Freeze Frame data are stored in the
ECM memory. The MIL will not illuminate at this stage. <1st trip>
If the same malfunction is detected again during the next drive, the DTC and Freeze Frame data are stored in
the ECM memory, and the MIL illuminates. The MIL illuminates at the same time when the DTC is stored.
<2nd trip> The “trip” in the “Two Trip Detection Logic” means a driving mode in which self-diagnosis is per-
formed during vehicle operation. Specific on board diagnostic items will cause the ECM to illuminate or blink
the MIL, and store DTC and Freeze Frame data, even in the 1st trip, as shown below.
×: Applicable —: Not applicable

MIL DTC 1st trip DTC

Items 1st trip 2nd trip 1st trip 2nd trip 1st trip 2nd trip
Blinking Illuminate Blinking Illuminate displaying displaying displaying displaying

Misfire (Possible three way catalyst

damage) — DTC: P0300 - P0308 is × — — — — — × —
being detected
Misfire (Possible three way catalyst
damage) — DTC: P0300 - P0308 is — — × — — × — —
being detected
One trip detection diagnoses (Re-
— × — — × — — —
fer to EC-98, "DTC Index".)
Except above — — — × — × × —

DIAGNOSIS DESCRIPTION : DTC and Freeze Frame Data INFOID:0000000006217723

DTC AND 1ST TRIP DTC

The 1st trip DTC (whose number is the same as the DTC number) is displayed for the latest self-diagnostic
result obtained. If the ECM memory was cleared previously, and the 1st trip DTC did not recur, the 1st trip DTC
will not be displayed.
If a malfunction is detected during the 1st trip, the 1st trip DTC is saved in the ECM memory. The MIL will not
light up (two trip detection logic). If the same malfunction is not detected in the 2nd trip (meeting the required
driving pattern), the 1st trip DTC is cleared from the ECM memory. If the same malfunction is detected in the
2nd trip, both the 1st trip DTC and DTC are saved in the ECM memory and the MIL lights up. In other words,
the DTC is stored in the ECM memory and the MIL lights up when the same malfunction occurs in two consec-
utive trips. If a 1st trip DTC is stored and a non-diagnostic operation is performed between the 1st and 2nd
trips, only the 1st trip DTC will continue to be stored. For malfunctions that blink or light up the MIL during the
1st trip, the DTC and 1st trip DTC are stored in the ECM memory.
For malfunctions in which 1st trip DTCs are displayed, refer to EC-98, "DTC Index". These items are required
by legal regulations to continuously monitor the system/component. In addition, the items monitored non-con-
tinuously are also displayed on CONSULT-III.
1st trip DTC is specified in Service $07 of SAE J1979/ISO 15031-5. 1st trip DTC detection occurs without illu-
minating the MIL and therefore does not warn the driver of a malfunction.
When a 1st trip DTC is detected, check, print out or write down and erase (1st trip) DTC and Freeze Frame
data as specified in Work Flow procedure Step 2, refer to EC-135, "Work Flow". Then perform DTC Confirma-
tion Procedure or Component Function Check to try to duplicate the malfunction. If the malfunction is dupli-
cated, the item requires repair.
FREEZE FRAME DATA AND 1ST TRIP FREEZE FRAME DATA
The ECM records the driving conditions such as fuel system status, calculated load value, engine coolant tem-
perature, short term fuel trim, long term fuel trim, engine speed, vehicle speed, absolute throttle position, base
fuel schedule and intake air temperature at the moment a malfunction is detected.
Data which are stored in the ECM memory, along with the 1st trip DTC, are called 1st trip freeze frame data.
The data, stored together with the DTC data, are called freeze frame data and displayed on CONSULT-III or
GST. The 1st trip freeze frame data can only be displayed on the CONSULT-III screen.

Revision: 2010 May EC-52 2011 QX56

 DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (ECM)
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [VK56VD]
Only one set of freeze frame data (either 1st trip freeze frame data or freeze frame data) can be stored in the
ECM. 1st trip freeze frame data is stored in the ECM memory along with the 1st trip DTC. There is no priority A
for 1st trip freeze frame data and it is updated each time a different 1st trip DTC is detected. However, once
freeze frame data (2nd trip detection/MIL on) is stored in the ECM memory, 1st trip freeze frame data is no
longer stored. Remember, only one set of freeze frame data can be stored in the ECM. The ECM has the fol-
EC
lowing priorities to update the data.

Priority Items
C
Freeze frame data Misfire — DTC: P0300 - P0308
1
Fuel Injection System Function — DTC: P0171, P0172, P0174, P0175
2 Except the above items
D
3 1st trip freeze frame data
For example, the EGR malfunction (Priority: 2) was detected and the freeze frame data was saved in the 2nd
trip. After that when the misfire (Priority: 1) is detected in another trip, the freeze frame data will be updated E
from the EGR malfunction to the misfire. The 1st trip freeze frame data is updated each time a different mal-
function is detected. There is no priority for 1st trip freeze frame data. However, once freeze frame data is
stored in the ECM memory, 1st trip freeze data is no longer stored (because only one freeze frame data or 1st
trip freeze frame data can be stored in the ECM). If freeze frame data is stored in the ECM memory and freeze F
frame data with the same priority occurs later, the first (original) freeze frame data remains unchanged in the
ECM memory.
Both 1st trip freeze frame data and freeze frame data (along with the DTCs) are cleared when the ECM mem- G
ory is erased.
DIAGNOSIS DESCRIPTION : Counter System INFOID:0000000006217724

H
RELATIONSHIP BETWEEN MIL, 1ST TRIP DTC, DTC, AND DETECTABLE ITEMS
• When a malfunction is detected for the first time, the 1st trip DTC and the 1st trip freeze frame data are
stored in the ECM memory. I
• When the same malfunction is detected in two consecutive trips, the DTC and the freeze frame data are
stored in the ECM memory, and the MIL will come on.
• The MIL will turn OFF after the vehicle is driven 3 times (driving pattern B) with no malfunction. The drive is
J
counted only when the recorded driving pattern is met (as stored in the ECM). If another malfunction occurs
while counting, the counter will reset.
• The DTC and the freeze frame data will be stored until the vehicle is driven 40 times (driving pattern A) with-
out the same malfunction recurring (except for Misfire and Fuel Injection System). For Misfire and Fuel Injec- K
tion System, the DTC and freeze frame data will be stored until the vehicle is driven 80 times (driving pattern
C) without the same malfunction recurring. The “TIME” in “SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS” mode of CON-
SULT-III will count the number of times the vehicle is driven. L
• The 1st trip DTC is not displayed when the self-diagnosis results in OK for the 2nd trip.
COUNTER SYSTEM CHART
M
Items Fuel Injection System Misfire Other
MIL (turns OFF) 3 (pattern B) 3 (pattern B) 3 (pattern B)
DTC, Freeze Frame Data (no display) 80 (pattern C) 80 (pattern C) 40 (pattern A) N
1st Trip DTC (clear) 1 (pattern C), *1 1 (pattern C), *1 1 (pattern B)
1st Trip Freeze Frame Data (clear) *1, *2 *1, *2 1 (pattern B)
O
For details about patterns B and C under “Fuel Injection System” and “Misfire”, see “EXPLANATION FOR
DRIVING PATTERNS FOR “MISFIRE <EXHAUST QUALITY DETERIORATION>”, “FUEL INJECTION SYS-
TEM”.
For details about patterns A and B under Other, see “EXPLANATION FOR DRIVING PATTERNS FOR “MIS- P
FIRE <EXHAUST QUALITY DETERIORATION>”, “FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM”.
• *1: Clear timing is at the moment OK is detected.
• *2: Clear timing is when the same malfunction is detected in the 2nd trip.
Relationship Between MIL, DTC, 1st Trip DTC and Driving Patterns for “Misfire <Exhaust Quality De-
terioration>”, “Fuel Injection System”

Revision: 2010 May EC-53 2011 QX56

 DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (ECM)
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [VK56VD]

JMBIA1417GB

*1: When the same malfunction is de- *2: MIL will turn OFF after vehicle is driv- *3: When the same malfunction is de-
tected in two consecutive trips, MIL en 3 times (pattern B) without any tected in two consecutive trips, the
will light up. malfunctions. DTC and the freeze frame data will be
stored in ECM.
*4: The DTC and the freeze frame data *5: When a malfunction is detected for *6: The 1st trip DTC and the 1st trip
will not be displayed any longer after the first time, the 1st trip DTC and the freeze frame data will be cleared at
vehicle is driven 80 times (pattern C) 1st trip freeze frame data will be the moment OK is detected.
without the same malfunction. (The stored in ECM.
DTC and the freeze frame data still
remain in ECM.)
*7: When the same malfunction is de- *8: 1st trip DTC will be cleared when ve-
tected in the 2nd trip, the 1st trip hicle is driven once (pattern C) with-
freeze frame data will be cleared. out the same malfunction after DTC
is stored in ECM.

Explanation for Driving Patterns for “Misfire <Exhaust Quality Deterioration>”, “Fuel Injection System”
<Driving Pattern B>
Driving pattern B means the vehicle operation as per the following:
All components and systems should be monitored at least once by the OBD system.

Revision: 2010 May EC-54 2011 QX56

 DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (ECM)
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [VK56VD]
• The B counter will be cleared when the malfunction is detected once regardless of the driving pattern.
• The B counter will be counted up when driving pattern B is satisfied without any malfunction. A
• The MIL will turn OFF when the B counter reaches 3. (*2 in “OBD SYSTEM OPERATION CHART”)
<Driving Pattern C>
Driving pattern C means operating vehicle as per the following:
EC
The following conditions should be satisfied at the same time:
Engine speed: (Engine speed in the freeze frame data) ±375 rpm
Calculated load value: (Calculated load value in the freeze frame data) x (1±0.1) [%]
Engine coolant temperature (T) condition: C
• When the freeze frame data shows lower than 70°C (158°F), T should be lower than 70°C (158°F).
• When the freeze frame data shows higher than or equal to 70°C (158°F), T should be higher than or equal to
70°C (158°F). D
Example:
If the stored freeze frame data is as per the following:
Engine speed: 850 rpm, Calculated load value: 30%, Engine coolant temperature: 80°C (176°F)
To be satisfied with driving pattern C, the vehicle should run under the following conditions: E
Engine speed: 475 - 1,225 rpm, Calculated load value: 27 - 33%, Engine coolant temperature: more than 70°C
(158°F)
• The C counter will be cleared when the malfunction is detected regardless of vehicle conditions above. F
• The C counter will be counted up when vehicle conditions above are satisfied without the same malfunction.
• The DTC will not be displayed after C counter reaches 80.
• The 1st trip DTC will be cleared when C counter is counted once without the same malfunction after DTC is
stored in ECM. G

Relationship Between MIL, DTC, 1st Trip DTC and Driving Patterns Except For “Misfire <Exhaust
Quality Deterioration>”, “Fuel Injection System” H

Revision: 2010 May EC-55 2011 QX56

 DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (ECM)
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [VK56VD]

JMBIA1418GB

*1: When the same malfunction is de- *2: MIL will turn OFF after vehicle is driv- *3: When the same malfunction is de-
tected in two consecutive trips, MIL en 3 times (pattern B) without any tected in two consecutive trips, the
will light up. malfunctions. DTC and the freeze frame data will be
stored in ECM.

Revision: 2010 May EC-56 2011 QX56

 DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (ECM)
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [VK56VD]
*4: The DTC and the freeze frame data *5: When a malfunction is detected for *6: 1st trip DTC will be cleared after vehi-
will not be displayed any longer after the first time, the 1st trip DTC and the cle is driven once (pattern B) without A
vehicle is driven 40 times (pattern A) 1st trip freeze frame data will be the same malfunction.
without the same malfunction. stored in ECM.
(The DTC and the freeze frame data
still remain in ECM.) EC
*7: When the same malfunction is de-
tected in the 2nd trip, the 1st trip
freeze frame data will be cleared. C
Explanation for Driving Patterns Except for “Misfire <Exhaust Quality Deterioration>”, “Fuel Injection
System”
<Driving Pattern A> D

I
JMBIA1920GB

• The A counter will be cleared when the malfunction is detected regardless of (1) - (4).
• The A counter will be counted up when (1) - (4) are satisfied without the same malfunction. J
• The DTC will not be displayed after the A counter reaches 40.
<Driving Pattern B>
Driving pattern B means operating vehicle operation as per the following:
All components and systems should be monitored at least once by the OBD system. K
• The B counter will be cleared when the malfunction is detected once regardless of the driving pattern.
• The B counter will be counted up when driving pattern B is satisfied without any malfunctions.
• The MIL will turn OFF when the B counter reaches 3 (*2 in OBD SYSTEM OPERATION CHART). L

Revision: 2010 May EC-57 2011 QX56

 DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (ECM)
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [VK56VD]
DIAGNOSIS DESCRIPTION : Driving Pattern INFOID:0000000006217725

DRIVING PATTERN A

JMBIA1920GB

• The A counter will be cleared when the malfunction is detected regardless of (1) - (4).
• The A counter will be counted up when (1) - (4) are satisfied without the same malfunction.
• The DTC will not be displayed after the A counter reaches 40.
DRIVING PATTERN B
Driving pattern B means operating vehicle operation as per the following:
All components and systems should be monitored at least once by the OBD system.
• The B counter will be cleared when the malfunction is detected once regardless of the driving pattern.
• The B counter will be counted up when driving pattern B is satisfied without any malfunctions.
• The MIL will turn OFF when the B counter reaches 3.
DRIVING PATTERN C
Driving pattern C means operating vehicle as per the following:
The following conditions should be satisfied at the same time:
Engine speed: (Engine speed in the freeze frame data) ±375 rpm
Calculated load value: (Calculated load value in the freeze frame data) x (1±0.1) [%]
Engine coolant temperature (T) condition:
• When the freeze frame data shows lower than 70°C (158°F), T should be lower than 70°C (158°F).
• When the freeze frame data shows higher than or equal to 70°C (158°F), T should be higher than or equal to
70°C (158°F).
• The C counter will be cleared when the malfunction is detected regardless of vehicle conditions above.
• The C counter will be counted up when vehicle conditions above are satisfied without the same malfunction.
• The DTC will not be displayed after C counter reaches 80.
• The 1st trip DTC will be cleared when C counter is counted once without the same malfunction after DTC is
stored in ECM.
DIAGNOSIS DESCRIPTION : System Readiness Test (SRT) Code INFOID:0000000006217726

System Readiness Test (SRT) code is specified in Service $01 of SAE J1979/ISO 15031-5.
As part of an enhanced emissions test for Inspection & Maintenance (I/M), certain states require the status of
SRT be used to indicate whether the ECM has completed self-diagnosis of major emission systems and com-
ponents. Completion must be verified in order for the emissions inspection to proceed.
If a vehicle is rejected for a State emissions inspection due to one or more SRT items indicating “INCMP”, use
the information in this Service Manual to set the SRT to “CMPLT”.
In most cases the ECM will automatically complete its self-diagnosis cycle during normal usage, and the SRT
status will indicate “CMPLT” for each application system. Once set as “CMPLT”, the SRT status remains
“CMPLT” until the self-diagnosis memory is erased.
Occasionally, certain portions of the self-diagnostic test may not be completed as a result of the customer's
normal driving pattern; the SRT will indicate “INCMP” for these items.
NOTE:

Revision: 2010 May EC-58 2011 QX56

 DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (ECM)
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [VK56VD]
The SRT will also indicate “INCMP” if the self-diagnosis memory is erased for any reason or if the ECM mem-
ory power supply is interrupted for several hours. A
If, during the state emissions inspection, the SRT indicates “CMPLT” for all test items, the inspector will con-
tinue with the emissions test. However, if the SRT indicates “INCMP” for one or more of the SRT items the
vehicle is returned to the customer untested.
EC
NOTE:
If MIL is ON during the state emissions inspection, the vehicle is also returned to the customer untested even
though the SRT indicates “CMPLT” for all test items. Therefore, it is important to check SRT (“CMPLT”) and
DTC (No DTCs) before the inspection. C
SRT SET TIMING
SRT is set as “CMPLT” after self-diagnosis has been performed one or more times. Completion of SRT is
done regardless of whether the result is OK or NG. The set timing is different between OK and NG results and D
is shown in the table below.

Example E
Self-diagnosis result Ignition cycle
Diagnosis
← ON → OFF ← ON → OFF ← ON → OFF ← ON →
All OK Case 1 P0400 OK (1) — (1) OK (2) — (2) F
P0402 OK (1) — (1) — (1) OK (2)
P1402 OK (1) OK (2) — (2) — (2)
G
SRT of EGR “CMPLT” “CMPLT” “CMPLT” “CMPLT”
Case 2 P0400 OK (1) — (1) — (1) — (1)
P0402 — (0) — (0) OK (1) — (1) H
P1402 OK (1) OK (2) — (2) — (2)
SRT of EGR “INCMP” “INCMP” “CMPLT” “CMPLT”
I
NG exists Case 3 P0400 OK OK — —
P0402 — — — —
NG J
P1402 NG — NG (Consecutive
NG)
(1st trip) DTC
1st trip DTC — 1st trip DTC K
DTC (= MIL ON)
SRT of EGR “INCMP” “INCMP” “INCMP” “CMPLT”
OK: Self-diagnosis is carried out and the result is OK.
L
NG: Self-diagnosis is carried out and the result is NG.
—: Self-diagnosis is not carried out.
When all SRT related self-diagnoses show OK results in a single cycle (Ignition OFF-ON-OFF), the SRT will
M
indicate “CMPLT”. → Case 1 above
When all SRT related self-diagnoses show OK results through several different cycles, the SRT will indicate
“CMPLT” at the time the respective self-diagnoses have at least one OK result. → Case 2 above
If one or more SRT related self-diagnoses show NG results in 2 consecutive cycles, the SRT will also indicate N
“CMPLT”. → Case 3 above
The table above shows that the minimum number of cycles for setting SRT as “INCMP” is the number one (1)
for each self-diagnosis (Case 1 & 2) or the number two (2) for one of self-diagnoses (Case 3). However, in
O
preparation for the state emissions inspection, it is unnecessary for each self-diagnosis to be executed twice
(Case 3) for the following reasons:
• The SRT will indicate “CMPLT” at the time the respective self-diagnoses have one (1) OK result.
• The emissions inspection requires “CMPLT” of the SRT only with OK self-diagnosis results. P
• During SRT driving pattern, the 1st trip DTC (NG) is detected prior to “CMPLT” of SRT and the self-diagnosis
memory must be erased from the ECM after repair.
• If the 1st trip DTC is erased, all the SRT will indicate “INCMP”.
NOTE:
SRT can be set as “CMPLT” together with the DTC(s). Therefore, DTC check must always be carried out
prior to the state emission inspection even though the SRT indicates “CMPLT”.

Revision: 2010 May EC-59 2011 QX56

 DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (ECM)
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [VK56VD]
DIAGNOSIS DESCRIPTION : Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) INFOID:0000000006217727

DESCRIPTION
The MIL is located on the instrument panel.
1. The MIL will light up when the ignition switch is turned ON with-
out the engine running. This is a bulb check.
If the MIL does not light up, refer to EC-515, "Component Func-
tion Check".
2. When the engine is started, the MIL should go off.
If the MIL remains on, the on board diagnostic system has
detected an engine system malfunction.

SEF217U

On Board Diagnosis Function INFOID:0000000006217728

ON BOARD DIAGNOSIS ITEM

The on board diagnostic system has the following functions.

Diagnostic test mode Function

Bulb check MIL can be checked.
SRT status ECM can read if SRT codes are set.
Malfunction warning If ECM detects a malfunction, it illuminates or blinks MIL to inform the driver that a malfunction has
been detected.
Self-diagnostic results DTCs or 1st trip DTCs stored in ECM can be read.
Accelerator pedal released po- ECM can learn the accelerator pedal released position. Refer to EC-146, "Description".
sition learning
Throttle valve closed position ECM can learn the throttle valve closed position. Refer to EC-147, "Description".
learning
Idle air volume learning ECM can learn the idle air volume. Refer to EC-148, "Description".
VVEL control shaft position The initial position of the VVEL control shaft position sensor can be adjusted. Refer to EC-150, "De-
sensor adjustment scription".

BLUB CHECK MODE

Description
This function allows damage inspection in the MIL bulb (blown, open circuit, etc.).
Operation Procedure
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. The MIL on the instrument panel should stay ON.
If it remains OFF, check MIL circuit. Refer to EC-515, "Diagnosis Procedure".
SRT STATUS MODE
Description
This function allows to read if ECM has completed the self-diagnoses of major emission control systems and
components. For SRT, refer to EC-58, "DIAGNOSIS DESCRIPTION : System Readiness Test (SRT) Code".
Operation Procedure
1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait 20 seconds.
2. SRT status is indicated as shown blow.
• ECM continues to illuminate MIL if all SRT codes are set.

Revision: 2010 May EC-60 2011 QX56

 DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (ECM)
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [VK56VD]
• ECM blinks MIL for about 10 seconds if all SRT codes are not set.
A

EC

JMBIA1515GB F
MALFUNCTION WARNING MODE
Description G
In this function ECM turns on or blinks MIL when it detects a malfunction in the emission control system com-
ponents and/or the powertrain control components (which affect vehicle emissions) to inform the driver that a
malfunction has been detected.
H
Operation Procedure
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Check that MIL illuminates. I
If it remains OFF, check MIL circuit. Refer to EC-515, "Diagnosis Procedure".
3. Start engine and let it idle.
• For two trip detection logic diagnoses, ECM turns on MIL when it detects the same malfunction twice in J
the two consecutive driving cycles.
• For 1st trip detection logic diagnoses, ECM turns on MIL when it detects a malfunction in one driving
cycle.
• ECM blinks MIL when it detects a malfunction that may damage the three way catalyst (misfire). K

SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS MODE

Description L
This function allows to indicate DTCs or 1st trip DTCs stored in ECM according to the number of times MIL is
blinking.
How to Set Self-diagnostic Results Mode M
NOTE:
• It is better to count the time accurately with a clock.
• It is impossible to switch the diagnostic mode when an accelerator pedal position sensor circuit has a mal- N
function.
• After ignition switch is turned off, ECM is always released from the “Self-diagnostic results” mode.
1. Confirm that accelerator pedal is fully released, turn ignition switch ON and wait 3 seconds.
O
2. Repeat the following procedure quickly five times within 5 seconds.
• Fully depress the accelerator pedal.
• Fully release the accelerator pedal.
P
3. Wait 7 seconds, fully depress the accelerator pedal and keep it depressed for approx. 10 seconds until the
MIL starts blinking.
NOTE:
Do not release the accelerator pedal for 10 seconds if MIL starts blinking during this period. This blinking
is displaying SRT status and is continued for another 10 seconds.
4. Fully release the accelerator pedal.
ECM has entered to Self-diagnostic results mode.

Revision: 2010 May EC-61 2011 QX56

 DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (ECM)
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [VK56VD]
NOTE:
Wait until the same DTC (or 1st trip DTC) appears to completely confirm all DTCs.

PBIB0092E

How to Read Self-diagnostic Results

The DTC and 1st trip DTC are indicated by the number of blinks of the MIL as shown below.
The DTC and 1st trip DTC are displayed at the same time. If the MIL does not illuminate in diagnostic test
mode I (Malfunction warning), all displayed items are 1st trip DTCs. If only one code is displayed when the MIL
illuminates in “malfunction warning” mode, it is a DTC; if two or more codes are displayed, they may be either
DTCs or 1st trip DTCs. DTC No. is same as that of 1st trip DTC. These unidentified codes can be identified by
using the CONSULT-III or GST. A DTC will be used as an example for how to read a code.

PBIB3005E

A particular trouble code can be identified by the number of four-digit numeral flashes per the following.

Number 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 A B C D E F
Flashes 10 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 11 12 13 14 15 16
The length of time the 1,000th-digit numeral flashes on and off is 1.2 seconds consisting of an ON (0.6-sec-
onds) - OFF (0.6-seconds) cycle.
The 100th-digit numeral and lower digit numerals consist of a 0.3-seconds ON and 0.3-seconds OFF cycle.
A change from one digit numeral to another occurs at an interval of 1.0-second OFF. In other words, the later
numeral appears on the display 1.3 seconds after the former numeral has disappeared.
A change from one trouble code to another occurs at an interval of 1.8-seconds OFF.

Revision: 2010 May EC-62 2011 QX56

 DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (ECM)
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [VK56VD]
In this way, all the detected malfunctions are classified by their DTC numbers. The DTC 0000 refers to no mal-
function. Refer to EC-98, "DTC Index". A
How to Erase Self-diagnostic Results
By performing this procedure, ECM memory is erased and the following diagnostic information is erased as
well. EC
• Diagnostic trouble codes
• 1st trip diagnostic trouble codes
• Freeze frame data C
• 1st trip freeze frame data
• System readiness test (SRT) codes
• Test values
NOTE: D
Also, if a battery terminal is disconnected, ECM memory is erased and the diagnostic information as listed
above is erased. (The amount of time required for erasing may vary from a few seconds to several hours.)
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. E
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
4. Turn ignition switch ON. F
5. Set ECM in Self-diagnostic results.
6. The diagnostic information has been erased from the backup memory in the ECM.
Fully depress the accelerator pedal and keep it depressed for more than 10 seconds. G
7. Fully release the accelerator pedal, and confirm the DTC 0000 is displayed.
CONSULT-III Function INFOID:0000000006217729 H

FUNCTION
I
Diagnostic test mode Function
This mode enables a technician to adjust some devices faster and more accurately by following the in-
Work support
dications on the CONSULT-III unit. J
Self-diagnostic results such as 1st trip DTC, DTCs and 1st trip freeze frame data or freeze frame data
Self diagnostic result
can be read and erased quickly.*
Data monitor Input/Output data in the ECM can be read. K
Diagnostic Test Mode in which CONSULT-III drives some actuators apart from the ECMs and also shifts
Active test
some parameters in a specified range.
DTC & SRT confirmation The status of system monitoring tests and the self-diagnosis status/results can be confirmed. L
Function test This mode is used to inform customers when the vehicle requires periodic maintenance.
ECU identification ECM part number can be read.
M
*: The following emission-related diagnostic information is cleared when the ECM memory is erased.
• Diagnostic trouble codes
• 1st trip diagnostic trouble codes
N
• Freeze frame data
• 1st trip freeze frame data
• System readiness test (SRT) codes
• Test values
O

WORK SUPPORT MODE

Work Item P

Revision: 2010 May EC-63 2011 QX56

 DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (ECM)
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [VK56VD]

WORK ITEM CONDITION USAGE

• THE IDLE AIR VOLUME THAT KEEPS THE ENGINE
IDLE AIR VOL LEARN WITHIN THE SPECIFIED RANGE IS MEMORIZED IN When learning the idle air volume
ECM.
CLOSE THE EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE IN
ORDER TO MAKE EVAP SYSTEM CLOSE UNDER THE
FOLLOWING CONDITIONS.
• IGN SW ON
• ENGINE NOT RUNNING
• AMBIENT TEMPERATURE IS ABOVE 0°C (32°F).
• NO VACUUM AND NO HIGH PRESSURE IN EVAP SYS-
TEM
• FUEL TANK TEMP. IS MORE THAN 0°C (32°F).
When detecting EVAP vapor leak
EVAP SYSTEM CLOSE • WITHIN 10 MINUTES AFTER STARTING “EVAP SYS-
in the EVAP system
TEM CLOSE”
• WHEN TRYING TO EXECUTE “EVAP SYSTEM CLOSE”
UNDER THE CONDITION EXCEPT ABOVE, CONSULT-
III WILL DISCONTINUE IT AND DISPLAY APPROPRI-
ATE INSTRUCTION.
NOTE:
WHEN STARTING ENGINE, CONSULT-III MAY DIS-
PLAY “BATTERY VOLTAGE IS LOW. CHARGE BAT-
TERY”, EVEN WHEN USING A CHARGED BATTERY.
• FUEL PUMP WILL STOP BY TOUCHING “START” DUR-
When releasing fuel pressure from
FUEL PRESSURE RELEASE ING IDLING.
fuel line
CRANK A FEW TIMES AFTER ENGINE STALLS.
• THE COEFFICIENT OF SELF-LEARNING CONTROL
When clearing mixture ratio self-
SELF-LEARNING CONT MIXTURE RATIO RETURNS TO THE ORIGINAL COEF-
learning value
FICIENT.
TARGET IDLE RPM ADJ* • IDLE CONDITION When setting target idle speed
VIN REGISTRATION • IN THIS MODE, VIN IS REGISTERED IN ECM. When registering VIN in ECM
When adjusting target ignition tim-
TARGET IGN TIM ADJ* • IDLE CONDITION
ing
When learning the throttle valve
CLSD THL POS LEARN • IGNITION ON AND ENGINE STOPPED.
closed position
• USE THIS ITEM ONLY WHEN REPLACING VVEL ACTU-
When adjusting VVEL control
VVEL POS SEN ADJ PREP ATOR SUB ASSEMBLY.
shaft position sensor
• IGNITION ON AND ENGINE STOPPED.
*: This function is not necessary in the usual service procedure.
SELF-DIAG RESULTS MODE
Self Diagnostic Item
Regarding items of DTC and 1st trip DTC, refer to EC-98, "DTC Index".
How to Read DTC and 1st Trip DTC
DTCs and 1st trip DTCs related to the malfunction are displayed in “Self-diag results”.
• When ECM detects a 1st trip DTC, “1t” is displayed for “TIME”.
• When ECM has detected a current DTC, “0” is displayed for “TIME”.
• If “TIME” is neither “0” nor “1t”, the DTC occurred in the past and ECM shows the number of times the vehi-
cle has been driven since the last detection of the DTC.
How to Erase DTC and 1st Trip DTC
NOTE:
• If the ignition switch stays ON after repair work, be sure to turn ignition switch OFF once. Wait at least 10
seconds and then turn it ON (engine stopped) again.
• If the DTC is not for A/T related items (see EC-98, "DTC Index"), skip step 1.
1. Erase DTC in TCM. Refer to TM-60, "Diagnosis Description".
2. Select “ENGINE” with CONSULT-III.
3. Select “SELF-DIAG RESULTS”.
4. Touch “ERASE”. (DTC in ECM will be erased.)

Revision: 2010 May EC-64 2011 QX56

 DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (ECM)
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [VK56VD]
Freeze Frame Data and 1st Trip Freeze Frame Data
A
Freeze frame data
Description
item*
DIAG TROUBLE EC
• The engine control component part/control system has a trouble code the is displayed as PXXXX. (Refer to
CODE
EC-98, "DTC Index".)
[PXXXX]
CAL/LD VALUE [%] • The calculated load value at the moment a malfunction is detected is displayed.
C
COOLANT TEMP [°C]
• The engine coolant temperature at the moment a malfunction is detected is displayed.
or [°F]
L-FUEL TRM-B1 [%] • “Long-term fuel trim” at the moment a malfunction is detected is displayed. D
• The long-term fuel trim indicates much more gradual feedback compensation to the base fuel schedule than
L-FUEL TRM-B2 [%] short-term fuel trim.
S-FUEL TRM-B1 [%] • “Short-term fuel trim” at the moment a malfunction is detected is displayed.
• The short-term fuel trim indicates dynamic or instantaneous feedback compensation to the base fuel sched-
E
S-FUEL TRM-B2 [%] ule.
ENGINE SPEED [rpm] • The engine speed at the moment a malfunction is detected is displayed.
F
VEHICL SPEED
• The vehicle speed at the moment a malfunction is detected is displayed.
[km/h] or [mph]
INT MANI PRES [kPa] • These items are displayed but are not applicable to this model.
G
ABSOL TH·P/S [%] • The throttle valve opening angle at the moment a malfunction is detected is displayed.
B/FUEL SCHDL
• The base fuel schedule at the moment a malfunction is detected is displayed.
[msec]
H
INT/A TEMP SE [°C]
• The intake air temperature at the moment a malfunction is detected is displayed.
or [°F]
FUEL SYS-B1 • “Fuel injection system status” at the moment a malfunction is detected is displayed.
I
• One of the following mode is displayed.
Mode2: Open loop due to detected system malfunction
FUEL SYS-B2 Mode3: Open loop due to driving conditions (power enrichment, deceleration enleanment)
Mode4: Closed loop - using oxygen sensor(s) as feedback for fuel control J
Mode5: Open loop - has not yet satisfied condition to go to closed loop
COMBUST CONDI-
• These items are displayed but are not applicable to this model.
TION
K
*: The items are the same as those of 1st trip freeze frame data.

DATA MONITOR MODE

L
Monitored Item
×: Applicable

Monitored item Unit Description Remarks M

• Accuracy becomes poor if
engine speed drops below
• Indicates the engine speed computed from the sig- the idle rpm.
ENG SPEED rpm nal of the crankshaft position sensor and camshaft • If the signal is interrupted
N
position sensor. while the engine is running,
an abnormal value may be
indicated. O
• When the engine is stopped,
a certain value is indicated.
• The signal voltage of the mass air flow sensor is
MAS A/F SE-B1 V • When engine is running,
displayed. P
specification range is indicat-
ed in “SPEC”.
• “Base fuel schedule” indicates the fuel injection • When engine is running,
B/FUEL SCHDL ms pulse width programmed into ECM, prior to any specification range is indicat-
learned on board correction. ed in “SPEC”.

Revision: 2010 May EC-65 2011 QX56

 DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (ECM)
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [VK56VD]
Monitored item Unit Description Remarks
A/F ALPHA-B1 • When the engine is stopped,
a certain value is indicated.
• This data also includes the
• The mean value of the air-fuel ratio feedback cor- data for the air-fuel ratio
%
A/F ALPHA-B2 rection factor per cycle is indicated. learning control.
• When engine is running,
specification range is indicat-
ed in “SPEC”.
• When the engine coolant
temperature sensor is open
• The engine coolant temperature (determined by or short-circuited, ECM en-
COOLAN TEMP/S °C or °F the signal voltage of the engine coolant tempera- ters fail-safe mode. The en-
ture sensor) is displayed. gine coolant temperature
determined by the ECM is
displayed.
A/F SEN1 (B1) • The A/F signal computed from the input signal of
V
A/F SEN1 (B2) the air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 is displayed.

HO2S2 (B1) • The signal voltage of the heated oxygen sensor 2

V
HO2S2 (B2) is displayed.

HO2S2 MNTR (B1) • Display of heated oxygen sensor 2 signal:

RICH: means the amount of oxygen after three
• When the engine is stopped,
RICH/LEAN way catalyst is relatively small.
HO2S2 MNTR (B2) a certain value is indicated.
LEAN: means the amount of oxygen after three
way catalyst is relatively large.
• The vehicle speed computed from the vehicle
VHCL SPEED SE km/h or mph speed signal sent from combination meter is dis-
played.
BATTERY VOLT V • The power supply voltage of ECM is displayed.
ACCEL SEN 1 • ACCEL SEN 2 signal is con-
• The accelerator pedal position sensor signal volt- verted by ECM internally.
V
ACCEL SEN 2 age is displayed. Thus, they differs from ECM
terminal voltage signal.
TP SEN 1-B1 • TP SEN 2-B1 signal is con-
• The throttle position sensor signal voltage is dis- verted by ECM internally.
V
TP SEN 2-B1 played. Thus, they differs from ECM
terminal voltage signal.
• The fuel temperature (determined by the signal
FUEL T/TMP SE °C or °F voltage of the fuel tank temperature sensor) is dis-
played.
• The signal voltage of EVAP control system pres-
EVAP SYS PRES V
sure sensor is displayed.
• The signal voltage of the fuel level sensor is dis-
FUEL LEVEL SE V
played.
• Indicates start signal status [ON/OFF] computed • After starting the engine,
START SIGNAL ON/OFF by the ECM according to the signals of engine [OFF] is displayed regard-
speed and battery voltage. less of the starter signal.
• Indicates idle position [ON/OFF] computed by
CLSD THL POS ON/OFF ECM according to the accelerator pedal position
sensor signal.
• Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of the air conditioner
AIR COND SIG ON/OFF
switch as determined by the air conditioner signal.
• [ON/OFF] condition of the power steering system
PW/ST SIGNAL ON/OFF (determined by the signal voltage of the power
steering pressure sensor signal) is indicated.

Revision: 2010 May EC-66 2011 QX56

 DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (ECM)
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [VK56VD]
Monitored item Unit Description Remarks
A
• Indicates [ON/OFF] condition from the electrical
load signal.
ON: Rear window defogger switch is ON and/or
LOAD SIGNAL ON/OFF
lighting switch is in 2nd position. EC
OFF: Both rear window defogger switch and light-
ing switch are OFF.
• Indicates [ON/OFF] condition from ignition switch
IGNITION SW ON/OFF
signal.
C
• Indicates [ON/OFF] condition from the blower fan
HEATER FAN SW ON/OFF
ON signal.
D
• Indicates [ON/OFF] condition from the stop lamp
BRAKE SW ON/OFF
switch signal.
• Indicates the ignition timing computed by ECM ac- • When the engine is stopped,
IGN TIMING BTDC E
cording to the input signals. a certain value is indicated.
• These items are displayed but are not applicable to
COMBUSTION —
this model.
• “Calculated load value” indicates the value of the
F
CAL/LD VALUE %
current air flow divided by peak air flow.
• Indicates the mass air flow computed by ECM ac-
MASS AIRFLOW g/s cording to the signal voltage of the mass air flow G
sensor.
• Indicates the EVAP canister purge volume control
solenoid valve control value computed by the ECM H
PURG VOL C/V % according to the input signals.
• The opening becomes larger as the value increas-
es.
I
INT/V SOL (B1) • The control value of the intake valve timing control
solenoid valve (determined by ECM according to
the input signals) is indicated.
INT/V SOL (B2) %
• The advance angle becomes larger as the value J
increases.
• The air conditioner relay control condition (deter-
AIR COND RLY ON/OFF mined by ECM according to the input signals) is in-
dicated.
K
• The control condition of the EVAP canister vent
control valve (determined by ECM according to the
VENT CONT/V ON/OFF input signals) is indicated. L
ON: Closed
OFF: Open
• Indicates the throttle control motor relay control M
THRTL RELAY ON/OFF condition determined by the ECM according to the
input signals.
A/F S1 HTR (B1) • Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 heater control value
N
computed by ECM according to the input signals.
%
A/F S1 HTR (B2) • The current flow to the heater becomes larger as
the value increases.
HO2S2 HTR (B1) • Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of heated oxygen O
ON/OFF sensor 2 heater determined by ECM according to
HO2S2 HTR (B2) the input signals.
• The control condition of the power generation volt- P
age variable control (determined by ECM accord-
ing to the input signals) is indicated.
ALT DUTY SIG ON/OFF ON: Power generation voltage variable control is
active.
OFF: Power generation voltage variable control is
inactive.
• Indicates the engine speed computed from the in-
I/P PULLY SPD rpm
put speed sensor signal.

Revision: 2010 May EC-67 2011 QX56

 DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (ECM)
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [VK56VD]
Monitored item Unit Description Remarks
• The vehicle speed computed from the vehicle
VEHICLE SPEED km/h or mph
speed signal sent from TCM is displayed.
• Displays the condition of Idle Air Volume Learning
YET: Idle air volume learning has not been per-
IDL A/V LEARN YET/CMPLT formed yet.
CMPLT: Idle air volume learning has already been
performed successfully.
TRVL AFTER MIL km or mile • Distance traveled while MIL is activated.
• Indicates [ON/OFF] condition from the snow mode
SNOW MODE SW ON/OFF
switch signal.
• The engine oil temperature (determined by the sig-
ENG OIL TEMP °C or °F nal voltage of the engine oil temperature sensor) is
displayed.
• Indicates [ON/OFF] condition from MAIN switch
MAIN SW ON/OFF
signal.
• Indicates [ON/OFF] condition from CANCEL
CANCEL SW ON/OFF
switch signal.
• Indicates [ON/OFF] condition from RESUME/AC-
RESUME/ACC SW ON/OFF
CELERATE switch signal.
• Indicates [ON/OFF] condition from SET/COAST
SET SW ON/OFF
switch signal.
• Indicates [ON/OFF] condition from ASCD brake
BRAKE SW1 ON/OFF
switch signal.
• Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of stop lamp switch
BRAKE SW2 ON/OFF
signal.
• Indicates [ON/OFF] condition from DISTANCE
DIST SW ON/OFF
switch signal.
• Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of CRUISE indicator
CRUISE LAMP ON/OFF determined by the ECM according to the input sig-
nals.
• Indicates A/C evaporator temperature sent from A/
AC EVA TEMP °C or °F
C auto amp.
• Indicates target A/C evaporator temperature sent
AC EVA TARGET °C or °F
from A/C auto amp.
• Indicates a command value for cooling fan. The
FAN DUTY %
value is calculated by ECM based on input signals.
• Indicates the duty ratio of the power generation
ALT DUTY % command value. The ratio is calculated by ECM
based on the battery current sensor signal.
• The signal voltage of battery current sensor is dis-
BAT CUR SEN mV
played.
A/F ADJ-B1 • Indicates the correction of a factor stored in ECM.
The factor is calculated from the difference be-
— tween the target air-fuel ratio stored in ECM and
A/F ADJ-B2 the air-fuel ratio calculated from A/F sensor 1 sig-
nal.
• Indicates [ON/OFF] condition from the park/neutral
P/N POSI SW ON/OFF
position (PNP) signal.
• The intake air temperature (determined by the sig-
INT/A TEMP SE °C or °F nal voltage of the intake air temperature sensor) is
indicated.
• The signal voltage from the refrigerant pressure
AC PRESS SEN V
sensor is displayed.
• Indicates the fuel rail pressure computed by ECM
FUEL PRES SEN MPa
according to the input signals

Revision: 2010 May EC-68 2011 QX56

 DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (ECM)
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [VK56VD]
Monitored item Unit Description Remarks
A
• ECM-calculated injection pulse width of the fuel in-
FUEL INJ B1 msec
jector on the Bank 1 side.
• ECM-calculated injection pulse width of the fuel in-
FUEL INJ B2 msec EC
jector on the Bank 2 side.
INT/V TIM (B1)
°CA • Indicates [°CA] of intake camshaft advance angle.
INT/V TIM (B2)
C
• The signal voltage from the manifold absolute
MAP SENSOR V
pressure (MAP) sensor is displayed.
• Indicates the condition of EVAP leak diagnosis.
D
YET: EVAP leak diagnosis has not been performed
EVAP LEAK DIAG YET/CMPLT yet.
CMPLT: EVAP leak diagnosis has been performed
successfully. E
• Indicates the ready condition of EVAP leak diagno-
sis.
EVAP DIAG READY ON/OFF
ON: Diagnosis has been ready condition.
OFF: Diagnosis has not been ready condition.
F
• Display the condition of VVEL learning
YET: VVEL learning has not been performed yet.
VVEL LEARN YET/DONE G
DONE: VVEL learning has already been per-
formed successfully.
VVEL SEN LEARN-B1
V • Indicates the VVEL learning value. H
VVEL SEN LEARN-B2
VVEL POSITION SEN-B1 • The VVEL control shaft position sensor signal volt-
V
VVEL POSITION SEN-B2 age is displayed.
I
VVEL TIM-B1
deg • Indicates [deg] of VVEL control shaft angle.
VVEL TIM-B2
• The control condition of the fuel pump control mod- J
HI/MID/LOW/
FPCM ule (FPCM) (determined by ECM according to the
OFF
input signals) is indicated.
• The signal voltage from the battery temperature K
BAT TEMP SEN V
sensor is displayed.
• Displays a cooling fan speed from a signal of elec-
COOLING FAN SPD rpm
trically-controlled cooling fan coupling.
L
THRTL STK CNT B1* — —
• Indicates DTC P0139 self-diagnosis (slow re-
INCMP/CM- sponse) condition. M
HO2 S2 DIAG2(B1)*
PLT INCMP: Self-diagnosis is incomplete.
CMPLT: Self-diagnosis is complete.
• Indicates DTC P0159 self-diagnosis (slow re-
INCMP/CM- sponse) condition. N
HO2 S2 DIAG2(B2)*
PLT INCMP: Self-diagnosis is incomplete.
CMPLT: Self-diagnosis is complete.
• Indicates the fuel injection timing computed by O
FUEL INJ TIMG deg
ECM according to the input signals.
• Displays ECM-calculated fuel discharge position
H/P FUEL PUMP DEG deg
of the high pressure fuel pump. P
FUEL PRES SEN V mV • The signal voltage of FRP sensor is displayed.
• Displays a pressure value calculated from a low
L/FUEL PRES SEN MPa
fuel pressure sensor voltage.
• The signal voltage of low fuel pressure sensor is
L/FUEL PRES SEN V mV
displayed.

Revision: 2010 May EC-69 2011 QX56

 DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (ECM)
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [VK56VD]
Monitored item Unit Description Remarks
• Displays a temperature calculated from a signal of
ECM TEMP 1 °C or °F
ECM temperature sensor 1.
• Displays a temperature calculated from a signal of
ECM TEMP 2 °C or °F
ECM temperature sensor 2.
• The control condition of the fuel pump control mod-
FUEL PUMP DUTY % ule (FPCM) (determined by ECM according to the
input signals) is indicated.
*: The item is indicated, but not used.
NOTE:
Any monitored item that does not match the vehicle being diagnosed is deleted from the display automatically.

ACTIVE TEST MODE

Test Item

TEST ITEM CONDITION JUDGMENT CHECK ITEM (REMEDY)

• Ignition switch: ON (Engine
stopped)
VENT CON- Solenoid valve makes an operating • Harness and connectors
• Turn solenoid valve ON and OFF
TROL/V sound. • Solenoid valve
with the CONSULT-III and listen
to operating sound.
• Engine: Return to the original • Harness and connectors
ENG COOLANT non-standard condition If malfunctioning symptom disap- • Engine coolant temperature sen-
TEMP • Change the engine coolant tem- pears, see CHECK ITEM. sor
perature using CONSULT-III. • Fuel injector
• Engine: Return to the original
• Harness and connectors
FUEL INJEC- non-standard condition If malfunctioning symptom disap-
• Fuel injector
TION • Change the amount of fuel injec- pears, see CHECK ITEM.
• Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1
tion using CONSULT-III.
FUEL/T TEMP
• Change the fuel tank temperature using CONSULT-III.
SEN
• Engine: After warming up, run en-
gine at 1,500 rpm.
PURG VOL • Change the EVAP canister purge Engine speed changes according to • Harness and connectors
CONT/V volume control solenoid valve the opening percent. • Solenoid valve
opening percent using CON-
SULT-III.
• Harness and connectors
• Ignition switch: ON • Cooling fan motor
FAN DUTY CON-
• Change duty ratio using CON- Cooling fan speed changes. • Cooling fan relay
TROL*
SULT-III. • Cooling fan control module
• IPDM E/R
• Engine: Idle • Harness and connectors
ALTERNATOR
• Change duty ratio using CON- Battery voltage changes. • IPDM E/R
DUTY
SULT-III. • Alternator
• Engine: After warming up, idle the • Harness and connectors
engine. • Compression
POWER BAL- • A/C switch OFF • Fuel injector
Engine runs rough or stops.
ANCE • Selector lever: P or N • Power transistor
• Cut off each injector signal one at • Spark plug
a time using CONSULT-III. • Ignition coil
• Engine: Return to the original
non-standard condition
IGNITION TIM- If malfunctioning symptom disap-
• Timing light: Set • Perform Idle Air Volume Learning.
ING pears, see CHECK ITEM.
• Retard the ignition timing using
CONSULT-III.

Revision: 2010 May EC-70 2011 QX56

 DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (ECM)
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [VK56VD]
TEST ITEM CONDITION JUDGMENT CHECK ITEM (REMEDY)
A
• Engine: Return to the original
• Harness and connectors
V/T ASSIGN AN- non-standard condition If malfunctioning symptom disap-
• Intake valve timing control sole-
GLE • Change intake valve timing using pears, see CHECK ITEM.
noid valve
CONSULT-III. EC
• Engine: Return to the original
trouble condition • Harness and connectors
FPCM Fuel pump speed changes or stops.
• Select “LOW”, “MID” and “HI” with • Fuel pump control module (FPCM)
CONSULT-III.
C
*: Leaving cooling fan OFF with CONSULT-III while engine is running may cause the engine to overheat.

DTC & SRT CONFIRMATION MODE D

SRT STATUS Mode
For items whose SRT codes are set, “CMPLT” is displayed on the CONSULT-III screen; for items whose SRT
codes are not set, “INCMP” is displayed. E
SRT WORK SUPPORT Mode
This mode enables a technician to drive a vehicle to set the SRT while monitoring the SRT status.
F
DTC WORK SUPPORT Mode

Test mode Test item Corresponding DTC No. Reference page

G
HO2S2 (B1) P1146 P0138 EC-249
HO2S2 (B1) P1147 P0137 EC-243
HO2S2 (B1) P0139 P0139 EC-257 H
HO2S2
HO2S2 (B2) P1166 P0158 EC-249
HO2S2 (B2) P1167 P0157 EC-243
I
HO2S2 (B2) P0159 P0159 EC-257
A/F SEN1 (B1) P1278/P1279 P0133 EC-238
A/F SEN1 (B1) P1276 P0130 EC-228 J
A/F SEN1
A/F SEN1 (B2) P1288/P1289 P0153 EC-238
A/F SEN1 (B2) P1286 P0150 EC-228
K
EVP V/S LEAK P0456/P1456* P0456 EC-346, "DTC Logic"
EVAPORATIVE SYSTEM PURG VOL CN/V P1444 P0443 EC-317, "DTC Logic"
PURG FLOW P0441 P0441 EC-312, "DTC Logic" L
*: DTC P1456 does not apply but appears in DTC Work Support Mode screens.

Revision: 2010 May EC-71 2011 QX56

 ECM
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [VK56VD]

ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION

ECM
Reference Value INFOID:0000000006217730

VALUES ON THE DIAGNOSIS TOOL

NOTE:
• Specification data are reference values.
• Specification data are output/input values which are detected or supplied by the ECM at the connector.
* Specification data may not be directly related to their components signals/values/operations.
i.e. Adjust ignition timing with a timing light before monitoring IGN TIMING, because the monitor may show
the specification data in spite of the ignition timing not being adjusted to the specification data. This IGN TIM-
ING monitors the data calculated by the ECM according to the signals input from the camshaft position sen-
sor and other ignition timing related sensors.
CONSULT-III MONITOR ITEM
Monitor Item Condition Values/Status
Almost the same speed as
ENG SPEED • Run engine and compare CONSULT-III value with the tachometer indication.
the tachometer indication
MAS A/F SE-B1 See EC-161, "Description".
B/FUEL SCHDL See EC-161, "Description".
A/F ALPHA-B1 See EC-161, "Description".
A/F ALPHA-B2 See EC-161, "Description".
Indicates engine coolant
COOLAN TEMP/S • Ignition switch: ON
temperature
A/F SEN1 (B1) • Engine: After warming up Maintaining engine speed at 2,000 rpm Fluctuates around 1.5 V
A/F SEN1 (B2) • Engine: After warming up Maintaining engine speed at 2,000 rpm Fluctuates around 1.5 V
• Revving engine from idle up to 3,000 rpm quickly after the following condi-
tions are met.
0 - 0.3 V ⇔ Approx. 0.6 - 1.0
HO2S2 (B1) - Engine: After warming up
V
- After keeping engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for 1 minute and
at idle for 1 minute under no load
• Revving engine from idle up to 3,000 rpm quickly after the following condi-
tions are met.
0 - 0.3 V ⇔ Approx. 0.6 - 1.0
HO2S2 (B2) - Engine: After warming up
V
- After keeping engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for 1 minute and
at idle for 1 minute under no load
• Revving engine from idle up to 3,000 rpm quickly after the following condi-
tions are met.
HO2S2 MNTR (B1) - Engine: After warming up LEAN ⇔ RICH
- After keeping engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for 1 minute and
at idle for 1 minute under no load
• Revving engine from idle up to 3,000 rpm quickly after the following condi-
tions are met.
HO2S2 MNTR (B2) - Engine: After warming up LEAN ⇔ RICH
- After keeping engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for 1 minute and
at idle for 1 minute under no load
• Turn drive wheels and compare CONSULT-III value with the speedometer in- Almost the same speed as
VHCL SPEED SE
dication. speedometer indication
BATTERY VOLT • Ignition switch: ON (Engine stopped) 11 - 14 V

• Ignition switch: ON Accelerator pedal: Fully released 0.65 - 0.87 V

ACCEL SEN 1
(Engine stopped) Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed 4.3 - 4.8 V

• Ignition switch: ON Accelerator pedal: Fully released 0.56 - 0.96 V

ACCEL SEN 2*1 (Engine stopped) Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed 4.0 - 4.8 V

Revision: 2010 May EC-72 2011 QX56

 ECM
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [VK56VD]
Monitor Item Condition Values/Status
A
• Ignition switch: ON Accelerator pedal: Fully released More than 0.36 V
TP SEN 1-B1 (Engine stopped)
• Selector lever: D position Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed Less than 4.75 V

• Ignition switch: ON Accelerator pedal: Fully released More than 0.36 V EC

TP SEN 2-B1*1 (Engine stopped)
• Selector lever: D position Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed Less than 4.75 V

Indicates fuel tank tempera- C

FUEL T/TMP SE • Ignition switch: ON
ture
EVAP SYS PRES • Ignition switch: ON Approx. 1.8 - 4.8 V
Depending on fuel level of D
FUEL LEVEL SE • Ignition switch: ON
fuel tank
START SIGNAL • Ignition switch: ON → START → ON OFF → ON → OFF
Accelerator pedal: Fully released ON E
• Ignition switch: ON
CLSD THL POS
(Engine stopped) Accelerator pedal: Slightly depressed OFF
Air conditioner switch: OFF OFF
• Engine: After warming up, idle F
AIR COND SIG Air conditioner switch: ON
the engine ON
(Compressor operates.)

• Engine: After warming up, idle Steering wheel: Not being turned OFF
PW/ST SIGNAL G
the engine Steering wheel: Being turned ON
Rear window defogger switch: ON
and/or ON H
LOAD SIGNAL • Ignition switch: ON Lighting switch: 2nd position
Rear window defogger switch and lighting
OFF
switch: OFF
I
IGNITION SW • Ignition switch: ON → OFF → ON ON → OFF → ON

• Engine: After warming up, idle Heater fan switch: ON ON

HEATER FAN SW
the engine Heater fan switch: OFF OFF J
Brake pedal: Fully released OFF
BRAKE SW • Ignition switch: ON
Brake pedal: Slightly depressed ON
K
• Engine: After warming up Idle 1 - 4°BTDC
• Selector lever: P or N position
IGN TIMING
• A/C switch: OFF 2,000 rpm 25 - 45°BTDC
• No load L
These items are displayed
COMBUSTION — but are not applicable to this
model. M
• Engine: After warming up Idle 5 - 35%
• Selector lever: P or N position
CAL/LD VALUE
• A/C switch: OFF 2,500 rpm 5 - 35%
• No load N
• Engine: After warming up Idle 2.0 - 6.0 g/s
• Selector lever: P or N position
MASS AIRFLOW
• A/C switch: OFF 2,500 rpm 7.0 - 20.0 g/s O
• No load

• Engine: After warming up Idle

• Selector lever: P or N position (Accelerator pedal: Not depressed even 0% P
PURG VOL C/V slightly, after engine starting.)
• A/C switch: OFF
• No load 2,000 rpm 5%
• Engine: After warming up Idle 0 - 2%
• Selector lever: P or N position
INT/V SOL (B1)
• A/C switch: OFF 2,000 rpm Approx. 0 - 50%
• No load

Revision: 2010 May EC-73 2011 QX56

 ECM
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [VK56VD]
Monitor Item Condition Values/Status
• Engine: After warming up Idle 0 - 2%
• Selector lever: P or N position
INT/V SOL (B2)
• A/C switch: OFF 2,000 rpm Approx. 0 - 50%
• No load
A/C switch: OFF OFF
• Engine: After warming up, idle
AIR COND RLY A/C switch: ON
the engine ON
(Compressor operates)
VENT CONT/V • Ignition switch: ON OFF
THRTL RELAY • Ignition switch: ON ON
• Engine: After warming up, idle the engine
A/F S1 HTR (B1) 4 - 100%
(More than 140 seconds after starting engine)
• Engine: After warming up, idle the engine
A/F S1 HTR (B2) 4 - 100%
(More than 140 seconds after starting engine)
• Engine speed: Below 3,600 rpm after the following conditions are met.
- Engine: After warming up
ON
HO2S2 HTR (B1) - Keeping the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for 1 minute and at
idle for 1 minute under no load
• Engine speed: Above 3,600 rpm OFF
• Engine speed: Below 3,600 rpm after the following conditions are met.
- Engine: After warming up
ON
HO2S2 HTR (B2) - Keeping the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for 1 minute and at
idle for 1 minute under no load
• Engine speed: Above 3,600 rpm OFF
• Power generation voltage variable control: Operating ON
ALT DUTY SIG
• Power generation voltage variable control: Not operating OFF
Almost the same speed as
I/P PULLY SPD • Vehicle speed: More than 20 km/h (12 MPH)
the tachometer indication
• Turn drive wheels and compare CONSULT-III value with the speedometer in- Almost the same speed as
VEHICLE SPEED
dication. the speedometer indication
Idle air volume learning has not been per-
YET
formed yet.
IDL A/V LEARN • Engine: Running
Idle air volume learning has already been
CMPLT
performed successfully.
Vehicle has traveled after MIL has illumi- 0 - 65,535 km
TRVL AFTER MIL • Ignition switch: ON
nated. (0 - 40,723 miles)
Snow mode switch: ON ON
SNOW MODE SW • Ignition switch: ON
Snow mode switch: OFF OFF
ENG OIL TEMP • Engine: After warming up More than 70°C (158°F)
MAIN switch: Pressed ON
MAIN SW • Ignition switch: ON
MAIN switch: Released OFF
CANCEL switch: Pressed ON
CANCEL SW • Ignition switch: ON
CANCEL switch: Released OFF
RESUME/ACCELERATE switch:
ON
Pressed
RESUME/ACC SW • Ignition switch: ON
RESUME/ACCELERATE switch: Re-
OFF
leased
SET/COAST switch: Pressed ON
SET SW • Ignition switch: ON
SET/COAST switch: Released OFF
BRAKE SW1 Brake pedal: Fully released ON
(ASCD/ICC brake • Ignition switch: ON
switch) Brake pedal: Slightly depressed OFF

Revision: 2010 May EC-74 2011 QX56

 ECM
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [VK56VD]
Monitor Item Condition Values/Status
A
BRAKE SW2 Brake pedal: Fully released OFF
• Ignition switch: ON
(Stop lamp switch) Brake pedal: Slightly depressed ON
DISTANCE switch: Pressed ON EC
DIST SW • Ignition switch: ON
DISTANCE switch: Released OFF
MAIN switch: Pressed at the 1st time →
CRUISE LAMP • Ignition switch: ON ON → OFF
at the 2nd time C
Indicates A/C evaporator
AC EVA TEMP • Engine: Running temperature sent from“uni-
fied meter and A/C amp.”.
D
Indicates target A/C evapo-
rator temperature sentfrom
AC EVA TARGET • Engine: Running
“unified meter and A/C
amp.”. E
FAN DUTY • Engine: Running 0 - 100%
ALT DUTY • Engine: Idle 0 - 80%
F
• Engine speed: Idle
• Battery: Fully charged*2
BAT CUR SEN • Selector lever: P or N position Approx. 2,600 - 3,500 mV
• A/C switch: OFF G
• No load
A/F ADJ-B1 • Engine: Running −0.330 - 0.330
H
A/F ADJ-B2 • Engine: Running −0.330 - 0.330
Selector lever: P or N ON
P/N POSI SW • Ignition switch: ON
Selector lever: Except above position OFF I
Indicates intake air temper-
INT/A TEMP SE • Ignition switch: ON
ature
• Engine: Idle J
AC PRESS SEN 1.0 - 4.0 V
• Both A/C switch and blower fan switch: ON (Compressor operates)
• Engine: After warming up Idle Approx. 2.74 Mpa
• Selector lever: P or N position
FUEL PRES SEN K
• A/C switch: OFF 2,000 rpm Approx. 3.0 Mpa
• No load
• Engine: After warming up Idle Approx. 1.4 msec
• Selector lever: P or N position L
FUEL INJ B1
• A/C switch: OFF 2,000 rpm Approx. 1.0 msec
• No load
• Engine: After warming up Idle Approx. 1.4 msec M
• Selector lever: P or N position
FUEL INJ B2
• A/C switch: OFF 2,000 rpm Approx. 1.0 msec
• No load
N
• Engine: After warming up Idle −5 - 5°CA
• Selector lever: P or N position
INT/V TIM (B1)
• A/C switch: OFF 2,000 rpm Approx. 0 - 30°CA
• No load O
• Engine: After warming up Idle −5 - 5°CA
• Selector lever: P or N position
INT/V TIM (B2)
• A/C switch: OFF 2,000 rpm Approx. 0 - 30°CA
• No load
P

• Engine: After warming up Idle Approx. 1.0 V

• Selector lever: P or N position
MAP SENSOR
• A/C switch: OFF 2,000 rpm Approx. 1.35 V
• No load
Indicates the condition of
EVAP LEAK DIAG • Ignition switch: ON
EVAP leak diagnosis.

Revision: 2010 May EC-75 2011 QX56

 ECM
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [VK56VD]
Monitor Item Condition Values/Status
Indicates the ready condi-
EVAP DIAG READY • Ignition switch: ON
tion of EVAP leak diagnosis.
VVEL learning has not been performed
YET
• Ignition switch: OFF → ON yet.
VVEL LEARN
(After warming up) VVEL learning has already been per-
DONE
formed successfully.
VVEL SEN LEARN-B1 • VVEL learning has already been performed successfully Approx. 0.30 - 0.80 V
VVEL SEN LEARN-B2 • VVEL learning has already been performed successfully Approx. 0.30 - 0.80 V
• Engine: After warming up Idle Approx. 0.25 - 1.50 V
VVEL POSITION SEN- • Selector lever: P or N position
B1 • A/C switch: OFF When revving engine up to 2,000 rpm
Approx. 0.25 - 4.75 V
• No load quickly

• Engine: After warming up Idle Approx. 0.25 - 1.50 V

VVEL POSITION SEN- • Selector lever: P or N position
B2 • Air conditioner switch: OFF When revving engine up to 2,000 rpm
Approx. 0.25 - 4.75 V
• No load quickly

• Engine: After warming up Idle Approx. 0 - 23 deg

• Selector lever: P or N position
VVEL TIM-B1 When revving engine up to 2,000 rpm
• A/C switch: OFF Approx. 0 - 90 deg
• No load quickly

• Engine: After warming up Idle Approx. 0 - 23 deg

• Selector lever: P or N position
VVEL TIM-B2 When revving engine up to 2,000 rpm
• A/C switch: OFF Approx. 0 - 90 deg
• No load quickly

• Engine: Cranking HI
• Engine: After warming up • Revving engine from idle to 4,000 rpm
MID
• Selector lever: P or N position quickly
FPCM
• A/C switch: OFF
• Engine: Idle
• No load
• Engine coolant temperature: More than LOW
10°C (50°F)
• Engine: After warming up
• Selector lever: P or N position Indicates the temperature
BAT TEMP SEN Idle
• A/C switch: OFF around the battery.
• No load
• Engine speed: Idle Water temp: Less than 98°C Approx. 100 – 200 rpm
• Engine: After warming up
COOLING FAN SPD • Selector lever: P or N position
• A/C switch: OFF Water temp: More than 98°C Approx. 600 – 700 rpm
• No load
NOTE:
THRTL STK CNT B1 —
The item is indicated, but not used.
NOTE:
HO2 S2 DIAG2(B1) —
The item is indicated, but not used.
NOTE:
HO2 S2 DIAG2(B2) —
The item is indicated, but not used.
• Engine: After warming up Idle Approx. 16 deg
• Selector lever: P or N position
FUEL INJ TIMG
• A/C switch: OFF 2,000 rpm Approx. −170 deg
• No load
• Engine: After warming up Idle Approx. 211.0 deg
• Selector lever: P or N position
H/P FUEL PUMP DEG
• A/C switch: OFF 2,000 rpm Approx. 206.0 deg
• No load

Revision: 2010 May EC-76 2011 QX56

 ECM
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [VK56VD]
Monitor Item Condition Values/Status
A
• Engine: After warming up Idle Approx. 1150 mV
• Selector lever: P or N position
FUEL PRES SEN V
• A/C switch: OFF 2,000 rpm Approx. 1200 mV
• No load EC
• Engine: After warming up Idle Approx. 0.45 MPa
• Selector lever: P or N position
L/FUEL PRES SEN
• A/C switch: OFF 2,000 rpm Approx. 0.45 MPa
• No load
C
• Engine: After warming up Idle Approx. 3250 mV
• Selector lever: P or N position
L/FUEL PRES SEN V D
• A/C switch: OFF 3,000 rpm Approx. 3100 mV
• No load
• Engine: After warming up
• Selector lever: P or N position Indicates the temperature of E
ECM TEMP 1 Idle
• A/C switch: OFF ECM internal circuit 1.
• No load
• Engine: After warming up
• Selector lever: P or N position Indicates the temperature of
F
ECM TEMP 2 Idle
• A/C switch: OFF ECM internal circuit 2.
• No load
• Engine: After warming up G
• Shift lever: P or N
FUEL PUMP DUTY Engine speed: Idle 30 - 40%
• Air conditioner switch: OFF
• No load
H
*1: Accelerator pedal position sensor 2 signal and throttle position sensor 2 signal are converted by ECM internally. Thus, they differ
from ECM terminals voltage signal.
*2: Before measuring the terminal voltage, confirm that the battery is fully charged. Refer to PG-159, "How to Handle Battery".
I
TERMINAL LAYOUT

L
JPBIA3371ZZ

PHYSICAL VALUES
M
NOTE:
• Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminals.
• Pulse signal is measured by CONSULT-III. N

Revision: 2010 May EC-77 2011 QX56

 ECM
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [VK56VD]

Terminal No.
Description
(Wire color) Value
Condition
Input/ (Approx.)
+ – Signal name
Output
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14 V)
[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition
• Idle speed
NOTE:
The pulse cycle changes depending
on rpm at idle
1
(R) 175 Fuel injector No. 8 (HI) JPBIA3345ZZ
Output
2 (B) Fuel injector No. 5 (HI) BATTERY VOLTAGE
(R)
(11 - 14 V)

[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition
• Engine speed: 2,000 rpm

JPBIA3347ZZ

BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14 V)
[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition
• Idle speed
NOTE:
The pulse cycle changes depending
on rpm at idle
3
(G) 175 Fuel injector No. 3 (LO) JPBIA3355ZZ
Input
4 (B) Fuel injector No. 2 (LO) BATTERY VOLTAGE
(G)
(11 - 14 V)

[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition
• Engine speed: 2,000 rpm

JPBIA3356ZZ

5
— ECM ground — — —
(B/R)

Revision: 2010 May EC-78 2011 QX56

 ECM
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [VK56VD]
Terminal No.
Description
(Wire color) Value A
Condition
Input/ (Approx.)
+ – Signal name
Output
BATTERY VOLTAGE EC
(11 - 14 V)
[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition
• Idle speed C
NOTE:
The pulse cycle changes depending
on rpm at idle
D
6
(R) 175 Fuel injector No. 3 (HI) JPBIA3345ZZ
Output
7 (B) Fuel injector No. 2 (HI) BATTERY VOLTAGE
(R) E
(11 - 14 V)

[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition F
• Engine speed: 2,000 rpm

JPBIA3347ZZ
G
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14 V)
[Engine is running] H
• Warm-up condition
• Idle speed
NOTE:
The pulse cycle changes depending I
on rpm at idle
8
(G) 175 Fuel injector No. 8 (LO) JPBIA3355ZZ
J
Input
9 (B) Fuel injector No. 5 (LO) BATTERY VOLTAGE
(G)
(11 - 14 V)

K
[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition
• Engine speed: 2,000 rpm
L

JPBIA3356ZZ

10 M
— ECM ground — — —
(B)
[Ignition switch: ON] BATTERY VOLTAGE
• Selector lever: P or N position (11 - 14 V)
11 175 N
PNP switch Input [Ignition switch: ON]
(BR) (B)
• Selector lever: Except above posi- 0V
tion
O

Revision: 2010 May EC-79 2011 QX56

 ECM
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [VK56VD]
Terminal No.
Description
(Wire color) Value
Condition
Input/ (Approx.)
+ – Signal name
Output

0 - 0.2 V
[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition
• Idle speed
12 NOTE:
(Y) The pulse cycle changes depending
13 on rpm at idle
(L/B) Ignition signal No. 1
14 175 Ignition signal No. 2 JPBIA3355ZZ
Input
(BR/ (B) Ignition signal No. 3
0.1 - 0.4 V
Y) Ignition signal No. 4
15
(LG/ [Engine is running]
R) • Warm-up condition
• Engine speed: 2,000 rpm

JPBIA3356ZZ

0 - 0.2 V
[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition
• Idle speed
NOTE:
17 The pulse cycle changes depending
(P/L) on rpm at idle
18 Ignition signal No. 5
(Y/R) 175 Ignition signal No. 6 JPBIA3355ZZ
Input
19 (B) Ignition signal No. 7
0.1 - 0.4 V
(G/Y) Ignition signal No. 8
20
(O) [Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition
• Engine speed: 2,000 rpm

JPBIA3356ZZ

0 - 4.8 V
21 25
Intake air temperature sensor Input [Engine is running] Output voltage varies with intake
(G/O) (LG)
air temperature.
[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition 0.9 - 1.1 V
22 • Idle speed
25
(BR/ Mass air flow sensor Input
(LG) [Engine is running]
W)
• Warm-up condition 1.4 - 1.9 V
• Engine speed: 2,500 rpm

Revision: 2010 May EC-80 2011 QX56

 ECM
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [VK56VD]
Terminal No.
Description
(Wire color) Value A
Condition
Input/ (Approx.)
+ – Signal name
Output
2.4 - 3.6 V EC

[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition C
• Idle speed

23 45 JPBIA3357ZZ D
Low fuel pressure sensor Input
(V) (L/O) 2.4 - 3.6 V

E
[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition
• Engine speed: 2,000 rpm
F
JPBIA3358ZZ

Sensor ground
25 G
— [Mass air flow sensor/ Intake air — — —
(LG)
temperature sensor]
Sensor power supply
(Power steering pressure sen- H
27 45
sor/ Low fuel pressure sensor/ — [Ignition switch: ON] 5V
(P) (L/O)
Electrically-controlled cooling
fan coupling)
I
Sensor power supply
28 40
(Fuel rail pressure sensor/En- — [Ignition switch: ON] 5V
(SB) (W/L)
gine oil pressure sensor)
29 35 [Engine is running]
J
(W) (—)
Knock sensor (bank 1) Input
• Idle speed 2.0 V*1

[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition 0.98 - 1.2 V K
• Idle speed
31 40
Fuel rail pressure sensor Input [Engine is running]
(V/W) (W/L)
• Warm-up condition L
1.1 - 2.9 V
• Revving engine from idle to 4,000
rpm quickly
0 - 4.8 V
32 40 Engine coolant temperature M
Input [Engine is running] Output voltage varies with engine
(R) (W/L) sensor
coolant temperature.
33 35 [Engine is running]
(W) (—)
Knock sensor (bank 2) Input
• Idle speed 2.0 V*1 N
35 Sensor ground
— — — —
(—) (Knock sensor)
O

Revision: 2010 May EC-81 2011 QX56

 ECM
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [VK56VD]
Terminal No.
Description
(Wire color) Value
Condition
Input/ (Approx.)
+ – Signal name
Output
[Ignition switch: ON]
5V
• Engine stopped
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14 V)

[Engine is running]
• Idle speed
• After warm-up condition

37 175
Cooling fan speed Input
(V) (B) JPBIA3332ZZ

BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14 V)

[Engine is running]
• Idle speed
• Before warm-up condition

JPBIA3733ZZ

[Engine is running]
0.5 - 4.5 V
39 45 • Steering wheel: Being turned
Power steering pressure sensor Input
(P/B) (L/O) [Engine is running]
0.4 - 0.8 V
• Steering wheel: Not being turned
Sensor ground
(Fuel rail pressure sensor/En-
40
— gine coolant temperature sen- — — —
(W/L)
sor/Engine oil temperature
sensor)
0 - 4.8 V
42 40
Engine oil temperature sensor Input [Engine is running] Output voltage varies with engine
(L/Y) (W/L)
oil temperature.
Sensor ground
(Power steering pressure sen-
45
— sor/ Low fuel pressure sensor/ — — —
(L/O)
Electrically-controlled cooling
fan coupling)
BATTERY VOLTAGE
46 175 [Ignition switch: ON]
Fuel injector driver power supply Input (11 - 14 V)
(SB) (B)
[Ignition switch: OFF] 1.5 V

[Engine is running] 10 V
• Engine speed: Below 3,600 rpm af-
ter the following conditions are met
- Engine: after warming up
- Keeping the engine speed between
47 175 Heated oxygen sensor 2 heater 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for 1 minute
Input and at idle for 1 minute under no
(G) (B) (bank 1)
load
JMBIA0037GB

[Ignition switch: ON]

• Engine: Stopped BATTERY VOLTAGE
[Engine is running] (11 - 14 V)
• Engine speed: Above 3,600 rpm

Revision: 2010 May EC-82 2011 QX56

 ECM
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [VK56VD]
Terminal No.
Description
(Wire color) Value A
Condition
Input/ (Approx.)
+ – Signal name
Output
EC
2.9 - 8.8 V

[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition
48 175 C
A/F sensor 1 heater (bank 1) Input • Idle speed
(L/W) (B)
(More than 140 seconds after start-
ing engine)
D
JPBIA3361ZZ

[Engine is running]
BATTERY VOLTAGE
• Warm-up condition
(11 - 14 V) E
• Idle speed

7 - 12 V
49
175 Intake valve timing control sole-
(LG/ Output F
(B) noid valve (bank 1) [Engine is running]
B)
• Warm-up condition
• Engine speed: 2,000rpm
G
JMBIA0038GB

[Engine is running] H
BATTERY VOLTAGE
51 175 • Warm-up condition
Fuel injector driver power supply Output (11 - 14 V)
(R) (B) • Idle speed
[Ignition switch: OFF] 1.5 V
I
[Engine is running] 10 V
• Engine speed: Below 3,600 rpm af-
ter the following conditions are met
- Engine: after warming up
J
- Keeping the engine speed between
52 175 Heated oxygen sensor 2 heater 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for 1 minute
Output and at idle for 1 minute under no
(L/R) (B) (bank 2) K
load
JMBIA0037GB

[Ignition switch: ON]

• Engine: Stopped BATTERY VOLTAGE L
[Engine is running] (11 - 14 V)
• Engine speed: Above 3,600 rpm

2.9 - 8.8 V M
[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition
53 175
A/F sensor 1 heater (bank 2) Output • Idle speed
(SB) (B) N
(More than 140 seconds after start-
ing engine)

JPBIA3361ZZ
O

Revision: 2010 May EC-83 2011 QX56

 ECM
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [VK56VD]
Terminal No.
Description
(Wire color) Value
Condition
Input/ (Approx.)
+ – Signal name
Output
[Engine is running]
BATTERY VOLTAGE
• Warm-up condition
(11 - 14 V)
• Idle speed

7 - 12 V
54 175 Intake valve timing control sole-
Output
(G/R) (B) noid valve (bank 2) [Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition
• Engine speed: 2,000rpm

JMBIA0038GB

0 - 14 V

[Ignition switch: ON]

• Engine: Stopped
• Selector lever: D
• Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed

JMBIA0031GB
57 175
Throttle control motor (Open) Output
(W) (B)
0 - 14 V

[Ignition switch: ON]

• Engine: Stopped
• Selector lever: D position
• Accelerator pedal: Fully released

JMBIA0032GB

60
— Shield — — —
(B)

0 - 14 V

[Ignition switch: ON]

• Engine: Stopped
63 175
Throttle control motor (Close) Output • Selector lever: D position
(R) (B)
• Accelerator pedal: In the middle of
releasing operation

JMBIA0031GB

Revision: 2010 May EC-84 2011 QX56

 ECM
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [VK56VD]
Terminal No.
Description
(Wire color) Value A
Condition
Input/ (Approx.)
+ – Signal name
Output
BATTERY VOLTAGE EC
(11 - 14 V)

[Engine is running]
• Idle speed C
• Accelerator pedal: Not depressed
even slightly, after engine starting
D
64 175 EVAP canister purge volume JMBIA0039GB
Output
(V/W) (B) control solenoid valve BATTERY VOLTAGE
E
(11 - 14 V)

[Engine is running]
• Engine speed: About 2,000 rpm
(More than 100 seconds after start- F
ing engine)

JMBIA0040GB
G
[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition 1.2 V
67 175 Manifold absolute pressure sen- • Idle speed H
Input
(V) (B) sor [Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition 1.5 V
• Engine speed: 2,000 rpm I
68 Sensor ground
(BR/ — [Camshaft position sensor (bank — — —
W) 1)]
J
Sensor ground
70
— (Manifold absolute pressure — — —
(W/L)
sensor)
K
3.0 - 5.0 V
[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition
• Idle speed L
NOTE:
The pulse cycle changes depending
on rpm at idle
M
99 JMBIA0045GB
73 Camshaft position sensor (bank
(LG/ Input
(P) 2)
B) 3.0 - 5.0 V
N

[Engine is running]
• Engine speed: 2,000 rpm
O

JMBIA0046GB

74 175 P
A/F sensor 1 (bank 2) Input [Ignition switch: ON] 2.5 V
(L) (B)
76 98
Sensor power supply
(W/ (G/ — [Ignition switch: ON] 5V
(Crankshaft position sensor)
G) W)
68 Sensor power supply
77
(BR/ [Camshaft position sensor (bank — [Ignition switch: ON] 5V
(Y/R)
W) 1)]

Revision: 2010 May EC-85 2011 QX56

 ECM
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [VK56VD]
Terminal No.
Description
(Wire color) Value
Condition
Input/ (Approx.)
+ – Signal name
Output
[Engine is running] 2.2 - 2.8V
78 175
A/F sensor 1 (bank 2) Input • Warm-up condition Output voltage varies with air fuel
(L/R) (B)
• Engine speed: 2,000 rpm ratio.
[Ignition switch: ON]
• Engine: Stopped
Less than 4.75 V
• Selector lever: D position
79 97 • Accelerator pedal: Fully released
Throttle position sensor 2 Input
(B) (W) [Ignition switch: ON]
• Engine: Stopped
More than 0.36 V
• Selector lever: D position
• Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed
80 175
A/F sensor 1 (bank 2) Input [Ignition switch: ON] 3.0 V
(L/W) (B)
Sensor power supply
81 97
[Throttle position sensor (bank — [Ignition switch: ON] 5V
(G) (W)
1)]
83 99 Sensor power supply
(LG/ (LG/ [Camshaft position sensor (bank — [Ignition switch: ON] 5V
R) B) 2)]
85 Sensor power supply
70
(GR/ (Manifold absolute pressure — [Ignition switch: ON] 5V
(W/L)
R) sensor)

4.0 - 5.0 V
[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition
• Idle speed
NOTE:
The pulse cycle changes depending
on rpm at idle
86 98 JMBIA0041GB
(R/ (G/ Crankshaft position sensor Input
W) W) 4.0 - 5.0 V

[Engine is running]
• Engine speed: 2,000 rpm

JMBIA0042GB

[Engine is running]
• Revving engine from idle to 3,000
rpm quickly after the following condi-
tions are met
87 100 Heated oxygen sensor 2 (bank
Input - Engine: after warming up 0 - 1.0 V
(L/W) (R) 2)
- Keeping the engine speed between
3,500 and 4,000 rpm for 1 minute
and at idle for 1 minute under no
load
[Engine is running] 2.2 - 2.8 V
88 175
A/F sensor 1 (bank 1) Input • Warm-up condition Output voltage varies with air fuel
(B) (B)
• Engine speed: 2,000 rpm ratio.
90 175
A/F sensor 1 (bank 1) Input [Ignition switch: ON] 3.0 V
(W) (B)

Revision: 2010 May EC-86 2011 QX56

 ECM
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [VK56VD]
Terminal No.
Description
(Wire color) Value A
Condition
Input/ (Approx.)
+ – Signal name
Output
[Ignition switch: ON] EC
• Engine: Stopped
More than 0.36 V
• Selector lever: D position
91 97 • Accelerator pedal: Fully released
Throttle position sensor 1 Input C
(R) (W) [Ignition switch: ON]
• Engine: Stopped
Less than 4.75 V
• Selector lever: D position
• Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed D
94 175
A/F sensor 1 (bank 1) Input [Ignition switch: ON] 2.0 V
(R) (B)
E
3.0 - 5.0 V
[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition
• Idle speed F
NOTE:
The pulse cycle changes depending
on rpm at idle
68 G
95 Camshaft position sensor (bank JMBIA0045GB
(BR/ Input
(L/R) 1)
W) 3.0 - 5.0 V
H
[Engine is running]
• Engine speed: 2,000 rpm
I

JMBIA0046GB

[Engine is running] J
• Revving engine from idle to 3,000
rpm quickly after the following condi-
96 tions are met
100 Heated oxygen sensor 2 (bank K
(W/ Input - Engine: after warming up 0 - 1.0 V
(R) 1)
R) - Keeping the engine speed between
3,500 and 4,000 rpm for 1 minute
and at idle for 1 minute under no
load
L

Sensor ground
97
— [Throttle position sensor (bank — — —
(W) M
1)]
98
Sensor ground
(G/ — — — —
(Crankshaft position sensor)
W) N
99 Sensor ground
(LG/ — [Camshaft position sensor (bank — — —
B) 2)]
O
100 Sensor ground
— — — —
(R) (Heated oxygen sensor 2)

Revision: 2010 May EC-87 2011 QX56

 ECM
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [VK56VD]
Terminal No.
Description
(Wire color) Value
Condition
Input/ (Approx.)
+ – Signal name
Output
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14 V)
[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition
• Idle speed
NOTE:
The pulse cycle changes depending
on rpm at idle
101
(R) 175 Fuel injector No. 1 (HI) JPBIA3345ZZ
Input
102 (B) Fuel injector No. 6 (HI) BATTERY VOLTAGE
(R)
(11 - 14 V)

[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition
• Engine speed: 2,000 rpm

JPBIA3347ZZ

BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14 V)
[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition
• Idle speed
NOTE:
The pulse cycle changes depending
on rpm at idle
103
(G) 175 Fuel injector No. 7 (LO) JPBIA3355ZZ
Output
104 (B) Fuel injector No. 4 (LO) BATTERY VOLTAGE
(G)
(11 - 14 V)

[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition
• Engine speed: 2,000 rpm

JPBIA3356ZZ

BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14 V)
[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition
• Idle speed
NOTE:
The pulse cycle changes depending
on rpm at idle

105 175 JPBIA3340ZZ

High pressure fuel pump (HI) Input
(L/W) (B) BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14 V)

[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition
• Engine speed: 2,000 rpm

JPBIA3341ZZ

Revision: 2010 May EC-88 2011 QX56

 ECM
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [VK56VD]
Terminal No.
Description
(Wire color) Value A
Condition
Input/ (Approx.)
+ – Signal name
Output
BATTERY VOLTAGE EC
(11 - 14 V)
[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition
• Idle speed C
NOTE:
The pulse cycle changes depending
on rpm at idle
D
106
(R) 175 Fuel injector No. 7 (HI) JPBIA3345ZZ
Output
107 (B) Fuel injector No. 4 (HI) BATTERY VOLTAGE
(R) E
(11 - 14 V)

[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition F
• Engine speed: 2,000 rpm

JPBIA3347ZZ
G
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14 V)
[Engine is running] H
• Warm-up condition
• Idle speed
NOTE:
The pulse cycle changes depending I
on rpm at idle
108
(G) 175 Fuel injector No. 1 (LO) JPBIA3355ZZ
J
Output
109 (B) Fuel injector No. 6 (LO) BATTERY VOLTAGE
(G)
(11 - 14 V)

K
[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition
• Engine speed: 2,000 rpm
L

JPBIA3356ZZ

BATTERY VOLTAGE M
(11 - 14 V)
[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition
• Idle speed N
NOTE:
The pulse cycle changes depending
on rpm at idle
O
110 175 JPBIA3342ZZ
High pressure fuel pump (LO) Input
(L/B) (B) BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14 V) P

[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition
• Engine speed: 2,000 rpm

JPBIA3343ZZ

Revision: 2010 May EC-89 2011 QX56

 ECM
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [VK56VD]
Terminal No.
Description
(Wire color) Value
Condition
Input/ (Approx.)
+ – Signal name
Output
111 175 BATTERY VOLTAGE
Fuel injector driver power supply Input [Ignition switch: ON]
(R) (B) (11 - 14 V)
112 175 BATTERY VOLTAGE
Fuel injector driver power supply Input [Ignition switch: ON]
(SB) (B) (11 - 14 V)
114
— ECM ground — — —
(B)
115
— ECM ground — — —
(B)
120 175 BATTERY VOLTAGE
EVAP canister vent control valve Output [Ignition switch: ON]
(Y) (B) (11 - 14 V)
122
175 VVEL actuator motor relay abort
(BR/ Input [Ignition switch: ON] 0V
(B) signal (VVEL control module)
W)
0 - 1.0 V
↓
BATTERY VOLTAGE
123 175 [Ignition switch: ON → OFF]
Throttle control motor relay Output (11 - 14 V)
(V/R) (B) ↓
0V
[Ignition switch: ON] 0 - 1.0 V
[When cranking engine] 0 - 0.5 V

0 - 4.0 V

125 175 Fuel pump control module

Output [Engine is running]
(GR) (B) (FPCM)
• Warm-up condition

JPBIA3344ZZ

[Ignition switch: ON]

• Engine: Stopped 0.28 - 0.48 V
126 129 Accelerator pedal position sen- • Accelerator pedal: Fully released
Input
(O) (P/L) sor 2 [Ignition switch: ON]
• Engine: Stopped 2.0 - 2.5 V
• Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed
[Ignition switch: ON]
4V
• ASCD steering switch: OFF
[Ignition switch: ON]
0V
• MAIN switch: Pressed
[Ignition switch: ON]
128 130 1V
ASCD steering switch Input • CANCEL switch: Pressed
(Y) (R)
[Ignition switch: ON]
• RESUME/ACCELERATE switch: 3V
Pressed
[Ignition switch: ON]
2V
• SET/COAST switch: Pressed

Revision: 2010 May EC-90 2011 QX56

 ECM
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [VK56VD]
Terminal No.
Description
(Wire color) Value A
Condition
Input/ (Approx.)
+ – Signal name
Output
[Ignition switch: ON] EC
4.2 V
• ICC steering switch: OFF
[Ignition switch: ON]
0V
• MAIN switch: Pressed C
[Ignition switch: ON]
1.9 V
• CANCEL switch: Pressed
[Ignition switch: ON] D
128 175 • RESUME/ACCELERATE switch: 3.7 V
ICC steering switch Input
(Y) (B) Pressed
[Ignition switch: ON] E
3.2 V
• SET/COAST switch: Pressed
[Ignition switch: ON]
2.6 V
• DISTANCE switch: Pressed
F
[Ignition switch: ON]
• DYNAMIC DRIVER ASSISTANCE 1.0 V
switch: Pressed
G
Sensor ground
129
— (Accelerator pedal position sen- — — —
(P/L)
sor 2)
Sensor ground H
130
— (ASCD steering switch/ICC — — —
(R)
steering switch)
Sensor power supply I
131 129
(Accelerator pedal position sen- — [Ignition switch: ON] 5V
(L/W) (P/L)
sor 2)
Sensor power supply J
133 150 (Refrigerant pressure sensor/
— [Ignition switch: ON] 5V
(SB) (R) Battery current sensor/EVAP
control system pressure sensor)
134 175 [Engine is running] K
Fuel temperature sensor Input 2.8 V
(V/W) (B) • Warm-up condition
[Ignition switch: ON]
• Engine: Stopped 0.65 - 0.87 V L
136 • Accelerator pedal: Fully released
140 Accelerator pedal position sen-
(W/ Input
(R/Y) sor 1 [Ignition switch: ON]
R)
• Engine: Stopped 4.3 - 4.8 V M
• Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed
137 Sensor power supply
140
(W/ (Accelerator pedal position sen- — [Ignition switch: ON] 5V
G)
(R/Y)
sor 1)
N

[Engine is running]
138 150
(V) (R)
Battery current sensor Input • Battery: Fully charged*2 2.6 - 3.5 V
• Idle speed O
[Engine is running]
139 175
Battery temperature sensor Input • Battery temperature: 25°C 3.3 V
(G) (B)
• Idle speed P
Sensor ground
140
— (Accelerator pedal position sen- — — —
(R/Y)
sor 1)
[Ignition switch: OFF] 0V
141 175
Ignition switch Input BATTERY VOLTAGE
(SB) (B) [Ignition switch: ON]
(11 - 14 V)

Revision: 2010 May EC-91 2011 QX56

 ECM
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [VK56VD]
Terminal No.
Description
(Wire color) Value
Condition
Input/ (Approx.)
+ – Signal name
Output
[When cranking engine] 0V
142
175 Fuel pump control module [Engine is running]
(R/ Input
(B) (FPCM) check • Warm-up condition 9V
W)
• Idle speed
143 150 EVAP control system pressure
Input [Ignition switch: ON] 1.8 - 4.8 V
(L/Y) (R) sensor
[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition
144 150
Refrigerant pressure sensor Input • Both A/C switch and blower fan mo- 1.0 - 4.0 V
(O/B) (R)
tor switch: ON (Compressor oper-
ates)
146
— CAN communication line — — —
(L)
[Ignition switch: ON]
0V
147 175 • Brake pedal: Slightly depressed
ASCD/ICC brake switch Input
(G/Y) (B) [Ignition switch: ON] BATTERY VOLTAGE
• Brake pedal: Fully released (11 - 14 V)
Sensor ground
150 (Refrigerant pressure sensor/
— — — —
(R) Battery current sensor/EVAP
control system pressure sensor)
151
— CAN communication line — — —
(P)
156 175 Power supply for ECM (Back- BATTERY VOLTAGE
Input [Ignition switch: OFF]
(L) (B) up) (11 - 14 V)
[Ignition switch: OFF]
0V
158 175 • Brake pedal: Fully released
Stop lamp switch Input
(W/B) (B) [Ignition switch: OFF] BATTERY VOLTAGE
• Brake pedal: Slightly depressed (11 - 14 V)
161
(R/ — ENG communication line — — —
W)
[Engine is running]
[Ignition switch: OFF]
0 - 1.5 V
• A few seconds after turning ignition
163 175 switch OFF
ECM relay (Self shut-off) Output
(L/G) (B)
[Ignition switch: OFF]
BATTERY VOLTAGE
• More than a few seconds after turn-
(11 - 14 V)
ing ignition switch OFF
165
NOTE:
(GR/ — — — —
Not used
R)
166
— ENG communication line — — —
(W)

Revision: 2010 May EC-92 2011 QX56

 ECM
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [VK56VD]
Terminal No.
Description
(Wire color) Value A
Condition
Input/ (Approx.)
+ – Signal name
Output
EC
0 - 7.0 V
[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition
• Idle speed C
NOTE:
The pulse cycle changes depending
on rpm at idle
D
169 175 JPBIA3352ZZ
Engine speed signal output Input
(G/B) (B)
0 - 7.0 V
E
[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition
• Engine speed: 2,000 rpm
F

JPBIA3354ZZ

171 175 BATTERY VOLTAGE G

Power supply for ECM Input [Ignition switch: ON]
(W) (B) (11 - 14 V)
172 175 BATTERY VOLTAGE
Power supply for ECM Input [Ignition switch: ON]
(W) (B) (11 - 14 V) H
173 175 Throttle control motor power BATTERY VOLTAGE
Input [Ignition switch: ON]
(O) (B) supply (11 - 14 V)
174 I
— ECM ground — — —
(B)
175
— ECM ground — — —
(B)
J
: Average voltage for pulse signal (Actual pulse signal can be confirmed by oscilloscope.)
*1: This may vary depending on internal resistance of the tester.
*2: Before measuring the terminal voltage, confirm that the battery is fully charged. Refer to PG-159, "How to Handle Battery". K
Fail-safe INFOID:0000000006217731

L
NON DTC RELATED ITEM

Engine operating condition Reference

Detected items Remarks M
in fail-safe mode page
Malfunction indicator Engine speed will not rise When there is an open circuit on MIL circuit, the ECM cannot warn
circuit more than 2,500 rpm due the driver by illuminating MIL when there is malfunction on engine
to the fuel cut control system. N
Therefore, when electrical controlled throttle and part of ECM related
diagnoses are continuously detected as NG for 5 trips, ECM warns
EC-515
the driver that engine control system malfunctions and MIL circuit is
open by means of operating the fail-safe function. O
The fail-safe function also operates when above diagnoses except
MIL circuit are detected and demands the driver to repair the malfunc-
tion.
P
DTC RELATED ITEM

Revision: 2010 May EC-93 2011 QX56

 ECM
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [VK56VD]

DTC No. Detected items Engine operating condition in fail-safe mode

U0113 Can communication circuit VVEL actuator motor relay is turned off, and VVEL value is become at a minimum angle.
U1003 Engine speed will not rise more than 3,500 rpm due to the fuel cut.
U1024
P0011 Intake valve timing control The signal is not energized to the intake valve timing control solenoid valve and the valve
P0021 control does not function.
• Engine torque is limited.
P0087
FRP control system • VVEL value is maintained at a fixed angle.
P0088 Engine speed is limited.
Low fuel pressure control Engine torque is limited.
P008A
system
FRP control system • Engine torque is limited.
P0090
• VVEL value is maintained at a fixed angle.
P0102 Mass air flow sensor circuit Engine speed will not rise more than 2,400 rpm due to the fuel cut.
P0103
Engine coolant tempera- Engine coolant temperature will be determined by ECM based on the following condition.
ture sensor circuit CONSULT-III displays the engine coolant temperature decided by ECM.
Condition Engine coolant temperature decided
(CONSULT-III display)
Just as ignition switch is turned ON
40°C (104°F)
P0117 or START
P0118 Approx. 4 minutes or more after
80°C (176°F)
engine starting
Except as shown above 40 - 80°C (104 - 176°F)
(Depends on the time)
When the fail-safe system for engine coolant temperature sensor is activated, the cooling
fan operates while engine is running.
P0122 Throttle position sensor The ECM controls the electric throttle control actuator in regulating the throttle opening in
P0123 order for the idle position to be within +10 degrees.
P0222 The ECM regulates the opening speed of the throttle valve to be slower than the normal
P0223 condition.
P2135 Therefore, the acceleration will be poor.
FRP sensor • Engine speed is limited.
P0190
• High pressure fuel pump is activated at maximum discharge pressure.
P0201 Injector • Engine torque is limited.
P0202 • Fuel injection shut-off of malfunction cylinder.
P0203 • Mixture ratio feedback control does not function.
P0204 • Idle engine speed is increased.
P0205
P0206
P0207
P0208
P0500 Vehicle speed sensor The cooling fan operates (Highest) while engine is running.
Engine oil pressure The signal is not energized to the intake valve timing control solenoid valve and the valve
P0524 control does not function.
Engine speed will not rise more than 2,400 rpm due to the fuel cut.
ECM (When ECM calculation function is malfunctioning:)
ECM stops the electric throttle control actuator control, throttle valve is maintained at a
P0605
fixed opening (approx. 5 degrees) by the return spring.
ECM deactivates ASCD operation.
ECM VVEL actuator motor relay is turned off, and VVEL value is become at a minimum angle.
P0607
Engine speed will not rise more than 3,500 rpm due to the fuel cut.

Revision: 2010 May EC-94 2011 QX56

 ECM
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [VK56VD]
DTC No. Detected items Engine operating condition in fail-safe mode
A
ECM Type1
• Engine torque is limited.
• Idle engine speed is increased.
• Fuel injector power supply shut-off. EC
• High fuel pressure limitation.
P062B
Type2
• Engine torque is limited.
• Fuel injection shut-off of malfunction cylinder.
C
• Mixture ratio feedback control does not function.
• Idle engine speed is increased.
Sensor power supply ECM stops the electric throttle control actuator control, throttle valve is maintained at a D
P0643
fixed opening (approx. 5 degrees) by the return spring.
P1087 VVEL control function VVEL of normal bank is controlled at VVEL angle of abnormal bank.
P1088 Engine speed will not rise more than 3,500 rpm due to the fuel cut. E
P1089 VVEL control shaft position VVEL value is maintained at a fixed angle.
P1092 sensor Engine speed will not rise more than 3,500 rpm due to the fuel cut

P1197
Out of gas • Engine torque is limited. F
• VVEL value is maintained at a fixed angle.
VVEL control shaft position VVEL actuator motor relay is turned off, and VVEL value is become at a minimum angle.
P1608
sensor Engine speed will not rise more than 3,500 rpm due to the fuel cut. G
VVEL actuator motor VVEL of normal bank is controlled at VVEL angle of abnormal bank.
P1090 Engine speed will not rise more than 3,500 rpm due to the fuel cut.
P1093 VVEL actuator motor relay is turned off, and VVEL value is become at a minimum angle. H
Engine speed will not rise more than 3,500 rpm due to the fuel cut.
VVEL actuator motor relay VVEL actuator motor relay is turned off, and VVEL value is become at a minimum angle.
P1091
Engine speed will not rise more than 3,500 rpm due to the fuel cut.
I
Out of gas • Engine torque is limited.
P1197
• VVEL value is maintained at a fixed angle.
Electric throttle control ECM stops the electric throttle control actuator control, throttle valve is maintained at a J
P2101
function fixed opening (approx. 5 degrees) by the return spring.
Throttle control motor ECM stops the electric throttle control actuator control, throttle valve is maintained at a
P2118
fixed opening (approx. 5 degrees) by the return spring.
K
Electric throttle control ac- (When electric throttle control actuator does not function properly due to the return spring
tuator malfunction:)
ECM controls the electric throttle actuator by regulating the throttle opening around the
idle position. The engine speed will not rise more than 2,000 rpm. L
(When throttle valve opening angle in fail-safe mode is not in specified range:)
ECM controls the electric throttle control actuator because of regulating the throttle open-
P2119
ing to 20 degrees or less. M
(When ECM detects the throttle valve is stuck open:)
While the vehicle is being driven, it slows down gradually by fuel cut. After the vehicle
stops, the engine stalls.
The engine can restart in the N or P position, and engine speed will not exceed 1,000 rpm
N
or more.
P1290 Throttle control motor relay ECM stops the electric throttle control actuator control, throttle valve is maintained at a
P2100 fixed opening (approx. 5 degrees) by the return spring. O
P2103
VVEL control module VVEL actuator motor relay is turned off, and VVEL value is become at a minimum angle.
P1606
Engine speed will not rise more than 3,500 rpm due to the fuel cut. P
Brake switch ECM controls the electric throttle control actuator by regulating the throttle opening to a
small range.
Therefore, acceleration will be poor.
P1805 Vehicle condition Driving condition
When engine is idling Normal
When accelerating Poor acceleration

Revision: 2010 May EC-95 2011 QX56

 ECM
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [VK56VD]
DTC No. Detected items Engine operating condition in fail-safe mode
P2122 Accelerator pedal position The ECM controls the electric throttle control actuator in regulating the throttle opening in
P2123 sensor order for the idle position to be within +10 degrees.
P2127 The ECM regulates the opening speed of the throttle valve to be slower than the normal
P2128 condition.
P2138 Therefore, the acceleration will be poor.
P2539 Low fuel pressure sensor Engine torque is limited.

DTC Inspection Priority Chart INFOID:0000000006217732

If some DTCs are displayed at the same time, perform inspections one by one based on the following priority
chart.

Revision: 2010 May EC-96 2011 QX56

 ECM
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [VK56VD]

Priority Detected items (DTC) A

1 • U0101 CAN communication line
• U0113 U1003 CAN communication line
• U1001 CAN communication line
EC
• U1024 VVEL CAN communication line
• P006A P0101 P0102 P0103 Mass air flow sensor
• P010A Manifold absolute pressure sensor
• P0112 P0113 P0127 Intake air temperature sensor C
• P0116 P0117 P0118 P0125 Engine coolant temperature sensor
• P0122 P0123 P0222 P0223 P1225 P1226 P2135 Throttle position sensor
• P0128 Thermostat function
• P0181 P0182 P0183 Fuel tank temperature sensor D
• P0196 P0197 P0198 Engine oil temperature sensor
• P0327 P0328 P0332 P0333 Knock sensor
• P0335 Crankshaft position sensor
• P0340 P0345 Camshaft position sensor E
• P0460 P0461 P0462 P0463 Fuel level sensor
• P0500 Vehicle speed sensor
• P0527 Cooling fan speed sensor
• P0605 P0607 P0611 P062B ECM F
• P0643 Sensor power supply
• P0700 TCM
• P0705 P0850 Transmission range switch
G
• P1089 P1092 P1608 VVEL control shaft position sensor
• P1197 Out of gas*
• P1220 Fuel pump control module (FPCM)
• P1421 P1423 P1424 Cold start control H
• P1550 P1551 P1552 P1553 P1554 Battery current sensor
• P1556 P1557 Battery temperature sensor
• P1606 P1607 VVEL control module
• P1610 - P1615 NATS I
• P2122 P2123 P2127 P2128 P2138 Accelerator pedal position sensor
• P2539 P2541 P2542 Low fuel pressure sensor

Revision: 2010 May EC-97 2011 QX56

 ECM
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [VK56VD]
Priority Detected items (DTC)
2 • P0031 P0032 P0051 P0052 Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 heater
• P0037 P0038 P0057 P0058 Heated oxygen sensor 2 heater
• P0075 P0081 Intake valve timing control solenoid valve
• P0130 P0131 P0132 P0133 P0150 P0151 P0152 P0153 P2A00 P2A03 Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1
• P0137 P0138 P0139 P0157 P0158 P0159 Heated oxygen sensor 2
• P0190 - P0193 FRP sensor
• P0441 EVAP control system purge flow monitoring
• P0443 P0444 P0445 EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve
• P0447 P0448 EVAP canister vent control valve
• P0451 P0452 P0453 EVAP control system pressure sensor
• P0550 Power steering pressure sensor
• P0603 ECM power supply
• P0710 P0717 P0720 P0729 P0730 P0731 P0732 P0733 P0734 P0735 P0740 P0744 P0745 P0750 P0775 P0780 P0795
P1730 P1734 P2713 P2722 P2731 P2807 A/T related sensors, solenoid valves and switches
• P1087 P1088 VVEL system
• P1090 P1093 VVEL actuator motor
• P1091 VVEL actuator motor relay
• P1217 Engine over temperature (OVERHEAT)
• P1650 Starter motor relay 2
• P1651 Starter motor relay
• P2101 Electric throttle control function
• P2118 Throttle control motor
• P1805 Brake switch
• P2100 P2103 Throttle control motor relay
• P2101 Electric throttle control function
3 • P0011 P0021 Intake valve timing control
• P0087, P0088, P0090 FRP control system
• P008A Low fuel pressure control system
• P008B Low fuel pressure control system
• P0171 P0172 P0174 P0175 Fuel injection system function
• P0201 - P0208 Injector
• P0300 - P0308 Misfire
• P0420 P0430 Three way catalyst function
• P0456 EVAP control system (VERY SMALL LEAK)
• P0506 P0507 Idle speed control system
• P050E Cold start control
• P0524 Engine oil pressure
• P1148 P1168 Closed loop control
• P1212 TCS communication line
• P1421 Cold start control
• P1564 ASCD steering switch / ICC steering switch
• P1652 Starter motor system communication
• P2119 Electric throttle control actuator
• P1564 ASCD steering switch / ICC steering switch
• P1568 ICC command value
• P1572 ASCD brake switch / ICC brake switch
• P1574 ASCD vehicle speed sensor / ICC vehicle speed sensor
NOTE:
*: If “P1197” is displayed with other DTC in priority 1, perform trouble diagnosis for “P1197” first.

DTC Index INFOID:0000000006217733

×:Applicable —: Not applicable

DTC*1
Items Reference
CONSULT-III SRT code Trip MIL
(CONSULT-III screen terms) page
ECM*3
GST*2
U0101 0101 LOST COMM (TCM) — 1 × EC-171
U0113 0113 CAN COMM CIRCUIT — 1 × EC-173
U1001 1001*4 CAN COMM CIRCUIT — 1 or 2 — EC-172
U1003 1003 CAN COMM CIRCUIT — 2 — EC-173

Revision: 2010 May EC-98 2011 QX56

 ECM
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [VK56VD]

DTC*1
Items Reference A
CONSULT-III SRT code Trip MIL
(CONSULT-III screen terms) page
ECM*3
GST*2
U1024 1024 VVEL CAN COMM CIRCUIT — 1 × EC-175 EC
NO DTC IS DETECTED.
P0000 0000 FURTHER TESTING — — Blinking*6 —
MAY BE REQUIRED.
C
P0011 0011 INT/V TIM CONT-B1 × 2 ×
EC-177
P0021 0021 INT/V TIM CONT-B2 × 2 ×
P0031 0031 A/F SEN1 HTR (B1) — 2 × D
EC-181
P0032 0032 A/F SEN1 HTR (B1) — 2 ×
P0037 0037 HO2S2 HTR (B1) — 2 ×
EC-184 E
P0038 0038 HO2S2 HTR (B1) — 2 ×
P0051 0051 A/F SEN1 HTR (B2) — 2 ×
EC-181
P0052 0052 A/F SEN1 HTR (B2) — 2 × F
P0057 0057 HO2S2 HTR (B2) — 2 ×
EC-184
P0058 0058 HO2S2 HTR (B2) — 2 ×
P006A 006A MAP-MAF CORELTION-B1 — 2 × EC-187 G
P0075 0075 INT/V TIM V/CIR-B1 — 2 ×
EC-193
P0081 0081 INT/V TIM V/CIR-B2 — 2 × H
P0087 0087 LOW FUEL PRES — 2 ×
EC-195
P0088 0088 HIGH FUEL PRES — 2 ×
P008A 008A LOW FUEL PRES SYS — 2 × EC-198 I
P008B 008B LOW FUEL PRES SYS — 2 × EC-200
P0090 0090 FUEL PUMP — 2 × EC-195
J
P0101 0101 MAF SEN/CIRCUIT-B1 — 2 × EC-187
P0102 0102 MAF SEN/CIRCUIT-B1 — 1 ×
EC-201
P0103 0103 MAF SEN/CIRCUIT-B1 — 1 × K
P0106 0106 ABSL PRES SEN/CIRC — 2 × EC-206
P010A 010A ABSL PRES SEN/CIRC — 2 × EC-210
L
P0112 0112 IAT SEN/CIRCUIT-B1 — 2 ×
EC-213
P0113 0113 IAT SEN/CIRCUIT-B1 — 1 or 2 ×
P0116 0116 ECT SEN/CIRC — 2 × EC-215 M
P0117 0117 ECT SEN/CIRC — 1 ×
EC-217
P0118 0118 ECT SEN/CIRC — 1 ×
N
P0122 0122 TP SEN 2/CIRC-B1 — 1 ×
EC-219
P0123 0123 TP SEN 2/CIRC-B1 — 1 ×
P0125 0125 ECT SENSOR — 2 × EC-222 O
P0127 0127 IAT SENSOR-B1 — 2 × EC-224
P0128 0128 THERMSTAT FNCTN — 2 × EC-226
P0130 0130 A/F SENSOR1 (B1) × 2 × EC-228 P
P0131 0131 A/F SENSOR1 (B1) — 2 × EC-232
P0132 0132 A/F SENSOR1 (B1) — 2 × EC-235
P0133 0133 A/F SENSOR1 (B1) × 2 × EC-238
P0137 0137 HO2S2 (B1) × 2 × EC-243
P0138 0138 HO2S2 (B1) × 2 × EC-249

Revision: 2010 May EC-99 2011 QX56

 ECM
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [VK56VD]

DTC*1
Items Reference
CONSULT-III SRT code Trip MIL
(CONSULT-III screen terms) page
ECM*3
GST*2
P0139 0139 HO2S2 (B1) × 2 × EC-257
P0150 0150 A/F SENSOR1 (B2) × 2 × EC-228
P0151 0151 A/F SENSOR1 (B2) — 2 × EC-232
P0152 0152 A/F SENSOR1 (B2) — 2 × EC-235
P0153 0153 A/F SENSOR1 (B2) × 2 × EC-238
P0157 0157 HO2S2 (B2) × 2 × EC-243
P0158 0158 HO2S2 (B2) × 2 × EC-249
P0159 0159 HO2S2 (B2) × 2 × EC-257
P0171 0171 FUEL SYS-LEAN-B1 — 2 × EC-263
P0172 0172 FUEL SYS-RICH-B1 — 2 × EC-267
P0174 0174 FUEL SYS-LEAN-B2 — 2 × EC-263
P0175 0175 FUEL SYS-RICH-B2 — 2 × EC-267
P0181 0181 FTT SENSOR — 2 × EC-271
P0182 0182 FTT SEN/CIRCUIT — 2 × EC-274
P0183 0183 FTT SEN/CIRCUIT — 2 × EC-274
P0190 0190 FUEL PRES SEN/CIRC — 1 × EC-276
P0191 0191 FRP SENSOR A — 2 × EC-279
P0192 0192 FRP SEN/CIRC — 2 × EC-276
P0193 0193 FRP SEN/CIRC — 2 × EC-276
P0196 0196 EOT SENSOR — 2 × EC-283
P0197 0197 EOT SEN/CIRC — 2 ×
EC-285
P0198 0198 EOT SEN/CIRC — 2 ×
P0201 0201 INJECTOR CIRC-CYL1 — 2 ×
P0202 0202 INJECTOR CIRC-CYL2 — 2 ×
P0203 0203 INJECTOR CIRC-CYL3 — 2 ×
P0204 0204 INJECTOR CIRC-CYL4 — 2 ×
EC-287
P0205 0205 INJECTOR CIRC-CYL5 — 2 ×
P0206 0206 INJECTOR CIRC-CYL6 — 2 ×
P0207 0207 INJECTOR CIRC-CYL7 — 2 —
P0208 0208 INJECTOR CIRC-CYL8 — 2 —
P0222 0222 TP SEN 1/CIRC-B1 — 1 ×
EC-288
P0223 0223 TP SEN 1/CIRC-B1 — 1 ×
P0300 0300 MULTI CYL MISFIRE — 1 or 2 ×
P0301 0301 CYL 1 MISFIRE — 1 or 2 ×
P0302 0302 CYL 2 MISFIRE — 1 or 2 ×
P0303 0303 CYL 3 MISFIRE — 1 or 2 ×
P0304 0304 CYL 4 MISFIRE — 1 or 2 × EC-291
P0305 0305 CYL 5 MISFIRE — 1 or 2 ×
P0306 0306 CYL 6 MISFIRE — 1 or 2 ×
P0307 0307 CYL 7 MISFIRE — 1 or 2 ×
P0308 0308 CYL 8 MISFIRE — 1 or 2 ×

Revision: 2010 May EC-100 2011 QX56

 ECM
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [VK56VD]

DTC*1
Items Reference A
CONSULT-III SRT code Trip MIL
(CONSULT-III screen terms) page
ECM*3
GST*2
P0327 0327 KNOCK SEN/CIRC-B1 — 2 — EC
P0328 0328 KNOCK SEN/CIRC-B1 — 2 —
EC-297
P0332 0332 KNOCK SEN/CIRC-B2 — 2 —
P0333 0333 KNOCK SEN/CIRC-B2 — 2 — C
P0335 0335 CKP SEN/CIRCUIT — 2 × EC-299
P0340 0340 CMP SEN/CIRC-B1 — 2 ×
EC-303 D
P0345 0345 CMP SEN/CIRC-B2 — 2 ×
P0420 0420 TW CATALYST SYS-B1 × 2 ×
EC-307
P0430 0430 TW CATALYST SYS-B2 × 2 × E
P0441 0441 EVAP PURG FLOW/MON × 2 × EC-312
P0443 0443 PURG VOLUME CONT/V — 2 × EC-317
F
P0444 0444 PURG VOLUME CONT/V — 2 ×
EC-322
P0445 0445 PURG VOLUME CONT/V — 2 ×
P0447 0447 VENT CONTROL VALVE — 2 × EC-325 G
P0448 0448 VENT CONTROL VALVE — 2 × EC-329
P0451 0451 EVAP SYS PRES SEN — 2 × EC-333
H
P0452 0452 EVAP SYS PRES SEN — 2 × EC-336
P0453 0453 EVAP SYS PRES SEN — 2 × EC-341
P0456 0456 EVAP VERY SML LEAK ×*8 2 × EC-346 I
P0460 0460 FUEL LEV SEN SLOSH — 2 × EC-352
P0461 0461 FUEL LEVEL SENSOR — 2 × EC-353
J
P0462 0462 FUEL LEVL SEN/CIRC — 2 × EC-355
P0463 0463 FUEL LEVL SEN/CIRC — 2 × EC-355
P0500 0500 VEH SPEED SEN/CIRC*5 — 2 × EC-356 K
P0506 0506 ISC SYSTEM — 2 × EC-358
P0507 0507 ISC SYSTEM — 2 × EC-360
L
P050E 050E COLD START CONTROL — 2 × EC-362
P0524 0524 ENGINE OIL PRESSURE — 2 × EC-364
P0527 0527 COOLING FAN SPD SEN — 2 — EC-367 M
P0550 0550 PW ST P SEN/CIRC — 2 — EC-371
P0603 0603 ECM BACK UP/CIRCUIT — 2 × EC-374
P0605 0605 ECM — 1 or 2 × or — EC-376
N
P0607 0607 ECM — 1 × EC-378
P0611 0611 FIC MODULE — 2 × EC-379
O
P062B 062B ECM — 2 × or — EC-380
P0643 0643 SENSOR POWER/CIRC — 1 × EC-381
P0705 0705 T/M RANGE SENSOR A — 2 × TM-106 P
P0710 0710 FLUID TEMP SENSOR*7 — 2 × TM-107
P0717 0717 INPUT SPEED SENSOR A — 2 × TM-109
P0720 0720 OUTPUT SPEED SENSOR*5 — 2 × TM-110

P0729 0729 6GR INCORRECT RATIO*7 — 2 × TM-114

P0730 0730 INCORRECT GR RATIO — 2 × TM-116

Revision: 2010 May EC-101 2011 QX56

 ECM
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [VK56VD]

DTC*1
Items Reference
CONSULT-III SRT code Trip MIL
(CONSULT-III screen terms) page
ECM*3
GST*2
P0731 0731 1GR INCORRECT RATIO*7 — 2 × TM-118

P0732 0732 2GR INCORRECT RATIO*7 — 2 × TM-120

P0733 0733 3GR INCORRECT RATIO*7 — 2 × TM-122

P0734 0734 4GR INCORRECT RATIO*7 — 2 × TM-124

P0735 0735 5GR INCORRECT RATIO*7 — 2 × TM-126

P0740 0740 TORQUE CONVERTER — 2 × TM-128
P0744 0744 TORQUE CONVERTER — 2 × TM-129
P0745 0745 PC SOLENOID A — 2 × TM-131
P0750 0750 SHIFT SOLENOID A — 2 × TM-132
P0775 0775 PC SOLENOID B — 2 × TM-133
P0780 0780 SHIFT — 1 × TM-134
P0795 0795 PC SOLENOID C — 2 × TM-136
P0850 0850 P-N POS SW/CIRCUIT — 2 × EC-383
P1087 1087 VVEL SYSTEM-B1 — 1 × EC-386
P1088 1088 VVEL SYSTEM-B2 — 1 × EC-386
P1089 1089 VVEL POS SEN/CIRC-B1 — 1 × EC-387
P1090 1090 VVEL ACTR MOT-B1 — 1 × EC-390
P1091 1091 VVEL ACTR MOT PWR — 1 × EC-393
P1092 1092 VVEL POS SEN/CIRC-B2 — 1 × EC-387
P1093 1093 VVEL ACTR MOT-B2 — 1 × EC-390
P1148 1148 CLOSED LOOP-B1 — 1 × EC-396
P1168 1168 CLOSED LOOP-B2 — 1 × EC-396
P1197 1197 FUEL RUN OUT — 2 — EC-397
P1212 1212 TCS/CIRC — 2 — EC-399
P1217 1217 ENG OVER TEMP — 1 × EC-400
P1220 1220 FPCM — 1 — EC-403
P1225 1225 CTP LEARNING-B1 — 2 — EC-406
P1226 1226 CTP LEARNING-B1 — 2 — EC-407
P1421 1421 COLD START CONTROL — 2 × EC-408
P1423 1423 COLD START CONTROL — 2 × EC-410
P1424 1424 COLD START CONTROL — 2 × EC-410
P1550 1550 BAT CURRENT SENSOR — 2 — EC-412
P1551 1551 BAT CURRENT SENSOR — 2 — EC-416
P1552 1552 BAT CURRENT SENSOR — 2 — EC-416
P1553 1553 BAT CURRENT SENSOR — 2 — EC-420
P1554 1554 BAT CURRENT SENSOR — 2 — EC-424
P1556 1556 BAT TMP SEN/CIRC — 2 — EC-428
P1557 1557 BAT TMP SEN/CIRC — 2 — EC-428
EC-431
(with ASCD)
P1564 1564 ASCD SW — 1 —
EC-434
(with ICC)
P1568 1568 ICC COMMAND VALUE — 1 — EC-437

Revision: 2010 May EC-102 2011 QX56

 ECM
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [VK56VD]

DTC*1
Items Reference A
CONSULT-III SRT code Trip MIL
(CONSULT-III screen terms) page
ECM*3
GST*2
EC-438 EC
(with ASCD)
P1572 1572 ASCD BRAKE SW — 1 —
EC-443
(with ICC)
EC-447 C
(with ASCD)
P1574 1574 ASCD VHL SPD SEN — 1 —
EC-449
(with ICC)
D
P1606 1606 VVEL CONTROL MODULE — 1 or 2 × or — EC-451
P1607 1607 VVEL CONTROL MODULE — 1 × EC-452
P1608 1608 VVEL SENSOR POWER/CIRC — 1 × EC-453 E
P1610 1610 LOCK MODE — 2 — SEC-53
P1611 1611 ID DISCORD IMMU-ECM — 2 — SEC-54
F
P1612 1612 CHAIN OF ECM-IMMU — 2 — SEC-55
P1613 1613 ECM INT CIRC-IMMU — 2 — SEC-48
P1614 1614 CHAIN OF IMMU-KEY — 2 — SEC-56 G
P1615 1615 DIFFERENCE OF KEY — 2 — SEC-48
P1650 1650 STR MTR RELAY 2 — 2 × SEC-48
H
P1651 1651 STR MTR RELAY — 2 × SEC-48
P1652 1652 STR MTR SYS COMM — 1 × SEC-48
P1730 1730 INTERLOCK — 2 × TM-140 I
P1734 1734 7GR INCORRECT RATIO*7 — 2 × TM-142
P1805 1805 BRAKE SW/CIRCUIT — 2 — EC-455
J
P2100 2100 ETC MOT PWR-B1 — 2 × EC-458
P2101 2101 ETC FNCTN/CIRC-B1 — 1 × EC-460
P2103 2103 ETC MOT PWR — 1 × EC-458 K
P2118 2118 ETC MOT-B1 — 1 × EC-464
P2119 2119 ETC ACTR-B1 — 1 × EC-466
L
P2122 2122 APP SEN 1/CIRC — 1 × EC-468
P2123 2123 APP SEN 1/CIRC — 1 × EC-468
P2127 2127 APP SEN 2/CIRC — 1 × EC-471 M
P2128 2128 APP SEN 2/CIRC — 1 × EC-471
P2135 2135 TP SENSOR-B1 — 1 × EC-475
P2138 2138 APP SENSOR — 1 × EC-478 N
P2539 2539 LOW FUEL PRES SEN — 2 × EC-483
P2541 2541 LOW FUEL PRES SEN — 2 × EC-483
O
P2542 2542 LOW FUEL PRES SEN — 2 × EC-483
P2713 2713 PRESS CONTROL SOL D — 2 × TM-147
P2722 2722 PRESS CONTROL SOL E — 2 × TM-148 P
P2731 2731 PRESS CONTROL SOL F — 2 × TM-149
P2807 2807 PRESS CONTROL SOL G — 2 × TM-150
P2A00 2A00 A/F SENSOR1 (B1) — 2 × EC-487
P2A03 2A03 A/F SENSOR1 (B2) — 2 × EC-487
*1: 1st trip DTC No. is the same as DTC No.

Revision: 2010 May EC-103 2011 QX56

 ECM
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [VK56VD]
*2: This number is prescribed by SAE J2012/ISO 15031-6.
*3: In Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results), this number is controlled by NISSAN.
*4: The troubleshooting for this DTC needs CONSULT-III.
*5: When the fail safe operations for both self-diagnoses occur, the MIL illuminates.
*6: When the ECM is in the mode that displays SRT status, MIL may blink. For the details, refer to “How to Display SRT Status”.
*7: When erasing this DTC, always use CONSULT-III or GST.
*8: SRT code will not be set if the self-diagnostic result is NG.

Test Value and Test Limit INFOID:0000000006217734

The following is the information specified in Service $06 of ISO 15031-5.

The test value is a parameter used to determine whether a system/circuit diagnostic test is OK or NG while
being monitored by the ECM during self-diagnosis. The test limit is a reference value which is specified as the
maximum or minimum value and is compared with the test value being monitored.
These data (test value and test limit) are specified by On Board Monitor ID (OBDMID), Test ID (TID), Unit and
Scaling ID and can be displayed on the GST screen.
The items of the test value and test limit will be displayed with GST screen which items are provided by the
ECM. (e.g., if bank 2 is not applied on this vehicle, only the items of bank 1 are displayed)

Test value and Test

limit
OBD- (GST display)
Item Self-diagnostic test item DTC Description
MID Unit and
TID Scaling
ID
Minimum sensor output voltage for test
P0131 83H 0BH
cycle
Maximum sensor output voltage for test
P0131 84H 0BH
cycle
Minimum sensor output voltage for test
P0130 85H 0BH
cycle
Maximum sensor output voltage for test
P0130 86H 0BH
cycle
Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1
01H Response rate: Response ratio (Lean to
(Bank 1) P0133 87H 04H
Rich)
Response rate: Response ratio (Rich to
P0133 88H 04H
Lean)
P2A00 89H 84H The amount of shift in air fuel ratio
P2A00 8AH 84H The amount of shift in air fuel ratio
HO2S P0130 8BH 0BH Difference in sensor output voltage
P0133 8CH 83H Response gain at the limited frequency
Minimum sensor output voltage for test
P0138 07H 0CH
cycle

Heated oxygen sensor 2 Maximum sensor output voltage for test

02H P0137 08H 0CH
(Bank 1) cycle
P0138 80H 0CH Sensor output voltage
P0139 81H 0CH Difference in sensor output voltage
Minimum sensor output voltage for test
P0143 07H 0CH
cycle

Heated oxygen sensor 3 Maximum sensor output voltage for test

03H P0144 08H 0CH
(Bank 1) cycle
P0146 80H 0CH Sensor output voltage
P0145 81H 0CH Difference in sensor output voltage

Revision: 2010 May EC-104 2011 QX56

 ECM
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [VK56VD]
Test value and Test
limit A
OBD- (GST display)
Item Self-diagnostic test item DTC Description
MID Unit and
TID Scaling EC
ID
Minimum sensor output voltage for test
P0151 83H 0BH
cycle
C
Maximum sensor output voltage for test
P0151 84H 0BH
cycle
Minimum sensor output voltage for test D
P0150 85H 0BH
cycle
Maximum sensor output voltage for test
P0150 86H 0BH
cycle
Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 E
05H Response rate: Response ratio (Lean to
(Bank 2) P0153 87H 04H
Rich)
Response rate: Response ratio (Rich to
P0153 88H 04H
Lean)
F
P2A03 89H 84H The amount of shift in air fuel ratio
P2A03 8AH 84H The amount of shift in air fuel ratio
G
HO2S P0150 8BH 0BH Difference in sensor output voltage
P0153 8CH 83H Response gain at the limited frequency
Minimum sensor output voltage for test H
P0158 07H 0CH
cycle

Heated oxygen sensor 2 Maximum sensor output voltage for test

06H P0157 08H 0CH
(Bank 2) cycle I
P0158 80H 0CH Sensor output voltage
P0159 81H 0CH Difference in sensor output voltage
J
Minimum sensor output voltage for test
P0163 07H 0CH
cycle

Heated oxygen sensor 3 Maximum sensor output voltage for test

07H P0164 08H 0CH K
(Bank2) cycle
P0166 80H 0CH Sensor output voltage
P0165 81H 0CH Difference in sensor output voltage
L
P0420 80H 01H O2 storage index
Switching time lag engine exhaust index
P0420 82H 01H
Three way catalyst function value M
21H
(Bank1) Difference in 3rd O2 sensor output volt-
P2423 83H 0CH
age

CATA- P2423 84H 84H O2 storage index in HC trap catalyst N

LYST P0430 80H 01H O2 storage index
Switching time lag engine exhaust index
P0430 82H 01H
Three way catalyst function value O
22H
(Bank2) Difference in 3rd O2 sensor output volt-
P2424 83H 0CH
age
P2424 84H 84H O2 storage index in HC trap catalyst P

Revision: 2010 May EC-105 2011 QX56

 ECM
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [VK56VD]
Test value and Test
limit
OBD- (GST display)
Item Self-diagnostic test item DTC Description
MID Unit and
TID Scaling
ID
Low Flow Faults: EGR temp change
P0400 80H 96H
rate (short term)
Low Flow Faults: EGR temp change
P0400 81H 96H
rate (long term)
EGR Low Flow Faults: Difference between
31H EGR function
SYSTEM P0400 82H 96H max EGR temp and EGR temp under
idling condition
P0400 83H 96H Low Flow Faults: Max EGR temp
High Flow Faults: EGR temp increase
P1402 84H 96H
rate
VTC intake function diagnosis (VTC
P0011 80H 9DH
alignment check diagnosis)
VTC exhaust function diagnosis (VTC
P0014 81H 9DH
alignment check diagnosis)
35H VVT Monitor (Bank1)
VTC intake function diagnosis (VTC
P0011 82H 9DH
drive failure diagnosis)
VTC exhaust function diagnosis (VTC
P0014 83H 9DH
VVT drive failure diagnosis)
SYSTEM VTC intake function diagnosis (VTC
P0021 80H 9DH
alignment check diagnosis)
VTC exhaust function diagnosis (VTC
P0024 81H 9DH
alignment check diagnosis)
36H VVT Monitor (Bank2)
VTC intake function diagnosis (VTC
P0021 82H 9DH
drive failure diagnosis)
VTC exhaust function diagnosis (VTC
P0024 83H 9DH
drive failure diagnosis)
EVAP control system leak Difference in pressure sensor output
39H P0455 80H 0CH
(Cap Off) voltage before and after pull down
EVAP control system leak Leak area index (for more than 0.04
3BH P0442 80H 05H
(Small leak) inch)
Leak area index (for more than 0.02
EVAP P0456 80H 05H
EVAP control system leak inch)
SYSTEM 3CH
(Very small leak) Maximum internal pressure of EVAP
P0456 81H FDH
system during monitoring
Difference in pressure sensor output
3DH Purge flow system P0441 83H 0CH voltage before and after vent control
valve close
A/F sensor 1 heater Low Input:P0031 Converted value of Heater electric cur-
41H 81H 0BH
(Bank 1) High Input:P0032 rent to voltage
Heated oxygen sensor 2 heat- Low Input:P0037 Converted value of Heater electric cur-
42H 80H 0CH
er (Bank 1) High Input:P0038 rent to voltage
Heated oxygen sensor 3 heat- Converted value of Heater electric cur-
O2 SEN- 43H P0043 80H 0CH
er (Bank 1) rent to voltage
SOR
HEATER A/F sensor 1 heater Low Input:P0051 Converted value of Heater electric cur-
45H 81H 0BH
(Bank 2) High Input:P0052 rent to voltage
Heated oxygen sensor 2 heat- Low Input:P0057 Converted value of Heater electric cur-
46H 80H 0CH
er (Bank 2) High Input:P0058 rent to voltage
Heated oxygen sensor 3 heat- Converted value of Heater electric cur-
47H P0063 80H 0CH
er (Bank 2) rent to voltage

Revision: 2010 May EC-106 2011 QX56

 ECM
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [VK56VD]
Test value and Test
limit A
OBD- (GST display)
Item Self-diagnostic test item DTC Description
MID Unit and
TID Scaling EC
ID
Secondary Air Injection System Incor-
P0411 80H 01H
rect Flow Detected
C
Bank1: P0491 Secondary Air Injection System Insuffi-
81H 01H
Bank2: P0492 cient Flow
Secondary Air Injection System Pump D
P2445 82H 01H
Stuck Off
SEC-
Secondary Air Injection System High
OND- 71H Secondary Air system P2448 83H 01H
Airflow
ARY AIR E
Bank1: P2440 Secondary Air Injection System Switch-
84H 01H
Bank2: P2442 ing Valve Stuck Open
Secondary Air Injection System Switch-
P2440 85H 01H
ing Valve Stuck Open
F
Secondary Air Injection System Pump
P2444 86H 01H
Stuck On
G
Fuel injection system function P0171 or P0172 80H 2FH Long term fuel trim
81H
(Bank 1) P0171 or P0172 81H 24H The number of lambda control clamped
FUEL
SYSTEM P0174 or P0175 80H 2FH Long term fuel trim
Fuel injection system function H
82H
(Bank 2) P0174 or P0175 81H 24H The number of lambda control clamped

Revision: 2010 May EC-107 2011 QX56

 ECM
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [VK56VD]
Test value and Test
limit
OBD- (GST display)
Item Self-diagnostic test item DTC Description
MID Unit and
TID Scaling
ID
Misfiring counter at 1000 revolution of
P0301 80H 24H
the first cylinder
Misfiring counter at 1000 revolution of
P0302 81H 24H
the second cylinder
Misfiring counter at 1000 revolution of
P0303 82H 24H
the third cylinder
Misfiring counter at 1000 revolution of
P0304 83H 24H
the fourth cylinder
Misfiring counter at 1000 revolution of
P0305 84H 24H
the fifth cylinder
Misfiring counter at 1000 revolution of
P0306 85H 24H
the sixth cylinder
Misfiring counter at 1000 revolution of
P0307 86H 24H
the seventh cylinder
Misfiring counter at 1000 revolution of
P0308 87H 24H
the eighth cylinder
Misfiring counter at 1000 revolution of
P0300 88H 24H
the multiple cylinders
Misfiring counter at 200 revolution of the
P0301 89H 24H
first cylinder
MISFIRE A1H Multiple Cylinder Misfires
Misfiring counter at 200 revolution of the
P0302 8AH 24H
second cylinder
Misfiring counter at 200 revolution of the
P0303 8BH 24H
third cylinder
Misfiring counter at 200 revolution of the
P0304 8CH 24H
fourth cylinder
Misfiring counter at 200 revolution of the
P0305 8DH 24H
fifth cylinder
Misfiring counter at 200 revolution of the
P0306 8EH 24H
sixth cylinder
Misfiring counter at 200 revolution of the
P0307 8FH 24H
seventh cylinder
Misfiring counter at 200 revolution of the
P0308 90H 24H
eighth cylinder
Misfiring counter at 1000 revolution of
P0300 91H 24H
the single cylinder
Misfiring counter at 200 revolution of the
P0300 92H 24H
single cylinder
Misfiring counter at 200 revolution of the
P0300 93H 24H
multiple cylinders

Revision: 2010 May EC-108 2011 QX56

 ECM
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [VK56VD]
Test value and Test
limit A
OBD- (GST display)
Item Self-diagnostic test item DTC Description
MID Unit and
TID Scaling EC
ID
EWMA (Exponential Weighted Moving
P0301 0BH 24H Average) misfire counts for last 10 driv-
ing cycles
C
A2H No. 1 Cylinder Misfire
Misfire counts for last/current driving cy-
P0301 0CH 24H
cles
D
EWMA (Exponential Weighted Moving
P0302 0BH 24H Average) misfire counts for last 10 driv-
A3H No. 2 Cylinder Misfire ing cycles
Misfire counts for last/current driving cy- E
P0302 0CH 24H
cles
EWMA (Exponential Weighted Moving
P0303 0BH 24H Average) misfire counts for last 10 driv- F
A4H No. 3 Cylinder Misfire ing cycles
Misfire counts for last/current driving cy-
P0303 0CH 24H
cles G
EWMA (Exponential Weighted Moving
P0304 0BH 24H Average) misfire counts for last 10 driv-
A5H No. 4 Cylinder Misfire ing cycles
H
Misfire counts for last/current driving cy-
P0304 0CH 24H
cles
MISFIRE
EWMA (Exponential Weighted Moving
I
P0305 0BH 24H Average) misfire counts for last 10 driv-
A6H No. 5 Cylinder Misfire ing cycles
Misfire counts for last/current driving cy-
P0305 0CH 24H J
cles
EWMA (Exponential Weighted Moving
P0306 0BH 24H Average) misfire counts for last 10 driv-
A7H No. 6 Cylinder Misfire ing cycles K
Misfire counts for last/current driving cy-
P0306 0CH 24H
cles
EWMA (Exponential Weighted Moving L
P0307 0BH 24H Average) misfire counts for last 10 driv-
A8H No. 7 Cylinder Misfire ing cycles
Misfire counts for last/current driving cy- M
P0307 0CH 24H
cles
EWMA (Exponential Weighted Moving
P0308 0BH 24H Average) misfire counts for last 10 driv-
ing cycles
N
A9H No. 8 Cylinder Misfire
Misfire counts for last/current driving cy-
P0308 0CH 24H
cles
O

Revision: 2010 May EC-109 2011 QX56

 VVEL CONTROL MODULE
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [VK56VD]
VVEL CONTROL MODULE
Reference Value INFOID:0000000006217735

TERMINAL LAYOUT

JMBIA0857ZZ

PHYSICAL VALUES
NOTE:
• VVEL control module is located under the battery. Temporarily remove the battery to check voltage of the
terminals.
• Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminals.
• Pulse signal is measured by CONSULT-III.

Terminal No. Description

Value
Input/ Condition
+ – Signal name (Approx.)
Output
1 14 VVEL actuator motor power BATTERY VOLTAGE
Input [Ignition switch: ON]
(R) (B) supply (bank 2) (11 - 14V)

0 - 14 V

[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition
• Idle speed

JMBIA0854ZZ
2 14 VVEL actuator motor
Output
(L/W) (B) (High lift) (bank 2)
0 - 14 V

[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition
• When revving engine up to 2,000
rpm quickly

JMBIA0855ZZ

[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition 0.25 - 1.40 V
• Idle speed
3 6 VVEL control shaft position
Input [Engine is running]
(W) (R) sensor 1 (bank 1)
• Warm-up condition
0.25 - 4.75 V
• When revving engine up to 3,000
rpm quickly
Sensor ground
4
— [VVEL control shaft position — — —
(L/W)
sensor 1 (bank 2)]

Revision: 2010 May EC-110 2011 QX56

 VVEL CONTROL MODULE
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [VK56VD]
Terminal No. Description
Value A
Input/ Condition
+ – Signal name (Approx.)
Output
[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition 0.25 - 1.40 V EC
• Idle speed
5 4 VVEL control shaft position
Input [Engine is running]
(L/R) (L/W) sensor 1 (bank 2)
• Warm-up condition C
0.25 - 4.75 V
• When revving engine up to 3,000
rpm quickly
Sensor ground D
6
— [VVEL control shaft position — — —
(R)
sensor 1 (bank 1)]
Sensor power supply
7 6 E
[VVEL control shaft position — [Ignition switch: ON] 5V
(B) (R)
sensor 1 (bank 1)]
8 14 Power supply for VVEL con- BATTERY VOLTAGE
— [Ignition switch: ON]
(W/L) (B) trol module (11 - 14 V) F
Sensor power supply
9 4
[VVEL position sensor 1 — [Ignition switch: ON] 5V
(L) (L/W)
(bank 2)] G
11 Input/
— ENG communication line — —
(W) Output

0 - 14 V H

[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition I
• Idle speed

12 14 VVEL actuator motor JMBIA0854ZZ J

Output
(L/W) (B) (High lift) (bank 1)
0 - 14 V

[Engine is running] K
• Warm-up condition
• When revving engine up to 3,000
rpm quickly
L
JMBIA0855ZZ

13 14 VVEL actuator motor power BATTERY VOLTAGE

Input [Ignition switch: ON] M
(R) (B) supply (bank 1) (11 - 14 V)
14 VVEL control module
— — — —
(B) ground
N

Revision: 2010 May EC-111 2011 QX56

 VVEL CONTROL MODULE
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [VK56VD]
Terminal No. Description
Value
Input/ Condition
+ – Signal name (Approx.)
Output

0 - 14 V

[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition
• Idle speed

JMBIA0854ZZ
15 14 VVEL actuator motor
Output
(L/B) (B) (Low lift) (bank 2)
0 - 14 V

[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition
• When revving engine up to 3,000
rpm quickly

JMBIA0855ZZ

[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition 3.50 - 4.75 V
• Idle speed
16 19 VVEL control shaft position
Input [Engine is running]
(L/R) (L) sensor 2 (bank 1)
• Warm-up condition
0.25 - 4.75 V
• When revving engine up to 3,000
rpm quickly
Sensor ground
17
— [VVEL control shaft position — — —
(O)
sensor 2 (bank 2)]
[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition 3.50 - 4.75 V
• Idle speed
18 17 VVEL control shaft position
Input [Engine is running]
(W/L) (O) sensor 2 (bank 2)
• Warm-up condition
0.25 - 4.75 V
• When revving engine up to 3,000
rpm quickly
Sensor ground
19
— [VVEL control shaft position — — —
(L)
sensor 2 (bank 1)]
Sensor power supply
20 19
[VVEL control shaft position — [Ignition switch: ON] 5V
(L/W) (L)
sensor 2 (bank 1)]
21 VVEL actuator motor relay [Engine is running]
14
(BR/ abort signal Input • Warm-up condition 0V
(B)
W) (ECM) • Idle speed
Sensor power supply
22 17
[VVEL control shaft position — [Ignition switch: ON] 5V
(W) (O)
sensor 2 (bank 2)]

23 BATTERY VOLTAGE
14 [Ignition switch: OFF]
(BR/ VVEL control motor relay Output (11 - 14 V)
(B)
Y) [Ignition switch: ON] 0 - 1.0 V
24 Input/
— ENG communication line — —
(R/W) Output

Revision: 2010 May EC-112 2011 QX56

 VVEL CONTROL MODULE
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [VK56VD]
Terminal No. Description
Value A
Input/ Condition
+ – Signal name (Approx.)
Output

0 - 14 V
EC

[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition
• Idle speed C

JMBIA0854ZZ
25 14 VVEL control motor D
Output
(L/B) (B) (Low lift) (bank 1)
0 - 14 V

[Engine is running] E
• Warm-up condition
• When revving engine up to 3,000
rpm quickly
F
JMBIA0855ZZ

: Average voltage for pulse signal (Actual pulse signal can be confirmed by oscilloscope.)
G

Revision: 2010 May EC-113 2011 QX56

 ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM
< WIRING DIAGRAM > [VK56VD]

WIRING DIAGRAM
ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM
Wiring Diagram INFOID:0000000006217736

JCBWM2089GB

Revision: 2010 May EC-114 2011 QX56

 ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM
< WIRING DIAGRAM > [VK56VD]

EC

JCBWM2090GB

Revision: 2010 May EC-115 2011 QX56

 ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM
< WIRING DIAGRAM > [VK56VD]

JCBWM2091GB

Revision: 2010 May EC-116 2011 QX56

 ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM
< WIRING DIAGRAM > [VK56VD]

EC

JCBWM2092GB

Revision: 2010 May EC-117 2011 QX56

 ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM
< WIRING DIAGRAM > [VK56VD]

JCBWM2093GB

Revision: 2010 May EC-118 2011 QX56

 ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM
< WIRING DIAGRAM > [VK56VD]

EC

JCBWM2094GB

Revision: 2010 May EC-119 2011 QX56

 ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM
< WIRING DIAGRAM > [VK56VD]

JCBWM2095GB

Revision: 2010 May EC-120 2011 QX56

 ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM
< WIRING DIAGRAM > [VK56VD]

EC

JCBWM2096GB

Revision: 2010 May EC-121 2011 QX56

 ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM
< WIRING DIAGRAM > [VK56VD]

JCBWM2097GB

Revision: 2010 May EC-122 2011 QX56

 ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM
< WIRING DIAGRAM > [VK56VD]

EC

JCBWM2098GB

Revision: 2010 May EC-123 2011 QX56

 ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM
< WIRING DIAGRAM > [VK56VD]

JCBWM2099GB

Revision: 2010 May EC-124 2011 QX56

 ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM
< WIRING DIAGRAM > [VK56VD]

EC

JCBWM2100GB

Revision: 2010 May EC-125 2011 QX56

 ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM
< WIRING DIAGRAM > [VK56VD]

JCBWM2101GB

Revision: 2010 May EC-126 2011 QX56

 ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM
< WIRING DIAGRAM > [VK56VD]

EC

JCBWM2102GB

Revision: 2010 May EC-127 2011 QX56

 ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM
< WIRING DIAGRAM > [VK56VD]

JCBWM2103GB

Revision: 2010 May EC-128 2011 QX56

 ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM
< WIRING DIAGRAM > [VK56VD]

EC

JCBWM2104GB

Revision: 2010 May EC-129 2011 QX56

 ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM
< WIRING DIAGRAM > [VK56VD]

JCBWM2105GB

Revision: 2010 May EC-130 2011 QX56

 ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM
< WIRING DIAGRAM > [VK56VD]

EC

JCBWM2106GB

Revision: 2010 May EC-131 2011 QX56

 ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM
< WIRING DIAGRAM > [VK56VD]

JCBWM2107GB

Revision: 2010 May EC-132 2011 QX56

 ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM
< WIRING DIAGRAM > [VK56VD]

EC

JCBWM2108GB

Revision: 2010 May EC-133 2011 QX56

 ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM
< WIRING DIAGRAM > [VK56VD]

JCBWM2109GB

Revision: 2010 May EC-134 2011 QX56

 DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR WORKFLOW
< BASIC INSPECTION > [VK56VD]

BASIC INSPECTION A
DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR WORKFLOW
Work Flow INFOID:0000000006217737
EC

OVERALL SEQUENCE
C

JMBIA1416GB

DETAILED FLOW

Revision: 2010 May EC-135 2011 QX56

 DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR WORKFLOW
< BASIC INSPECTION > [VK56VD]

1.GET INFORMATION FOR SYMPTOM

Get the detailed information from the customer about the symptom (the condition and the environment when
the incident/malfunction occurred) using the “Diagnostic Work Sheet”. (Refer to EC-138, "Diagnostic Work
Sheet".)

>> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK DTC
1. Check DTC.
2. Perform the following procedure if DTC is displayed.
- Record DTC and freeze frame data. (Print them out with CONSULT-III or GST.)
- Erase DTC. (Refer to “How to Erase DTC and 1st Trip DTC” in EC-63, "CONSULT-III Function" or
EC-60, "On Board Diagnosis Function".)
- Study the relationship between the cause detected by DTC and the symptom described by the customer.
(Symptom Matrix Chart is useful. Refer to EC-524, "Symptom Table".)
3. Check related service bulletins for information.
Are any symptoms described and any DTCs detected?
Symptom is described, DTC is detected>>GO TO 3.
Symptom is described, DTC is not detected>>GO TO 4.
Symptom is not described, DTC is detected>>GO TO 5.
3.CONFIRM THE SYMPTOM
Try to confirm the symptom described by the customer (except MIL ON).
Also study the normal operation and fail-safe related to the symptom. Refer to EC-529, "Description" and EC-
93, "Fail-safe".
Diagnosis Work Sheet is useful to verify the incident.
Verify relation between the symptom and the condition when the symptom is detected.

>> GO TO 5.
4.CONFIRM THE SYMPTOM
Try to confirm the symptom described by the customer.
Also study the normal operation and fail-safe related to the symptom. Refer to EC-529, "Description" and EC-
93, "Fail-safe".
Diagnosis Work Sheet is useful to verify the incident.
Verify relation between the symptom and the condition when the symptom is detected.

>> GO TO 6.
5.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
Perform DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE for the displayed DTC, and then check that DTC is detected
again.
If two or more DTCs are detected, refer to EC-96, "DTC Inspection Priority Chart" and determine trouble diag-
nosis order.
NOTE:
• Freeze frame data is useful if the DTC is not detected.
• Perform Component Function Check if DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE is not included on Service
Manual. This simplified check procedure is an effective alternative though DTC cannot be detected during
this check.
If the result of Component Function Check is NG, it is the same as the detection of DTC by DTC CONFIR-
MATION PROCEDURE.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> GO TO 10.
NO >> Check according to GI-40, "Intermittent Incident".
6.PERFORM BASIC INSPECTION
Perform EC-139, "Work Procedure".

Revision: 2010 May EC-136 2011 QX56

 DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR WORKFLOW
< BASIC INSPECTION > [VK56VD]
Will CONSULT-III be used?
YES >> GO TO 7. A
NO >> GO TO 9.
7.PERFORM SPEC IN DATA MONITOR MODE
EC
WITH CONSULT-III
Check that “MAS A/F SE-B1”, “B/FUEL SCHDL”, “A/F ALPHA-B1” and “A/F ALPHA-B2” are within the SP
value using “SPEC” in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III. Refer to EC-161, "Component Function
Check". C
Is the measurement value within the SP value?
YES >> GO TO 9.
D
NO >> GO TO 8.
8.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART BY TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS - SPECIFICATION VALUE
Detect malfunctioning part according to EC-162, "Diagnosis Procedure". E
Is a malfunctioning part detected?
YES >> GO TO 11.
NO >> GO TO 9. F
9.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING SYSTEM BY SYMPTOM TABLE
Detect malfunctioning system according to EC-524, "Symptom Table" based on the confirmed symptom in G
step 4, and determine the trouble diagnosis order based on possible causes and symptoms.

>> GO TO 10. H
10.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART BY DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE
Inspect according to Diagnosis Procedure of the system.
NOTE: I
The Diagnosis Procedure in EC section described based on open circuit inspection. A short circuit inspection
is also required for the circuit check in the Diagnosis Procedure. For details, refer to GI-43, "Circuit Inspec-
tion". J
Is a malfunctioning part detected?
YES >> GO TO 11.
NO >> Monitor input data from related sensors or check voltage of related ECM terminals using CON- K
SULT-III. Refer to EC-72, "Reference Value".
11.REPAIR OR REPLACE THE MALFUNCTIONING PART
1. Repair or replace the malfunctioning part. L
2. Reconnect parts or connectors disconnected during Diagnosis Procedure again after repair and replace-
ment.
3. Check DTC. If DTC is displayed, erase it. Refer to “How to Erase DTC and 1st Trip DTC” in EC-63, M
"CONSULT-III Function" or EC-60, "On Board Diagnosis Function".

>> GO TO 12. N
12.FINAL CHECK
When DTC was detected in step 2, perform DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE or Component Function O
Check again, and then check that the malfunction have been completely repaired.
When symptom was described from the customer, refer to confirmed symptom in step 3 or 4, and check that
the symptom is not detected.
P
Is DTC detected and does symptom remain?
YES-1 >> DTC is detected: GO TO 10.
YES-2 >> Symptom remains: GO TO 6.
NO >> Before returning the vehicle to the customer, always erase unnecessary DTC in ECM and TCM
(Transmission Control Module). (Refer to “How to Erase DTC and 1st Trip DTC” in EC-63,
"CONSULT-III Function" or EC-60, "On Board Diagnosis Function".) If the completion of SRT is

Revision: 2010 May EC-137 2011 QX56

 DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR WORKFLOW
< BASIC INSPECTION > [VK56VD]
needed, drive vehicle under the specific driving pattern. Refer to EC-157, "SRT Set Driving Pat-
tern".
Diagnostic Work Sheet INFOID:0000000006217738

DESCRIPTION
There are many operating conditions that lead to the malfunction of
engine components. A good grasp of such conditions can make trou-
bleshooting faster and more accurate.
In general, each customer feels differently about symptoms. It is
important to fully understand the symptoms or conditions for a cus-
tomer complaint.
Utilize a diagnostic worksheet like the WORKSHEET SAMPLE
below in order to organize all the information for troubleshooting.
Some conditions may cause the MIL to illuminate or blink, and DTC
to be detected. Examples:
• Vehicle ran out of fuel, which caused the engine to misfire.
SEF907L
• Fuel filler cap was left off or incorrectly screwed on, allowing fuel to
evaporate into the atmosphere.
WORKSHEET SAMPLE

MTBL0017

Revision: 2010 May EC-138 2011 QX56

 BASIC INSPECTION
< BASIC INSPECTION > [VK56VD]
BASIC INSPECTION
A
Work Procedure INFOID:0000000006217739

1.INSPECTION START EC
1. Check service records for any recent repairs that may indicate a related malfunction, or a current need for
scheduled maintenance.
2. Open engine hood and check the following: C
- Harness connectors for improper connections
- Wiring harness for improper connections, pinches and cut
- Vacuum hoses for splits, kinks and improper connections
D
- Hoses and ducts for leakage
- Air cleaner clogging
- Gasket
3. Check that electrical or mechanical loads are not applied. E
- Headlamp switch is OFF.
- Air conditioner switch is OFF.
- Rear window defogger switch is OFF. F
SEF983U
- Steering wheel is in the straight-ahead position, etc.
4. Start engine and warm it up until engine coolant temperature
indicator points to the middle of gauge.
Check that engine stays below 1,000 rpm. G

I
SEF976U

J
5. Run engine at approximately 2,000 rpm for approximately 2 min-
utes under no load.
6. Check that no DTC is displayed with CONSULT-III or GST.
Are any DTCs detected? K
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> GO TO 3.
L

M
SEF977U

2.REPAIR OR REPLACE
Repair or replace components as necessary according to corresponding Diagnosis Procedure. N

>> GO TO 3
O
3.CHECK IDLE SPEED
1. Run engine at approximately 2,000 rpm for approximately 2 minutes under no load.
P

Revision: 2010 May EC-139 2011 QX56

 BASIC INSPECTION
< BASIC INSPECTION > [VK56VD]
2. Rev engine between 2,000 and 3,000 rpm 2 or 3 times under no
load, then run engine at idle speed for approximately 1 minute.
3. Check idle speed.
For procedure, refer to EC-530, "Inspection".
For specification, refer to EC-538, "Idle Speed".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 10.
NO >> GO TO 4.

PBIA8513J

4.PERFORM ACCELERATOR PEDAL RELEASED POSITION LEARNING

1. Stop engine.
2. Perform EC-146, "Work Procedure".

>> GO TO 5.
5.PERFORM THROTTLE VALVE CLOSED POSITION LEARNING
Perform EC-147, "Work Procedure".

>> GO TO 6.
6.PERFORM IDLE AIR VOLUME LEARNING
Perform EC-148, "Work Procedure".
Is Idle Air Volume Learning carried out successfully?
YES >> GO TO 7.
NO >> Follow the instruction of Idle Air Volume Learning. Then GO TO 4.
7.CHECK IDLE SPEED AGAIN
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Check idle speed.
For procedure, refer to EC-530, "Inspection".
For specification, refer to EC-538, "Idle Speed".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 10.
NO >> GO TO 8.
8.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the Following.
• Check camshaft position sensor and circuit. Refer to EC-303, "DTC Logic".
• Check crankshaft position sensor and circuit. Refer to EC-299, "DTC Logic".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 9.
NO >> Repair or replace malfunctioning part. Then GO TO 4.
9.CHECK ECM FUNCTION
1. Substitute with a non-malfunctioning ECM to check ECM function. (ECM may be the cause of the incident,
although this is rare.)
2. Perform initialization of IVIS (NATS) system and registration of all IVIS (NATS) ignition key IDs. Refer to
SEC-51, "ECM : Work Procedure".

>> GO TO 4.
10.CHECK IGNITION TIMING
1. Run engine at idle.
2. Check ignition timing with a timing light.
For procedure, refer to EC-531, "Inspection".

Revision: 2010 May EC-140 2011 QX56

 BASIC INSPECTION
< BASIC INSPECTION > [VK56VD]
For specification, refer to EC-538, "Ignition Timing".
Is the inspection result normal? A
YES >> GO TO 19.
NO >> GO TO 11.
11.PERFORM ACCELERATOR PEDAL RELEASED POSITION LEARNING EC

1. Stop engine.
2. Perform EC-146, "Work Procedure".
C

>> GO TO 12.
12.PERFORM THROTTLE VALVE CLOSED POSITION LEARNING D
Perform EC-147, "Work Procedure".

E
>> GO TO 13.
13.PERFORM IDLE AIR VOLUME LEARNING
Perform EC-148, "Work Procedure". F
Is Idle Air Volume Learning carried out successfully?
YES >> GO TO 14.
NO >> Follow the instruction of Idle Air Volume Learning. Then GO TO 4. G
14.CHECK IDLE SPEED AGAIN
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature. H
2. Check idle speed.
For procedure, refer to EC-530, "Inspection".
For specification, refer to EC-538, "Idle Speed".
I
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 15.
NO >> GO TO 17.
J
15.CHECK IGNITION TIMING AGAIN
1. Run engine at idle.
2. Check ignition timing with a timing light. K
For procedure, refer to EC-531, "Inspection".
For specification, refer to EC-538, "Ignition Timing".
Is the inspection result normal? L
YES >> GO TO 19.
NO >> GO TO 16.
16.CHECK TIMING CHAIN INSTALLATION M
Check timing chain installation. Refer to EM-62, "Removal and Installation".
Is the inspection result normal?
N
YES >> GO TO 17.
NO >> Repair the timing chain installation. Then GO TO 4.
17.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART O
Check the following.
• Check camshaft position sensor and circuit. Refer to EC-303, "DTC Logic".
• Check crankshaft position sensor and circuit. Refer to EC-299, "DTC Logic". P
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 18.
NO >> Repair or replace malfunctioning part. Then GO TO 4.
18.CHECK ECM FUNCTION
1. Substitute with a non-malfunctioning ECM to check ECM function. (ECM may be the cause of the incident,
although this is rare.)

Revision: 2010 May EC-141 2011 QX56

 BASIC INSPECTION
< BASIC INSPECTION > [VK56VD]
2. Perform initialization of IVIS (NATS) system and registration of all IVIS (NATS) ignition key IDs. Refer to
SEC-51, "ECM : Work Procedure".

>> GO TO 4.
19.INSPECTION END
If ECM is replaced during this BASIC INSPECTION procedure, perform EC-143, "Work Procedure".

>> INSPECTION END

Revision: 2010 May EC-142 2011 QX56

 ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACING ECM
< BASIC INSPECTION > [VK56VD]
ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACING ECM
A
Description INFOID:0000000006217740

When replacing ECM, the following procedure must be performed. EC

Work Procedure INFOID:0000000006217741

1.PERFORM INITIALIZATION OF IVIS (NATS) SYSTEM AND REGISTRATION OF ALL IVIS (NATS) IGNI- C
TION KEY IDS
Perform initialization of IVIS (NATS) system and registration of all IVIS (NATS) ignition key IDs. Refer to SEC-
51, "ECM : Work Procedure". D

>> GO TO 2.
E
2.PERFORM VIN REGISTRATION
Perform VIN registration. Refer to EC-145, "Work Procedure".
F
>> GO TO 3.
3.PERFORM ACCELERATOR PEDAL RELEASED POSITION LEARNING G
Perform accelerator pedal released position learning. Refer to EC-146, "Work Procedure".

>> GO TO 4. H
4.PERFORM THROTTLE VALVE CLOSED POSITION LEARNING
Perform throttle valve closed position learning. Refer to EC-147, "Work Procedure".
I

>> GO TO 5.
5.PERFORM IDLE AIR VOLUME LEARNING J
Perform idle air volume learning. Refer to EC-148, "Work Procedure".

K
>> END

Revision: 2010 May EC-143 2011 QX56

 ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACING VVEL CONTROL MODULE
< BASIC INSPECTION > [VK56VD]
ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACING VVEL CONTROL MODULE
Description INFOID:0000000006217742

When replacing VVEL control module, the following procedure must be performed.
Work Procedure INFOID:0000000006217743

1.PERFORM IDLE AIR VOLUME LEARNING

Perform idle air volume learning. Refer to EC-148, "Work Procedure".

>> END

Revision: 2010 May EC-144 2011 QX56

 VIN REGISTRATION
< BASIC INSPECTION > [VK56VD]
VIN REGISTRATION
A
Description INFOID:0000000006217744

VIN Registration is an operation to register VIN in ECM. It must be performed each time ECM is replaced. EC
NOTE:
Accurate VIN which is registered in ECM may be required for Inspection & Maintenance (I/M).
Work Procedure INFOID:0000000006217745 C

1.CHECK VIN
Check the VIN of the vehicle and note it. Refer to GI-23, "Information About Identification or Model Code". D

>> GO TO 2.
E
2.PERFORM VIN REGISTRATION
WITH CONSULT-III
1. Turn ignition switch ON with engine stopped. F
2. Select “VIN REGISTRATION” in “WORK SUPPORT” mode.
3. Follow the instructions on the CONSULT-III display.
G
>> END

Revision: 2010 May EC-145 2011 QX56

 ACCELERATOR PEDAL RELEASED POSITION LEARNING
< BASIC INSPECTION > [VK56VD]
ACCELERATOR PEDAL RELEASED POSITION LEARNING
Description INFOID:0000000006217746

Accelerator Pedal Released Position Learning is a function of ECM to learn the fully released position of the
accelerator pedal by monitoring the accelerator pedal position sensor output signal. It must be performed each
time the harness connector of the accelerator pedal position sensor or ECM is disconnected.
Work Procedure INFOID:0000000006217747

1.START
1. Check that accelerator pedal is fully released.
2. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 2 seconds.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
4. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 2 seconds.
5. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.

>> END

Revision: 2010 May EC-146 2011 QX56

 THROTTLE VALVE CLOSED POSITION LEARNING
< BASIC INSPECTION > [VK56VD]
THROTTLE VALVE CLOSED POSITION LEARNING
A
Description INFOID:0000000006217748

Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning is a function of ECM to learn the fully closed position of the throttle EC
valve by monitoring the throttle position sensor output signal. It must be performed each time the harness con-
nector of the electric throttle control actuator or ECM is disconnected or electric throttle control actuator inside
is cleaned.
C
Work Procedure INFOID:0000000006217749

1.START D
WITH CONSULT-III
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Select “CLSD THL POS LEARN” in “WORK SUPPORT” mode. E
3. Follow the instructions on the CONSULT-III display.
4. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
Check that throttle valve moves during the above 10 seconds by confirming the operating sound.
F
WITHOUT CONSULT-III
1. Start the engine.
NOTE:
Engine coolant temperature is 25°C (77°F) or less before engine starts. G
2. Warm up the engine.
NOTE:
Raise engine coolant temperature until it reaches 65°C (149°F) or more. H
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
Check that throttle valve moves during the above 10 seconds by confirming the operating sound.

I
>> END

Revision: 2010 May EC-147 2011 QX56

 IDLE AIR VOLUME LEARNING
< BASIC INSPECTION > [VK56VD]
IDLE AIR VOLUME LEARNING
Description INFOID:0000000006217750

Idle Air Volume Learning is a function of ECM to learn the idle air volume that keeps engine idle speed within
the specific range. It must be performed under the following conditions:
• Each time the electric throttle control actuator or ECM is replaced.
• Idle speed or ignition timing is out of the specification.
Work Procedure INFOID:0000000006217751

1.PRECONDITIONING
Check that all of the following conditions are satisfied.
Learning will be cancelled if any of the following conditions are missed for even a moment.
• Battery voltage: More than 12.9 V (At idle)
• Engine coolant temperature: 70 - 105°C (158 - 221°F)
• Selector lever position: P or N
• Electric load switch: OFF
(Air conditioner, headlamp, rear window defogger)
On vehicles equipped with daytime light systems, if the parking brake is applied before the engine is
started the headlamp will not illuminate.
• Steering wheel: Neutral (Straight-ahead position)
• Vehicle speed: Stopped
• Transmission: Warmed-up
- With CONSULT-III: Drive vehicle until “ATF TEMP 2” in “DATA MONITOR” mode of “A/T” system indicates
less than 0.9 V.
- Without CONSULT-III: Drive vehicle for 10 minutes.
Will CONSULT-III be used?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> GO TO 3.
2.PERFORM IDLE AIR VOLUME LEARNING
WITH CONSULT-III
1. Perform Accelerator Pedal Released Position Learning. Refer to EC-146, "Work Procedure".
2. Perform Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning. EC-147, "Work Procedure".
3. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
4. Select “IDLE AIR VOL LEARN” in “WORK SUPPORT” mode.
5. Touch “START” and wait 20 seconds.
Is “CMPLT” displayed on CONSULT-III screen?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> GO TO 5.
3.PERFORM IDLE AIR VOLUME LEARNING
WITHOUT CONSULT-III
NOTE:
• It is better to count the time accurately with a clock.
• It is impossible to switch the diagnostic mode when an accelerator pedal position sensor circuit has
a malfunction.
1. Perform Accelerator Pedal Released Position Learning. Refer to EC-146, "Work Procedure".
2. Perform Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning. EC-147, "Work Procedure".
3. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
4. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
5. Confirm that accelerator pedal is fully released, turn ignition switch ON and wait 3 seconds.
6. Repeat the following procedure quickly 5 times within 5 seconds.
- Fully depress the accelerator pedal.
- Fully release the accelerator pedal.
7. Wait 7 seconds, fully depress the accelerator pedal for approx. 20 seconds until the MIL stops blinking
and turns ON.
8. Fully release the accelerator pedal within 3 seconds after the MIL turns ON.

Revision: 2010 May EC-148 2011 QX56

 IDLE AIR VOLUME LEARNING
< BASIC INSPECTION > [VK56VD]
9. Start engine and let it idle.
10. Wait 20 seconds. A

EC

SEC897C D

>> GO TO 4.
4.CHECK IDLE SPEED AND IGNITION TIMING E

Rev up engine two or three times and check that idle speed and ignition timing are within the specifications.
For procedure, refer to EC-530, "Inspection" and EC-531, "Inspection".
For specifications, refer to EC-538, "Idle Speed" and EC-538, "Ignition Timing". F
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> GO TO 5. G

5.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART-I

Check the following H
• Check that throttle valve is fully closed.
• Check PCV valve operation.
• Check that downstream of throttle valve is free from air leakage.
I
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> Repair or replace malfunctioning part. J
6.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART-II
Engine component parts and their installation condition are questionable. Check and eliminate the cause of
the incident. K
It is useful to perform “TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS - SPECIFICATION VALUE”. Refer to EC-161, "Description".
If any of the following conditions occur after the engine has started, eliminate the cause of the incident and
perform Idle Air Volume Learning again: L
• Engine stalls.
• Incorrect idle.
M
>> INSPECTION END

Revision: 2010 May EC-149 2011 QX56

 VVEL CONTROL SHAFT POSITION SENSOR ADJUSTMENT
< BASIC INSPECTION > [VK56VD]
VVEL CONTROL SHAFT POSITION SENSOR ADJUSTMENT
Description INFOID:0000000006217752

VVEL control shaft position sensor adjustment is an operation to adjust the initial position of the VVEL control
shaft position sensor.
It must be performed each time VVEL ladder assembly is replaced.
CAUTION:
• It must be performed only on the replaced bank side.
• It must not be performed except when VVEL ladder assembly is replaced. If by any chance the
adjustment is performed, replace VVEL ladder assembly.
Work Procedure INFOID:0000000006217753

1.START
Will CONSULT-III be used?
Will CONSULT-III be used?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> GO TO 3.
2.PERFORM VVEL CONTROL SHAFT POSITION SENSOR ADJUSTMENT
WITH CONSULT-III
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Select “VVEL POS SEN ADJ PREP” in “WORK SUPPORT” mode with CONSULT-III.
3. Touch “Start” and wait a few seconds.
4. Check that “CMPLT” is displayed on CONSULT-III screen.
5. Select “VVEL POSITION SEN-B1” or “VVEL POSITION SEN-B2” in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CON-
SULT-III.
6. Loosen the VVEL control shaft position sensor mounting bolts
(1).
7. Turn the VVEL control shaft position sensor (2) clockwise and
counterclockwise while monitoring the output voltage of “VVEL
POSITION SEN-B1” or “VVEL POSITION SEN-B2” and adjust
the output voltage to be within the standard value.

Voltage: 500 ± 48 mV
8. Tighten the VVEL control shaft position sensor mounting bolts.

: 7.0 N•m (0.71 kg-m, 62 in-lb) JSBIA0533ZZ

9. Reconfirm that the output voltage of “VVEL POSITION SEN-B1” or “VVEL POSITION SEN-B2” is within
the standard value.

Voltage: 500 ± 48 mV
NOTE:
If it varies from the standard value after the mounting bolts are tightened, perform steps 6 to 8 again.
10. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
11. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
12. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
13. Perform idle air volume learning. Refer to EC-148, "Work Procedure".

>> INSPECTION END

3.PERFORM VVEL CONTROL SHAFT POSITION SENSOR ADJUSTMENT
WITHOUT CONSULT-III
1. Disconnect VVEL control shaft position sensor harness connector.
2. Remove VVEL actuator motor relay.
3. Turn ignition switch ON, wait at least 5 seconds and then turn it OFF.

Revision: 2010 May EC-150 2011 QX56

 VVEL CONTROL SHAFT POSITION SENSOR ADJUSTMENT
< BASIC INSPECTION > [VK56VD]
4. Reconnect all harness connectors disconnected.
5. Install VVEL actuator motor relay. A
6. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 5 seconds.
7. Loosen the VVEL control shaft position sensor mounting bolts
(1).
EC
8. Turn the VVEL control shaft position sensor (2) clockwise and
counterclockwise while monitoring the output voltage between
the VVEL control module terminals with a tester and adjust the
output voltage to be within the standard value. C

JSBIA0533ZZ

VVEL control module

+ – Voltage F
Bank Connector
Terminal Terminal
1 3 6
F56 500 ± 48 mV G
2 5 4
9. Tighten the VVEL control shaft position sensor mounting bolts.
H
: 7.0 N•m (0.71 kg-m, 62 in-lb)

10. Reconfirm that the output voltage of VVEL control shaft position sensor is within the standard value.
I
VVEL control module
+ – Voltage J
Bank Connector
Terminal Terminal
1 3 6
F56 500 ± 48 mV
2 5 4 K
NOTE:
If it varies from the standard value after the mounting bolts are tightened, perform steps 7 to 9 again.
11. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. L
12. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
13. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
14. Perform Idle Air Volume Learning. Refer to EC-148, "Work Procedure". M

>> INSPECTION END

N

Revision: 2010 May EC-151 2011 QX56

 MIXTURE RATIO SELF-LEARNING VALUE CLEAR
< BASIC INSPECTION > [VK56VD]
MIXTURE RATIO SELF-LEARNING VALUE CLEAR
Description INFOID:0000000006217754

This describes how to erase the mixture ratio self-learning value. For the actual procedure, follow the instruc-
tions in “Diagnosis Procedure”.
Work Procedure INFOID:0000000006217755

1.START
WITH CONSULT-III
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Select “SELF-LEARNING CONT” in “WORK SUPPORT” mode with CONSULT-III.
3. Clear mixture ratio self-learning value by touching “CLEAR”.
WITH GST
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Turn ignition switch OFF.
3. Disconnect mass air flow sensor harness connector.
4. Restart engine and let it idle for at least 5 seconds.
5. Stop engine and reconnect mass air flow sensor harness connector.
6. Select Service $03 with GST. Check DTC P0102 is detected.
7. Select Service $04 with GST to erase the DTC P0102.

>> END

Revision: 2010 May EC-152 2011 QX56

 FUEL PRESSURE
< BASIC INSPECTION > [VK56VD]
FUEL PRESSURE
A
Work Procedure INFOID:0000000006217756

FUEL PRESSURE RELEASE EC

WITH CONSULT-III
1. Turn ignition switch ON. C
2. Perform “FUEL PRESSURE RELEASE” in “WORK SUPPORT” mode with CONSULT-III.
3. Start engine.
4. After engine stalls, crank it two or three times to release all fuel pressure. D
5. Turn ignition switch OFF.
WITHOUT CONSULT-III
E
1. Remove fuel pump fuse in IPDM E/R.
NOTE:
• For the fuse number, refer to EC-114, "Wiring Diagram".
• For the fuse arrangement, refer to PG-143, "Fuse, Connector and Terminal Arrangement". F
2. Start engine.
3. After engine stalls, crank it two or three times to release all fuel pressure.
G
4. Turn ignition switch OFF.
5. Reinstall fuel pump fuse after servicing fuel system.
LOW FUEL PRESSURE CHECK H
CAUTION:
• Before disconnecting fuel line, release fuel pressure from fuel line to eliminate danger.
• The fuel hose connection method used when taking fuel pressure check must not be used for other I
purposes.
• Do not perform fuel pressure check with electrical systems operating (i.e. lights, rear defogger, A/C,
etc.) Fuel pressure gauge may indicate false readings due to varying engine load and changes in
manifold vacuum. J
NOTE:
Prepare pans or saucers under the disconnected fuel line because the fuel may spill out.
1. Release fuel pressure to zero. K
2. Prepare fuel hose for fuel pressure check (B) and fuel tube
adapter [SST (KV10118400)] (D), then connect fuel pressure
gauge (A). L

To quick connector
To fuel tube (engine side) M
C : Hose clamp
CAUTION: N
• Use suitable fuel hose for fuel pressure check (genuine
NISSAN fuel hose without quick connector). PBIB2982E

• To avoid unnecessary force or tension to hose, use mod-

erately long fuel hose for fuel pressure check. O
• Do not use the fuel hose for checking fuel pressure with damage or cracks on it.
• Use Pressure Gauge to check fuel pressure.
3. Disconnect fuel feed hose from fuel tube. Refer to EM-43, "Exploded View". P
CAUTION:
Do not twist or kink fuel hose because it is plastic hose.

Revision: 2010 May EC-153 2011 QX56

 FUEL PRESSURE
< BASIC INSPECTION > [VK56VD]
4. Connect fuel hose for fuel pressure check (1) to fuel tube
(engine side) with clamp (2) as shown in the figure.

5 : No.2 spool
CAUTION:
• Wipe off oil or dirt from hose insertion part using cloth
moistened with gasoline.
• Apply proper amount of gasoline between top of the fuel
tube (3) and No.1 spool (4).
• Insert fuel hose for fuel pressure check until it touches
the No.1 spool on fuel tube. PBIB2983E

• Use NISSAN genuine hose clamp (part number: 16439

N4710 or 16439 40U00).
• When reconnecting fuel line, always use new clamps.
• Use a torque driver to tighten clamps.
• Install hose clamp to the position within 1 - 2 mm (0.04 - 0.08 in).

Tightening torque : 1.0 - 1.5 N·m (0.1 - 0.15 kg-m, 9 - 13 in-

lb)
• Make sure that clamp screw does not contact adjacent parts.
5. Connect fuel tube adapter (C) to fuel feed hose (1) in the same
manner as instructed in Step 4.

A : Fuel pressure gauge

B : Fuel hose for fuel pressure check

JSBIA0491ZZ

6. After connecting fuel hose for fuel pressure check, pull the hose with a force of approximately 98 N (10 kg,
22 lb) to confirm fuel tube does not come off.
7. Reinstall the part removed at Step 3.
NOTE:
Install the part to allow smooth engine starts.
8. Turn ignition switch ON and check for fuel leakage.
9. Start engine and check for fuel leakage.
10. Read the indication of fuel pressure gauge.
CAUTION:
• Do not perform fuel pressure check with system operating. Fuel pressure gauge may indicate
false readings.
• During fuel pressure check, confirm for fuel leakage from fuel connection every 3 minutes.

2
At idling : Approximately 450 kPa (4.5 bar, 4.6 kg/cm ,
65 psi)

HIGH FUEL PRESSURE CHECK

NOTE:
Since the fuel pressure gauge kit cannot be connected, follow the method shown below to check high fuel
pressure.
WITH CONSULT-III
1. Start engine.
2. Check “FUEL PRES SEN V” in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III.

Revision: 2010 May EC-154 2011 QX56

 FUEL PRESSURE
< BASIC INSPECTION > [VK56VD]

Monitor Item Condition Values/Status A

Idle 980 – 1,200 mV
FUEL PRES SEN V
Revving engine from idle to 4,000 rpm quickly 1,100 – 2,900 mV
EC
WITHOUT CONSULT-III
1. Start the engine.
2. Check fuel rail pressure sensor signal voltage.
C
+
Value
Fuel rail pressure sensor −
Condition (Approx.) D
Connector Terminal
Engine speed: idle 0.98 – 1.2 V
F26 2 Ground
Engine speed: Revving engine from idle to 4,000 rpm quickly 1.1 – 2.9 V E

Revision: 2010 May EC-155 2011 QX56

 HOW TO SET SRT CODE
< BASIC INSPECTION > [VK56VD]
HOW TO SET SRT CODE
Description INFOID:0000000006265593

OUTLINE
In order to set all SRTs, the self-diagnoses as in the “SRT ITEM” table must have been performed at least
once. Each diagnosis may require actual driving for a long period of time under various conditions.
SRT ITEM
The table below shows required self-diagnostic items to set the SRT to “CMPLT”.

SRT item*1 Required self-diagnostic items to set the SRT to “CMPLT” Corresponding DTC No.
(CONSULT-III indication)
CATALYST Three way catalyst function P0420, P0430
EVAP SYSTEM EVAP control system purge flow monitoring P0441
EVAP control system P0456
HO2S Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 P0130, P0133, P0150, P0153
Heated oxygen sensor 2 P0137, P0157
Heated oxygen sensor 2 P0138, P0158
Heated oxygen sensor 2 P0139, P0159
EGR/VVT SYSTEM Intake value timing control function P0011, P0021
*1: Though displayed on the CONSULT-III screen, “HO2S HTR” is not SRT item.
SRT SERVICE PROCEDURE
If a vehicle has failed the state emissions inspection due to one or more SRT items indicating “INCMP”, review
the flowchart diagnostic sequence, referring to the following flowchart.

Revision: 2010 May EC-156 2011 QX56

 HOW TO SET SRT CODE
< BASIC INSPECTION > [VK56VD]

EC

L
JSBIA0399GB

SRT Set Driving Pattern INFOID:0000000006265594 M

CAUTION:
N

Revision: 2010 May EC-157 2011 QX56

 HOW TO SET SRT CODE
< BASIC INSPECTION > [VK56VD]
Always drive the vehicle in safe manner according to traffic conditions and obey all traffic laws.

JSBIA0413GB

• The time required for each diagnosis varies with road surface conditions, weather, altitude, individual driving
habits, etc.
Zone A refers to the range where the time, required for the diagnosis under normal conditions*, is the short-
est.
Zone B refers to the range where the diagnosis can still be performed if the diagnosis is not completed within
zone A.
*: Normal conditions refer to the following:
• Sea level

Revision: 2010 May EC-158 2011 QX56

 HOW TO SET SRT CODE
< BASIC INSPECTION > [VK56VD]
• Flat road
• Ambient air temperature: 20 - 30°C (68 - 86°F) A
• Diagnosis is performed as quickly as possible under normal conditions.
Under different conditions [For example: ambient air temperature other than 20 - 30°C (68 - 86°F)], diagno-
sis may also be performed.
EC
Work Procedure INFOID:0000000006265595

1.CHECK DTC C
Check DTC.
Is any DTC detected?
D
YES >> Repair malfunction(s) and erase DTC. Refer to EC-98, "DTC Index".
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK SRT STATUS E
WITH CONSULT-III
Select “SRT STATUS” in “DTC & SRT CONFIRMATION” mode with CONSULT-III.
WITHOUT CONSULT-III F
Perform “SRT status” mode with EC-60, "On Board Diagnosis Function".
WITH GST
Select Service $01 with GST.
G
Is SRT code(s) set?
YES >> END
NO-1 >> With CONSULT-III: GO TO 3. H
NO-2 >> Without CONSULT-III: GO TO 4.
3.DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Select “SRT WORK SUPPORT” in “DTC & SRT CONFIRMATION” mode with CONSULT-III. I
2. For SRT(s) that is not set, perform the corresponding “DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE” according to
the “Performance Priority” in the “SRT ITEM” table. Refer to EC-156, "Description".
3. Check DTC. J
Is any DTC detected?
YES >> Repair malfunction(s) and erase DTC. Refer to EC-98, "DTC Index".
NO >> GO TO 10. K
4.PERFORM ROAD TEST
• Check the “Performance Priority” in the “SRT ITEM” table. Refer to EC-156, "Description".
• Perform the most efficient SRT set driving pattern to set the SRT properly. Refer to EC-157, "SRT Set Driv- L
ing Pattern".
In order to set all SRTs, the SRT set driving pattern must be performed at least once.
M
>> GO TO 5.
5.PATTERN 1 N
1. Check the vehicle condition;
- Engine coolant temperature is −10 to 35°C (14 to 95°F).
- Fuel tank temperature is more than 0°C (32°F).
2. Start the engine. O
3. Keep engine idling until the engine coolant temperature is greater than 70°C (158°F)
NOTE:
ECM terminal voltage is follows; P
• Engine coolant temperature
- −10 to 35°C (14 to 95°F): 3.0 - 4.3 V
- 70°(158°F): Less than 1.4 V
• Fuel tank temperature: Less than 4.1 V
Refer to EC-72, "Reference Value".

>> GO TO 6.

Revision: 2010 May EC-159 2011 QX56

 HOW TO SET SRT CODE
< BASIC INSPECTION > [VK56VD]

6.PATTERN 2
1. Drive the vehicle. And depress the accelerator pedal until vehicle speed is 90 km/h (56 MPH), then
release the accelerator pedal and keep it released for more than 10 seconds.
2. Depress the accelerator pedal until vehicle speed is 90 km/h (56 MPH) again
NOTE:
• Checking the vehicle speed with GST is advised.
• When steady-state driving is performed again even after it is interrupted, each diagnosis can be conducted.
In this case, the time required for diagnosis may be extended.

>> GO TO 7.
7.PATTERN 3
• Operate vehicle following the driving pattern shown in the figure.
• Release the accelerator pedal during deceleration of vehicle speed
from 90 km/h (56 MPH) to 0 km/h (0 MPH).

>> GO TO 8.

PBIB2244E

8.PATTERN 4
• The accelerator pedal must be held very steady during steady-state driving.
• If the accelerator pedal is moved, the test must be conducted again.

>> GO TO 9.
9.PATTERN 5
• Cool down the engine so that the engine coolant temperature lowers between 15 - 35°C (59 - 95°F).
CAUTION:
Never turn the ignition switch ON while cooling down the engine.
• Engine coolant temperature at engine start is between 15 – 35°C (59 – 95°F) and has lowered 45°C (113°F)
or more since the latest engine stop.

>> GO TO 10.
10.CHECK SRT STATUS
WITH CONSULT-III
Select “SRT STATUS” in “DTC & SRT CONFIRMATION” mode with CONSULT-III.
WITHOUT CONSULT-III
Perform “SRT status” mode with EC-60, "On Board Diagnosis Function".
WITH GST
Select Service $01 with GST.
Is SRT(s) set?
YES >> END
NO >> Call TECH LINE or take appropriate action.

Revision: 2010 May EC-160 2011 QX56

 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS - SPECIFICATION VALUE
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56VD]

DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS A
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS - SPECIFICATION VALUE
Description INFOID:0000000006217760
EC
The specification (SP) value indicates the tolerance of the value that is displayed in “SPEC” in “DATA MONI-
TOR” mode of CONSULT-III during normal operation of the Engine Control System. When the value in “SPEC”
in “DATA MONITOR” mode is within the SP value, the Engine Control System is confirmed OK. When the C
value in “SPEC” in “DATA MONITOR” mode is NOT within the SP value, the Engine Control System may have
one or more malfunctions.
The SP value is used to detect malfunctions that may affect the Engine Control System, but will not illuminate D
the MIL.
The SP value will be displayed for the following items:
• B/FUEL SCHDL (The fuel injection pulse width programmed into ECM prior to any learned on board correc-
tion) E
• A/F ALPHA-B1/B2 (The mean value of air-fuel ratio feedback correction factor per cycle)
• MAS A/F SE-B1/B2 (The signal voltage of the mass air flow sensor)
• IDLE FUEL PRES MAX/MIN (the signal voltage of the fuel rail pressure sensor) F
Component Function Check INFOID:0000000006217761

1.PRECONDITIONING G

Check that all of the following conditions are satisfied.

TESTING CONDITION
• Vehicle driven distance: More than 5,000 km (3,107 miles) H
• Barometric pressure: 98.3 - 104.3 kPa (0.983 - 1.043 bar, 1.003 - 1.064 kg/cm2, 14.25 - 15.12 psi)
• Atmospheric temperature: 20 - 30°C (68 - 86°F)
• Engine coolant temperature: 75 - 95°C (167 - 203°F) I
• Transmission: Warmed-up
- After the engine is warmed up to normal operating temperature, drive vehicle until “ATF TEMP 2” (A/T fluid
temperature sensor signal) indicates more than 60°C (140°F). J
• Electrical load: Not applied
- Rear window defogger switch, air conditioner switch and lighting switch are OFF. Steering wheel is straight
ahead.
• Engine speed: Idle K
• Gear position: Neutral ( or parking)

>> GO TO 2. L

2.PERFORM SPEC IN DATA MONITOR MODE

WITH CONSULT-III M
NOTE:
Perform “SPEC” in “DATA MONITOR” mode in maximum scale display.
1. Perform EC-139, "Work Procedure".
N
2. Select “B/FUEL SCHDL”, “A/F ALPHA-B1”, “A/F ALPHA-B2”, “MAS A/F SE-B1” in “SPEC” of “DATA
MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III.
3. Check that monitor items are within the SP value.
Is the measurement value within the SP value? O
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Proceed to EC-162, "Diagnosis Procedure".
P

Revision: 2010 May EC-161 2011 QX56

 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS - SPECIFICATION VALUE
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56VD]
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006217762

OVERALL SEQUENCE

JSBIA0519GB

Revision: 2010 May EC-162 2011 QX56

 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS - SPECIFICATION VALUE
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56VD]

EC

JMBIA0056GB

DETAILED PROCEDURE P
1.CHECK “A/F ALPHA-B1” AND “A/F ALPHA-B2”
WITH CONSULT-III
1. Start engine.
2. Check that the testing conditions are met. Refer to EC-161, "Component Function Check".
3. Select “A/F ALPHA-B1” and “A/F ALPHA-B2” in “SPEC” of “DATA MONITOR” mode, and check that each
indication is within the SP value.

Revision: 2010 May EC-163 2011 QX56

 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS - SPECIFICATION VALUE
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56VD]
NOTE:
Check “A/F ALPHA-B1” and “A/F ALPHA-B2” for approximately 1 minute because they may fluctuate. It is
NG if the indication is out of the SP value even a little.
Is the measurement value within the SP value?
YES >> GO TO 14.
NO-1 >> Less than the SP value: GO TO 2.
NO-2 >> More than the SP value: GO TO 3.
2.CHECK “B/FUEL SCHDL”
Select “B/FUEL SCHDL” in “SPEC” of “DATA MONITOR” mode, and check that the indication is within the SP
value.
Is the measurement value within the SP value?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> More than the SP value: GO TO 16.
3.CHECK “B/FUEL SCHDL”
Select “B/FUEL SCHDL” in “SPEC” of “DATA MONITOR” mode, and check that the indication is within the SP
value.
Is the measurement value within the SP value?
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO-1 >> More than the SP value: GO TO 6.
NO-2 >> Less than the SP value: GO TO 22.
4.CHECK “A/F ALPHA-B1”, “A/F ALPHA-B2”
1. Stop the engine.
2. Disconnect PCV hose, and then plug it.
3. Start engine.
4. Select “A/F ALPHA-B1” and “A/F ALPHA-B2” in “SPEC” of “DATA MONITOR” mode, and check that each
indication is within the SP value.
Is the measurement value within the SP value?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> GO TO 6.
5.CHANGE ENGINE OIL
1. Stop the engine.
2. Change engine oil.
NOTE:
This symptom may occur when a large amount of gasoline is mixed with engine oil because of driving
conditions (such as when engine oil temperature does not rise enough since a journey distance is too
short during winter). The symptom will not be detected after changing engine oil or changing driving con-
ditions.

>> INSPECTION END

6.PERFORM POWER BALANCE TEST
1. Perform “POWER BALANCE” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode.
2. Check that each cylinder produces a momentary engine speed drop.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 9.
NO >> GO TO 7.
7.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following below.
• Ignition coil and its circuit (Refer to EC-506, "Component Function Check".)
• Fuel injector and its circuit (Refer to EC-498, "Component Function Check".)
• Intake air leakage
• Low compression pressure (Refer to EM-16, "Inspection".)
Is the inspection result normal?

Revision: 2010 May EC-164 2011 QX56

 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS - SPECIFICATION VALUE
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56VD]
YES >> Replace fuel injector and then GO TO 8.
NO >> Repair or replace malfunctioning part and then GO TO 8. A
8.CHECK “A/F ALPHA-B1” AND “A/F ALPHA-B2”
1. Start engine.
2. Select “A/F ALPHA-B1” and “A/F ALPHA-B2” in “SPEC” of “DATA MONITOR” mode, and check that each EC
indication is within the SP value.
Is the measurement value within the SP value?
C
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> GO TO 9.
9.CHECK A/F SENSOR 1 FUNCTION D
Perform all DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE related with A/F sensor 1.
• For DTC P0130, P0150, refer to EC-228, "DTC Logic".
• For DTC P0131, P0151, refer to EC-232, "DTC Logic". E
• For DTC P0132, P0152, refer to EC-235, "DTC Logic".
• For DTC P0133, P0153, refer to EC-238, "DTC Logic".
• For DTC P2A00, P2A03, refer to EC-487, "DTC Logic".
Are any DTCs detected? F
YES >> GO TO 10.
NO >> GO TO 12.
G
10.CHECK A/F SENSOR 1 CIRCUIT
Perform Diagnosis Procedure according to corresponding DTC.
H
>> GO TO 11.
11.CHECK “A/F ALPHA-B1” AND “A/F ALPHA-B2” I
1. Start engine.
2. Select “A/F ALPHA-B1” and “A/F ALPHA-B2” in “SPEC” of “DATA MONITOR” mode, and check that each
indication is within the SP value.
J
Is the measurement value within the SP value?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> GO TO 12.
K
12.DISCONNECT AND RECONNECT ECM HARNESS CONNECTOR
1. Stop the engine.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector. Check pin terminal and connector for damage, and then reconnect it. L

>> GO TO 13.
13.CHECK “A/F ALPHA-B1” AND “A/F ALPHA-B2” M

1. Start engine.
2. Select “A/F ALPHA-B1” and “A/F ALPHA-B2” in “SPEC” of “DATA MONITOR” mode, and check that each N
indication is within the SP value.
Is the measurement value within the SP value?
YES >> INSPECTION END O
NO >> Detect malfunctioning part according to EC-524, "Symptom Table".
14.CHECK “B/FUEL SCHDL”
Select “B/FUEL SCHDL” in “SPEC” of “DATA MONITOR” mode, and check that the indication is within the SP P
value.
Is the measurement value within the SP value?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO-1 >> More than the SP value: GO TO 15.
NO-2 >> Less than the SP value: GO TO 22.
15.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Revision: 2010 May EC-165 2011 QX56
 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS - SPECIFICATION VALUE
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56VD]
1. Check for the cause of large engine friction. Refer to the following.
- Engine oil level is too high
- Engine oil viscosity
- Belt tension of power steering, alternator, A/C compressor, etc. is excessive
- Noise from engine
- Noise from transmission, etc.
2. Check for the cause of insufficient combustion. Refer to the following.
- Valve clearance malfunction
- Intake valve timing control function malfunction
- Camshaft sprocket installation malfunction, etc.

>> Repair or replace malfunctioning part, and then GO TO 27.

16.CHECK INTAKE SYSTEM
Check for the cause of uneven air flow through mass air flow sensor. Refer to the following.
• Crushed air ducts
• Malfunctioning seal of air cleaner element
• Uneven dirt of air cleaner element
• Improper specification of intake air system
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 18.
NO >> Repair or replace malfunctioning part, and then GO TO 17.
17.CHECK “A/F ALPHA-B1”, “A/F ALPHA-B2” AND “B/FUEL SCHDL”
Select “A/F ALPHA-B1”, “A/F ALPHA-B2” and “B/FUEL SCHDL” in “SPEC” of “DATA MONITOR” mode, and
check that each indication is within the SP value.
Is the measurement value within the SP value?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> “B/FUEL SCHDL” is more, “A/F ALPHA-B1” and “A/F ALPHA-B2” are less than the SP value: GO
TO 18.
18.DISCONNECT AND RECONNECT MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR HARNESS CONNECTOR
1. Stop the engine.
2. Disconnect mass air flow sensor harness connector. Check pin terminal and connector for damage and
then reconnect it again.

>> GO TO 19.
19.CHECK “A/F ALPHA-B1” AND “A/F ALPHA-B2”
1. Start engine.
2. Select “A/F ALPHA-B1” and “A/F ALPHA-B2” in “SPEC” of “DATA MONITOR” mode, and check that each
indication is within the SP value.
Is the measurement value within the SP value?
YES >> Detect malfunctioning part of mass air flow sensor circuit and repair it. Refer to EC-201, "Diagno-
sis Procedure". Then GO TO 26.
NO >> GO TO 20.
20.CHECK “MAS A/F SE-B1”
Select “MAS A/F SE-B1” in “SPEC” of “DATA MONITOR” mode, and check that the indication is within the SP
value.
Is the measurement value within the SP value?
YES >> GO TO 21.
NO >> More than the SP value: Replace malfunctioning mass air flow sensor, and then GO TO 26.
21.REPLACE ECM
1. Replace ECM.
2. Perform EC-143, "Work Procedure".

Revision: 2010 May EC-166 2011 QX56

 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS - SPECIFICATION VALUE
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56VD]
>> GO TO 26.
22.CHECK INTAKE SYSTEM A

Check for the cause of uneven air flow through mass air flow sensor. Refer to the following.
• Crushed air ducts
EC
• Malfunctioning seal in air cleaner element
• Uneven dirt in air cleaner element
• Improper specification in intake air system
Is the inspection result normal? C
YES >> GO TO 24.
NO >> Repair or replace malfunctioning part, and then GO TO 23.
23.CHECK “B/FUEL SCHDL” D

Select “B/FUEL SCHDL” in “SPEC” of “DATA MONITOR” mode, and check that the indication is within the SP
value. E
Is the measurement value within the SP value?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Less than the SP value: GO TO 24. F
24.CHECK “MAS A/F SE-B1”
Select “MAS A/F SE-B1” in “SPEC” of “DATA MONITOR” mode, and check that the indication is within the SP
value. G
Is the measurement value within the SP value?
YES >> GO TO 25.
NO >> Less than the SP value: Replace malfunctioning mass air flow sensor, and then GO TO 27. H

25.CHECK INTAKE SYSTEM

Check for the cause of air leakage after the mass air flow sensor. Refer to the following. I
• Disconnection, looseness, and cracks in air duct
• Looseness of oil filler cap
• Disconnection of oil level gauge
• Open stuck, breakage, hose disconnection, or cracks in PCV valve J
• Disconnection or cracks in EVAP purge hose, stuck open EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid
valve
• Malfunctioning seal in rocker cover gasket K
• Disconnection, looseness, or cracks in hoses, such as a vacuum hose, connecting to intake air system parts
• Malfunctioning seal in intake air system, etc.
L
>> GO TO 27.
26.CHECK “A/F ALPHA-B1”, “A/F ALPHA-B2” AND “B/FUEL SCHDL”
M
Select “A/F ALPHA-B1”, “A/F ALPHA-B2” and “B/FUEL SCHDL” in “SPEC” of “DATA MONITOR” mode, and
check that each indication is within the SP value.
Is the measurement value within the SP value?
N
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Detect malfunctioning part according to EC-524, "Symptom Table".
27.CHECK “B/FUEL SCHDL” O
Select “B/FUEL SCHDL” in “SPEC” of “DATA MONITOR” mode, and then check that the indication is within
the SP value.
Is the measurement value within the SP value? P
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Detect malfunctioning part according to EC-524, "Symptom Table".

Revision: 2010 May EC-167 2011 QX56

 POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56VD]
POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006217763

1.CHECK ECM GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT

1. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
2. Check the continuity between ECM harness connector and ground.

ECM
Ground Continuity
Connector Terminal
F111 10
174 Ground Existed
E80
175
3. Also check harness for short to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following.
• Loose or poor connection for each connector and harness
• Harness for open or short between ECM and ground

>> Repair open circuit or short to power in harness or connectors.

3.CHECK ECM POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-I
1. Reconnect ECM harness connector.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Check the voltage between ECM harness connector terminals.

ECM
+ – Voltage
Connector
Terminal Terminal
E80 141 175 Battery voltage
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> GO TO 4.
4.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following.
• 10 A fuse (No. 62)
• Loose or poor connection for each connector and harness
• Harness for open or short between ECM and fuse

>> Repair open circuit, short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
5.CHECK ECM POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-II
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
2. Check the voltage between ECM harness connector terminals as per the following.

Revision: 2010 May EC-168 2011 QX56

 POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56VD]

ECM A
+ – Voltage
Connector
Terminal Terminal
EC
171 After turning ignition switch OFF, battery
E80 175 voltage will exist for a few seconds, then
172 drop to approximately 0 V.
C
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> GO TO 8.
D
6.CHECK ECM POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-III
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Check the voltage between IPDM E/R harness connector and ground. E

IPDM E/R
Ground Voltage
Connector Terminal F
E15 61 Ground Battery voltage
Is the inspection result normal? G
YES >> GO TO 7.
NO >> Replace IPDM E/R. Refer to PCS-32, "Removal and Installation".
7.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT H
Refer to GI-40, "Intermittent Incident".

I
>> INSPECTION END
8.CHECK ECM POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-IV
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. J
2. Check the voltage between ECM harness connector terminals as per the following.

ECM K
+ – Voltage
Connector
Terminal Terminal
L
E80 163 175 Battery voltage
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 12. M
NO >> GO TO 9.
9.CHECK ECM POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-V
1. Disconnect ECM harness connector. N
2. Disconnect IPDM E/R harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between ECM harness connector and IPDM E/R harness connector.
O
ECM IPDM E/R
Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
P
E80 163 E14 41 Existed
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 11.
NO >> GO TO 10.
10.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Revision: 2010 May EC-169 2011 QX56
 POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56VD]
Check the following.
• Loose or poor connection for each connector and harness
• Harness for open or short between ECM and IPDM E/R

>> Repair open circuit, short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
11.CHECK 20 A FUSE
1. Disconnect 20 A fuse (No. 43) from IPDM E/R.
2. Check 20 A fuse.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 14.
NO >> Replace 15 A fuse.
12.CHECK ECM POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-VI
1. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
2. Disconnect IPDM E/R harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between ECM harness connector and IPDM E/R harness connector.

ECM IPDM E/R

Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
171
E80 E14 35 Existed
172
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 14.
NO >> GO TO 13.
13.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following.
• Loose or poor connection for each connector and harness
• Harness for open or short between ECM and IPDM E/R

>> Repair open circuit, short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
14.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to GI-40, "Intermittent Incident".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Replace IPDM E/R. Refer to PCS-32, "Removal and Installation".
NO >> Repair open circuit, short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

Revision: 2010 May EC-170 2011 QX56

 U0101 CAN COMM CIRCUIT
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56VD]
U0101 CAN COMM CIRCUIT
A
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000006217764

DTC DETECTION LOGIC EC

Trouble diagnosis name

DTC No. DTC detecting condition Possible cause
(Trouble diagnosis content) C
When ECM is not transmitting or receiving • CAN communication line betrween
LOST COMM (TCM) CAN communication signal of OBD (emis- TCM and ECM
U0101
(Lost communication with TCM) sion related diagnosis) with TCM for 2 sec- (CAN communication line is open or D
onds or more. shorted)

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

1.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE E

1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 3 seconds.

2. Check DTC.
F
Is DTC detected?
YES >> EC-171, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END G
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006217765

Perform the trouble diagnosis for CAN communication system. Refer to LAN-18, "Trouble Diagnosis Flow H
Chart".

Revision: 2010 May EC-171 2011 QX56

 U1001 CAN COMM CIRCUIT
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56VD]
U1001 CAN COMM CIRCUIT
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000006217768

DTC DETECTION LOGIC

Trouble diagnosis name

DTC No. DTC detecting condition Possible cause
(Trouble diagnosis content)
When ECM is not transmitting or receiving
• Harness or connectors
CAN COMM CIRCUIT CAN communication signal other than OBD
U1001 (CAN communication line is open or
(CAN communication line) (emission related diagnosis) for 2 seconds
shorted)
or more.

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

1.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 3 seconds.
2. Check 1st trip DTC.
Is 1st trip DTC detected?
YES >> EC-172, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006217769

Perform the trouble diagnosis for CAN communication system. Refer to LAN-18, "Trouble Diagnosis Flow
Chart".

Revision: 2010 May EC-172 2011 QX56

 U0113, U1003 CAN COMM CIRCUIT
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56VD]
U0113, U1003 CAN COMM CIRCUIT
A
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000006412037

DTC DETECTION LOGIC EC

NOTE:
If DTC U0113 or U1003 is displayed with DTC P0607, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0607.
Refer to EC-378, "DTC Logic". C

Trouble diagnosis name

DTC No. DTC detecting condition Possible cause
(Trouble diagnosis content)
D
When ECM is not transmitting or receiving
CAN communication signal of OBD (emis-
U0113 • Harness or connectors
sion related diagnosis) with VVEL control
CAN COMM CIRCUIT module for 2 seconds or more. (VVEL CAN communication line is E
(Lost communication with VVEL open or shorted)
control module) When ECM is not transmitting or receiving • ECM
CAN communication signal other than OBD • VVEL control module
U1003
(emission related diagnosis) with VVEL
F
control module for 2 seconds or more.

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

1.PRECONDITIONING G

TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is 10 V or more at idle.
H

>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE I
1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 3 seconds.
2. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected? J
YES >> Proceed to EC-173, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END
K
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006412038

1.CHECK VVEL CAN COMMUNICATION CIRCUIT L

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Disconnect VVEL control module harness connector.
M
4. Check the continuity between ECM harness connector and VVEL control module harness connector.

ECM VVEL control module

Continuity N
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
161 24
E80 F56 Existed
166 11 O
5. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
P
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following.
• Harness for open or short between ECM and VVEL control module
• Loose or poor connection for each connector and harness

Revision: 2010 May EC-173 2011 QX56

 U0113, U1003 CAN COMM CIRCUIT
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56VD]

>> Repair open circuit, short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
3.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to GI-40, "Intermittent Incident".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Repair or replace.
4.REPLACE VVEL CONTROL MODULE
Replace VVEL control module. Refer to EC-536, "Removal and Installation".

>> GO TO 5.
5.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
WITH CONSULT-III
1. Reconnect all harness connectors disconnected.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Select “SELF DIAGNOSTIC RESULT” mode with CONSULT-III.
4. Touch “ERASE”.
5. Perform DTC Confirmation Procedure.
See EC-173, "DTC Logic".
WITH GST
1. Reconnect all harness connectors disconnected.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Select Service $04 with GST.
4. Perform DTC Confirmation Procedure.
See EC-173, "DTC Logic".
Is the DTC U0113 or U1003 displayed again?
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> INSPECTION END
6.REPLACE ECM
Replace ECM. Refer to EC-535, "Removal and Installation".

>> INSPECTION END

Revision: 2010 May EC-174 2011 QX56

 U1024 CAN COMM CIRCUIT
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56VD]
U1024 CAN COMM CIRCUIT
A
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000006217770

DTC DETECTION LOGIC EC

NOTE:
If DTC U1024 is displayed with DTC P0607, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0607.
Refer to EC-378, "DTC Logic". C

Trouble diagnosis name

DTC No. DTC detecting condition Possible cause
(Trouble diagnosis content)
D
• When VVEL control module cannot transmitting • Harness or connectors
or receiving CAN communication signal with (CAN communication line is
VVEL CAN COMM CIRCUIT
U1024 ECM for 2 seconds or more. open or shorted)
(VVEL CAN communication)
• When detecting error during the initial diagnosis • ECM E
of CAN controller of VVEL control module. • VVEL control module

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

F
1.PRECONDITIONING
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is 10 V or more at idle. G

>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE H

1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 3 seconds.

2. Check DTC.
I
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Go to EC-175, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END
J
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006217771

1.CHECK VVEL CAN COMMUNICATION CIRCUIT K

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Disconnect VVEL control module harness connector. L
4. Check the continuity between ECM harness connector and VVEL control module harness connector.

ECM VVEL control module M

Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
161 24
E80 F56 Existed N
166 11
5. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
Is the inspection result normal? O
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART P
Check the following.
• Harness for open or short between ECM and VVEL control module
• Loose or poor connection for each connector and harness

>> Repair open circuit, short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

Revision: 2010 May EC-175 2011 QX56

 U1024 CAN COMM CIRCUIT
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56VD]

3.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT

Refer to GI-40, "Intermittent Incident".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Repair or replace.
4.REPLACE VVEL CONTROL MODULE
1. Replace VVEL control module.
2. Perform additional service when replacing VVEL control module. Refer to EC-144, "Work Procedure".

>> GO TO 5.
5.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
WITH CONSULT-III
1. Reconnect all harness connectors disconnected.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Select “SELF DIAGNOSTIC RESULT” mode with CONSULT-III.
4. Touch “ERASE”.
5. Perform DTC Confirmation Procedure.
See EC-175, "DTC Logic".
WITH GST
1. Reconnect all harness connectors disconnected.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Select Service $04 with GST.
4. Perform DTC Confirmation Procedure.
See EC-175, "DTC Logic".
Is the DTC U1024 displayed again?
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> INSPECTION END
6.REPLACE ECM
1. Replace ECM.
2. Perform additional service when replacing ECM. Refer to EC-143, "Work Procedure".

>> INSPECTION END

Revision: 2010 May EC-176 2011 QX56

 P0011, P0021 IVT CONTROL
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56VD]
P0011, P0021 IVT CONTROL
A
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000006217772

DTC DETECTION LOGIC EC

NOTE:
If DTC P0011 or P0021 is displayed with DTC P0075 or P0081, first perform the trouble diagnosis for
DTC P0075, P0081. Refer to EC-193, "DTC Logic". C

Trouble diagnosis
DTC No. (Trouble diagnosis con- Detecting condition Possible cause
D
tent)
INT/V TIM CONT-B1 • Crankshaft position sensor
P0011 [Intake valve timing control • Camshaft position sensor
performance (bank 1)] • Intake valve timing control solenoid valve E
There is a gap between angle of target • Accumulation of debris to the signal pick-up
INT/V TIM CONT-B2 and phase-control angle degree. portion of the camshaft
P0021 [Intake valve timing control • Timing chain installation
• Foreign matter caught in the oil groove for in- F
performance (bank 2)]
take valve timing control

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE G

1.PRECONDITIONING
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
2. Turn ignition switch ON. H
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is 11 V or more at idle. I

>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE-I J

WITH CONSULT-III
1. Turn ignition switch ON and select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III.
K
2. Start engine and warm it up to the normal operating temperature.
3. Maintain the following conditions for at least 6 consecutive seconds.
Hold the accelerator pedal as steady as possible.
L
ENG SPEED Less than 2,000 rpm (A constant rotation is maintained.)
COOLAN TEMP/S More than 70°C (158°F)
M
Selector lever P or N position
4. Let engine idle for 25 seconds.
5. Check 1st trip DTC. N
WITH GST
Follow the procedure “With CONSULT-III” above.
Is 1st trip DTC detected? O
YES >> Go to EC-178, "Diagnosis Procedure"
NO >> GO TO 3.
3.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE-II P
WITH CONSULT-III
1. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III.
2. Maintain the following conditions for at least 20 consecutive seconds.

ENG SPEED 1,500 - 3,175 rpm (A constant rotation is maintained.)

COOLAN TEMP/S More than 70°C (158°F)

Revision: 2010 May EC-177 2011 QX56

 P0011, P0021 IVT CONTROL
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56VD]
Selector lever 1st or 2nd position
Driving vehicle uphill
Driving location uphill (Increased engine load will help maintain the driving
conditions required for this test.)
CAUTION:
Always drive at a safe speed.
3. Check 1st trip DTC.
WITH GST
Follow the procedure “With CONSULT-III” above.
Is 1st trip DTC detected?
YES >> Go to EC-178, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006217773

1.CHECK OIL PRESSURE WARNING LAMP

1. Start engine.
2. Check that oil pressure warning lamp is not illuminated.
Is oil pressure warning lamp illuminated?
YES >> Go to LU-7, "Inspection".
NO >> GO TO 2.

PBIA8559J

2.CHECK INTAKE VALVE TIMING CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE

Refer to EC-179, "Component Inspection (Intake Valve Timing Control Solenoid Valve)".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Replace malfunctioning intake valve timing control solenoid valve. Refer to EM-61, "Exploded
View".
3.CHECK CRANKSHAFT POSITION SENSOR
Refer to EC-301, "Component Inspection (Crankshaft Position Sensor)".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Replace crankshaft position sensor. Refer to EM-106, "Exploded View".
4.CHECK CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR
Refer to EC-306, "Component Inspection (Camshaft Position Sensor)".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> Replace malfunctioning camshaft position sensor. Refer to EM-106, "Exploded View".
5.CHECK CAMSHAFT (INTAKE)
Check the following.

Revision: 2010 May EC-178 2011 QX56

 P0011, P0021 IVT CONTROL
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56VD]
• Accumulation of debris on the signal plate of camshaft front end
• Chipping signal plate of camshaft front end A
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> Remove debris and clean the signal plate of camshaft EC
front end or replace camshaft. Refer to EM-61,
"Exploded View" or EM-75, "Removal and Installation".
C

JMBIA0962ZZ

6.CHECK TIMING CHAIN INSTALLATION D

Check service records for any recent repairs that may cause timing chain misalignment.
Are there any service records that may cause timing chain misalignment? E
YES >> Check timing chain installation. Refer to EM-75, "Removal and Installation".
NO >> GO TO 7.
7.CHECK LUBRICATION CIRCUIT F
Perform “Inspection of Camshaft Sprocket (INT) Oil Groove”. Refer to EM-77, "Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
G
YES >> GO TO 8.
NO >> Clean lubrication line.
8.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT H
Refer to GI-40, "Intermittent Incident".

>> INSPECTION END I

Component Inspection (Intake Valve Timing Control Solenoid Valve) INFOID:0000000006217774

J
1.CHECK INTAKE VALVE TIMING CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE-I
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect intake valve timing control solenoid valve harness connector. K
3. Check resistance between intake valve timing control solenoid valve terminals as per the following.

Terminals Resistance L
1 and 2 7.0 - 7.7 Ω [at 20°C (68°F)]
∞Ω
1 or 2 and ground
(Continuity should not exist) M
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Replace malfunctioning intake valve timing control solenoid valve. Refer to EM-61, "Exploded N
View".
2.CHECK INTAKE VALVE TIMING CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE-II
O
1. Remove intake valve timing control solenoid valve.

Revision: 2010 May EC-179 2011 QX56

 P0011, P0021 IVT CONTROL
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56VD]
2. Provide 12 V DC between intake valve timing control solenoid
valve terminals 1 and 2, and then interrupt it. Check that the
plunger moves as shown in the figure.
CAUTION:
Never apply 12 V DC continuously for 5 seconds or more.
Doing so may result in damage to the coil in intake valve
timing control solenoid valve.
NOTE:
Always replace O-ring when intake valve timing control
solenoid valve is removed.
Is the inspection result normal? JMBIA0079ZZ

YES >> INSPECTION END

NO >> Replace malfunctioning intake valve timing control solenoid valve. Refer to EM-61, "Exploded
View".

Revision: 2010 May EC-180 2011 QX56

 P0031, P0032, P0051, P0052 A/F SENSOR 1 HEATER
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56VD]
P0031, P0032, P0051, P0052 A/F SENSOR 1 HEATER
A
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000006217775

DTC DETECTION LOGIC EC

Trouble diagnosis
DTC No. DTC detecting condition Possible cause
(Trouble diagnosis content) C
The current amperage in the A/F sensor 1 heater • Harness or connectors
A/F SEN1 HTR (B1)
circuit is out of the normal range. (The A/F sensor 1 heater circuit is
P0031 [A/F sensor 1 heater (bank
(An excessively low voltage signal is sent to ECM open or shorted.)
1) control circuit low] D
through the A/F sensor 1 heater.) • A/F sensor 1 heater
The current amperage in the A/F sensor 1 heater • Harness or connectors
A/F SEN1 HTR (B1)
circuit is out of the normal range. (The A/F sensor 1 heater circuit is
P0032 [A/F sensor 1 heater (bank
(An excessively high voltage signal is sent to ECM shorted.) E
1) control circuit high]
through the A/F sensor 1 heater.) • A/F sensor 1 heater
The current amperage in the A/F sensor 1 heater • Harness or connectors
A/F SEN1 HTR (B2)
circuit is out of the normal range. (The A/F sensor 1 heater circuit is F
P0051 [A/F sensor 1 heater (bank
(An excessively low voltage signal is sent to ECM open or shorted.)
2) control circuit low]
through the A/F sensor 1 heater.) • A/F sensor 1 heater
The current amperage in the A/F sensor 1 heater • Harness or connectors
A/F SEN1 HTR (B2) G
circuit is out of the normal range. (The A/F sensor 1 heater circuit is
P0052 [A/F sensor 1 heater (bank
(An excessively high voltage signal is sent to ECM shorted.)
2) control circuit high]
through the A/F sensor 1 heater.) • A/F sensor 1 heater
H
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1.PRECONDITIONING
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. I
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
TESTING CONDITION: J
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is 11 V or more at idle.

>> GO TO 2. K
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Start engine and let it idle for at least 10 seconds.
2. Check 1st trip DTC. L
Is 1st trip DTC detected?
YES >> Go to EC-181, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NG >> INSPECTION END M

Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006217776

N
1.CHECK AIR FUEL RATIO (A/F) SENSOR 1 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1. Disconnect air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 harness connector.
2. Turn ignition switch ON. O
3. Check the voltage between A/F sensor 1 harness connector and ground.

A/F sensor 1 P
DTC Ground Voltage
Bank Connector Terminal
P0031, P0032 1 F67 5
Ground Battery voltage
P0051, P0052 2 F68 5
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> GO TO 2.

Revision: 2010 May EC-181 2011 QX56

 P0031, P0032, P0051, P0052 A/F SENSOR 1 HEATER
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56VD]

2.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART

Check the following.
• 20 A fuse (No. 43)
• Harness for open or short between A/F sensor 1 and fuse
• Loose or poor connection for each connector and harness

>> Repair or replace harness or connectors.

3.CHECK A/F SENSOR 1 HEATER OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between A/F sensor 1 harness connector and ECM harness connector.

A/F sensor 1 ECM

DTC Continuity
Bank Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
P0031, P0032 1 F67 2 48
F110 Existed
P0051, P0052 2 F68 2 53
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Repair open circuit, short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
4.CHECK A/F SENSOR 1 HEATER
Refer to EC-182, "Component Inspection (A/F Sensor 1 Heater)".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> GO TO 5.
5.REPLACE A/F SENSOR 1
Replace malfunctioning A/F sensor 1. Refer to EM-40, "Exploded View".
CAUTION:
• Discard any A/F sensor which has been dropped from a height of more than 0.5 m (19.7 in) onto a
hard surface such as a concrete floor; use a new one.
• Before installing new A/F sensor, clean exhaust system threads using Oxygen Sensor Thread
Cleaner [commercial service tool (J-43897-18 or J-43897-12)] and approved anti-seize lubricant
(commercial service tool).

>> INSPECTION END

6.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Perform GI-40, "Intermittent Incident".

>> INSPECTION END

Component Inspection (A/F Sensor 1 Heater) INFOID:0000000006217777

1.CHECK AIR FUEL RATIO (A/F) SENSOR 1

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 harness connector.
3. Check resistance between A/F sensor 1 terminals as per the following.

Terminal Resistance
2 and 5 2.0 - 3.2 Ω [at 25°C (77°F)]

Revision: 2010 May EC-182 2011 QX56

 P0031, P0032, P0051, P0052 A/F SENSOR 1 HEATER
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56VD]
Terminal Resistance
A
2 and 3, 4, 6 ∞Ω
5 and 3, 4, 6 (Continuity should not exist)

Is the inspection result normal? EC

YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.REPLACE A/F SENSOR 1 C
Replace malfunctioning A/F sensor 1. Refer to EM-40, "Exploded View".
CAUTION:
• Discard any A/F sensor which has been dropped from a height of more than 0.5 m (19.7 in) onto a D
hard surface such as a concrete floor; use a new one.
• Before installing new A/F sensor, clean exhaust system threads using Oxygen Sensor Thread
Cleaner [commercial service tool (J-43897-18 or J-43897-12)] and approved anti-seize lubricant E
(commercial service tool).

>> INSPECTION END F

Revision: 2010 May EC-183 2011 QX56

 P0037, P0038, P0057, P0058 HO2S2 HEATER
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56VD]
P0037, P0038, P0057, P0058 HO2S2 HEATER
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000006217778

DTC DETECTION LOGIC

Trouble diagnosis name

DTC No. DTC detecting condition Possible cause
(Trouble diagnosis content)
HO2S2 HTR (B1) The current amperage in the heated oxygen sensor • Harness or connectors
[Heated oxygen sensor 2 2 heater circuit is out of the normal range. (The heated oxygen sensor 2 heater
P0037
heater (bank 1) control cir- (An excessively low voltage signal is sent to ECM circuit is open or shorted.)
cuit low] through the heated oxygen sensor 2 heater.) • Heated oxygen sensor 2 heater
HO2S2 HTR (B1) The current amperage in the heated oxygen sensor • Harness or connectors
[Heated oxygen sensor 2 2 heater circuit is out of the normal range. (The heated oxygen sensor 2 heater
P0038
heater (bank 1) control cir- (An excessively high voltage signal is sent to ECM circuit is shorted.)
cuit high] through the heated oxygen sensor 2 heater.) • Heated oxygen sensor 2 heater
HO2S2 HTR (B2) The current amperage in the heated oxygen sensor • Harness or connectors
[Heated oxygen sensor 2 2 heater circuit is out of the normal range. (The heated oxygen sensor 2 heater
P0057
heater (bank 2) control cir- (An excessively low voltage signal is sent to ECM circuit is open or shorted.)
cuit low] through the heated oxygen sensor 2 heater.) • Heated oxygen sensor 2 heater
HO2S2 HTR (B2) The current amperage in the heated oxygen sensor • Harness or connectors
[Heated oxygen sensor 2 2 heater circuit is out of the normal range. (The heated oxygen sensor 2 heater
P0058
heater (bank 2) control cir- (An excessively high voltage signal is sent to ECM circuit is shorted.)
cuit high] through the heated oxygen sensor 2 heater.) • Heated oxygen sensor 2 heater

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

1.PRECONDITIONING
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is 11 V or more at idle.

>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Start engine and warm it up to the normal operating temperature.
2. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
3. Turn ignition switch ON.
4. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
5. Start engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for at least 1 minute under no load.
6. Let engine idle for 1 minute.
7. Check 1st trip DTC.
Is 1st trip DTC detected?
YES >> Go to EC-184, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006217779

1.CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2 (HO2S2) POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT

1. Disconnect heated oxygen sensor 2 (HO2S2) harness connector.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Check the voltage between HO2S2 harness connector and ground.

Revision: 2010 May EC-184 2011 QX56

 P0037, P0038, P0057, P0058 HO2S2 HEATER
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56VD]

HO2S2 A
DTC Ground Voltage
Bank Connector Terminal
P0037, P0038 1 F87 2
Ground Battery voltage EC
P0057, P0058 2 F88 2
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3. C
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
D
Check the following.
• 20 A fuse (No. 43)
• Harness for open or short between heated oxygen sensor 2 and fuse
• Loose or poor connection for each connector and harness E

>> Repair open circuit, short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
F
3.CHECK HO2S2 OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector. G
3. Check the continuity between HO2S2 harness connector and ECM harness connector.

HO2S2 ECM H
DTC Continuity
Bank Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
P0037, P0038 1 F87 3 47
F111 Existed
P0057, P0058 2 F88 3 52 I

4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.

Is the inspection result normal? J
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Repair open circuit, short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
4.CHECK HO2S2 HEATER K
Refer to EC-186, "Component Inspection (HO2 Sensor 2 Heater)".
Is the inspection result normal?
L
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> GO TO 5.
5.REPLACE HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2 M
Replace malfunctioning heated oxygen sensor 2. Refer to EX-5, "Removal and Installation".
CAUTION:
• Discard any heated oxygen sensor which has been dropped from a height of more than 0.5 m (19.7
N
in) onto a hard surface such as a concrete floor; use a new one.
• Before installing new oxygen sensor, clean exhaust system threads using Oxygen Sensor Thread
Cleaner [commercial service tool (J-43897-18 or J-43897-12)] and approved anti-seize lubricant
(commercial service tool). O

>> INSPECTION END

P
6.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to GI-40, "Intermittent Incident".

>> INSPECTION END

Revision: 2010 May EC-185 2011 QX56

 P0037, P0038, P0057, P0058 HO2S2 HEATER
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56VD]
Component Inspection (HO2 Sensor 2 Heater) INFOID:0000000006217780

1.CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2 HEATER

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect heated oxygen sensor 2 (HO2S2) harness connector.
3. Check resistance between HO2S2 terminals as follows.

Terminal Resistance
2 and 3 3.4 - 4.4 Ω [at 25°C (77°F)]
1 and 2, 3, 4 ∞Ω
4 and 1, 2, 3 (Continuity should not exist)

Is the inspection result normal?

YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.REPLACE HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2
Replace malfunctioning heated oxygen sensor 2. Refer to EX-5, "Removal and Installation".
CAUTION:
• Discard any heated oxygen sensor which has been dropped from a height of more than 0.5 m (19.7
in) onto a hard surface such as a concrete floor; use a new one.
• Before installing new oxygen sensor, clean exhaust system threads using Oxygen Sensor Thread
Cleaner [commercial service tool (J-43897-18 or J-43897-12)] and approved anti-seize lubricant
(commercial service tool).

>> INSPECTION END

Revision: 2010 May EC-186 2011 QX56

 P006A, P0101 MAF SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56VD]
P006A, P0101 MAF SENSOR
A
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000006288269

DTC DETECTION LOGIC EC

NOTE:
If DTC P006A or P0101 is displayed with other DTC, first perform the trouble diagnosis for other DTC.
C
Trouble diagnosis name
DTC No. DTC detecting condition Possible cause
(Trouble diagnosis content)
• Harness or connectors D
(The sensor circuit is open
or shorted.)
A difference exceeding the specified value develops • Mass air flow sensor
MAP-MAF CORELTION-B1 between a value transmitted from the manifold absolute • Manifold absolute pressure E
P006A (Manifold pressure - mass air pressure sensor to ECM and an estimated intake pres- sensor
flow correlation) sure of intake manifold calculated by ECM, based on a • EVAP control system pres-
mass sir flow sensor signal. sure sensor
• Intake air leaks F
• Intake air temperature sen-
sor
MAF SEN/CIRCUIT-B1 A difference exceeding the specified value develops G
P0101 (Mass air flow sensor circuit between a signal transmitted from the mass air flow Mass air flow sensor
range/performance) sensor to ECM.

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE H

1.PRECONDITIONING
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. I
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
If engine will not start or stops soon, wait at least 10 seconds with engine stopped (Ignition switch ON) instead
of running engine at idle speed. J

>> GO TO 2.
K
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
WITH CONSULT-III
1. Turn ignition switch ON and select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III. L
2. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
3. Accelerate the vehicle from 0 km/h (0 MPH) to 88 km/h (55 MPH) under the following conditions:
CAUTION: M
Always drive at a safe speed.
NOTE:
• Accelerate with the accelerator pedal kept constant.
• The acceleration at engine speed 2,000 and 3,000 rpm allows easy diagnoses N

ACCEL SEN 1 1.4 – 2.0 V

O
Selector lever D position
4. Check 1st trip DTC.
WITHOUT CONSULT-III P
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. With selector lever in D position, accelerate the vehicle from 0 km/h (0 MPH) to 88 km/h (55 MPH) under
the following conditions:
NOTE:
• Accelerate with the accelerator pedal kept constant.
• The acceleration at engine speed 2,000 and 3,000 rpm allows easy diagnoses.

Revision: 2010 May EC-187 2011 QX56

 P006A, P0101 MAF SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56VD]

Accelerator pedal position sensor 1

Ground Voltage (V)
Connector Terminal
E110 (Whthout ICC) 3
Ground 1.4 – 2.0
E67 (With ICC) 10
CAUTION:
Always drive at a safe speed.
3. Check 1st trip DTC.
Is 1st trip DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to EC-188, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006288270

1.CHECK INTAKE SYSTEM

Check the following for connection.
• Air duct
• Vacuum hoses
• Intake air passage between air duct and intake manifold
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Reconnect the parts.
2.CHECK MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1. Disconnect mass air flow sensor harness connector.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Check the voltage between mass air flow sensor harness connector and ground.

Mass air flow sensor

Ground Voltage
Connector Terminal
Battery volt-
F31 5 Ground
age
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> GO TO 3.
3.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following.
• Harness for open or short between mass air flow sensor and ECM
• Harness for open or short between mass air flow sensor and IPDM E/R
• Loose or poor connection for each connector and harness

>> Repair open circuit, short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
4.CHECK MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between mass air flow sensor harness connector and ECM harness connector.

Mass air flow sensor ECM

Continu-
Connec- Connec- ity
Terminal Terminal
tor tor
F31 4 F111 25 Existed
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.

Revision: 2010 May EC-188 2011 QX56

 P006A, P0101 MAF SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56VD]
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5. A
NO >> Repair open circuit, short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
5.CHECK MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
EC
1. Check the continuity between mass air flow sensor harness connector and ECM harness connector.

Mass air flow sensor ECM C

Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
F31 3 F111 22 Existed
2. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. D
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 6.
E
NO >> Repair open circuit, short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
6.CHECK MANIFOLD ABSOLUTE PRESSURE SENSOR
Check manifold absolute pressure sensor. Refer to EC-208, "Component Inspection (MAP Sensor)". F
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 7.
NO >> Replace manifold absolute pressure sensor. Refer to EM-30, "Removal and Installation". G
7.CHECK INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR
Check intake air temperature sensor. Refer to EC-225, "Component Inspection (Intake Air Temperature Sen- H
sor)".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 8. I
NO >> Replace mass air flow sensor (with intake air temperature sensor). Refer to EM-27, "Removal and
Installation".
8.CHECK EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR J
Refer to EC-335, "Component Inspection (EVAP Control System Pressure Sensor)".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES-1 (Only DTC P006A is detected)>>GO TO 9. K
YES-2 (DTC P006A and P0101 are detected)>>GO TO 10.
NO >> Replace EVAP control system pressure sensor. Refer to FL-12, "Removal and Installation".
9.CHECK MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR L

Refer to EC-190, "Component Inspection (MAF Sensor)".

Is the inspection result normal? M
YES >> GO TO 11.
NO >> Replace mass air flow sensor.
10.CHECK MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR N
Check mass air flow sensor. Refer to EC-190, "Component Inspection (MAF Sensor)".
Is the inspection result normal?
O
YES >> GO TO 11.
NO >> Replace mass air flow sensor. Refer to EM-27, "Removal and Installation".
11.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT P
Refer to GI-40, "Intermittent Incident".

>> INSPECTION END

Revision: 2010 May EC-189 2011 QX56

 P006A, P0101 MAF SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56VD]
Component Inspection (MAF Sensor) INFOID:0000000006288271

1.CHECK MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR-I

WITH CONSULT-III
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Reconnect all harness connectors disconnected.
3. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
4. Connect CONSULT-III and select “DATA MONITOR” mode.
5. Select “MAS A/F SE-B1”, and check the indication.

Monitor item Condition Indication (V)

Ignition switch ON (Engine stopped.) Approx. 0.4
Idle (Engine is warmed-up to normal operating temperature.) 0.9 - 1.1
MAS A/F SE-B1
2,500 rpm (Engine is warmed-up to normal operating temperature.) 1.4 - 1.9
Idle to about 4,000 rpm 0.9 - 1.1 to Approx. 2.4*
*: Check for linear voltage rise in response to engine being increased to about 4,000 rpm.
WITHOUT CONSULT-III
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Reconnect all harness connectors disconnected.
3. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
4. Check the voltage between ECM harness connector terminals under the following conditions.

ECM
+ – Condition Voltage (V)
Connector
Terminal Terminal
Ignition switch ON (Engine stopped.) Approx. 0.4
Idle (Engine is warmed-up to normal operat-
0.9 - 1.1
22 ing temperature.)
F111 25
(MAF sensor signal) 2,500 rpm (Engine is warmed-up to normal
1.4 - 1.9
operating temperature.)
Idle to about 4,000 rpm 0.9 - 1.1 to Approx. 2.4*
*: Check for linear voltage rise in response to engine being increased to about 4,000 rpm.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK FOR THE CAUSE OF UNEVEN AIR FLOW THROUGH MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Check for the cause of uneven air flow through mass air flow sensor. Refer to the following.
- Crushed air ducts
- Malfunctioning seal of air cleaner element
- Uneven dirt of air cleaner element
- Improper specification of intake air system parts
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR-II
WITH CONSULT-III
1. Repair or replace malfunctioning part.
2. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
3. Connect CONSULT-III and select “DATA MONITOR” mode.
4. Select “MAS A/F SE-B1””, and check the indication.

Revision: 2010 May EC-190 2011 QX56

 P006A, P0101 MAF SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56VD]

Monitor item Condition Indication (V) A

Ignition switch ON (Engine stopped.) Approx. 0.4
Idle (Engine is warmed-up to normal operating temperature.) 0.9 - 1.1
MAS A/F SE-B1 EC
2,500 rpm (Engine is warmed-up to normal operating temperature.) 1.4 - 1.9
Idle to about 4,000 rpm 0.9 - 1.1 to Approx. 2.4*
*: Check for linear voltage rise in response to engine being increased to about 4,000 rpm. C
WITHOUT CONSULT-III
1. Repair or replace malfunctioning part.
2. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature. D
3. Check the voltage between ECM harness connector terminals under the following conditions.

ECM E
+ – Condition Voltage (V)
Connector
Terminal Terminal
Ignition switch ON (Engine stopped.) Approx. 0.4 F
Idle (Engine is warmed-up to normal operat-
0.9 - 1.1
22 ing temperature.)
F111 25 G
(MAF sensor signal) 2,500 rpm (Engine is warmed-up to normal
1.4 - 1.9
operating temperature.)
Idle to about 4,000 rpm 0.9 - 1.1 to Approx. 2.4*
H
*: Check for linear voltage rise in response to engine being increased to about 4,000 rpm.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END I
NO >> GO TO 4.
4.CHECK MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR-III
J
WITH CONSULT-III
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect mass air flow sensor harness connector and reconnect it again.
3. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature. K
4. Connect CONSULT-III and select “DATA MONITOR” mode.
5. Select “MAS A/F SE-B1”, and check the indication.
L
Monitor item Condition Indication (V)
Ignition switch ON (Engine stopped.) Approx. 0.4
Idle (Engine is warmed-up to normal operating temperature.) 0.9 - 1.1 M
MAS A/F SE-B1
2,500 rpm (Engine is warmed-up to normal operating temperature.) 1.4 - 1.9
Idle to about 4,000 rpm 0.9 - 1.1 to Approx. 2.4*
N
*: Check for linear voltage rise in response to engine being increased to about 4,000 rpm.
WITHOUT CONSULT-III
1. Turn ignition switch OFF. O
2. Disconnect mass air flow sensor harness connector and reconnect it again.
3. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
4. Check the voltage between ECM harness connector terminals under the following conditions.
P

Revision: 2010 May EC-191 2011 QX56

 P006A, P0101 MAF SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56VD]

ECM
+ – Condition Voltage (V)
Connector
Terminal Terminal
Ignition switch ON (Engine stopped.) Approx. 0.4
Idle (Engine is warmed-up to normal operat-
0.9 - 1.1
22 ing temperature.)
F111 25
(MAF sensor signal) 2,500 rpm (Engine is warmed-up to normal
1.4 - 1.9
operating temperature.)
Idle to about 4,000 rpm 0.9 - 1.1 to Approx. 2.4*
*: Check for linear voltage rise in response to engine being increased to about 4,000 rpm.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Clean or replace malfunctioning mass air flow sensor. Refer to EM-27, "Removal and Installation".

Revision: 2010 May EC-192 2011 QX56

 P0075, P0081 IVT CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56VD]
P0075, P0081 IVT CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE
A
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000006217781

DTC DETECTION LOGIC EC

Trouble diagnosis name

DTC No. DTC detecting condition Possible cause
(Trouble diagnosis content) C
INT/V TIM V/CIR-B1
P0075 [Intake valve timing control sole- • Harness or connectors
noid valve (bank 1) circuit] An improper voltage is sent to the ECM (Intake valve timing control solenoid
through intake valve timing control solenoid valve circuit is open or shorted.)
D
INT/V TIM V/CIR-B2 valve. • Intake valve timing control solenoid
P0081 [Intake valve timing control sole- valve
noid valve (bank 2) circuit]
E
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1.PRECONDITIONING
F
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
G

>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE H
1. Start engine and let it idle for 5 seconds.
2. Check 1st trip DTC.
Is 1st trip DTC detected? I
YES >> Go to EC-193, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END
J
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006217782

1.CHECK INTAKE VALVE TIMING CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT K
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect intake valve timing (IVT) control solenoid valve harness connector.
3. Turn ignition switch ON. L
4. Check the voltage between IVT control solenoid valve harness connector and ground.

IVT control solenoid valve

DTC Ground Voltage M
Bank Connector Terminal
P0075 1 F47 2
Ground Battery voltage
P0081 2 F61 2 N
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> GO TO 2. O

2.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART

Check the following. P
• Harness for open or short between IVT control solenoid valve and IPDM E/R
• Loose or poor connection for each connector and harness

>> Repair open circuit, short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
3.CHECK IVT CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.

Revision: 2010 May EC-193 2011 QX56

 P0075, P0081 IVT CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56VD]
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between IVT control solenoid valve harness connector and ECM harness connector.

IVT control solenoid valve ECM

DTC Continuity
Bank Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
P0075 1 F47 1 49
F111 Existed
P0081 2 F61 1 54
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Repair open circuit, short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
4.CHECK IVT CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE
Refer to EC-194, "Component Inspection (Intake Valve Timing Control Solenoid Valve)".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> Replace malfunctioning IVT control solenoid valve. Refer to EM-61, "Exploded View".
5.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to GI-40, "Intermittent Incident".

>> INSPECTION END

Component Inspection (Intake Valve Timing Control Solenoid Valve) INFOID:0000000006288359

1.CHECK INTAKE VALVE TIMING CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE-I

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect intake valve timing control solenoid valve harness connector.
3. Check resistance between intake valve timing control solenoid valve terminals as per the following.

Terminals Resistance
1 and 2 7.0 - 7.7 Ω [at 20°C (68°F)]
∞Ω
1 or 2 and ground
(Continuity should not exist)
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Replace malfunctioning intake valve timing control solenoid valve. Refer to EM-61, "Exploded
View".
2.CHECK INTAKE VALVE TIMING CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE-II
1. Remove intake valve timing control solenoid valve.
2. Provide 12 V DC between intake valve timing control solenoid
valve terminals 1 and 2, and then interrupt it. Check that the
plunger moves as shown in the figure.
CAUTION:
Never apply 12 V DC continuously for 5 seconds or more.
Doing so may result in damage to the coil in intake valve
timing control solenoid valve.
NOTE:
Always replace O-ring when intake valve timing control
solenoid valve is removed.
Is the inspection result normal? JMBIA0079ZZ

YES >> INSPECTION END

NO >> Replace malfunctioning intake valve timing control solenoid valve. Refer to EM-61, "Exploded
View".

Revision: 2010 May EC-194 2011 QX56

 P0087, P0088, P0090 FRP CONTROL SYSTEM
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56VD]
P0087, P0088, P0090 FRP CONTROL SYSTEM
A
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000006217784

DTC DETECTION LOGIC EC

NOTE:
• If DTC P0087 or P0090 is displayed with DTC P1197, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC
P1197. C
• DTC P0087 or P0090 may be displayed when running out of gas.

DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
D
The following condition continues for 5
seconds or more after engine start (re-
P0087 High fuel pressure too low gardless of water temperature): Target
fuel pressure − Actual fuel pressure ≥ E
2.7 MPa (27 bar, 27.5 kg/cm2, 392 psi)
The following condition continues for 5 • Harness or connectors
seconds or more after engine start (re- (The fuel pump circuit is open or shorted.) F
P0088 high fuel pressure too high gardless of water temperature):Actual • Fuel system
fuel pressure − Target fuel pressure ≥
2.7 MPa (27 bar, 27.5 kg/cm2, 392 psi)
G
Fuel rail pressure remains at 1.5 MPa
High pressure fuel pump per-
P0090
formance (15 bar, 15.3 kg/ cm2, 217.5 psi) or less
for 3 seconds or more during engine rev.
H
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1.PRECONDITIONING
I
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
TESTING CONDITION: J
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is 11 V or more at idle.

>> GO TO 2. K

2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE-I

1. Check that the fuel tank is 1/8 full of fuel. L
2. Warm up the engine to the normal operating temperature and keep the engine speed at idle for 60 sec-
onds.
NOTE:
M
Warm up the engine until “COOLAN TEMP/S” on “DATA MONITOR” of CONSULT-III reaches at least
70°C (158°F).
3. Check 1st trip DTC.
Is 1st trip DTC detected? N
YES >> Proceed to EC-196, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> GO TO 3.
3.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE-II O

1. Cool the engine until the engine coolant temperature reaches 60°C (140°F) or less.
2. Start the engine and wait at least 60 seconds. P
3. Check 1st trip DTC.
Is 1st trip DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to EC-196, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END

Revision: 2010 May EC-195 2011 QX56

 P0087, P0088, P0090 FRP CONTROL SYSTEM
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56VD]
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006217785

1.CHECK LOW FUEL PRESSURE

WITH CONSULT-III
1. Start the engine.
2. Check “L/FUEL PRES SEN V” in “DATA MONITOR” of “ECM” with CONSULT-III.

Value
Data monitor item Condition
(Approx.)
Engine speed: idle
L/FUEL PRES SEN V 3,000 –3,300 mV
Engine speed: 3,000 rpm (no load)

WITHOUT CONSULT-III
1. Start the engine.
2. Check low fuel pressure sensor signal voltage.

+
Value
Low fuel pressure sensor −
Condition (Approx.)
Connector Terminal
Engine speed: idle
F25 2 Ground 3.0 –3.3 V
Engine speed: 3,000 rpm (no load)
Is inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Check low fuel pressure system. Refer to EC-512, "Diagnosis Procedure".
2.PERFORM THE HIGH PRESSURE FUEL PUMP COMPONENT INSPECTION
Perform the high pressure fuel pump component inspection. Refer to EC-196, "Component Inspection".
Is inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Replace the fuel pump.
3.CHECK FUEL LEAKAGE
1. Start the engine.
2. Visually check that the fuel pump, fuel rail, and fuel piping have no fuel leakage.
Is inspection result normal?
YES >> Check that the fuel system has no breakage, bend, and crush.
NO >> Repair or Replace the error-detected parts.
Component Inspection INFOID:0000000006217786

1.CHECK HIGH PRESSURE FUEL PUMP-I

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect high pressure fuel pump harness connector.
3. Check the resistance between high pressure fuel pump terminals as follows.

+ −
High pressure fuel pump Condition Resistance
Terminal
1 2 Temperature °C (°F) 20 – 30 (68 - 86) 9 - 11 Ω
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Replace high pressure fuel pump. Refer to EM-49, "Removal and Installation".

Revision: 2010 May EC-196 2011 QX56

 P0087, P0088, P0090 FRP CONTROL SYSTEM
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56VD]

2.CHECK HIGH PRESSURE FUEL PUMP-II A

WITH CONSULT-III
1. Reconnect high pressure fuel pump harness connector.
2. Start the engine. EC
3. Check “FUEL PRES SEN” in “DATA MONITOR” of “ECM” with CONSULT-III.

Voltage
Data monitor item Condition C
(Approx.)
Engine speed: idle 980 – 1,200 mV
FUEL PRES SEN V
Engine speed: Revving engine from idle to 4,000 rpm quickly 1,100 – 2,900 mV D

WITHOUT CONSULT-III
1. Start the engine. E
2. Check fuel rail pressure sensor signal voltage.

+ F
Value
Fuel rail pressure sensor −
Condition (Approx.)
Connector Terminal
Engine speed: idle 0.98 – 1.2 V
G
F26 2 Ground
Engine speed: Revving engine from idle to 4,000 rpm quickly 1.1 – 2.9 V

H
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Replace high pressure fuel pump. Refer to EM-43, "Removal and Installation".
I

Revision: 2010 May EC-197 2011 QX56

 P008A LOW FUEL PRESSURE CONTROL SYSTEM
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56VD]
P008A LOW FUEL PRESSURE CONTROL SYSTEM
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000006217787

DTC DETECTION LOGIC

NOTE:
If DTC P008A is displayed with DTC P1197, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P1197. Refer to
EC-397, "DTC Logic".

DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
• Harness or connectors
A condition of low fuel pressure 0.23 (The low pressure fuel pump circuit is
open or shorted.)
P008A Low fuel pressure too low MPa (2.3 bar, 2.346 kg/cm2, 33.35 psi) • Low pressure fuel pump
or less continues for 5 seconds or more • Fuel pressure regulator
after warming up the engine. • Low pressure fuel system
• Out of gas

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

1.PRECONDITIONING
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is 11 V or more at idle.

>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Check that the fuel tank is 1/8 full of fuel.
2. Start the engine and warm it up to the normal operating temperature.
NOTE:
When replacing ECM, warm up the engine until “COOLAN TEMP/S” on “DATA MONITOR” of CONSULT-
III reaches at least 70°C (158°F).
3. Let the engine at idle for 60 seconds.
4. Check 1st trip DTC.
Is 1st trip DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to EC-398, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006217788

1.PERFORM LOW PRESSURE FUEL PUMP COMPONENT FUNCTION CHECK

Refer to EC-512, "Component Function Check".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Perform low pressure fuel pump diagnosis. Refer to EC-512, "Diagnosis Procedure".
2.CHECK FUEL LEAKAGE
1. Start the engine.
2. Visually check that the low fuel pressure system has no fuel leakage.
Is inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
3.CHECK LOW PRESSURE FUEL PIPING AND HOSE
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.

Revision: 2010 May EC-198 2011 QX56

 P008A LOW FUEL PRESSURE CONTROL SYSTEM
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56VD]
2. Check that the low pressure fuel piping and hose have no breakage, bend, and crush. Refer to FL-4,
"Inspection". A
Is inspection result normal?
YES >> Replace fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump (fuel pressure regulator malfunction). Refer to FL-5,
"Removal and Installation". EC
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.

Revision: 2010 May EC-199 2011 QX56

 P008B LOW FUEL PRESSURE CONTROL SYSTEM
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56VD]
P008B LOW FUEL PRESSURE CONTROL SYSTEM
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000006288272

DTC DETECTION LOGIC

DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
A condition of low fuel pressure 0.67 • Harness or connectors
P008B Low fuel pressure too high MPa (6.7 bar, 6.834 kg/cm2, 97.15 psi) (The low pressure fuel pump circuit is
or more continues for 5 seconds or open or shorted.)
more after warming up the engine. • Fuel pressure regulator

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

1.PRECONDITIONING
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always perform the following procedure
before conducting the next test.
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is 11 V or more at idle.

>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Start the engine and keep the engine speed at idle for 60 seconds.
2. Check 1st trip DTC.
Is 1st trip DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to EC-200, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006288273

1.CHECK FUEL PUMP CONTROL MODULE (FPCM) SIGNAL

Refer to EC-405, "Component Inspection (FPCM)".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Replace FPCM. Refer to EC-537, "Removal and Installation".
2.CHECK FUEL PUMP CONTROL CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect FPCM harness connector and fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between FPCM harness connector and fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump harness
connector.

FPCM Fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump

Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
6 3
B41 C5 Existed
7 1
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
Is inspection result normal?
YES >> Replace fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump (fuel pressure regulator malfunction). Refer to FL-5,
"Removal and Installation".
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.

Revision: 2010 May EC-200 2011 QX56

 P0102, P0103 MAF SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56VD]
P0102, P0103 MAF SENSOR
A
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000006217789

DTC DETECTION LOGIC EC

Trouble diagnosis name

DTC No. DTC detecting condition Possible cause
(Trouble diagnosis content) C
• Harness or connectors
MAF SEN/CIRCUIT-B1 (The mass air flow sensor circuit is
An excessively low voltage from the sensor is
P0102 (Mass air flow sensor circuit open or shorted.)
sent to ECM. D
low input) • Intake air leakage
• Mass air flow sensor
• Harness or connectors
MAF SEN/CIRCUIT-B1
An excessively high voltage from the sensor is (The mass air flow sensor circuit is E
P0103 (Mass air flow sensor circuit
sent to ECM. open or shorted.)
high input)
• Mass air flow sensor

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE F

1.PRECONDITIONING
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at G
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
Which DTC is detected?
P0102 >> GO TO 2. H
P0103 >> GO TO 3.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE FOR DTC P0102
1. Start engine and wait at least 5 seconds. I
2. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?
J
YES >> Go to EC-201, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END
3.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE FOR DTC P0103-I K
1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 5 seconds.
2. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected? L
YES >> Go to EC-201, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> GO TO 4.
4.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE FOR DTC P0103-II M
1. Start engine and wait at least 5 seconds.
2. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected? N
YES >> Go to EC-201, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END
O
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006217790

1.INSPECTION START P
Confirm the detected DTC.
Which DTC is detected?
P0102 >> GO TO 2.
P0103 >> GO TO 3.
2.CHECK INTAKE SYSTEM
Check the following for connection.

Revision: 2010 May EC-201 2011 QX56

 P0102, P0103 MAF SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56VD]
• Air duct
• Vacuum hoses
• Intake air passage between air duct to intake manifold
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Reconnect the parts.
3.CHECK MAF SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1. Disconnect mass air flow (MAF) sensor harness connector.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Check the voltage between MAF sensor harness connector and ground.

MAF sensor
Ground Voltage
Connector Terminal
F31 5 Ground Battery voltage
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> GO TO 4.
4.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following.
• Harness for open or short between mass air flow sensor and ECM
• Harness for open or short between mass air flow sensor and IPDM E/R
• Loose or poor connection for each connector and harness

>> Repair open circuit, short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
5.CHECK MAF SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between MAF sensor harness connector and ECM harness connector.

MAF sensor ECM

Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
F31 4 F111 25 Existed
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> Repair open circuit, short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
6.CHECK MAF SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Check the continuity between MAF sensor harness connector and ECM harness connector.

MAF sensor ECM

Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
F31 3 F111 22 Existed
2. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 7.
NO >> Repair open circuit, short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
7.CHECK MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR
Refer to EC-203, "Component Inspection (MAF Sensor)".
Is the inspection result normal?

Revision: 2010 May EC-202 2011 QX56

 P0102, P0103 MAF SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56VD]
YES >> GO TO 8.
NO >> Replace mass air flow sensor. Refer to EM-27, "Exploded View". A
8.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to GI-40, "Intermittent Incident".
EC

>> INSPECTION END

Component Inspection (MAF Sensor) INFOID:0000000006290102 C

1.CHECK MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR-I

D
WITH CONSULT-III
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Reconnect all harness connectors disconnected.
3. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature. E
4. Connect CONSULT-III and select “DATA MONITOR” mode.
5. Select “MAS A/F SE-B1”, and check the indication.
F
Monitor item Condition Indication (V)
Ignition switch ON (Engine stopped.) Approx. 0.4
Idle (Engine is warmed-up to normal operating temperature.) 0.9 - 1.1 G
MAS A/F SE-B1
2,500 rpm (Engine is warmed-up to normal operating temperature.) 1.4 - 1.9
Idle to about 4,000 rpm 0.9 - 1.1 to Approx. 2.4* H
*: Check for linear voltage rise in response to engine being increased to about 4,000 rpm.
WITHOUT CONSULT-III
1. Turn ignition switch OFF. I
2. Reconnect all harness connectors disconnected.
3. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
4. Check the voltage between ECM harness connector terminals under the following conditions.
J

ECM
+ – Condition Voltage (V)
Connector K
Terminal Terminal
Ignition switch ON (Engine stopped.) Approx. 0.4
Idle (Engine is warmed-up to normal operat- L
0.9 - 1.1
22 ing temperature.)
F111 25
(MAF sensor signal) 2,500 rpm (Engine is warmed-up to normal
1.4 - 1.9
operating temperature.) M
Idle to about 4,000 rpm 0.9 - 1.1 to Approx. 2.4*
*: Check for linear voltage rise in response to engine being increased to about 4,000 rpm.
N
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> GO TO 2.
O
2.CHECK FOR THE CAUSE OF UNEVEN AIR FLOW THROUGH MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Check for the cause of uneven air flow through mass air flow sensor. Refer to the following. P
- Crushed air ducts
- Malfunctioning seal of air cleaner element
- Uneven dirt of air cleaner element
- Improper specification of intake air system parts
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> GO TO 3.

Revision: 2010 May EC-203 2011 QX56

 P0102, P0103 MAF SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56VD]

3.CHECK MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR-II

WITH CONSULT-III
1. Repair or replace malfunctioning part.
2. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
3. Connect CONSULT-III and select “DATA MONITOR” mode.
4. Select “MAS A/F SE-B1””, and check the indication.

Monitor item Condition Indication (V)

Ignition switch ON (Engine stopped.) Approx. 0.4
Idle (Engine is warmed-up to normal operating temperature.) 0.9 - 1.1
MAS A/F SE-B1
2,500 rpm (Engine is warmed-up to normal operating temperature.) 1.4 - 1.9
Idle to about 4,000 rpm 0.9 - 1.1 to Approx. 2.4*
*: Check for linear voltage rise in response to engine being increased to about 4,000 rpm.
WITHOUT CONSULT-III
1. Repair or replace malfunctioning part.
2. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
3. Check the voltage between ECM harness connector terminals under the following conditions.

ECM
+ – Condition Voltage (V)
Connector
Terminal Terminal
Ignition switch ON (Engine stopped.) Approx. 0.4
Idle (Engine is warmed-up to normal operat-
0.9 - 1.1
22 ing temperature.)
F111 25
(MAF sensor signal) 2,500 rpm (Engine is warmed-up to normal
1.4 - 1.9
operating temperature.)
Idle to about 4,000 rpm 0.9 - 1.1 to Approx. 2.4*
*: Check for linear voltage rise in response to engine being increased to about 4,000 rpm.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> GO TO 4.
4.CHECK MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR-III
WITH CONSULT-III
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect mass air flow sensor harness connector and reconnect it again.
3. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
4. Connect CONSULT-III and select “DATA MONITOR” mode.
5. Select “MAS A/F SE-B1”, and check the indication.

Monitor item Condition Indication (V)

Ignition switch ON (Engine stopped.) Approx. 0.4
Idle (Engine is warmed-up to normal operating temperature.) 0.9 - 1.1
MAS A/F SE-B1
2,500 rpm (Engine is warmed-up to normal operating temperature.) 1.4 - 1.9
Idle to about 4,000 rpm 0.9 - 1.1 to Approx. 2.4*
*: Check for linear voltage rise in response to engine being increased to about 4,000 rpm.
WITHOUT CONSULT-III
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect mass air flow sensor harness connector and reconnect it again.
3. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
4. Check the voltage between ECM harness connector terminals under the following conditions.

Revision: 2010 May EC-204 2011 QX56

 P0102, P0103 MAF SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56VD]

ECM A
+ – Condition Voltage (V)
Connector
Terminal Terminal
EC
Ignition switch ON (Engine stopped.) Approx. 0.4
Idle (Engine is warmed-up to normal operat-
0.9 - 1.1
22 ing temperature.)
F111 25 C
(MAF sensor signal) 2,500 rpm (Engine is warmed-up to normal
1.4 - 1.9
operating temperature.)
Idle to about 4,000 rpm 0.9 - 1.1 to Approx. 2.4* D
*: Check for linear voltage rise in response to engine being increased to about 4,000 rpm.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END E
NO >> Clean or replace malfunctioning mass air flow sensor. Refer to EM-27, "Removal and Installation".

Revision: 2010 May EC-205 2011 QX56

 P0106 MANIFOLD ABSOLUTE PRESSURE SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56VD]
P0106 MANIFOLD ABSOLUTE PRESSURE SENSOR
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000006288274

DTC DETECTION LOGIC

NOTE:
If DTC P0106 is displayed with other DTC, first perform the trouble diagnosis for other DTC.

Trouble diagnosis name

DTC No. DTC detecting condition Possible cause
(Trouble diagnosis content)
• Harness or connectors
A difference exceeding the specified
(The manifold absolute pressure
value develops between a value
ABSL PRES SEN/CIRC (MAP) sensor circuit is open or
transmitted from the manifold abso-
P0106 [Manifold absolute pressure (MAP) shorted.)
lute pressure (MAP) sensor to ECM
circuit range/performance] • manifold absolute pressure (MAP)
and an estimated intake pressure of
sensor
intake manifold calculated by ECM.
• Intake air leaks

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

1.PRECONDITIONING
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always perform the following procedure
before conducting the next test.
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
If engine will not start or stops soon, wait at least 10 seconds with engine stopped (Ignition switch ON) instead
of running engine at idle speed.

>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
WITH CONSULT-III
1. Turn ignition switch ON and select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III.
2. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
3. Accelerate the vehicle from 0 to 88 km/h (0 to 55 MPH) under the following conditions:
CAUTION:
Always drive at a safe speed.
NOTE:
• Accelerate with the accelerator pedal kept constant.
• The acceleration at engine speed 2,000 and 3,000 rpm allows easy diagnoses.

ACCEL SEN 1 1.4 – 2.0 V

Selector lever D position
4. Check 1st trip DTC.
WITHOUT CONSULT-III
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Drive the vehicle under the following conditions.
3. With selector lever in D position, accelerate the vehicle from 0 to 88 km/h (0 to 55 MPH) under the follow-
ing conditions:
CAUTION:
Always drive at a safe speed.
NOTE:
• Accelerate with the accelerator pedal kept constant.
• The acceleration at engine speed 2,000 and 3,000 rpm allows easy diagnoses.

Revision: 2010 May EC-206 2011 QX56

 P0106 MANIFOLD ABSOLUTE PRESSURE SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56VD]

Accelerator pedal position sensor 1 A

Ground Voltage (V)
Connector Terminal
E110 (Without
3 EC
ICC) Ground 1.4 – 2.0
E67 (With ICC) 10
4. Check 1st trip DTC. C
Is 1st trip DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to EC-207, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END D
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006288275

1.CHECK INTAKE SYSTEM E

Check the following for connection.
• Air duct
• Vacuum hoses F
• Intake air passage between air duct and intake manifold.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2. G
NO >> Repair or replace malfunctioning part.
2.CHECK MANIFOLD ABSOLUTE PRESSURE (MAP) SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT FOR OPEN H
AND SHORT
1. Disconnect manifold absolute pressure (MAP) sensor harness connector.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
I
3. Check the voltage between manifold absolute pressure (MAP) sensor harness connector and ground.

Manifold absolute pressure (MAP) sensor

Ground Voltage (V) J
Connector Terminal
F65 1 Ground Approx. 5
Is the inspection result normal? K
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Repair open circuit, short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
3.CHECK MANIFOLD ABSOLUTE PRESSURE (MAP) SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND L

SHORT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF. M
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between manifold absolute pressure (MAP) sensor harness connector and ECM har-
ness connector.
N
Manifold absolute pressure (MAP) sensor ECM
Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
O
F65 3 F110 70 Existed
4. Also check harness for short to ground and power.
Is the inspection result normal? P
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Repair open circuit, short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
4.CHECK MANIFOLD ABSOLUTE PRESSURE (MAP) SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND
SHORT
1. Check the continuity between manifold absolute pressure (MAP) sensor harness connector and ECM har-
ness connector.

Revision: 2010 May EC-207 2011 QX56

 P0106 MANIFOLD ABSOLUTE PRESSURE SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56VD]

Manifold absolute pressure (MAP) sensor ECM

Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
F65 2 F110 67 Existed
2. Also check harness for short to ground and power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> Repair open circuit, short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
5.CHECK MANIFOLD ABSOLUTE PRESSURE (MAP) SENSOR
Refer to EC-208, "Component Inspection (MAP Sensor)".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> Replace manifold absolute pressure (MAP) sensor. Refer to EM-30, "Exploded View".
6.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to GI-40, "Intermittent Incident".

>> INSPECTION END

Component Inspection (MAP Sensor) INFOID:0000000006288276

1.CHECK MAP SENSOR-I

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF, wait at least 5 seconds and then turn ON.
4. Check the voltage between ECM harness connector terminals as follows.

ECM
+ –
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
F110 67 F110 70
NOTE:
• To avoid the influence of intake manifold vacuum, check the voltage 1 or more minutes past after engine
is stopped.
• Because the sensor is absolute pressure sensor, output value may differ depending on atmospheric
pressure and altitude.
5. Measure the atmospheric pressure.
NOTE:
As the atmospheric pressure described on the synoptic chart is the value at sea level, compensate the
pressure with the following chart.

Altitude (m) Compensated pressure (hPa)

0 0
200 -24
400 -47
600 -70
800 -92
1000 -114
1500 -168
2000 -218
6. Check the manifold absolute pressure sensor value corresponding to the atmospheric pressure.

Revision: 2010 May EC-208 2011 QX56

 P0106 MANIFOLD ABSOLUTE PRESSURE SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56VD]

Atmospheric pressure (hPa) Voltage (V) A

800 3.1 – 3.7
850 3.3 – 3.9
EC
900 3.5 – 4.1
950 3.8 – 4.3
1000 4.0 – 4.6 C
1050 4.2 – 4.8
Is the inspection result normal? JMBIA0870GB

D
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Replace MAP sensor.
2.CHECK MAP SENSOR-II E
1. Start engine and let it idle.
2. Check intake manifold vacuum.
3. Check the voltage between ECM harness connector terminals as per the following. F

ECM
+ – G
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
F110 67 F110 70
H
4. Confirm the difference of the voltage when engine is stopped and at idling is within the values shown in
the following chart.
I
Intake manifold vacuum [kPA (mmHg)] Voltage difference (V)
-40 (-300) 1.5 – 2.0
-53.3 (-400) 2.0 – 2.6 J
-66.7 (-500) 2.6 – 3.2
-80 (-600) 3.2 – 3.8
K
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Replace MAP sensor. L

Revision: 2010 May EC-209 2011 QX56

 P010A MANIFOLD ABSOLUTE PRESSURE SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56VD]
P010A MANIFOLD ABSOLUTE PRESSURE SENSOR
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000006217792

DTC DETECTION LOGIC

NOTE:
If DTC P010A is displayed with DTC P0643, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0643.
Refer to EC-381, "DTC Logic".

Trouble diagnosis name

DTC No. DTC detecting condition Possible cause
(Trouble diagnosis content)
• An excessively low voltage from • Harness or connectors
ABSL PRES SEN/CIRC
the sensor is sent to ECM. (Manifold absolute pressure sen-
P010A [Manifold absolute pressure (MAP)
• An excessively high voltage from sor circuit is shorted.)
sensor circuit]
the sensor is sent to ECM. • Manifold absolute pressure sensor

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

1.PRECONDITIONING
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.

>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Start engine and let it idle for 10 seconds.
2. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Go to EC-210, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006217793

1.CHECK MANIFOLD ABSOLUTE PRESSURE (MAP) SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT

1. Disconnect manifold absolute pressure (MAP) sensor harness connector.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Check the voltage between manifold absolute pressure (MAP) sensor harness connector and ground.

Manifold absolute pressure (MAP) sensor

Ground Voltage (V)
Connector Terminal
F65 1 Ground Approx. 5
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Repair open circuit, short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
2.CHECK MANIFOLD ABSOLUTE PRESSURE (MAP) SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND
SHORT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between manifold absolute pressure (MAP) sensor harness connector and ECM har-
ness connector.

Manifold absolute pressure (MAP) sensor ECM

Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
F65 3 F110 70 Existed

Revision: 2010 May EC-210 2011 QX56

 P010A MANIFOLD ABSOLUTE PRESSURE SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56VD]
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
Is the inspection result normal? A
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Repair open circuit, short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
3.CHECK MANIFOLD ABSOLUTE PRESSURE (MAP) SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND EC
SHORT
1. Check the continuity between manifold absolute pressure (MAP) sensor harness connector and ECM har- C
ness connector.

Manifold absolute pressure (MAP) sensor ECM

Continuity D
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
F65 2 F110 67 Existed
2. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. E
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Repair open circuit, short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. F

4.CHECK MANIFOLD ABSOLUTE PRESSURE (MAP) SENSOR

Refer to EC-211, "Component Inspection (MAP Sensor)". G
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> Replace manifold absolute pressure (MAP) sensor. Refer to EM-30, "Exploded View". H
5.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to GI-40, "Intermittent Incident".
I

>> INSPECTION END

Component Inspection (MAP Sensor) INFOID:0000000006288358
J

1.CHECK MAP SENSOR-I

K
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF, wait at least 5 seconds and then turn ON.
4. Check the voltage between ECM harness connector terminals as follows. L

ECM
+ –
M

Connector Terminal Connector Terminal

F110 67 F110 70 N
NOTE:
• To avoid the influence of intake manifold vacuum, check the voltage 1 or more minutes past after engine
is stopped. O
• Because the sensor is absolute pressure sensor, output value may differ depending on atmospheric
pressure and altitude.
5. Measure the atmospheric pressure.
NOTE: P
As the atmospheric pressure described on the synoptic chart is the value at sea level, compensate the
pressure with the following chart.

Altitude (m) Compensated pressure (hPa)

0 0
200 -24

Revision: 2010 May EC-211 2011 QX56

 P010A MANIFOLD ABSOLUTE PRESSURE SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56VD]
Altitude (m) Compensated pressure (hPa)
400 -47
600 -70
800 -92
1000 -114
1500 -168
2000 -218
6. Check the manifold absolute pressure sensor value corresponding to the atmospheric pressure.

Atmospheric pressure (hPa) Voltage (V)

800 3.1 – 3.7
850 3.3 – 3.9
900 3.5 – 4.1
950 3.8 – 4.3
1000 4.0 – 4.6
1050 4.2 – 4.8
Is the inspection result normal? JMBIA0870GB

YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Replace MAP sensor.
2.CHECK MAP SENSOR-II
1. Start engine and let it idle.
2. Check intake manifold vacuum.
3. Check the voltage between ECM harness connector terminals as per the following.

ECM
+ –
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
F110 67 F110 70
4. Confirm the difference of the voltage when engine is stopped and at idling is within the values shown in
the following chart.

Intake manifold vacuum [kPA (mmHg)] Voltage difference (V)

-40 (-300) 1.5 – 2.0
-53.3 (-400) 2.0 – 2.6
-66.7 (-500) 2.6 – 3.2
-80 (-600) 3.2 – 3.8
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Replace MAP sensor.

Revision: 2010 May EC-212 2011 QX56

 P0112, P0113 IAT SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56VD]
P0112, P0113 IAT SENSOR
A
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000006217795

DTC DETECTION LOGIC EC

Trouble diagnosis name

DTC No. DTC detecting condition Possible cause
(Trouble diagnosis content) C
IAT SEN/CIRCUIT-B1
An excessively low voltage from the sensor
P0112 (Intake air temperature sensor • Harness or connectors
is sent to ECM.
circuit low input) (The intake air temperature sensor cir-
D
IAT SEN/CIRCUIT-B1 cuit is open or shorted.)
An excessively high voltage from the sensor • Intake air temperature sensor
P0113 (Intake air temperature sensor
is sent to ECM.
circuit high input)
E
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1.PRECONDITIONING
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. F
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
G
>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE H
1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 5 seconds.
2. Check 1st trip DTC.
Is 1st trip DTC detected? I
YES >> Go to EC-213, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006217796
J

1.CHECK INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT

K
1. Disconnect mass air flow (MAF) sensor (intake air temperature sensor is built-in) harness connector.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Check the voltage between MAF sensor harness connector and ground.
L
MAF sensor
Ground Voltage (V)
Connector Terminal
M
F31 2 Ground Approx. 5
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2. N
NO >> Repair open circuit, short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
2.CHECK INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
O
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between MAF sensor harness connector and ECM harness connector.
P
MAF sensor ECM
Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
F31 1 F111 25 Existed
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
Is the inspection result normal?

Revision: 2010 May EC-213 2011 QX56

 P0112, P0113 IAT SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56VD]
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Repair open circuit, short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
3.CHECK INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR
Refer to EC-214, "Component Inspection (Intake Air Temperature Sensor)".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Replace mass air flow sensor (with intake air temperature sensor).
4.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to GI-40, "Intermittent Incident".

>> INSPECTION END

Component Inspection (Intake Air Temperature Sensor) INFOID:0000000006217797

1.CHECK INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect mass air flow sensor harness connector.
3. Check resistance between mass air flow sensor terminals as per the following.

Terminals Condition Resistance (kΩ)

1 and 2 Temperature [°C (°F)] 25 (77) 1.94 - 2.06
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Replace mass air flow sensor (with intake air temperature sensor). Refer to EM-27, "Removal and
Installation".

Revision: 2010 May EC-214 2011 QX56

 P0116 ECT SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56VD]
P0116 ECT SENSOR
A
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000006288277

DTC DETECTION LOGIC EC

NOTE:
If DTC P0116 is displayed with P0117 or P0118, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0117,
P0118. Refer to EC-217, "DTC Logic". C

Trouble diagnosis name

DTC No. DTC detecting condition Possible cause
(Trouble diagnosis content)
D
ECT SEN/CIRC Engine coolant temperature signal from engine
• Harness or connectors
(Engine coolant tempera- coolant temperature sensor does not fluctuate,
P0116 (High or low resistance in the circuit)
ture sensor circuit range/ even when some time has passed after starting
• Engine coolant temperature sensor E
performance) the engine with pre-warming up condition.

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

1.PRECONDITIONING F
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. G
TEST CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, do not add fuel.
H
>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
I
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Rev engine up to 2,000 rpm for more than 10 minutes.
3. Move the vehicle to a cool place, then stop engine.
4. Check resistance between “fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump” terminals 4 and 5. J
5. Soak the vehicle until the resistance between “fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump” terminals 4 and 5
becomes 0.5 kΩ higher than the value measured before soaking.
CAUTION: K
Never turn ignition switch ON during soaking.
NOTE:
Soak time changes depending on ambient air temperature. It may take several hours.
6. Start engine and let it idle for 20 minutes. L
7. Check 1st trip DTC.
Is 1st trip DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to EC-215, "Diagnosis Procedure". M
NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006288278
N

1.CHECK ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR

Refer to EC-216, "Component Inspection (Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor)". O
Is the inspection result normal?
OK >> GO TO 2.
NG >> Replace engine coolant temperature sensor. Refer to EM-86, "Exploded View". P
2.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to GI-40, "Intermittent Incident".

>> INSPECTION END

Revision: 2010 May EC-215 2011 QX56

 P0116 ECT SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56VD]
Component Inspection (Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor) INFOID:0000000006288609

1.CHECK ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect engine coolant temperature sensor harness connector.
3. Remove engine coolant temperature sensor.
4. Check resistance between engine coolant temperature sensor
terminals by heating with hot water as shown in the figure.

Terminals Condition Resistance (kΩ)

20 (68) 2.35 - 2.73
1 and 2 Temperature [°C (°F)] 50 (122) 0.68 - 1.00
90 (194) 0.236 - 0.260
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END JMBIA0080ZZ
NO >> Replace engine coolant temperature sensor. Refer to
EM-86, "Exploded View".

Revision: 2010 May EC-216 2011 QX56

 P0117, P0118 ECT SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56VD]
P0117, P0118 ECT SENSOR
A
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000006217798

DTC DETECTION LOGIC EC

Trouble diagnosis name

DTC No. DTC detecting condition Possible cause
(Trouble diagnosis content) C
ECT SEN/CIRC
An excessively low voltage from the sensor
P0117 (Engine coolant tempera-
is sent to ECM. • Harness or connectors
ture sensor circuit low input)
(The engine coolant temperature sensor D
ECT SEN/CIRC circuit is open or shorted.)
(Engine coolant tempera- An excessively high voltage from the sensor • Engine coolant temperature sensor
P0118
ture sensor circuit high in- is sent to ECM.
put) E

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

1.PRECONDITIONING F
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. G

>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE H

1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 5 seconds.

2. Check DTC.
I
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Go to EC-217, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END J
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006217799

1.CHECK ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT K

1. Disconnect engine coolant temperature (ECT) sensor harness connector.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Check the voltage between ECT sensor harness connector and ground. L

ECT sensor
Ground Voltage (V) M
Connector Terminal
F21 1 Ground Approx. 5
Is the inspection result normal? N
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Repair open circuit, short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
2.CHECK ECT SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT O
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between ECT sensor harness connector and ECM harness connector. P

ECT sensor ECM

Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
F21 2 F111 40 Existed
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.

Revision: 2010 May EC-217 2011 QX56

 P0117, P0118 ECT SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56VD]
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Repair open circuit, short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
3.CHECK ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR
Refer to EC-218, "Component Inspection (Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor)".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Replace engine coolant temperature sensor.
4.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to GI-40, "Intermittent Incident".

>> INSPECTION END

Component Inspection (Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor) INFOID:0000000006217800

1.CHECK ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect engine coolant temperature sensor harness connector.
3. Remove engine coolant temperature sensor.
4. Check resistance between engine coolant temperature sensor
terminals by heating with hot water as shown in the figure.

Terminals Condition Resistance (kΩ)

20 (68) 2.35 - 2.73
1 and 2 Temperature [°C (°F)] 50 (122) 0.68 - 1.00
90 (194) 0.236 - 0.260
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END JMBIA0080ZZ
NO >> Replace engine coolant temperature sensor. Refer to
EM-86, "Exploded View".

Revision: 2010 May EC-218 2011 QX56

 P0122, P0123 TP SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56VD]
P0122, P0123 TP SENSOR
A
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000006217801

DTC DETECTION LOGIC EC

NOTE:
If DTC P0122 or P0123 is displayed with DTC P0643, perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0643.
Refer to EC-381, "DTC Logic". C

Trouble diagnosis name

DTC No. DTC detecting condition Possible cause
(Trouble diagnosis content)
D
TP SEN 2/CIRC-B1
An excessively low voltage from the TP
P0122 (Throttle position sensor 2 • Harness or connectors
sensor 2 is sent to ECM.
circuit low input) (TP sensor 2 circuit is open or shorted.)
E
TP SEN 2/CIRC-B1 • Electric throttle control actuator
An excessively high voltage from the TP (TP sensor 2)
P0123 (Throttle position sensor 2
sensor 2 is sent to ECM.
circuit high input)
F
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1.PRECONDITIONING
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at G
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is 8 V or more at idle. H

>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE I

1. Start engine and let it idle for 1 second.

2. Check DTC.
J
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Go to EC-219, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END K
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006217802

1.CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR 2 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT L

1. Disconnect electric throttle control actuator harness connector.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Check the voltage between electric throttle control actuator harness connector and ground. M

Electric throttle control actuator

Ground Voltage N
Connector Terminal
F66 2 Ground Approx. 5 V
Is the inspection result normal? O
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Repair open circuit, short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
2.CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR 2 GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT P
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between electric throttle control actuator harness connector and ECM harness con-
nector.

Revision: 2010 May EC-219 2011 QX56

 P0122, P0123 TP SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56VD]

Electric throttle control actuator ECM

Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
F66 4 F110 97 Existed
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Repair open circuit, short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
3.CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR 2 INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Check the continuity between electric throttle control actuator harness connector and ECM harness con-
nector.

Electric throttle control actuator ECM

Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
F66 3 F110 79 Existed
2. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Repair open circuit, short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
4.CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR
Refer to EC-220, "Component Inspection (Throttle Position Sensor)".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> GO TO 5.
5.REPLACE ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR
Replace electric throttle control actuator. Refer to EM-30, "Removal and Installation".

>> INSPECTION END

6.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to GI-40, "Intermittent Incident".

>> INSPECTION END

Component Inspection (Throttle Position Sensor) INFOID:0000000006217803

1.CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Reconnect all harness connectors disconnected.
3. Perform EC-147, "Work Procedure".
4. Turn ignition switch ON.
5. Set selector lever position to D.
6. Check the voltage between ECM harness connector terminals under the following conditions.

Revision: 2010 May EC-220 2011 QX56

 P0122, P0123 TP SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56VD]

ECM A
+ – Condition Voltage (V)
Connector
Terminal Terminal
EC
91 Fully released More than 0.36
(TP sensor 1 signal) Fully depressed Less than 4.75
97
F110 Accelerator pedal
(Sensor ground) Fully released Less than 4.75 C
79
(TP sensor 2 signal) Fully depressed More than 0.36
Is the inspection result normal?
D
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.REPLACE ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR E
Replace electric throttle control actuator. Refer to EM-30, "Removal and Installation".

>> INSPECTION END F

Revision: 2010 May EC-221 2011 QX56

 P0125 ECT SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56VD]
P0125 ECT SENSOR
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000006288280

DTC DETECTION LOGIC

NOTE:
If DTC P0125 is displayed with P0117 or P0118, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0117,
P0118. Refer to EC-217, "DTC Logic".

Trouble diagnosis name

DTC No. DTC detecting condition Possible cause
(Trouble diagnosis content)
• Voltage sent to ECM from the sensor is not
ECT SENSOR • Harness or connectors
practical, even when some time has passed
(Insufficient engine coolant (High resistance in the circuit)
P0125 after starting the engine.
temperature for closed loop • Engine coolant temperature sensor
• Engine coolant temperature is insufficient for
fuel control) • Thermostat
closed loop fuel control.

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

1.PRECONDITIONING
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.

>> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR FUNCTION
WITH CONSULT-III
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III.
3. Check that “COOLAN TEMP/S” is above 10°C (50°F).
WITH GST
Follow the procedure “With CONSULT-III” above.
Is the temperature above 10°C (50°F)?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> GO TO 3.
3.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
WITH CONSULT-III
1. Start engine and run it for 65 minutes at idle speed.
If “COOLAN TEMP/S” increases to more than 10°C (50°F) within 65 minutes, stop engine because
the test result will be OK.
CAUTION:
Never overheat engine.
2. Check 1st trip DTC.
WITH GST
Follow the procedure “With CONSULT-III” above.
Is 1st trip DTC detected?
YES >> EC-222, "Diagnosis Procedure"
NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006288281

1.CHECK ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR

Refer to EC-218, "Component Inspection (Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor)".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.

Revision: 2010 May EC-222 2011 QX56

 P0125 ECT SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56VD]
NO >> Replace engine coolant temperature sensor.
2.CHECK THERMOSTAT OPERATION A

When the engine is cold [lower than 70°C (158°F)] condition, grasp lower radiator hose and confirm that the
engine coolant does not flow.
EC
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Repair or replace thermostat. Refer to CO-20, "Removal and Installation".
C
3. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to GI-40, "Intermittent Incident".
D
>> INSPECTION END
Component Inspection (Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor) INFOID:0000000006288610 E

1.CHECK ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR

1. Turn ignition switch OFF. F
2. Disconnect engine coolant temperature sensor harness connector.
3. Remove engine coolant temperature sensor.
4. Check resistance between engine coolant temperature sensor G
terminals by heating with hot water as shown in the figure.

Terminals Condition Resistance (kΩ) H

20 (68) 2.35 - 2.73
1 and 2 Temperature [°C (°F)] 50 (122) 0.68 - 1.00
90 (194) 0.236 - 0.260 I
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END JMBIA0080ZZ
J
NO >> Replace engine coolant temperature sensor. Refer to
EM-86, "Exploded View".

Revision: 2010 May EC-223 2011 QX56

 P0127 IAT SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56VD]
P0127 IAT SENSOR
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000006288283

DTC DETECTION LOGIC

Trouble diagnosis name

DTC No. DTC detecting condition Possible cause
(Trouble diagnosis content)
• Harness or connectors
IAT SENSOR-B1 Rationally incorrect voltage from the sensor is
(The intake air temperature sensor
P0127 (Intake air temperature too sent to ECM, compared with the voltage signal
circuit is open or shorted)
high) from engine coolant temperature sensor.
• Intake air temperature sensor

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

1.PRECONDITIONING
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
TESTING CONDITION:
This test may be conducted with the drive wheels lifted in the shop or by driving the vehicle. If a road
test is expected to be easier, it is unnecessary to lift the vehicle.

>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
WITH CONSULT-III
1. Wait until engine coolant temperature is less than 90°C (194°F)
- Turn ignition switch ON.
- Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III.
- Check the engine coolant temperature.
- If the engine coolant temperature is not less than 90°C (194°F), turn ignition switch OFF and cool down
engine.
NOTE:
Perform the following steps before engine coolant temperature is above 90°C (194°F).
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III.
4. Start engine.
5. Hold vehicle speed at more than 70 km/h (43 MPH) for 100 consecutive seconds.
CAUTION:
Always drive vehicle at a safe speed.
6. Check 1st trip DTC.
WITH GST
Follow the procedure “With CONSULT-III” above.
Is 1st trip DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to EC-224, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006288284

1.CHECK INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR

Refer to EC-225, "Component Inspection (Intake Air Temperature Sensor)".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Replace mass air flow sensor (with intake air temperature sensor).
2.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to GI-40, "Intermittent Incident".

Revision: 2010 May EC-224 2011 QX56

 P0127 IAT SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56VD]

>> INSPECTION END A

Component Inspection (Intake Air Temperature Sensor) INFOID:0000000006288285

EC
1.CHECK INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect mass air flow sensor harness connector. C
3. Check resistance between mass air flow sensor terminals as per the following.

Terminals Condition Resistance (kΩ) D

1 and 2 Temperature [°C (°F)] 25 (77) 1.94 - 2.06
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END E
NO >> Replace mass air flow sensor (with intake air temperature sensor). Refer to EM-30, "Removal and
Installation".
F

Revision: 2010 May EC-225 2011 QX56

 P0128 THERMOSTAT FUNCTION
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56VD]
P0128 THERMOSTAT FUNCTION
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000006288286

DTC DETECTION LOGIC

NOTE:
If DTC P0128 is displayed with DTC P0300, P0301, P0302, P0303, P0304, P0305, P0306, P0307 or P0308,
first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0300, P0301, P0302, P0303, P0304, P0305, P0306, P0307,
P0308. Refer to EC-291, "DTC Logic".
Engine coolant temperature has not risen enough to open the thermostat even though the engine has run long
enough.
This is due to a leakage in the seal or the thermostat being stuck open.

Trouble diagnosis name

DTC No. DTC detecting condition Possible cause
(Trouble diagnosis content)
The engine coolant temperature does not • Thermostat
THERMSTAT FNCTN
P0128 reach to specified temperature even • Leakage from sealing portion of thermostat
(Thermostat function)
though the engine has run long enough. • Engine coolant temperature sensor

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

1.PRECONDITIONING
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
TESTING CONDITION:
• For best results, perform at ambient temperature of –10°C (14°F) or higher.
• For best results, perform at engine coolant temperature of –10°C (14°F) to 52°C (126°F).
• Before performing the following procedure, do not add fuel.

>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
WITH CONSULT-III
1. Turn A/C switch OFF.
2. Turn blower fan switch OFF.
3. Turn ignition switch ON.
4. Select “COOLAN TEMP/S” in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III.
5. Check the indication of “COOLAN TEMP/S”.
If it is below 52°C (126°F), go to next step.
If it is above 52°C (126°F), cool engine down to less than 52°C (126°F). Then go to next step.
6. Start engine and drive vehicle for 10 consecutive minutes under the following conditions.

Vehicle speed More than 56 km/h (35 MPH)

CAUTION:
Always drive vehicle at a safe speed.
NOTE:
If “COOLAN TEMP/S” increases to more than 71°C (160°F) within 10 minutes, turn ignition switch
OFF because the test result will be OK.
7. Check 1st trip DTC.
WITH GST
Follow the procedure “With CONSULT-III” above.
Is 1st trip DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to EC-227, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END

Revision: 2010 May EC-226 2011 QX56

 P0128 THERMOSTAT FUNCTION
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56VD]
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006288287

A
1.CHECK ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR
Refer to EC-227, "Component Inspection (Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor)".
EC
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Replace engine coolant temperature sensor.
C
2.CHECK THERMOSTAT
Remove and Check the thermostat. Refer toCO-20, "Removal and Installation" and CO-21, "Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal? D
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Replace thermostat.
E
Component Inspection (Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor) INFOID:0000000006288288

1.CHECK ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR F

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect engine coolant temperature sensor harness connector.
3. Remove engine coolant temperature sensor.
G
4. Check resistance between engine coolant temperature sensor
terminals by heating with hot water as shown in the figure.

H
Terminals Condition Resistance (kΩ)
20 (68) 2.35 - 2.73
1 and 2 Temperature [°C (°F)] 50 (122) 0.68 - 1.00 I
90 (194) 0.236 - 0.260
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END J
JMBIA0080ZZ
NO >> Replace engine coolant temperature sensor.

Revision: 2010 May EC-227 2011 QX56

 P0130, P0150 A/F SENSOR 1
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56VD]
P0130, P0150 A/F SENSOR 1
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000006217804

DTC DETECTION LOGIC

To judge malfunctions, the diagnosis checks that the A/F signal computed by ECM from the A/F sensor 1 sig-
nal fluctuates according to fuel feedback control.

Trouble diagnosis name

DTC No. DTC detecting condition Possible Cause
(Trouble diagnosis content)
The A/F signal computed by ECM from the A/F
A/F SENSOR1 (B1) A) sensor 1 signal is constantly in a range other
P0130 [Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 than approx. 1.5 V.
(bank 1) circuit] The A/F signal computed by ECM from the A/F
B) • Harness or connectors
sensor 1 signal is constantly approx. 1.5 V. (The A/F sensor 1 circuit is open
The A/F signal computed by ECM from the A/F or shorted.)
A) sensor 1 signal is constantly in a range other • A/F sensor 1
A/F SENSOR1 (B2)
P0150 [Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 than approx. 1.5 V.
(bank 2) circuit] The A/F signal computed by ECM from the A/F
B)
sensor 1 signal is constantly approx. 1.5 V.

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

1.PRECONDITIONING
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is 11 V or more at idle.

>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION A
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Let engine idle for 2 minutes.
3. Check 1st trip DTC.
Is 1st trip DTC detected?
YES >> Go to EC-230, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO-1 >> With CONSULT-III: GO TO 3.
NO-2 >> With GST: GO TO 7.
3.CHECK AIR FUEL RATIO (A/F) SENSOR 1 FUNCTION
WITH CONSULT-III
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Select “A/F SEN1 (B1)” or “A/F SEN1 (B2)” in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III.
3. Check “A/F SEN1 (B1)” or “A/F SEN1 (B2)” indication.
Does the indication fluctuate around 1.5 V?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Go to EC-230, "Diagnosis Procedure".
4.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION B-I
1. Select “A/F SEN1 (B1) P1276” (for DTC P0130) or “A/F SEN1 (B2) P1286” (for DTC P0150) of “A/F
SEN1” in “DTC WORK SUPPORT” mode with CONSULT-III.
2. Touch “START”.
3. When the following conditions are met, “TESTING” will be displayed on the CONSULT-III screen.

Revision: 2010 May EC-228 2011 QX56

 P0130, P0150 A/F SENSOR 1
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56VD]

ENG SPEED 1,750 - 3,200 rpm A

VHCL SPEED SE More than 64 km/h (40 mph)
B/FUEL SCHDL 1.0 - 8.0 msec
EC
Selector lever D position
If “TESTING” is not displayed after 20 seconds, retry from step 2.
CAUTION: C
Always drive vehicle at a safe speed.
Is “TESTING” displayed on CONSULT-III screen?
YES >> GO TO 5. D
NO >> Check A/F sensor 1 function again. GO TO 3.
5.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION B-II
Release accelerator pedal fully. E
NOTE:
Never apply brake when releasing the accelerator pedal.
Which does “TESTING” change to? F
COMPLETED>>GO TO 6.
OUT OF CONDITION>>Retry DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE. GO TO 4.
6.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION B-III G

Touch “SELF-DIAG RESULT”.

Which is displayed on CONSULT-III screen? H
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Go to EC-230, "Diagnosis Procedure".
7.PERFORM COMPONENT FUNCTION CHECK FOR MALFUNCTION B I
WITH GST
Perform component function check. Refer to EC-229, "Component Function Check".
NOTE: J
Use component function check to check the overall function of the A/F sensor 1 circuit. During this check, a
1st trip DTC might not be confirmed.
Is the inspection result normal? K
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Go to EC-230, "Diagnosis Procedure".
L
Component Function Check INFOID:0000000006217805

1.PERFORM COMPONENT FUNCTION CHECK M

WITH GST
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Drive the vehicle at a speed of 80 km/h (50 MPH) for a few minutes in the suitable gear position.
N
3. Shift the selector lever position to D, then release the accelerator pedal fully until the vehicle speed
decreases to 50 km/h (31 MPH).
CAUTION:
Always drive vehicle at a safe speed. O
NOTE:
Never apply brake when releasing the accelerator pedal.
4. Repeat steps 2 and 3 for 5 times. P
5. Stop the vehicle and turn ignition switch OFF.
6. Wait at least 10 seconds and turn ignition switch ON.
7. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
8. Restart engine.
9. Repeat steps 2 and 3 for 5 times.
10. Stop the vehicle.
11. Check 1st trip DTC.

Revision: 2010 May EC-229 2011 QX56

 P0130, P0150 A/F SENSOR 1
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56VD]
Is 1st trip DTC detected?
YES >> Go to EC-230, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006217806

1.CHECK AIR FUEL RATIO SENSOR 1 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT

1. Disconnect air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 harness connector.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Check the voltage between A/F sensor 1 harness connector and ground.

A/F sensor 1
DTC Ground Voltage
Bank Connector Terminal
P0130 1 F67 4
Ground 3.0 V
P0150 2 F68 4
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Repair open circuit, short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
2.CHECK A/F SENSOR 1 INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between A/F sensor 1 harness connector and ECM harness connector.

A/F sensor 1 ECM

DTC Continuity
Bank Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
P0130 1 F67 3 88
F110 Existed
P0150 2 F68 3 78
4. Check the continuity between A/F sensor 1 harness connector and ground, or ECM harness connector
and ground.

A/F sensor 1 ECM

DTC Ground Continuity
Bank Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
P0130 1 F67 3 88
F110 Ground Not existed
P0150 2 F68 3 78
5. Also check harness for short to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Repair open circuit, short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
3.CHECK A/F SENSOR 1 GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between A/F sensor 1 harness connector and ECM harness connector.

A/F sensor 1 ECM

DTC Continuity
Bank Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
P0130 1 F67 6 94
F110 Existed
P0150 2 F68 6 74
4. Also check harness for short to power.
Is the inspection result normal?

Revision: 2010 May EC-230 2011 QX56

 P0130, P0150 A/F SENSOR 1
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56VD]
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Repair open circuit, short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. A
4.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Perform GI-40, "Intermittent Incident".
EC
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> Repair or replace malfunctioning part.
C
5.REPLACE A/F SENSOR 1
Replace malfunctioning A/F sensor 1. Refer to EM-40, "Removal and Installation".
CAUTION: D
• Discard any A/F sensor which has been dropped from a height of more than 0.5 m (19.7 in) onto a
hard surface such as a concrete floor; use a new one.
• Before installing new A/F sensor, clean exhaust system threads using Oxygen Sensor Thread E
Cleaner [commercial service tool (J-43897-18 or J-43897-12)] and approved anti-seize lubricant
(commercial service tool).

F
>> INSPECTION END

Revision: 2010 May EC-231 2011 QX56

 P0131, P0151 A/F SENSOR 1
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56VD]
P0131, P0151 A/F SENSOR 1
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000006217807

DTC DETECTION LOGIC

To judge the malfunction, the diagnosis checks that the A/F signal computed by ECM from the A/F sensor 1
signal is not inordinately low.

Trouble diagnosis name

DTC No. DTC detecting condition Possible Cause
(Trouble diagnosis content)
A/F SENSOR1 (B1)
P0131 [Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 • Harness or connectors
(bank 1) circuit low voltage] • The A/F signal computed by ECM from the A/F (The A/F sensor 1 circuit is open or
A/F SENSOR1 (B2) sensor 1 signal is constantly approx. 0 V. shorted.)
P0151 [Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 • A/F sensor 1
(bank 2) circuit low voltage]

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

1.PRECONDITIONING
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is 10.5 V or more at idle.

>> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK A/F SENSOR FUNCTION
WITH CONSULT-III
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Select “A/F SEN1 (B1)” or “A/F SEN1 (B2)” in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III.
3. Check “A/F SEN1 (B1)” or “A/F SEN1 (B2)” indication.
WITH GST
Follow the procedure “With CONSULT-III” above.
Is the indication constantly approx. 0 V?
YES >> Go to EC-233, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> GO TO 3.
3.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
WITH CONSULT-III
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
4. Restart engine.
5. Drive and accelerate vehicle to more than 40 km/h (25 MPH) within 20 seconds after restarting engine.
CAUTION:
Always drive vehicle at a safe speed.
6. Maintain the following conditions for approximately 20 consecutive seconds.

ENG SPEED 1,000 - 3,200 rpm

VHCL SPEED SE More than 40 km/h (25 mph)
B/FUEL SCHDL 1.5 - 9.0 msec
Selector lever Suitable position
NOTE:
• Keep the accelerator pedal as steady as possible during cruising.

Revision: 2010 May EC-232 2011 QX56

 P0131, P0151 A/F SENSOR 1
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56VD]
• If this procedure is not completed within 1 minute after restarting engine at step 1, return to step
1. A
7. Check 1st trip DTC.
WITH GST
Follow the procedure “With CONSULT-III” above. EC
Is 1st trip DTC detected?
YES >> Go to EC-233, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END C
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006217808

1.CHECK AIR FUEL RATIO SENSOR 1 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT D

1. Disconnect air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 harness connector.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Check the voltage between A/F sensor 1 harness connector and ground. E

A/F sensor 1
DTC Ground Voltage F
Bank Connector Terminal
P0130 1 F67 4
Ground 3.0 V
P0150 2 F68 4 G
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Repair open circuit, short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. H
2.CHECK A/F SENSOR 1 INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
I
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between A/F sensor 1 harness connector and ECM harness connector.

J
A/F sensor 1 ECM
DTC Continuity
Bank Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
P0130 1 F67 3 88 K
F110 Existed
P0150 2 F68 3 78
4. Check the continuity between A/F sensor 1 harness connector and ground, or ECM harness connector
and ground. L

A/F sensor 1 ECM

DTC Ground Continuity M
Bank Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
P0130 1 F67 3 88
F110 Ground Not existed
P0150 2 F68 3 78 N
5. Also check harness for short to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3. O
NO >> Repair open circuit, short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
3.CHECK A/F SENSOR 1 GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
P
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between A/F sensor 1 harness connector and ECM harness connector.

Revision: 2010 May EC-233 2011 QX56

 P0131, P0151 A/F SENSOR 1
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56VD]

A/F sensor 1 ECM

DTC Continuity
Bank Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
P0130 1 F67 6 94
F110 Existed
P0150 2 F68 6 74
4. Also check harness for short to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Repair open circuit, short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
4.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Perform GI-40, "Intermittent Incident".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> Repair or replace malfunctioning part.
5.REPLACE A/F SENSOR 1
Replace malfunctioning A/F sensor 1. Refer to EM-40, "Removal and Installation".
CAUTION:
• Discard any A/F sensor which has been dropped from a height of more than 0.5 m (19.7 in) onto a
hard surface such as a concrete floor; use a new one.
• Before installing new A/F sensor, clean exhaust system threads using Oxygen Sensor Thread
Cleaner [commercial service tool (J-43897-18 or J-43897-12)] and approved anti-seize lubricant
(commercial service tool).

>> INSPECTION END

Revision: 2010 May EC-234 2011 QX56

 P0132, P0152 A/F SENSOR 1
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56VD]
P0132, P0152 A/F SENSOR 1
A
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000006217809

DTC DETECTION LOGIC EC

To judge the malfunction, the diagnosis checks that the A/F signal computed by ECM from the A/F sensor 1
signal is not inordinately high.
C
Trouble diagnosis name
DTC No. DTC detecting condition Possible Cause
(Trouble diagnosis content)
A/F SENSOR1 (B1)
D
P0132 [Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 • Harness or connectors
(bank 1) circuit high voltage] • The A/F signal computed by ECM from the (The A/F sensor 1 circuit is open or
A/F SENSOR1 (B2) A/F sensor 1 signal is constantly approx. 5 V. shorted.)
P0152 [Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 • A/F sensor 1 E
(bank 2) circuit high voltage]

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

F
1.PRECONDITIONING
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
2. Turn ignition switch ON. G
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is 10.5 V or more at idle. H

>> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK A/F SENSOR FUNCTION I
WITH CONSULT-III
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Select “A/F SEN1 (B1)” or “A/F SEN1 (B2)” in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III. J
3. Check “A/F SEN1 (B1)” or “A/F SEN1 (B2)” indication.
WITH GST
Follow the procedure “With CONSULT-III” above. K
Is the indication constantly approx. 5 V?
YES >> Go to EC-236, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> GO TO 3. L
3.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
WITH CONSULT-III M
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
4. Restart engine. N
5. Drive and accelerate vehicle to more than 40 km/h (25 MPH) within 20 seconds after restarting engine.
CAUTION:
Always drive vehicle at a safe speed. O
6. Maintain the following conditions for approximately 20 consecutive seconds.

ENG SPEED 1,000 - 3,200 rpm P

VHCL SPEED SE More than 40 km/h (25 mph)
B/FUEL SCHDL 1.5 - 9.0 msec
Selector lever Suitable position
NOTE:
• Keep the accelerator pedal as steady as possible during cruising.

Revision: 2010 May EC-235 2011 QX56

 P0132, P0152 A/F SENSOR 1
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56VD]
• If this procedure is not completed within 1 minute after restarting engine at step 1, return to step
1.
7. Check 1st trip DTC.
WITH GST
Follow the procedure “With CONSULT-III” above.
Is 1st trip DTC detected?
YES >> Go to EC-236, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006217810

1.CHECK AIR FUEL RATIO SENSOR 1 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT

1. Disconnect air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 harness connector.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Check the voltage between A/F sensor 1 harness connector and ground.

A/F sensor 1
DTC Ground Voltage
Bank Connector Terminal
P0130 1 F67 4
Ground 3.0 V
P0150 2 F68 4
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Repair open circuit, short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
2.CHECK A/F SENSOR 1 INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between A/F sensor 1 harness connector and ECM harness connector.

A/F sensor 1 ECM

DTC Continuity
Bank Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
P0130 1 F67 3 88
F110 Existed
P0150 2 F68 3 78
4. Check the continuity between A/F sensor 1 harness connector and ground, or ECM harness connector
and ground.

A/F sensor 1 ECM

DTC Ground Continuity
Bank Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
P0130 1 F67 3 88
F110 Ground Not existed
P0150 2 F68 3 78
5. Also check harness for short to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Repair open circuit, short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
3.CHECK A/F SENSOR 1 GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between A/F sensor 1 harness connector and ECM harness connector.

Revision: 2010 May EC-236 2011 QX56

 P0132, P0152 A/F SENSOR 1
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56VD]

A/F sensor 1 ECM A

DTC Continuity
Bank Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
P0130 1 F67 6 94
F110 Existed EC
P0150 2 F68 6 74
4. Also check harness for short to power.
Is the inspection result normal? C
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Repair open circuit, short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
4.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT D

Perform GI-40, "Intermittent Incident".

Is the inspection result normal? E
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> Repair or replace malfunctioning part.
5.REPLACE A/F SENSOR 1 F
Replace malfunctioning A/F sensor 1. Refer to EM-40, "Removal and Installation".
CAUTION:
• Discard any A/F sensor which has been dropped from a height of more than 0.5 m (19.7 in) onto a G
hard surface such as a concrete floor; use a new one.
• Before installing new A/F sensor, clean exhaust system threads using Oxygen Sensor Thread
Cleaner [commercial service tool (J-43897-18 or J-43897-12)] and approved anti-seize lubricant H
(commercial service tool).

>> INSPECTION END I

Revision: 2010 May EC-237 2011 QX56

 P0133, P0153 A/F SENSOR 1
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56VD]
P0133, P0153 A/F SENSOR 1
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000006217811

DTC DETECTION LOGIC

To judge the malfunction of A/F sensor 1, this diagnosis measures response time of the A/F signal computed
by ECM from the A/F sensor 1 signal. The time is compensated by engine operating (speed and load), fuel
feedback control constant, and the A/F sensor 1 temperature index. Judgment is based on whether the com-
pensated time (the A/F signal cycling time index) is inordinately long or not.

Trouble diagnosis name

DTC No. DTC detecting condition Possible Cause
(Trouble diagnosis content)
A/F SENSOR1 (B1) • Harness or connectors
P0133 [Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 (The A/F sensor 1 circuit is open or
(bank 1) circuit slow response] shorted.)
• A/F sensor 1
• The response of the A/F signal computed • A/F sensor 1 heater
by ECM from A/F sensor 1 signal takes • Fuel pressure
A/F SENSOR1 (B2) more than the specified time. • Fuel injector
P0153 [Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 • Intake air leaks
(bank 2) circuit slow response] • Exhaust gas leaks
• PCV
• Mass air flow sensor

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

1.PRECONDITIONING
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is 11 V or more at idle.
Will CONSULT-III be used?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> GO TO 5.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE-I
WITH CONSULT-III
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
3. Turn ignition switch ON.
4. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
5. Restart engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for at least 1 minute under no
load.
6. Let engine idle for 1 minute.
7. Select “A/F SEN1(B1) P1278/P1279” (for DTC P0133) or “A/F SEN1(B2) P1288/P1289” (for DTC P0153)
of “A/F SEN1” in “DTC WORK SUPPORT” mode with CONSULT-III.
8. Touch “START”.
Is “COMPLETED” displayed on CONSULT-III screen?
YES >> GO TO 3
NO >> GO TO 4.
3.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE-II
Touch “SELF-DIAG RESULT”.
Which is displayed on CONSULT-III screen?
OK >> INSPECTION END
NG >> Go to EC-239, "Diagnosis Procedure".
4.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE-II

Revision: 2010 May EC-238 2011 QX56

 P0133, P0153 A/F SENSOR 1
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56VD]
1. After perform the following procedure, “TESTING” will be displayed on the CONSULT-III screen.
- Increase the engine speed up to between 4,000 and 5,000 rpm and maintain that speed for 10 seconds. A
- Fully release accelerator pedal and then let engine idle for approximately 10 seconds.
If “TESTING” is not displayed after 10 seconds, refer to EC-161, "Component Function Check".
2. Wait for approximately 20 seconds at idle under the condition that “TESTING” is displayed on the CON-
EC
SULT-III screen.
3. Check that “TESTING” changes to “COMPLETED”.
If “TESTING” changed to “OUT OF CONDITION”, refer to EC-161, "Component Function Check".
4. Touch “SELF-DIAG RESULT”. C
Which is displayed on CONSULT-III screen?
OK >> INSPECTION END
NG >> Go to EC-239, "Diagnosis Procedure". D
5.CHECK AIR-FUEL RATIO SELF-LEARNING VALUE
WITH GST E
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Select Service $01 with GST.
3. Calculate the total value of “Short term fuel trim” and “Long term fuel trim” indications.
F
Is the total percentage within ±15%?
YES >> GO TO 7.
NO >> GO TO 6.
G
6.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following.
• Intake air leaks H
• Exhaust gas leaks
• Incorrect fuel pressure
• Lack of fuel
• Fuel injector I
• Incorrect PCV hose connection
• PCV valve
• Mass air flow sensor J

>> Repair or replace malfunctioning part.

7.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE K

1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.

2. Start engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for at least 1 minute under no load. L
3. Let engine idle for 1 minute.
4. Increase the engine speed up to between 4,000 and 5,000 rpm and maintain that speed for 10 seconds.
5. Fully release accelerator pedal and then let engine idle for approximately 1 minute.
6. Check 1st trip DTC. M
Is 1st trip DTC detected?
YES >> Go to EC-239, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END N

Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006217812

O
1.RETIGHTEN AIR FUEL RATIO SENSOR 1
Loosen and retighten the air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1. Refer to EM-40, "Exploded View".
P
>> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK EXHAUST GAS LEAKAGE
1. Start engine and run it at idle.

Revision: 2010 May EC-239 2011 QX56

 P0133, P0153 A/F SENSOR 1
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56VD]
2. Listen for an exhaust gas leakage before three way catalyst (manifold).

PBIB1216E

Is exhaust gas leakage detected?

YES >> Repair or replace malfunctioning part.
NO >> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK FOR INTAKE AIR LEAKAGE
Listen for an intake air leakage after the mass air flow sensor.
Is intake air leakage detected?
YES >> Repair or replace malfunctioning part.
NO >> GO TO 4.
4.CLEAR THE MIXTURE RATIO SELF-LEARNING VALUE
1. Clear the mixture ratio self-learning value. Refer to EC-152, "Work Procedure".
2. Run engine for at least 10 minutes at idle speed.
Is the 1st trip DTC P0171, P172, P0174 or P0175 detected? Is it difficult to start engine?
YES >> Perform trouble diagnosis for DTC P0171, P0174 or P0172, P0175. Refer to EC-263, "DTC Logic"
or EC-267, "DTC Logic".
NO >> GO TO 5.
5.CHECK AIR FUEL RATIO SENSOR 1 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1. Disconnect air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 harness connector.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Check the voltage between A/F sensor 1 harness connector and ground.

A/F sensor 1
DTC Ground Voltage
Bank Connector Terminal
P0133 1 F67 4
Ground 3.0 V
P0153 2 F68 4
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> Repair open circuit, short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
6.CHECK A/F SENSOR 1 INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between A/F sensor 1 harness connector and ECM harness connector.

A/F sensor 1 ECM

DTC Continuity
Bank Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
P0133 1 F67 3 88
F110 Existed
P0153 2 F68 3 78
4. Check the continuity between A/F sensor 1 harness connector and ground, or ECM harness connector
and ground.

Revision: 2010 May EC-240 2011 QX56

 P0133, P0153 A/F SENSOR 1
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56VD]

A/F sensor 1 ECM A

DTC Ground Continuity
Bank Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
P0133 1 F67 3 88
F110 Ground Not existed EC
P0153 2 F68 3 78
5. Also check harness for short to power.
Is the inspection result normal? C
YES >> GO TO 7.
NO >> Repair open circuit, short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
7.CHECK A/F SENSOR 1 GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT D

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.

2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between A/F sensor 1 harness connector and ECM harness connector. E

A/F sensor 1 ECM

DTC Continuity F
Bank Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
P0133 1 F67 6 94
F111 Existed
P0153 2 F68 6 74 G
4. Also check harness for short to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
H
YES >> GO TO 8.
NO >> Repair open circuit, short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
8.CHECK A/F SENSOR 1 HEATER I
Refer to EC-182, "Component Inspection (A/F Sensor 1 Heater)".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 9. J
NO >> GO TO 12.
9.CHECK MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR
K
Check mass air flow sensor.
Refer to EC-190, "Component Inspection (MAF Sensor)".
Is the inspection result normal?
L
YES >> GO TO 10.
NO >> Replace malfunctioning mass air flow sensor. Refer to EM-30, "Removal and Installation".
10.CHECK PCV VALVE M
Refer to EC-534, "Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 11. N
NO >> Repair or replace PCV valve.
11.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT O
Perform GI-40, "Intermittent Incident".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 12. P
NO >> Repair or replace malfunctioning part.
12.REPLACE A/F SENSOR 1
Replace malfunctioning A/F sensor 1. Refer to EM-40, "Exploded View".
CAUTION:
• Discard any A/F sensor which has been dropped from a height of more than 0.5 m (19.7 in) onto a
hard surface such as a concrete floor; use a new one.

Revision: 2010 May EC-241 2011 QX56

 P0133, P0153 A/F SENSOR 1
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56VD]
• Before installing new A/F sensor, clean exhaust system threads using Oxygen Sensor Thread
Cleaner [commercial service tool (J-43897-18 or J-43897-12)] and approved anti-seize lubricant
(commercial service tool).

>> INSPECTION END

Revision: 2010 May EC-242 2011 QX56

 P0137, P0157 HO2S2
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56VD]
P0137, P0157 HO2S2
A
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000006217813

DTC DETECTION LOGIC EC

The heated oxygen sensor 2 has a much longer switching time
between rich and lean than the air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1. The oxy-
gen storage capacity of the three way catalyst (manifold) causes the C
longer switching time. To judge the malfunctions of heated oxygen
sensor 2, ECM monitors whether the maximum voltage of the sensor
is sufficiently high during various driving conditions such as fuel cut.
D

E
JMBIA1572GB

F
Trouble diagnosis name
DTC No. DTC detecting condition Possible cause
(Trouble diagnosis content)
HO2S2 (B1) • Harness or connectors G
P0137 [Heated oxygen sensor 2 (The heated oxygen sensor 2 circuit is
(bank 1) circuit low voltage] open or shorted)
The maximum voltage from the sensor does
• Heated oxygen sensor 2
HO2S2 (B2) not reach the specified voltage. H
• Fuel pressure
P0157 [Heated oxygen sensor 2 • Fuel injector
(bank 2) circuit low voltage] • Intake air leaks
I
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1.PRECONDITIONING
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. J
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
Will CONSULT-III be used? K
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> GO TO 4.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE L

WITH CONSULT-III
TESTING CONDITION:
For better results, perform “DTC WORK SUPPORT” at a temperature of 0 to 30°C (32 to 86°F). M
1. Start engine and warm it up to the normal operating temperature.
2. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
3. Turn ignition switch ON. N
4. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
5. Restart engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for at least 1 minute under no
load.
O
6. Let engine idle for 1 minute.
7. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III.
8. Check that “COOLAN TEMP/S” indicates more than 70°C (158°F).
If not, warm up engine and go to next step when “COOLAN TEMP/S” indication reaches 70°C (158°F). P
9. Open engine hood.
10. Select “HO2S2 (B1) P1147” (for DTC P0137) or “HO2S2 (B2) P1167” (for DTC P0157) of “HO2S2” in
“DTC WORK SUPPORT” mode with CONSULT-III.
11. Follow the instruction of CONSULT-III display.
NOTE:
It will take at most 10 minutes until “COMPLETED” is displayed.
12. Touch “SELF-DIAG RESULTS”.

Revision: 2010 May EC-243 2011 QX56

 P0137, P0157 HO2S2
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56VD]
Which is displayed on CONSULT-III screen?
OK >> INSPECTION END
NG >> Go to EC-245, "Diagnosis Procedure".
CAN NOT BE DIAGNOSED>>GO TO 3.
3.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE AGAIN
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and leave the vehicle in a cool place (soak the vehicle).
2. Perform DTC confirmation procedure again.

>> GO TO 2.
4.PERFORM COMPONENT FUNCTION CHECK
WITH GST
Perform component function check. Refer to EC-244, "Component Function Check".
NOTE:
Use component function check to check the overall function of the heated oxygen sensor 2 circuit. During this
check, a 1st trip DTC might not be confirmed.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Go to EC-245, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Component Function Check INFOID:0000000006217814

1.PERFORM COMPONENT FUNCTION CHECK-I

WITH GST
1. Start engine and warm it up to the normal operating temperature.
2. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
3. Turn ignition switch ON.
4. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
5. Restart engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for at least 1 minute under no
load.
6. Let engine idle for 1 minute.
7. Check the voltage between ECM harness connector terminals under the following conditions.

ECM
DTC + – Condition Voltage
Connector
Terminal Terminal
P0137 96 Revving up to 4,000 rpm under no load at The voltage should be above 0.74 V at
F110 100
P0157 87 least 10 times least once during this procedure.

Is the inspection result normal?

YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM COMPONENT FUNCTION CHECK-II
Check the voltage between ECM harness connector terminals under the following conditions.

ECM
DTC + – Condition Voltage
Connector
Terminal Terminal
P0137 96 The voltage should be above 0.74 V at
F110 100 Keeping engine at idle for 10 minutes
P0157 87 least once during this procedure.

Is the inspection result normal?

YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> GO TO 3.

Revision: 2010 May EC-244 2011 QX56

 P0137, P0157 HO2S2
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56VD]

3.PERFORM COMPONENT FUNCTION CHECK-III A

Check the voltage between ECM harness connector terminals under the following conditions.

ECM EC
DTC + – Condition Voltage
Connector
Terminal Terminal
C
P0137 96 Coasting from 80 km/h (50 MPH) with se- The voltage should be above 0.74 V at
F110 100
P0157 87 lector lever in the D position least once during this procedure.

Is the inspection result normal? D

YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Go to EC-245, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006217815
E

1.CLEAR THE MIXTURE RATIO SELF-LEARNING VALUE

F
1. Clear the mixture ratio self-learning value. Refer to EC-152, "Work Procedure".
2. Run engine for at least 10 minutes at idle speed.
Is the 1st trip DTC P0171 or P0174 detected? Is it difficult to start engine?
G
YES >> Perform trouble diagnosis for DTC P0171 or P0174. Refer to EC-263, "DTC Logic".
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2 GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT H
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect heated oxygen sensor 2 (HO2S2) harness connector.
3. Disconnect ECM harness connector. I
4. Check the continuity between HO2S2 harness connector and ECM harness connector.

HO2S2 ECM J
DTC Continuity
Bank Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
P0137 1 F87 1
F110 100 Existed K
P0157 2 F88 1
5. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
Is the inspection result normal? L
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Repair open circuit, short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
3.CHECK HO2S2 INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT M
1. Check the continuity between HO2S2 harness connector and ECM harness connector.

HO2S2 ECM
N
DTC Continuity
Bank Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
P0137 1 F87 4 96
F110 Existed O
P0157 2 F88 4 87
2. Check the continuity between HO2S2 harness connector and ground, or ECM harness connector and
ground. P

HO2S2 ECM
DTC Ground Continuity
Bank Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
P0137 1 F87 4 96
F110 Ground Not existed
P0157 2 F88 4 87

Revision: 2010 May EC-245 2011 QX56

 P0137, P0157 HO2S2
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56VD]
3. Also check harness for short to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Repair open circuit, short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
4.CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2
Refer to EC-246, "Component Inspection (HO2 sensor 2)".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> GO TO 5.
5.REPLACE HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2
Replace malfunctioning heated oxygen sensor 2. Refer to EM-40, "Exploded View".
CAUTION:
• Discard any heated oxygen sensor which has been dropped from a height of more than 0.5 m (19.7
in) onto a hard surface such as a concrete floor; use a new one.
• Before installing new oxygen sensor, clean exhaust system threads using Oxygen Sensor Thread
Cleaner [commercial service tool (J-43897-18 or J-43897-12)] and approved anti-seize lubricant
(commercial service tool).

>> INSPECTION END

6.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to GI-40, "Intermittent Incident".

>> INSPECTION END

Component Inspection (HO2 sensor 2) INFOID:0000000006217816

1.INSPECTION START
Will CONSULT-III be used?
Will CONSULT-III be used?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> GO TO 3.
2.CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2
With CONSULT-III
1. Start engine and warm it up to the normal operating temperature.
2. Start engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for at least 1 minute under no load.
3. Let engine idle for 1 minute.
4. Select “FUEL INJECTION” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode, and select “HO2S2 (B1)/(B2)” as the monitor item
with CONSULT-III.
5. Check “HO2S2 (B1)/(B2)” at idle speed when adjusting “FUEL INJECTION” to ±25%.

JMBIA1573GB

“HO2S2 (B1)/(B2)” should be above 0.74 V at least once when the “FUEL INJECTION” is +25%.
“HO2S2 (B1)/(B2)” should be below 0.18 V at least once when the “FUEL INJECTION” is −25%.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END

Revision: 2010 May EC-246 2011 QX56

 P0137, P0157 HO2S2
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56VD]
NO >> GO TO 6.
3.CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2-I A

Without CONSULT-III
1. Start engine and warm it up to the normal operating temperature. EC
2. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
3. Start engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for at least 1 minute under no load.
4. Let engine idle for 1 minute.
5. Check the voltage between ECM harness connector terminals under the following conditions. C

ECM
D
+ – Condition Voltage
Connector
Terminal Terminal
96 E
[HO2S2 The voltage should be above 0.74 V at
(bank 1)] Revving up to 4,000 rpm under no load at least once during this procedure.
F110 100
87 least 10 times The voltage should be below 0.18 V at
[HO2S2 least once during this procedure. F
(bank 2)]
Is the inspection result normal?
G
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> GO TO 4.
4.CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2-II H
Check the voltage between ECM harness connector terminals under the following conditions.

ECM I
+ – Condition Voltage
Connector
Terminal Terminal
J
96
[HO2S2 The voltage should be above 0.74 V at
(bank 1)] least once during this procedure.
F110 100 Keeping engine at idle for 10 minutes K
87 The voltage should be below 0.18 V at
[HO2S2 least once during this procedure.
(bank 2)]
Is the inspection result normal? L
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> GO TO 5.
5.CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2-III M

Check the voltage between ECM harness connector terminals under the following conditions.
N
ECM
+ – Condition Voltage
Connector
Terminal Terminal O
96
[HO2S2 The voltage should be above 0.74 V at
(bank 1)] Coasting from 80 km/h (50 MPH) with se- least once during this procedure. P
F110 100
87 lector lever in the D position The voltage should be below 0.18 V at
[HO2S2 least once during this procedure.
(bank 2)]
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> GO TO 6.

Revision: 2010 May EC-247 2011 QX56

 P0137, P0157 HO2S2
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56VD]

6.REPLACE HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2

Replace malfunctioning heated oxygen sensor 2. Refer to EM-40, "Exploded View".
CAUTION:
• Discard any heated oxygen sensor which has been dropped from a height of more than 0.5 m (19.7
in) onto a hard surface such as a concrete floor; use a new one.
• Before installing new oxygen sensor, clean exhaust system threads using Oxygen Sensor Thread
Cleaner [commercial service tool (J-43897-18 or J-43897-12)] and approved anti-seize lubricant
(commercial service tool).

>> INSPECTION END

Revision: 2010 May EC-248 2011 QX56

 P0138, P0158 HO2S2
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56VD]
P0138, P0158 HO2S2
A
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000006217817

DTC DETECTION LOGIC EC

The heated oxygen sensor 2 has a much longer switching time between rich and lean than the air fuel ratio (A/
F) sensor 1. The oxygen storage capacity of the three way catalyst (manifold) causes the longer switching
time. C
MALFUNCTION A
To judge the malfunctions of heated oxygen sensor 2, ECM monitors
whether the voltage is unusually high during various driving condi-
tions such as fuel cut. D

PBIB1848E

G
MALFUNCTION B
To judge the malfunctions of heated oxygen sensor 2, ECM monitors
whether the minimum voltage of sensor is sufficiently low during var-
ious driving conditions such as fuel cut. H

PBIB2376E

Trouble diagnosis name

DTC No. DTC detecting condition Possible cause
(Trouble diagnosis content)
L
• Harness or connectors
An excessively high voltage from the (The heated oxygen sensor 2 circuit is
A)
sensor is sent to ECM. open or shorted)
• Heated oxygen sensor 2 M
HO2S2 (B1)
P0138 [Heated oxygen sensor 2 • Harness or connectors
(bank 1) circuit high voltage] (The heated oxygen sensor 2 circuit is
The minimum voltage from the sensor is open or shorted) N
B)
not reached to the specified voltage. • Heated oxygen sensor 2
• Fuel pressure
• Fuel injector
• Harness or connectors
O
An excessively high voltage from the (The heated oxygen sensor 2 circuit is
A)
sensor is sent to ECM. open or shorted)
• Heated oxygen sensor 2 P
HO2S2 (B2)
P0158 [Heated oxygen sensor 2 • Harness or connectors
(bank 2) circuit high voltage] (The heated oxygen sensor 2 circuit is
The minimum voltage from the sensor is open or shorted)
B)
not reached to the specified voltage. • Heated oxygen sensor 2
• Fuel pressure
• Fuel injector

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

Revision: 2010 May EC-249 2011 QX56

 P0138, P0158 HO2S2
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56VD]

1.PRECONDITIONING
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.

>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION A
1. Start engine and warm it up to the normal operating temperature.
2. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
3. Turn ignition switch ON.
4. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
5. Start engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for at least 1 minute under no load.
6. Let engine idle for 2 minutes.
7. Check 1st trip DTC.
Is 1st trip DTC detected?
YES >> Go to EC-251, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO-1 >> With CONSULT-III: GO TO 3.
NO-2 >> With GST: GO TO 5.
3.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION B
WITH CONSULT-III
NOTE:
For better results, perform “DTC WORK SUPPORT” at a temperature of 0 to 30°C (32 to 86°F).
1. Start engine and warm it up to the normal operating temperature.
2. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
3. Turn ignition switch ON.
4. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
5. Start engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for at least 1 minute under no load.
6. Let engine idle for 1 minute.
7. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III.
8. Check that “COOLAN TEMP/S” indicates more than 70°C (158°F).
If not, warm up engine and go to next step when “COOLAN TEMP/S” indication reaches 70°C (158°F).
9. Open engine hood.
10. Select “HO2S2 (B1) P1146” (for DTC P0138) or “HO2S2 (B2) P1166” (for DTC P0158) of “HO2S2” in
“DTC WORK SUPPORT” mode with CONSULT-III.
11. Follow the instruction of CONSULT-III display.
NOTE:
It will take at most 10 minutes until “COMPLETED” is displayed.
12. Touch “SELF-DIAG RESULTS”.
Which is displayed on CONSULT-III screen?
OK >> INSPECTION END
NG >> Go to EC-251, "Diagnosis Procedure".
CON NOT BE DIAGNOSED>>GO TO 4.
4.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION B AGAIN
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and leave the vehicle in a cool place (soak the vehicle).
2. Perform DTC confirmation procedure again.

>> GO TO 3.
5.PERFORM COMPONENT FUNCTION CHECK FOR MALFUNCTION B
WITH GST
Perform component function check. Refer to EC-251, "Component Function Check".
NOTE:
Use component function check to check the overall function of the heated oxygen sensor 2 circuit. During this
check, a 1st trip DTC might not be confirmed.
Is the inspection result normal?

Revision: 2010 May EC-250 2011 QX56

 P0138, P0158 HO2S2
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56VD]
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Go to EC-251, "Diagnosis Procedure". A
Component Function Check INFOID:0000000006217818

1.PERFORM COMPONENT FUNCTION CHECK-I EC

WITH GST
1. Start engine and warm it up to the normal operating temperature.
C
2. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
3. Turn ignition switch ON.
4. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
5. Start engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for at least 1 minute under no load. D
6. Let engine idle for 1 minute.
7. Check the voltage between ECM harness connector terminals under the following conditions.
E
ECM
DTC + – Condition Voltage
Connector
Terminal Terminal F
P0138 96 Revving up to 4,000 rpm under no load at The voltage should be below 0.18 V at
F110 100
P0158 87 least 10 times least once during this procedure.
G
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> GO TO 2. H
2.PERFORM COMPONENT FUNCTION CHECK-II
Check the voltage between ECM harness connector terminals under the following conditions.
I

ECM
DTC + – Condition Voltage J
Connector
Terminal Terminal
P0138 96 The voltage should be below 0.18 V at
F110 100 Keeping engine at idle for 10 minutes
P0158 87 least once during this procedure. K

Is the inspection result normal?

YES >> INSPECTION END L
NO >> GO TO 3.
3.PERFORM COMPONENT FUNCTION CHECK-III
Check the voltage between ECM harness connector terminals under the following conditions. M

ECM
DTC + – Condition Voltage
N
Connector
Terminal Terminal
P0138 96 Coasting from 80 km/h (50 MPH) with se- The voltage should be below 0.18 V at O
F110 100
P0158 87 lector lever in the D position least once during this procedure.

Is the inspection result normal?

YES >> INSPECTION END P
NO >> Go to EC-251, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006217819

1.INSPECTION START
Confirm the detected malfunction (A or B). Refer to EC-249, "DTC Logic".

Revision: 2010 May EC-251 2011 QX56

 P0138, P0158 HO2S2
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56VD]
Which malfunction is detected?
A >> GO TO 2
B >> GO TO 8.
2.CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2 CONNECTOR
1. Disconnect heated oxygen sensor 2 (HO2S2) harness connector.
2. Check that water is not inside connectors.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Repair or replace harness or connectors.
3.CHECK HO2S2 GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
2. Check the continuity between HO2S2 harness connector and ECM harness connector.

HO2S2 ECM
DTC Continuity
Bank Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
P0138 1 F87 1
F110 100 Existed
P0158 2 F88 1
3. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Repair open circuit, short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
4.CHECK HO2S2 INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Check the continuity between HO2S2 harness connector and ECM harness connector.

HO2S2 ECM
DTC Continuity
Bank Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
P0138 1 F87 4 96
F110 Existed
P0158 2 F88 4 87
2. Check the continuity between HO2S2 harness connector and ground, or ECM harness connector and
ground.

HO2S2 ECM
DTC Ground Continuity
Bank Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
P0138 1 F87 4 96
F110 Ground Not existed
P0158 2 F88 4 87
3. Also check harness for short to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> Repair open circuit, short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
5.CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2
Refer to EC-254, "Component Inspection (HO2 sensor 2)".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 7.
NO >> GO TO 6.
6.REPLACE HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2
Replace malfunctioning heated oxygen sensor 2. Refer to EM-40, "Exploded View".
CAUTION:

Revision: 2010 May EC-252 2011 QX56

 P0138, P0158 HO2S2
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56VD]
• Discard any heated oxygen sensor which has been dropped from a height of more than 0.5 m (19.7
in) onto a hard surface such as a concrete floor; use a new one. A
• Before installing new oxygen sensor, clean exhaust system threads using Oxygen Sensor Thread
Cleaner [commercial service tool (J-43897-18 or J-43897-12)] and approved anti-seize lubricant
(commercial service tool).
EC

>> INSPECTION END

7.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT C
Refer to GI-40, "Intermittent Incident".

D
>> INSPECTION END
8.CLEAR THE MIXTURE RATIO SELF-LEARNING VALUE
1. Clear the mixture ratio self-learning value. Refer to EC-152, "Work Procedure". E
2. Run engine for at least 10 minutes at idle speed.
Is the 1st trip DTC P0172 or P0175 detected? Is it difficult to start engine?
YES >> Perform trouble diagnosis for DTC P0172, P0175. Refer to EC-267, "DTC Logic". F
NO >> GO TO 9.
9.CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2 GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
G
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect heated oxygen sensor 2 (HO2S2) harness connector.
3. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
4. Check the continuity between HO2S2 harness connector and ECM harness connector. H

HO2S2 ECM
DTC Continuity I
Bank Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
P0138 1 F87 1
F110 100 Existed
P0158 2 F88 1 J
5. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 10. K
NO >> Repair open circuit, short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
10.CHECK HO2S2 INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT L
1. Check the continuity between HO2S2 harness connector and ECM harness connector.

HO2S2 ECM M
DTC Continuity
Bank Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
P0138 1 F87 4 96
F110 Existed N
P0158 2 F88 4 87
2. Check the continuity between HO2S2 harness connector and ground, or ECM harness connector and
ground.
O

HO2S2 ECM
DTC Ground Continuity
Bank Connector Terminal Connector Terminal P
P0138 1 F87 4 96
F110 Ground Not existed
P0158 2 F88 4 87
3. Also check harness for short to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 11.
NO >> Repair open circuit, short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

Revision: 2010 May EC-253 2011 QX56

 P0138, P0158 HO2S2
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56VD]

11.CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2

Refer to EC-254, "Component Inspection (HO2 sensor 2)".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 13.
NO >> GO TO 12.
12.REPLACE HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2
Replace malfunctioning heated oxygen sensor 2. Refer to EM-40, "Exploded View".
CAUTION:
• Discard any heated oxygen sensor which has been dropped from a height of more than 0.5 m (19.7
in) onto a hard surface such as a concrete floor; use a new one.
• Before installing new oxygen sensor, clean exhaust system threads using Oxygen Sensor Thread
Cleaner [commercial service tool (J-43897-18 or J-43897-12)] and approved anti-seize lubricant
(commercial service tool).

>> INSPECTION END

13.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to GI-40, "Intermittent Incident".

>> INSPECTION END

Component Inspection (HO2 sensor 2) INFOID:0000000006217820

1.INSPECTION START
Will CONSULT-III be used?
Will CONSULT-III be used?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> GO TO 3.
2.CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2
WITH CONSULT-III
1. Start engine and warm it up to the normal operating temperature.
2. Start engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for at least 1 minute under no load.
3. Let engine idle for 1 minute.
4. Select “FUEL INJECTION” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode, and select “HO2S2 (B1)/(B2)” as the monitor item
with CONSULT-III.
5. Check “HO2S2 (B1)/(B2)” at idle speed when adjusting “FUEL INJECTION” to ±25%.

JMBIA1573GB

“HO2S2 (B1)/(B2)” should be above 0.74 V at least once when the “FUEL INJECTION” is +25%.
“HO2S2 (B1)/(B2)” should be below 0.18 V at least once when the “FUEL INJECTION” is −25%.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> GO TO 6.
3.CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2-I
WITHOUT CONSULT-III
1. Start engine and warm it up to the normal operating temperature.

Revision: 2010 May EC-254 2011 QX56

 P0138, P0158 HO2S2
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56VD]
2. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
3. Start engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for at least 1 minute under no load. A
4. Let engine idle for 1 minute.
5. Check the voltage between ECM harness connector terminals under the following conditions.
EC
ECM
+ – Condition Voltage
Connector
Terminal Terminal C
96
[HO2S2 The voltage should be above 0.74 V at
(bank 1)] Revving up to 4,000 rpm under no load at least once during this procedure. D
F110 100
87 least 10 times The voltage should be below 0.18 V at
[HO2S2 least once during this procedure.
(bank 2)]
E
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> GO TO 4. F
4.CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2-II
Check the voltage between ECM harness connector terminals under the following conditions.
G

ECM
+ – Condition Voltage H
Connector
Terminal Terminal
96
[HO2S2 The voltage should be above 0.74 V at I
(bank 1)] least once during this procedure.
F110 100 Keeping engine at idle for 10 minutes
87 The voltage should be below 0.18 V at
[HO2S2 least once during this procedure.
J
(bank 2)]
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END K
NO >> GO TO 5.
5.CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2-III
Check the voltage between ECM harness connector terminals under the following conditions. L

ECM
M
+ – Condition Voltage
Connector
Terminal Terminal
96 N
[HO2S2 The voltage should be above 0.74 V at
(bank 1)] Coasting from 80 km/h (50 MPH) with se- least once during this procedure.
F110 100
87 lector lever in the D position The voltage should be below 0.18 V at
least once during this procedure. O
[HO2S2
(bank 2)]
Is the inspection result normal?
P
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> GO TO 6.
6.REPLACE HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2
Replace malfunctioning heated oxygen sensor 2. Refer to EM-40, "Exploded View".
CAUTION:
• Discard any heated oxygen sensor which has been dropped from a height of more than 0.5 m (19.7
in) onto a hard surface such as a concrete floor; use a new one.

Revision: 2010 May EC-255 2011 QX56

 P0138, P0158 HO2S2
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56VD]
• Before installing new oxygen sensor, clean exhaust system threads using Oxygen Sensor Thread
Cleaner [commercial service tool (J-43897-18 or J-43897-12)] and approved anti-seize lubricant
(commercial service tool).

>> INSPECTION END

Revision: 2010 May EC-256 2011 QX56

 P0139, P0159 HO2S2
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56VD]
P0139, P0159 HO2S2
A
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000006217821

DTC DETECTION LOGIC EC

The heated oxygen sensor 2 has a much longer switching time
between rich and lean than the air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1. The oxy-
gen storage capacity of the three way catalyst (manifold) causes the C
longer switching time. To judge the malfunctions of heated oxygen
sensor 2, ECM monitors whether the switching response of the sen-
sor's voltage is faster than specified during various driving conditions
such as fuel cut. D

E
SEF302U

F
Trouble diagnosis name
DTC No. DTC detecting condition Possible cause
(Trouble diagnosis content)
HO2S2 (B1) • Harness or connectors G
P0139 [Heated oxygen sensor 2 (The heated oxygen sensor 2 circuit is
(bank 1) circuit slow response] It takes more time for the sensor to respond open or shorted)
between rich and lean than the specified • Heated oxygen sensor 2
HO2S2 (B2) H
time. • Fuel pressure
P0159 [Heated oxygen sensor 2 • Fuel injector
(bank 2) circuit slow response] • Intake air leaks
I
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1.PRECONDITIONING
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. J
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
Will CONSULT-III be used? K
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> GO TO 4.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE L

WITH CONSULT-III
TESTING CONDITION:
For better results, perform “DTC WORK SUPPORT” at a temperature of 0 to 30°C (32 to 86°F). M
1. Start engine and warm it up to the normal operating temperature.
2. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
3. Turn ignition switch ON. N
4. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
5. Restart engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for at least 1 minute under no
load.
O
6. Let engine idle for 1 minute.
7. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III.
8. Check that “COOLAN TEMP/S” indicates more than 70°C (158°F).
If not, warm up engine and go to next step when “COOLAN TEMP/S” indication reaches to 70°C (158°F). P
9. Open engine hood.
10. Select “HO2S2 (B1) P0139” or “HO2S2 (B2) P0159” of “HO2S2” in “DTC WORK SUPPORT” mode with
CONSULT-III.
11. Start engine and follow the instruction of CONSULT-III display.
NOTE:
It will take at most 10 minutes until “COMPLETED” is displayed.
12. Touch “SELF-DIAG RESULTS”.

Revision: 2010 May EC-257 2011 QX56

 P0139, P0159 HO2S2
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56VD]
Which is displayed on CONSULT-III screen?
OK >> INSPECTION END
NG >> Go to EC-259, "Diagnosis Procedure".
CAN NOT BE DIAGNOSED>>GO TO 3.
3.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE AGAIN
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and leave the vehicle in a cool place (soak the vehicle).
2. Perform DTC confirmation procedure again.

>> GO TO 2.
4.PERFORM COMPONENT FUNCTION CHECK
WITH GST
Perform component function check. Refer to EC-258, "Component Function Check".
NOTE:
Use component function check to check the overall function of the heated oxygen sensor 2 circuit. During this
check, a 1st trip DTC might not be confirmed.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Go to EC-259, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Component Function Check INFOID:0000000006217822

1.PERFORM COMPONENT FUNCTION CHECK-I

WITH GST
1. Start engine and warm it up to the normal operating temperature.
2. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
3. Turn ignition switch ON.
4. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
5. Restart engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for at least 1 minute under no
load.
6. Let engine idle for 1 minute.
7. Check the voltage between ECM harness connector terminals under the following conditions.

ECM
DTC + – Condition Voltage
Connector
Terminal Terminal
P0139 96 Revving up to 4,000 rpm under no load at A change of voltage should be more than
F110 100
P0159 87 least 10 times 0.24 V for 1 second during this procedure.

Is the inspection result normal?

YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM COMPONENT FUNCTION CHECK-II
Check the voltage between ECM harness connector terminals under the following conditions.

ECM
DTC + – Condition Voltage
Connector
Terminal Terminal
P0139 96 A change of voltage should be more than
F110 100 Keeping engine at idle for 10 minutes
P0159 87 0.24 V for 1 second during this procedure.

Is the inspection result normal?

YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> GO TO 3.

Revision: 2010 May EC-258 2011 QX56

 P0139, P0159 HO2S2
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56VD]

3.PERFORM COMPONENT FUNCTION CHECK-III A

Check the voltage between ECM harness connector terminals under the following conditions.

ECM EC
DTC + – Condition Voltage
Connector
Terminal Terminal
C
P0139 96 Coasting from 80 km/h (50 MPH) with se- A change of voltage should be more than
F110 100
P0159 87 lector lever in the D position 0.24 V for 1 second during this procedure.

Is the inspection result normal? D

YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Go to EC-259, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006217823
E

1.CLEAR THE MIXTURE RATIO SELF-LEARNING VALUE

F
1. Clear the mixture ratio self-learning value. Refer to EC-152, "Work Procedure".
2. Run engine for at least 10 minutes at idle speed.
Is the 1st trip DTC P0171, P0172, P0174 or P0175 detected? Is it difficult to start engine?
G
YES >> Perform trouble diagnosis for DTC P0171, P0174 or P0172, P0175. Refer to EC-263, "DTC Logic"
or EC-267, "DTC Logic".
NO >> GO TO 2.
H
2.CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2 GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect heated oxygen sensor 2 (HO2S2) harness connector. I
3. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
4. Check the continuity between HO2S2 harness connector and ECM harness connector.
J
HO2S2 ECM
DTC Continuity
Bank Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
P0139 1 F87 1 K
F110 100 Existed
P0159 2 F88 1
5. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
L
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Repair open circuit, short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
M
3.CHECK HO2S2 INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Check the continuity between HO2S2 harness connector and ECM harness connector.
N
HO2S2 ECM
DTC Continuity
Bank Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
O
P0139 1 F87 4 96
F110 Existed
P0159 2 F88 4 87
2. Check the continuity between HO2S2 harness connector and ground, or ECM harness connector and P
ground.

HO2S2 ECM
DTC Ground Continuity
Bank Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
P0139 1 F87 4 96
F110 Ground Not existed
P0159 2 F88 4 87

Revision: 2010 May EC-259 2011 QX56

 P0139, P0159 HO2S2
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56VD]
3. Also check harness for short to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Repair open circuit, short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
4.CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2
Refer to EC-260, "Component Inspection (HO2 sensor 2)".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> GO TO 5.
5.REPLACE HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2
Replace malfunctioning heated oxygen sensor 2. Refer to EM-40, "Exploded View".
CAUTION:
• Discard any heated oxygen sensor which has been dropped from a height of more than 0.5 m (19.7
in) onto a hard surface such as a concrete floor; use a new one.
• Before installing new oxygen sensor, clean exhaust system threads using Oxygen Sensor Thread
Cleaner [commercial service tool (J-43897-18 or J-43897-12)] and approved anti-seize lubricant
(commercial service tool).

>> INSPECTION END

6.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to GI-40, "Intermittent Incident".

>> INSPECTION END

Component Inspection (HO2 sensor 2) INFOID:0000000006217824

1.INSPECTION START
Will CONSULT-III be used?
Will CONSULT-III be used?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> GO TO 3.
2.CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2
WITH CONSULT-III
1. Start engine and warm it up to the normal operating temperature.
2. Start engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for at least 1 minute under no load.
3. Let engine idle for 1 minute.
4. Select “FUEL INJECTION” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode, and select “HO2S2 (B1)/(B2)” as the monitor item
with CONSULT-III.
5. Check “HO2S2 (B1)/(B2)” at idle speed when adjusting “FUEL INJECTION” to ±25%.

JMBIA1573GB

“HO2S2 (B1)/(B2)” should be above 0.74 V at least once when the “FUEL INJECTION” is +25%.
“HO2S2 (B1)/(B2)” should be below 0.18 V at least once when the “FUEL INJECTION” is −25%.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END

Revision: 2010 May EC-260 2011 QX56

 P0139, P0159 HO2S2
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56VD]
NO >> GO TO 6.
3.CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2-I A

WITHOUT CONSULT-III
1. Start engine and warm it up to the normal operating temperature. EC
2. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
3. Start engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for at least 1 minute under no load.
4. Let engine idle for 1 minute.
5. Check the voltage between ECM harness connector terminals under the following conditions. C

ECM
D
+ – Condition Voltage
Connector
Terminal Terminal
96 E
[HO2S2 The voltage should be above 0.74 V at
(bank 1)] Revving up to 4,000 rpm under no load at least once during this procedure.
F110 100
87 least 10 times The voltage should be below 0.18 V at
[HO2S2 least once during this procedure. F
(bank 2)]
Is the inspection result normal?
G
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> GO TO 4.
4.CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2-II H
Check the voltage between ECM harness connector terminals under the following conditions.

ECM I
+ – Condition Voltage
Connector
Terminal Terminal
J
96
[HO2S2 The voltage should be above 0.74 V at
(bank 1)] least once during this procedure.
F110 100 Keeping engine at idle for 10 minutes K
87 The voltage should be below 0.18 V at
[HO2S2 least once during this procedure.
(bank 2)]
Is the inspection result normal? L
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> GO TO 5.
5.CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2-III M

Check the voltage between ECM harness connector terminals under the following conditions.
N
ECM
+ – Condition Voltage
Connector
Terminal Terminal O
96
[HO2S2 The voltage should be above 0.74 V at
(bank 1)] Coasting from 80 km/h (50 MPH) with se- least once during this procedure. P
F110 100
87 lector lever in the D position The voltage should be below 0.18 V at
[HO2S2 least once during this procedure.
(bank 2)]
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> GO TO 6.

Revision: 2010 May EC-261 2011 QX56

 P0139, P0159 HO2S2
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56VD]

6.REPLACE HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2

Replace malfunctioning heated oxygen sensor 2. Refer to EM-40, "Exploded View".
CAUTION:
• Discard any heated oxygen sensor which has been dropped from a height of more than 0.5 m (19.7
in) onto a hard surface such as a concrete floor; use a new one.
• Before installing new oxygen sensor, clean exhaust system threads using Oxygen Sensor Thread
Cleaner [commercial service tool (J-43897-18 or J-43897-12)] and approved anti-seize lubricant
(commercial service tool).

>> INSPECTION END

Revision: 2010 May EC-262 2011 QX56

 P0171, P0174 FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM FUNCTION
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56VD]
P0171, P0174 FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM FUNCTION
A
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000006217825

DTC DETECTION LOGIC EC

With the Air/Fuel Mixture Ratio Self-Learning Control, the actual mixture ratio can be brought closely to the
theoretical mixture ratio based on the mixture ratio feedback signal from A/F sensor 1. The ECM calculates
the necessary compensation to correct the offset between the actual and the theoretical ratios. C
In case the amount of the compensation value is extremely large (the actual mixture ratio is too lean), the
ECM judges the condition as the fuel injection system malfunction and illuminates the MIL (2 trip detection
logic).
D
Sensor Input signal to ECM ECM function Actuator
Density of oxygen in exhaust gas
A/F sensor 1 Fuel injection control Fuel injector E
(Mixture ratio feedback signal)

Trouble diagnosis name

DTC No. DTC detecting condition Possible cause F
(Trouble diagnosis content)
FUEL SYS-LEAN-B1 • Intake air leakage
P0171 [Fuel injection system too • A/F sensor 1
lean (bank 1)] • Fuel injector G
• Fuel injection system does not operate properly.
• Exhaust gas leakage
• The amount of mixture ratio compensation is too
FUEL SYS-LEAN-B2 • Incorrect fuel pressure
large. (The mixture ratio is too lean.)
P0174 [Fuel injection system too • Lack of fuel
• Mass air flow sensor H
lean (bank 2)]
• Incorrect PCV hose connection

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

I
1.PRECONDITIONING
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
2. Turn ignition switch ON. J
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.

>> GO TO 2. K
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE-I
1. Clear the mixture ratio self-learning value. Refer to EC-152, "Work Procedure". L
2. Start engine.
Is it difficult to start engine?
YES >> GO TO 3. M
NO >> GO TO 4.
3.RESTART ENGINE
If it is difficult to start engine, the fuel injection system has a malfunction, too. N
Crank engine while depressing accelerator pedal.
NOTE:
When depressing accelerator pedal three fourths (3/4) or more, the control system does not start the engine. O
Do not depress accelerator pedal too much.
Does engine start?
YES >> Proceed to EC-264, "Diagnosis Procedure". P
NO >> Check exhaust and intake air leakage visually.
4.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE-II
1. Keep engine idle for at least 5 minutes.
2. Check 1st trip DTC.
Is 1st trip DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to EC-264, "Diagnosis Procedure".

Revision: 2010 May EC-263 2011 QX56

 P0171, P0174 FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM FUNCTION
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56VD]
NO >> GO TO 5.
5.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE-III
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
4. Start engine.
5. Maintain the following conditions for at least 10 consecutive minutes.
Hold the accelerator pedal as steady as possible.

Vehicle speed 50 - 120 km/h (31 - 75 MPH)

CAUTION:
Always drive vehicle at a safe speed.
6. Check 1st trip DTC.
Is 1st trip DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to EC-264, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006217826

1.CHECK EXHAUST GAS LEAKAGE

1. Start engine and run it at idle.
2. Listen for an exhaust gas leakage before three way catalyst (manifold).

PBIB1216E

Is exhaust gas leakage detected?

YES >> Repair or replace malfunctioning part.
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK FOR INTAKE AIR LEAKAGE
1. Listen for an intake air leakage after the mass air flow sensor.
2. Check PCV hose connection.
Is intake air leakage detected?
YES >> Repair or replace malfunctioning part.
NO >> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK A/F SENSOR 1 CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect corresponding A/F sensor 1 harness connector.
3. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
4. Check the continuity between A/F sensor 1 harness connector and ECM harness connector.

Revision: 2010 May EC-264 2011 QX56

 P0171, P0174 FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM FUNCTION
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56VD]

A/F sensor 1 ECM A

DTC Continuity
Bank Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
3 88
EC
P0171 1 F67 4 90
6 94
F110 Existed
3 78 C
P0174 2 F68 4 80
6 74
D
5. Check the continuity between A/F sensor 1 harness connector and ground, or ECM harness connector
and ground.
E
A/F sensor 1 ECM
DTC Continuity Continuity
Bank Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
3 88 F
P0171 1 F67 4 90
6 94
F110 Existed Not existed G
3 78
P0174 2 F68 4 80
6 74 H
6. Also check harness for short to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4. I
NO >> Repair open circuit, short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
4.CHECK FUEL PRESSURE J
Check fuel pressure. Refer to EC-153, "Work Procedure".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 6. K
NO >> GO TO 5.
5. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
L
Check fuel hoses and fuel tubes for clogging.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Replace “fuel filter and fuel pump assembly”. Refer to FL-5, "Removal and Installation".
M
NO >> Repair or replace malfunctioning part.
6.CHECK MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR
WITH CONSULT-III N
1. Install all removed parts.
2. Check “MASS AIR FLOW” in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III.
For specification, refer to EC-538, "Mass Air Flow Sensor". O
WITH GST
1. Install all removed parts.
2. Check mass air flow sensor signal in Service $01 with GST.
For specification, refer to EC-538, "Mass Air Flow Sensor". P
Is the measurement value within the specification?
YES >> GO TO 7.
NO >> Check connectors for rusted terminals or loose connections in the mass air flow sensor circuit or
grounds. Refer to EC-201, "Diagnosis Procedure".
7.CHECK FUNCTION OF FUEL INJECTOR

Revision: 2010 May EC-265 2011 QX56

 P0171, P0174 FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM FUNCTION
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56VD]
WITH CONSULT-III
1. Start engine.
2. Perform “POWER BALANCE” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode with CONSULT-III.
3. Check that each circuit produces a momentary engine speed drop.
WITHOUT CONSULT-III
1. Start engine and let it idle.
2. Listen to each fuel injector operating sound.

Clicking sound should be heard.

Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 8.
NO >> Perform trouble diagnosis for fuel injector, refer to EC-
498, "Diagnosis Procedure".

PBIB3332E

8.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT

Refer to GI-40, "Intermittent Incident".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Replace fuel injector. Refer to EM-49, "Removal and Installation".
NO >> Repair or replace malfunctioning part.

Revision: 2010 May EC-266 2011 QX56

 P0172, P0175 FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM FUNCTION
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56VD]
P0172, P0175 FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM FUNCTION
A
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000006217827

DTC DETECTION LOGIC EC

With the Air/Fuel Mixture Ratio Self-Learning Control, the actual mixture ratio can be brought closely to the
theoretical mixture ratio based on the mixture ratio feedback signal from A/F sensor 1. The ECM calculates
the necessary compensation to correct the offset between the actual and the theoretical ratios. C
In case the amount of the compensation value is extremely large (the actual mixture ratio is too rich), the ECM
judges the condition as the fuel injection system malfunction and illuminates the MIL (2 trip detection logic).

Sensor Input signal to ECM ECM function Actuator D

Density of oxygen in exhaust gas
A/F sensor 1 Fuel injection control Fuel injector
(Mixture ratio feedback signal)
E

Trouble diagnosis name

DTC No. DTC detecting condition Possible cause
(Trouble diagnosis content)
F
FUEL SYS-RICH-B1
P0172 [Fuel injection system too • A/F sensor 1
rich (bank 1)] • Fuel injection system does not operate properly. • Fuel injector
• The amount of mixture ratio compensation is too • Exhaust gas leakage G
FUEL SYS-RICH-B2 large. (The mixture ratio is too rich.) • Incorrect fuel pressure
P0175 [Fuel injection system too • Mass air flow sensor
rich (bank 2)]
H
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1.PRECONDITIONING
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. I
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
J
>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE-I K
1. Clear the mixture ratio self-learning value. Refer to EC-152, "Work Procedure".
2. Start engine.
Is it difficult to start engine? L
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> GO TO 4.
3.RESTART ENGINE M
If it is difficult to start engine, the fuel injection system has a malfunction, too.
Crank engine while depressing accelerator pedal.
NOTE: N
When depressing accelerator pedal three fourths (3/4) or more, the control system does not start the engine.
Do not depress accelerator pedal too much.
Does engine start? O
YES >> Proceed to EC-268, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> Remove spark plugs and check for fouling, etc.
4.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE-II P
1. Keep engine idle for at least 5 minutes.
2. Check 1st trip DTC.
Is 1st trip DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to EC-268, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> GO TO 5.

Revision: 2010 May EC-267 2011 QX56

 P0172, P0175 FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM FUNCTION
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56VD]

5.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE-III

1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
4. Start engine.
5. Maintain the following conditions for at least 10 consecutive minutes.
Hold the accelerator pedal as steady as possible.

Vehicle speed 50 - 120 km/h (31 - 75 MPH)

CAUTION:
Always drive vehicle at a safe speed.
6. Check 1st trip DTC.
Is 1st trip DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to EC-268, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006217828

1.CHECK EXHAUST GAS LEAKAGE

1. Start engine and run it at idle.
2. Listen for an exhaust gas leakage before three way catalyst (manifold).

PBIB1216E

Is exhaust gas leakage detected?

YES >> Repair or replace malfunctioning part.
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK FOR INTAKE AIR LEAKAGE
Listen for an intake air leakage after the mass air flow sensor.
Is intake air leakage detected?
YES >> Repair or replace malfunctioning part.
NO >> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK A/F SENSOR 1 CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect corresponding A/F sensor 1 harness connector.
3. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
4. Check the continuity between A/F sensor 1 harness connector and ECM harness connector.

Revision: 2010 May EC-268 2011 QX56

 P0172, P0175 FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM FUNCTION
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56VD]

A/F sensor 1 ECM A

DTC Continuity
Bank Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
3 88
EC
P0171 1 F67 4 90
6 94
F110 Existed
3 78 C
P0174 2 F68 4 80
6 74
D
5. Check the continuity between A/F sensor 1 harness connector and ground, or ECM harness connector
and ground.
E
A/F sensor 1 ECM
DTC Continuity Continuity
Bank Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
3 88 F
P0171 1 F67 4 90
6 94
F110 Existed Not existed G
3 78
P0174 2 F68 4 80
6 74 H
6. Also check harness for short to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4. I
NO >> Repair open circuit, short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
4.CHECK FUEL PRESSURE J
Check fuel pressure. Refer to EC-153, "Work Procedure".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5. K
NO >> Replace fuel filter and fuel pump assembly”. Refer to FL-5, "Removal and Installation".
5.CHECK MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR
L
WITH CONSULT-III
1. Install all removed parts.
2. Check “MASS AIR FLOW” in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III.
For specification, refer to EC-538, "Mass Air Flow Sensor". M
WITH GST
1. Install all removed parts.
2. Check mass air flow sensor signal in “Service $01” with GST. N
For specification, refer to EC-538, "Mass Air Flow Sensor".
Is the measurement value within the specification?
YES >> GO TO 6. O
NO >> Check connectors for rusted terminals or loose connections in the mass air flow sensor circuit or
grounds. Refer to EC-201, "Diagnosis Procedure".
6.CHECK FUNCTION OF FUEL INJECTOR P
WITH CONSULT-III
1. Start engine.
2. Perform “POWER BALANCE” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode with CONSULT-III.
3. Check that each circuit produces a momentary engine speed drop.
WITHOUT CONSULT-III
1. Start engine and let it idle.

Revision: 2010 May EC-269 2011 QX56

 P0172, P0175 FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM FUNCTION
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56VD]
2. Listen to each fuel injector operating sound.

Clicking sound should be heard.

Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 7.
NO >> Perform trouble diagnosis for fuel injector, refer to EC-
498, "Diagnosis Procedure".

PBIB3332E

7.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT

Refer to GI-40, "Intermittent Incident".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Replace fuel injector. Refer to EM-49, "Removal and Installation".
NO >> Repair or replace malfunctioning part.

Revision: 2010 May EC-270 2011 QX56

 P0181 FTT SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56VD]
P0181 FTT SENSOR
A
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000006288289

DTC DETECTION LOGIC EC

Trouble diagnosis name

DTC No. DTC detecting condition Possible cause
(Trouble diagnosis content) C
• Harness or connectors
Rationally incorrect voltage from the sensor
FTT SENSOR (The FTT sensor circuit is open or
is sent to ECM, compared with the voltage
P0181 [Fuel tank temperature sensor shorted) D
signals from engine coolant temperature sen-
circuit range/performance] • Fuel tank temperature sensor
sor and intake air temperature sensor.
• Combination meter

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE E

1.PRECONDITIONING
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
2. Turn ignition switch ON. F
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.

G
>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE-I
1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 10 seconds. H
2. Check 1st trip DTC.
Is 1st trip DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to EC-271, "Diagnosis Procedure". I
NO >> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE
J
WITH CONSULT-III
1. Select “COOLAN TEMP/S” in “DATA MONITOR” with CONSULT-III.
2. Check “COOLAN TEMP/S” value.
K
WITH GST
Follow the procedure “With CONSULT-III” above.
“COOLAN TEMP/S” less than 60°C (140°F)?
L
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> GO TO 4.
4.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE-II M
WITH CONSULT-III
1. Cool engine down until “COOLAN TEMP/S” is less than 60°C (140°F).
2. Wait at least 10 seconds. N
3. Check 1st trip DTC.
WITH GST
Follow the procedure “With CONSULT-III” above.
O
Is 1st trip DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to EC-271, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END
P
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006288290

1.CHECK DTC WITH COMBINATION METER

Refer to MWI-30, "CONSULT-III Function".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.

Revision: 2010 May EC-271 2011 QX56

 P0181 FTT SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56VD]
NO >> Proceed to MWI-69, "Component Function Check".
2.CHECK FUEL TANK TEMPERATURE SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect “fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump” harness connector.
3. Turn ignition switch ON.
4. Check the voltage between “fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump” harness connector and ground.

Fuel level sensor unit and

fuel pump Ground Voltage (V)
Connector Terminal
C5 4 Ground Approx. 5
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> GO TO 3.
3.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following.
• Harness for open or short between ECM and “fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump”
• Loose or poor connection for each connector and harness

>> Repair open circuit, short to ground or short to power in harness or connector.
4.CHECK FUEL TANK TEMPERATURE SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect “combination meter” harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between “fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump” harness connector and “combination
meter” harness connector.

Fuel level sensor unit and

Combination meter
fuel pump Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
C5 5 M34 24 Existed
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> GO TO 5.
5.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following.
• Harness for open or short between “fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump” and “combination meter”
• Loose or poor connection for each connector and harness

>> Repair open circuit, short to ground or short to power in harness or connector.
6.CHECK FUEL TANK TEMPERATURE SENSOR
Refer to EC-273, "Component Inspection (Fuel Tank Temperature Sensor)".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 7.
NO >> Replace fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump. Refer to FL-5, "Removal and Installation".
7.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to GI-40, "Intermittent Incident".

>> INSPECTION END

Revision: 2010 May EC-272 2011 QX56

 P0181 FTT SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56VD]
Component Inspection (Fuel Tank Temperature Sensor) INFOID:0000000006288291

A
1.CHECK FUEL TANK TEMPERATURE SENSOR
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect “fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump” harness connector. EC
3. Remove fuel level sensor unit.
4. Check resistance between “fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump
” terminals by heating with hot water as shown in the figure. C

Terminals Condition Resistance (kΩ)

20 (68) 2.3 - 2.7 D
4 and 5 Temperature [°C (°F)]
50 (122) 0.79 - 0.90
Is the inspection result normal? E
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Replace “fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump”.
JMBIA0167ZZ

Revision: 2010 May EC-273 2011 QX56

 P0182, P0183 FTT SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56VD]
P0182, P0183 FTT SENSOR
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000006288292

DTC DETECTION LOGIC

Trouble diagnosis name

DTC No. DTC detecting condition Possible cause
(Trouble diagnosis content)
FTT SEN/CIRCUIT
An excessively low voltage from the sensor is • Harness or connectors
P0182 (Fuel tank temperature sen-
sent to ECM. (The FTT sensor circuit is open or
sor circuit low input)
shorted.)
FTT SEN/CIRCUIT • Fuel tank temperature sensor
An excessively high voltage from the sensor is
P0183 (Fuel tank temperature sen- • Combination meter
sent to ECM.
sor circuit high input)

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

1.PRECONDITIONING
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.

>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 5 seconds.
2. Check 1st trip DTC.
Is 1st trip DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to EC-274, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006288293

1.CHECK DTC WITH COMBINATION METER

Refer to MWI-30, "CONSULT-III Function".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Proceed to MWI-69, "Component Function Check".
2.CHECK FUEL TANK TEMPERATURE SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect “fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump” harness connector.
3. Turn ignition switch ON.
4. Check the voltage between “fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump” harness connector and ground.

Fuel level sensor unit and

fuel pump Ground Voltage (V)
Connector Terminal
C5 4 Ground Approx. 5
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> GO TO 3.
3.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following.
• Harness for open or short between ECM and “fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump”

Revision: 2010 May EC-274 2011 QX56

 P0182, P0183 FTT SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56VD]
• Loose or poor connection for each connector and harness
A
>> Repair open circuit, short to ground or short to power in harness or connector.
4.CHECK FUEL TANK TEMPERATURE SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT EC
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect combination meter harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between “fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump” harness connector and “combination
C
meter” harness connector.

Fuel level sensor unit and

fuel pump
Combination meter D
Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
C5 5 M34 24 Existed E
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 6. F
NO >> GO TO 5.
5.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
G
Check the following.
• Harness for open or short between “fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump” and “combination meter”
• Loose or poor connection for each connector and harness
H

>> Repair open circuit, short to ground or short to power in harness or connector.
6.CHECK FUEL TANK TEMPERATURE SENSOR I
Refer to EC-275, "Component Inspection (Fuel Tank Temperature Sensor)".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 7. J
NO >> Replace “fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump”. Refer to FL-5, "Removal and Installation".
7.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT K
Refer to GI-40, "Intermittent Incident".

>> INSPECTION END L

Component Inspection (Fuel Tank Temperature Sensor) INFOID:0000000006288294

1.CHECK FUEL TANK TEMPERATURE SENSOR M

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.

2. Disconnect “fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump” harness connector.
N
3. Remove fuel level sensor unit.
4. Check resistance between “fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump
” terminals by heating with hot water as shown in the figure.
O
Terminals Condition Resistance (kΩ)
20 (68) 2.3 - 2.7
4 and 5 Temperature [°C (°F)] P
50 (122) 0.79 - 0.90
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Replace “fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump”.
JMBIA0167ZZ

Revision: 2010 May EC-275 2011 QX56

 P0190, P0192, P0193 FRP SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56VD]
P0190, P0192, P0193 FRP SENSOR
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000006288295

DTC DETECTION LOGIC

DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
Fuel rail pressure sensor Signal voltage from the fuel rail pressure • Harness or connectors
P0190 circuit low input and high in- sensor remains at more than 4.84 V / (Fuel rail pressure sensor circuit is open or
put less than 0.2 V for 5 seconds or more. shorted.)
(Power steering pressure sensor circuit is
Signal voltage from the fuel rail pressure
Fuel rail pressure sensor open or shorted.)
P0192 sensor remains at less than 0.37 V for 5
circuit low input (Low fuel pressure sensor circuit is open or
seconds or more.
shorted.)
(The electrically-controlled cooling fan cou-
pling circuit is open or shorted)
Signal voltage from the fuel rail pressure
Fuel rail pressure sensor • Fuel rail pressure sensor
P0193 sensor remains at more than 3.46 V for 5
circuit high input • Power steering pressure sensor
seconds or more.
• Low fuel pressure sensor
• Electrically-controlled cooling fan coupling

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

1.PRECONDITIONING
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is 11 V or more at idle.

>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Start the engine ON and wait at least 60 seconds.
2. Check DTC or 1st trip DTC.
Is DTC or 1st trip DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to EC-276, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006288296

1.CHECK FRP SENSOR POWER SUPPLY-I

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect FRP sensor connector.
3. Turn ignition switch ON.
4. Check the voltage between FRP sensor harness connector terminals.

FRP sensor
Voltage
+ −
Connector (Approx.)
terminal
F26 1 3 5V
Inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK FRP SENSOR POWER SUPPLY-II
Check the voltage between FRP sensor harness connector and the ground.

Revision: 2010 May EC-276 2011 QX56

 P0190, P0192, P0193 FRP SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56VD]

+ A
Voltage
FRP sensor −
(Approx.)
Connector Terminal
EC
F26 1 Ground 5V
Is inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4. C
NO >> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
D
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check harness connector for short to power and short to ground, between the following terminals.
E
ECM Sensor
Connector Terminal Name Connector Terminal
F
Low fuel pressure sensor F25 3
27 Power steering pressure sensor F35 1
F111
Cooling fan speed sensor F39 2 G
28 FRP sensor F26 1
Is inspection result normal?
H
YES >> Perform the trouble diagnosis for power supply circuit. Refer to EC-168, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
4.CHECK FRP SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT I
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between FRP sensor harness connector and ECM harness connector. J

+ −
FRP sensor ECM Continuity K
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
F26 3 F111 40 Existed
L
Is inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts. M
5.CHECK ECM GROUND CIRCUIT
Check the continuity between ECM harness connector and the ground.
N
ECM
Ground Continuity
Connector Terminal
O
F111 5
114
Ground Existed
115 P
E80
174
175
Is inspection result normal?
YES >> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-40, "Intermittent Incident".
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.

Revision: 2010 May EC-277 2011 QX56

 P0190, P0192, P0193 FRP SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56VD]

6.CHECK FRP SENSOR SIGNAL CIRCUIT

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between FRP sensor harness connector and ECM harness connector.

+ −
FRP sensor ECM Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
F26 2 F111 31 Existed
4. Also check harness for short to ground and to power.
Is inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 7.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
7.CHECK FRP SENSOR
Refer to EC-278, "Component Inspection (Fuel Rail Pressure Sensor)".
Is inspection result normal?
YES >> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-40, "Intermittent Incident".
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
Component Inspection (Fuel Rail Pressure Sensor) INFOID:0000000006288297

1.CHECK FRP SENSOR

WITH CONSULT-III
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Reconnect harness connector disconnected.
3. Start the engine.
4. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III.
5. Check that the “FUEL PRES SEN V” indication.

Monitor Item Condition Values/Status

Engine speed: Idle 980 – 1,200 mV
FUEL PRES SEN V Engine speed: Revving engine from idle to 4,000 rpm
1,100 – 2,900 mV
quickly

WITHOUT CONSULT-III
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Reconnect harness connector disconnected.
3. Start the engine.
4. Check FRP sensor signal voltage.

+ −
Value
ECM Condition
(Approx.)
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition 0.98 – 1.2 V
• Idle speed
F111 31 F111 40
[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition 1.1 – 2.9 V
• Revving engine from idle to 4,000 rpm quickly
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END.
NO >> Replace FRP sensor. Refer to EM-48, "Exploded View".

Revision: 2010 May EC-278 2011 QX56

 P0191 FRP SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56VD]
P0191 FRP SENSOR
A
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000006288298

DTC DETECTION LOGIC EC

DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
• Harness or connectors C
(Fuel rail pressure sensor circuit is open or
shorted.)
(Power steering pressure sensor circuit is
open or shorted.) D
Fuel rail pressure remains at more than
(Low fuel pressure sensor circuit is open or
P0191 Fuel rail pressure sensor 1.5 MPa (15 bar, 15.3 kg/cm2, 217.5 psi) shorted.)
for 0.2 seconds or more during ignition (The electrically-controlled cooling fan cou-
ON. E
pling circuit is open or shorted)
• Fuel rail pressure sensor
• Power steering pressure sensor
• Low fuel pressure sensor F
• Electrically-controlled cooling fan coupling

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

G
1.PRECONDITIONING
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
2. Turn ignition switch ON. H
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is 11 V or more at idle.
I

>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE J
1. Start the engine and warm it up to the normal operating temperature.
NOTE:
Warm up the engine until “COOLAN TEMP/S” on “DATA MONITOR” of CONSULT-III reaches at least K
70°C (158°F).
2. Turn the ignition switch OFF and cool the engine until the engine coolant temperature reaches 35°C
(95°F) or less.
L
CAUTION:
• The difference between air temperature and engine coolant temperature must be 5°C or less.
• Do not turn ignition switch ON.
3. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 60 seconds. M
4. Check 1st trip DTC.
Is 1st trip DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to EC-279, "Diagnosis Procedure". N
NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006288299
O
1.CHECK FRP SENSOR POWER SUPPLY-I
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
P
2. Disconnect FRP sensor connector.
3. Turn ignition switch ON.
4. Check the voltage between FRP sensor harness connector terminals.

Revision: 2010 May EC-279 2011 QX56

 P0191 FRP SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56VD]

FRP sensor
Voltage
+ −
Connector (Approx.)
terminal
F26 1 3 5V
Inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK FRP SENSOR POWER SUPPLY-II
Check the voltage between FRP sensor harness connector and the ground.

+
Voltage
FRP sensor −
(Approx.)
Connector Terminal
F26 1 Ground 5V
Is inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check harness connector for short to power and short to ground, between the following terminals.

ECM Sensor
Connector Terminal Name Connector Terminal
Low fuel pressure sensor F25 3
27 Power steering pressure sensor F35 1
F111
Cooling fan speed sensor F39 2
28 FRP sensor F26 1
Is inspection result normal?
YES >> Perform the trouble diagnosis for power supply circuit. Refer to EC-168, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
4.CHECK FRP SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between FRP sensor harness connector and ECM harness connector.

+ −
FRP sensor ECM Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
F26 3 F111 40 Existed
Is inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
5.CHECK ECM GROUND CIRCUIT
Check the continuity between ECM harness connector and the ground.

Revision: 2010 May EC-280 2011 QX56

 P0191 FRP SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56VD]

ECM A
Ground Continuity
Connector Terminal
F111 5
EC
114
Ground Existed
115
E80
174 C
175
Is inspection result normal?
D
YES >> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-40, "Intermittent Incident".
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
6.CHECK FRP SENSOR SIGNAL CIRCUIT E
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between FRP sensor harness connector and ECM harness connector. F

+ −
FRP sensor ECM Continuity G
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
F26 2 F111 31 Existed
H
4. Also check harness for short to ground and to power.
Is inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 7. I
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
7.CHECK FRP SENSOR
Refer to EC-278, "Component Inspection (Fuel Rail Pressure Sensor)". J
Is inspection result normal?
YES >> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-40, "Intermittent Incident".
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts. K

Component Inspection (Fuel Rail Pressure Sensor) INFOID:0000000006288360

L
1.CHECK FRP SENSOR
WITH CONSULT-III
1. Turn ignition switch OFF. M
2. Reconnect harness connector disconnected.
3. Start the engine.
4. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III. N
5. Check that the “FUEL PRES SEN V” indication.

Monitor Item Condition Values/Status

O
Engine speed: Idle 980 – 1,200 mV
FUEL PRES SEN V Engine speed: Revving engine from idle to 4,000 rpm
1,100 – 2,900 mV
quickly
P
WITHOUT CONSULT-III
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Reconnect harness connector disconnected.
3. Start the engine.
4. Check FRP sensor signal voltage.

Revision: 2010 May EC-281 2011 QX56

 P0191 FRP SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56VD]

+ −
Value
ECM Condition
(Approx.)
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition 0.98 – 1.2 V
• Idle speed
F111 31 F111 40
[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition 1.1 – 2.9 V
• Revving engine from idle to 4,000 rpm quickly
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END.
NO >> Replace FRP sensor. Refer to EM-48, "Exploded View".

Revision: 2010 May EC-282 2011 QX56

 P0196 EOT SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56VD]
P0196 EOT SENSOR
A
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000006288301

DTC DETECTION LOGIC EC

NOTE:
If DTC P0196 is displayed with P0197 or P0198, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0197,
P0198. Refer to EC-285, "DTC Logic". C

Trouble diagnosis name

DTC No. DTC detecting condition Possible cause
(Trouble diagnosis content)
D
Rationally incorrect voltage from the sensor is • Harness or connectors
EOT SENSOR
sent to ECM, compared with the voltage signals (The EOT sensor circuit is open or
P0196 (Engine oil temperature sen-
from engine coolant temperature sensor and in- shorted)
sor range/performance) E
take air temperature sensor. • Engine oil temperature sensor

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

1.PRECONDITIONING F
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. G
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is 11 V or more at idle.
H
>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE-I
I
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
3. Turn ignition switch ON.
4. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. J
5. Start engine and let it idle for 5 minutes and 10 seconds.
6. Check 1st trip DTC.
Is 1st trip DTC detected? K
YES >> EC-284, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> GO TO 3.
3.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE-II L

WITH CONSULT-III
1. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III.
M
2. Check that “COOLAN TEMP/S” indicates above 80°C (176°F).
If it is above 80°C (176°F), go to the following steps.
If it is below 80°C (176°F), warm engine up until “COOLAN TEMP/S” indicates more than 80°C (176°F).
Then perform the following steps. N
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and soak the vehicle in a cool place.
4. Turn ignition switch ON.
NOTE: O
Do not turn ignition switch OFF until step 8.
5. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III.
6. Check the following.
P
COOLAN TEMP/S Below 40°C (104°F)
INT/A TEMP SE Below 40°C (104°F)
Difference between “COOLAN TEMP/S” and “INT/A TEMP SE” Within 6°C (11°F)
If they are within the specified range, perform the following steps.
If they are out of the specified range, soak the vehicle to meet the above conditions. Then perform the fol-
lowing steps.

Revision: 2010 May EC-283 2011 QX56

 P0196 EOT SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56VD]
NOTE:
• Do not turn ignition switch OFF.
• If it is supposed to need a long period of time, do not deplete the battery.
7. Start engine and let it idle for 5 minutes.
8. Check 1st trip DTC.
WITH GST
Follow the procedure “With CONSULT-III” above.
Is 1st trip DTC detected?
YES >> EC-284, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006288302

1.CHECK ENGINE OIL TEMPERATURE SENSOR

Refer to EC-284, "Component Inspection (Engine Oil Temperature Sensor)".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Replace engine oil temperature sensor. Refer to EM-54, "Exploded View".
2.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to GI-40, "Intermittent Incident".

>> INSPECTION END

Component Inspection (Engine Oil Temperature Sensor) INFOID:0000000006288303

1.CHECK ENGINE OIL TEMPERATURE SENSOR

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect engine oil temperature sensor harness connector.
3. Remove engine oil temperature sensor.
4. Check resistance between engine oil temperature sensor termi-
nals by heating with hot water as shown in the figure.

Terminals Condition Resistance (kΩ)

20 (68) 2.35 - 2.73
1 and 2 Temperature [°C (°F)] 50 (122) 0.68 - 1.00
90 (194) 0.236 - 0.260
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END JMBIA0080ZZ
NO >> Replace engine oil temperature sensor.

Revision: 2010 May EC-284 2011 QX56

 P0197, P0198 EOT SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56VD]
P0197, P0198 EOT SENSOR
A
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000006217832

DTC DETECTION LOGIC EC

Trouble diagnosis name

DTC No. DTC Detecting Condition Possible Cause
(Trouble diagnosis content) C
EOT SEN/CIRC
An excessively low voltage from the sensor
P0197 (Engine oil temperature • Harness or connectors
is sent to ECM.
sensor circuit low input) (The engine oil temperature sensor circuit
D
EOT SEN/CIRC is open or shorted.)
An excessively high voltage from the sensor • Engine oil temperature sensor
P0198 (Engine oil temperature
is sent to ECM.
sensor circuit high input)
E
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1.PRECONDITIONING
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. F
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
G
>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE H
1. Start engine and wait at least 5 seconds.
2. Check 1st trip DTC.
Is 1st trip DTC detected? I
YES >> Go to EC-285, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006217833
J

1.CHECK ENGINE OIL TEMPERATURE SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT

K
1. Disconnect engine oil temperature (EOT) sensor harness connector.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Check the voltage between EOT sensor harness connector and ground.
L
EOT sensor
Ground Voltage (V)
Connector Terminal
M
F38 1 Ground Approx. 5
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2. N
NO >> Repair open circuit, short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
2.CHECK EOT SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
O
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between EOT sensor harness connector and ECM harness connector.
P
EOT sensor ECM
Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
F38 2 F111 40 Existed
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
Is the inspection result normal?

Revision: 2010 May EC-285 2011 QX56

 P0197, P0198 EOT SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56VD]
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Repair open circuit, short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
3.CHECK ENGINE OIL TEMPERATURE SENSOR
Refer to EC-286, "Component Inspection (Engine Oil Temperature Sensor)".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Replace engine oil temperature sensor. Refer to EM-54, "Exploded View".
4.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to GI-40, "Intermittent Incident".

>> INSPECTION END

Component Inspection (Engine Oil Temperature Sensor) INFOID:0000000006217834

1.CHECK ENGINE OIL TEMPERATURE SENSOR

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect engine oil temperature sensor harness connector.
3. Remove engine oil temperature sensor.
4. Check resistance between engine oil temperature sensor termi-
nals by heating with hot water as shown in the figure.

Terminals Condition Resistance (kΩ)

20 (68) 2.35 - 2.73
1 and 2 Temperature [°C (°F)] 50 (122) 0.68 - 1.00
90 (194) 0.236 - 0.260
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END JMBIA0080ZZ
NO >> Replace engine oil temperature sensor. Refer to EM-54,
"Exploded View".

Revision: 2010 May EC-286 2011 QX56

 P0201, P0202, P0203, P0204, P0205, P0206, P0207, P0208 INJECTOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56VD]
P0201, P0202, P0203, P0204, P0205, P0206, P0207, P0208 INJECTOR
A
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000006217835

DTC DETECTION LOGIC EC

DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
C
ECM detects No. 1 injector circuit
P0201 No.1 fuel injector circuit
is open or shorted.
ECM detects No. 2 injector circuit
P0202 No. 2 fuel injector circuit D
is open or shorted.
ECM detects No. 3 injector circuit
P0203 No. 3 fuel injector circuit
is open or shorted.
ECM detects No. 4 injector circuit E
P0204 No. 4 fuel injector circuit • The fuel injector circuit is open or shorted
is open or shorted.
• Fuel injector
ECM detects No. 5 injector circuit • ECM
P0205 No. 5 fuel injector circuit
is open or shorted. F
ECM detects No. 6 injector circuit
P0206 No. 6 fuel injector circuit
is open or shorted.
ECM detects No. 7 injector circuit G
P0207 No. 7 fuel injector circuit
is open or shorted.
ECM detects No. 8 injector circuit
P0208 No. 8 fuel injector circuit
is open or shorted. H

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

1.PRECONDITIONING I
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. J
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, comfirm that battery voltage is 11 V or more at idle.
K
>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
L
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
2. Start the engine and let it idle at least 30 seconds.
3. Check 1st trip DTC.
Is 1st trip DTC detected? M
YES >> Proceed to EC-287, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END
N
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006217836

1.PERFORM TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INJECTOR O

Refer to EC-498, "Component Function Check".
Is inspection result normal?
YES >> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-40, "Intermittent Incident". P
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.

Revision: 2010 May EC-287 2011 QX56

 P0222, P0223 TP SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56VD]
P0222, P0223 TP SENSOR
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000006217837

DTC DETECTION LOGIC

NOTE:
If DTC P0222 or P0223 is displayed with DTC P0643, perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0643.
Refer to EC-381, "DTC Logic".

Trouble diagnosis name

DTC No. DTC detecting condition Possible cause
(Trouble diagnosis content)
TP SEN 1/CIRC-B1
An excessively low voltage from the TP
P0222 (Throttle position sensor 1 • Harness or connectors
sensor 1 is sent to ECM.
circuit low input) (TP sensor 1 circuit is open or shorted.)
TP SEN 1/CIRC-B1 • Electric throttle control actuator
An excessively high voltage from the TP (TP sensor 1)
P0223 (Throttle position sensor 1
sensor 1 is sent to ECM.
circuit high input)

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

1.PRECONDITIONING
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is 8 V or more at idle.

>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Start engine and let it idle for 1 second.
2. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Go to EC-288, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006217838

1.CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR 1 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-I

1. Disconnect electric throttle control actuator harness connector.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Check the voltage between electric throttle control actuator harness connector and ground.

Electric throttle control actuator

Ground Voltage (V)
Connector Terminal
F66 2 Ground Approx. 5
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Repair open circuit, short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
2.CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR 1 GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between electric throttle control actuator and ECM harness connector.

Revision: 2010 May EC-288 2011 QX56

 P0222, P0223 TP SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56VD]

Electric throttle control actuator ECM A

Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
F66 4 F110 97 Existed
EC
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3. C
NO >> Repair open circuit, short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
3.CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR 1 INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
D
1. Check the continuity between electric throttle control actuator and ECM harness connector.

Electric throttle control actuator ECM

Continuity E
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
F66 1 F110 91 Existed
2. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. F
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Repair open circuit, short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. G
4.CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR
Refer to EC-289, "Component Inspection (Throttle Position Sensor)". H
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> GO TO 5. I
5.REPLACE ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR
Replace electric throttle control actuator. Refer to EM-30, "Removal and Installation".
J

>> INSPECTION END

6.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT K
Refer to GI-40, "Intermittent Incident".

L
>> INSPECTION END
Component Inspection (Throttle Position Sensor) INFOID:0000000006217839

M
1.CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Reconnect all harness connectors disconnected. N
3. Perform EC-147, "Work Procedure".
4. Turn ignition switch ON.
5. Set selector lever position to D.
O
6. Check the voltage between ECM harness connector terminals under the following conditions.

ECM
P
+ – Condition Voltage (V)
Connector
Terminal Terminal

91 Fully released More than 0.36

(TP sensor 1 signal) Fully depressed Less than 4.75
97
F110 Accelerator pedal
(Sensor ground) Fully released Less than 4.75
79
(TP sensor 2 signal) Fully depressed More than 0.36

Revision: 2010 May EC-289 2011 QX56

 P0222, P0223 TP SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56VD]
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.REPLACE ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR
Replace electric throttle control actuator. Refer to EM-30, "Removal and Installation".

>> INSPECTION END

Revision: 2010 May EC-290 2011 QX56

 P0300, P0301, P0302, P0303, P0304, P0305, P0306, P0307, P0308 MISFIRE
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56VD]
P0300, P0301, P0302, P0303, P0304, P0305, P0306, P0307, P0308 MIS-
A
FIRE
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000006217840
EC
DTC DETECTION LOGIC
When a misfire occurs, engine speed will fluctuate. If the engine speed fluctuates enough to cause the crank-
shaft position (CKP) sensor signal to vary, ECM can determine that a misfire is occurring. C

Sensor Input signal to ECM ECM function

Crankshaft position sensor Engine speed On board diagnosis of misfire D
The misfire detection logic consists of the following two conditions.
1. One Trip Detection Logic (Three Way Catalyst Damage)
E
On the 1st trip that a misfire condition occurs that can damage the three way catalyst (TWC) due to over-
heating, the MIL will blink.
When a misfire condition occurs, the ECM monitors the CKP sensor signal every 200 engine revolutions
for a change. F
When the misfire condition decreases to a level that will not damage the TWC, the MIL will turn off.
If another misfire condition occurs that can damage the TWC on a second trip, the MIL will blink.
When the misfire condition decreases to a level that will not damage the TWC, the MIL will remain on. G
If another misfire condition occurs that can damage the TWC, the MIL will begin to blink again.
2. Two Trip Detection Logic (Exhaust quality deterioration)
For misfire conditions that will not damage the TWC (but will affect vehicle emissions), the MIL will only
H
light when the misfire is detected on a second trip. During this condition, the ECM monitors the CKP sen-
sor signal every 1,000 engine revolutions.
A misfire malfunction can be detected in any one cylinder or in multiple cylinders.
I
Trouble diagnosis name
DTC No. DTC detecting condition Possible cause
(Trouble diagnosis content)
MULTI CYL MISFIRE J
P0300 Multiple cylinders misfire.
(Multiple cylinder misfires detected)
CYL 1 MISFIRE
P0301 No. 1 cylinder misfires.
(No.1 cylinder misfire detected) K
CYL 2 MISFIRE
P0302 No. 2 cylinder misfires. • Improper spark plug
(No. 2 cylinder misfire detected)
• Insufficient compression
CYL 3 MISFIRE • Incorrect fuel pressure L
P0303 No. 3 cylinder misfires.
(No. 3 cylinder misfire detected) • The fuel injector circuit is open or shorted
• Fuel injector
CYL 4 MISFIRE
P0304 No. 4 cylinder misfires. • Intake air leakage
(No. 4 cylinder misfire detected) M
• The ignition signal circuit is open or shorted
CYL 5 MISFIRE • Lack of fuel
P0305 No. 5 cylinder misfires.
(No. 5 cylinder misfire detected) • Signal plate
• A/F sensor 1
CYL 6 MISFIRE N
P0306 No. 6 cylinder misfires. • Incorrect PCV hose connection
(No. 6 cylinder misfire detected)
CYL 7 MISFIRE
P0307 No. 7 cylinder misfires.
(No. 7 cylinder misfire detected) O
CYL 8 MISFIRE
P0308 No. 8 cylinder misfires.
(No. 8 cylinder misfire detected)

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE P

1.PRECONDITIONING
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.

Revision: 2010 May EC-291 2011 QX56

 P0300, P0301, P0302, P0303, P0304, P0305, P0306, P0307, P0308 MISFIRE
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56VD]
>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE-I
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
3. Turn ignition switch ON.
4. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
5. Restart engine and let it idle for about 15 minutes.
6. Check 1st trip DTC.
Is 1st trip DTC detected?
YES >> Go to EC-292, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> GO TO 3.
3.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE-II
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
4. Start engine and drive the vehicle under similar conditions to (1st trip) Freeze Frame Data for a certain
time. Refer to the table below.
Hold the accelerator pedal as steady as possible.
Similar conditions to (1st trip) Freeze Frame Data mean that the following conditions should be satisfied at
the same time.
CAUTION:
Always drive vehicle in safe manner according to traffic conditions and obey all traffic laws when
driving.

Engine speed Engine speed in the freeze frame data ± 400 rpm
Vehicle speed Vehicle speed in the freeze frame data ± 10 km/h (6 MPH)
Base fuel schedule Base fuel schedule in the freeze frame data × (1 ± 0.1)
When the freeze frame data shows lower than 70°C (158°F),
Engine coolant temperature (T) T should be lower than 70°C (158°F).
condition When the freeze frame data shows higher than or equal to 70°C (158°F),
T should be higher than or equal to 70°C (158°F).
Driving time varies according to the engine speed in the freeze frame data.

Engine speed Time

Around 1,000 rpm Approximately 10 minutes
Around 2,000 rpm Approximately 5 minutes
More than 3,000 rpm Approximately 3.5 minutes
5. Check 1st trip DTC.
Is 1st trip DTC detected?
YES >> Go to EC-292, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006217841

1.CHECK FOR INTAKE AIR LEAKAGE AND PCV HOSE

1. Start engine and run it at idle speed.
2. Listen for the sound of the intake air leakage.
3. Check PCV hose connection.
Is intake air leakage detected?
YES >> Discover air leakage location and repair.
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK FOR EXHAUST SYSTEM CLOGGING

Revision: 2010 May EC-292 2011 QX56

 P0300, P0301, P0302, P0303, P0304, P0305, P0306, P0307, P0308 MISFIRE
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56VD]
Stop engine and visually check exhaust tube, three way catalyst and muffler for dents.
Is the inspection result normal? A
YES-1 >> With CONSULT-III: GO TO 3.
YES-2 >> Without CONSULT-III: GO TO 4.
NO >> Repair or replace malfunctioning part. EC
3.PERFORM POWER BALANCE TEST
WITH CONSULT-III C
1. Start engine.
2. Perform “POWER BALANCE” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode with CONSULT-III.
3. Check that each circuit produces a momentary engine speed drop.
D
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 9.
NO >> GO TO 4.
E
4.CHECK FUNCTION OF FUEL INJECTOR-I
1. Start engine and let it idle.
2. Listen to each fuel injector operation. F

Clicking sound should be heard.

Is the inspection result normal? G
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> Perform trouble diagnosis for FUEL INJECTOR, refer to
EC-498, "Diagnosis Procedure". H

PBIB3332E I
5.CHECK FUNCTION OF IGNITION COIL-I
CAUTION:
Perform the following procedure in a place with no combustible objects and good ventilation. J
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Remove fuel pump fuse No. in IPDM E/R to release fuel pressure.
NOTE: K
Do not use CONSULT-III to release fuel pressure, or fuel pressure applies again during the following pro-
cedure.
3. Start engine. L
4. After engine stalls, crank it 2 or 3 times to release all fuel pressure.
5. Turn ignition switch OFF.
6. Remove all ignition coil harness connectors to avoid the electrical discharge from the ignition coils.
7. Remove ignition coil and spark plug of the cylinder to be checked. M
8. Crank engine for 5 seconds or more to remove combustion gas in the cylinder.
9. Connect spark plug and harness connector to ignition coil.
10. Fix ignition coil using a rope etc. with gap of 13 - 17 mm (0.52 - N
0.66 in) between the edge of the spark plug and grounded metal
portion as shown in the figure.
11. Crank engine for approximately 3 seconds, and check whether
spark is generated between the spark plug and the grounded O
metal portion.

Spark should be generated. P

CAUTION:
• Never place the spark plug and the ignition coil within 50
cm (19.7 in) each other. Be careful not to get an electrical JMBIA0066GB

shock while checking, because the electrical discharge

voltage becomes 20 kV or more.
• It might damage the ignition coil if the gap of more than 17 mm (0.66 in) is made.
NOTE:

Revision: 2010 May EC-293 2011 QX56

 P0300, P0301, P0302, P0303, P0304, P0305, P0306, P0307, P0308 MISFIRE
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56VD]
When the gap is less than 13 mm (0.52 in), a spark might be generated even if the coil is malfunc-
tioning.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 9.
NO >> GO TO 6.
6.CHECK FUNCTION OF IGNITION COIL-II
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect spark plug and connect a non-malfunctioning spark plug.
3. Crank engine for approximately 3 seconds, and recheck whether spark is generated between the spark
plug and the grounded metal portion.

Spark should be generated.

Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 7.
NO >> Check ignition coil, power transistor and their circuits. Refer to EC-506, "Diagnosis Procedure".
7.CHECK SPARK PLUG
Check the initial spark plug for fouling, etc.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Replace spark plug(s) with standard type one(s). For
spark plug type, refer to EM-132, "Spark Plug".
NO >> Repair or clean spark plug. Then GO TO 8.

SEF156I

8.CHECK FUNCTION OF IGNITION COIL-III

1. Reconnect the initial spark plugs.
2. Crank engine for approximately 3 seconds, and recheck whether spark is generated between the spark
plug and the grounded portion.

Spark should be generated.

Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Replace spark plug(s) with standard type one(s). For spark plug type, refer to EM-132, "Spark
Plug".
9.CHECK COMPRESSION PRESSURE
Check compression pressure. Refer to EM-16, "Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 10.
NO >> Check pistons, piston rings, valves, valve seats and cylinder head gaskets.
10.CHECK FUEL PRESSURE
1. Install all removed parts.
2. Check fuel pressure. Refer to EC-153, "Work Procedure".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 12.
NO >> GO TO 11.
11.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check fuel hoses and fuel tubes for clogging.
Is the inspection result normal?

Revision: 2010 May EC-294 2011 QX56

 P0300, P0301, P0302, P0303, P0304, P0305, P0306, P0307, P0308 MISFIRE
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56VD]
YES >> Replace “fuel filter and fuel pump assembly”.
NO >> Repair or replace malfunctioning part. A
12.CHECK IDLE SPEED AND IGNITION TIMING
Check idle speed and ignition timing.
EC
For procedure, refer to EC-530, "Inspection" and EC-531, "Inspection".
For specification, refer to EC-538, "Idle Speed" and EC-538, "Ignition Timing".
Is the inspection result normal?
C
YES >> GO TO 13.
NO >> Follow the EC-139, "Work Procedure".
13.CHECK AIR FUEL RATIO SENSOR 1 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT D
1. Disconnect air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 harness connector.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Check the voltage between A/F sensor 1 harness connector and ground. E

A/F sensor 1
DTC Ground Voltage
Bank Connector Terminal F
P0130 1 F67 4
Ground 3.0 V
P0150 2 F68 4
G
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 14.
NO >> Repair open circuit, short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
H
14.CHECK A/F SENSOR 1 INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector. I
3. Check the continuity between A/F sensor 1 harness connector and ECM harness connector.

A/F sensor 1 ECM J

DTC Continuity
Bank Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
P0130 1 F67 3 88
F110 Existed K
P0150 2 F68 3 78
4. Check the continuity between A/F sensor 1 harness connector and ground, or ECM harness connector
and ground. L

A/F sensor 1 ECM

DTC Ground Continuity
Bank Connector Terminal Connector Terminal M
P0130 1 F67 3 88
F110 Ground Not existed
P0150 2 F68 3 78
N
5. Also check harness for short to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 15. O
NO >> Repair open circuit, short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
15.CHECK A/F SENSOR 1 GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF. P
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between A/F sensor 1 harness connector and ECM harness connector.

Revision: 2010 May EC-295 2011 QX56

 P0300, P0301, P0302, P0303, P0304, P0305, P0306, P0307, P0308 MISFIRE
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56VD]

A/F sensor 1 ECM

DTC Continuity
Bank Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
P0130 1 F67 6 94
F110 Existed
P0150 2 F68 6 74
4. Also check harness for short to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 16.
NO >> Repair open circuit, short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
16.CHECK A/F SENSOR 1 HEATER
Refer to EC-182, "Component Inspection (A/F Sensor 1 Heater)".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 17.
NO >> Replace malfunctioning A/F sensor 1. Refer to EX-5, "Exploded View".
17.CHECK MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR
WITH CONSULT-III
Check mass air flow sensor signal in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III.
For specification, refer to EC-538, "Mass Air Flow Sensor".
WITH GST
Check mass air flow sensor signal in Service $01 with GST.
For specification, refer to EC-538, "Mass Air Flow Sensor".
Is the measurement value within the specification?
YES >> GO TO 18.
NO >> Check connectors for rusted terminals or loose connections in the mass air flow sensor circuit or
ground. Refer to EC-201, "Diagnosis Procedure".
18.CHECK SYMPTOM MATRIX CHART
Check items on the rough idle symptom in EC-524, "Symptom Table".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 19.
NO >> Repair or replace malfunctioning part.
19.ERASE THE 1ST TRIP DTC
Some tests may cause a 1st trip DTC to be set.
Erase the 1st trip DTC from the ECM memory after performing the tests. Refer to EC-63, "CONSULT-III
Function" or EC-60, "On Board Diagnosis Function".

>> GO TO 20.
20.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to GI-40, "Intermittent Incident".

>> INSPECTION END

Revision: 2010 May EC-296 2011 QX56

 P0327, P0328, P0332, P0333 KS
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56VD]
P0327, P0328, P0332, P0333 KS
A
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000006217842

DTC DETECTION LOGIC EC

Trouble diagnosis name

DTC No. DTC detected condition Possible cause
(Trouble diagnosis content) C
KNOCK SEN/CIRC-B1
An excessively low voltage from the sensor
P0327 [Knock sensor (bank 1) circuit
is sent to ECM.
low input]
D
KNOCK SEN/CIRC-B1
An excessively high voltage from the sensor
P0328 [Knock sensor (bank 1) circuit • Harness or connectors
is sent to ECM.
high input] (The knock sensor circuit is open or
shorted.) E
KNOCK SEN/CIRC-B2
An excessively low voltage from the sensor • Knock sensor
P0332 [Knock sensor (bank 2) circuit
is sent to ECM.
low input]
KNOCK SEN/CIRC-B2 F
An excessively high voltage from the sensor
P0333 [Knock sensor (bank 2) circuit
is sent to ECM.
high input]

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE G

1.PRECONDITIONING
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. H
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is 10 V or more at idle. I

>> GO TO 2.
J
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Start engine and run it for at least 5 seconds at idle speed.
2. Check 1st trip DTC. K
Is 1st trip DTC detected?
YES >> Go to EC-297, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END L

Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006217843

M
1.CHECK KNOCK SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Disconnect knock sensor harness connector and ECM harness connector.
2. Check the continuity between knock sensor harness connector and ECM harness connector. N

Knock sensor ECM

DTC Continuity
Bank Connector Terminal Connector Terminal O
P0327, P0328 1 F203 2
F111 35 Existed
P0332, P0333 2 F204 2
P
3. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following.

Revision: 2010 May EC-297 2011 QX56

 P0327, P0328, P0332, P0333 KS
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56VD]
• Harness for open or short between knock sensor and ECM
• Loose or poor connection for each connector and harness

>> Repair open circuit or short to power in harness or connectors.

3.CHECK KNOCK SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Check the continuity between knock sensor harness connector and ECM harness connector.

Knock sensor ECM

DTC Continuity
Bank Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
P0327, P0328 1 F203 1 29
F111 Existed
P0332, P0333 2 F204 1 33
2. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> GO TO 4.
4.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following.
• Harness for open or short between ECM and knock sensor
• Loose or poor connection for each connector and harness

>> Repair open circuit, short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
5.CHECK KNOCK SENSOR
Refer to EC-298, "Component Inspection (Knock Sensor)".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> Replace malfunctioning knock sensor. Refer to EM-106, "Exploded View".
6.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to GI-40, "Intermittent Incident".

>> INSPECTION END

Component Inspection (Knock Sensor) INFOID:0000000006217844

1.CHECK KNOCK SENSOR

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect knock sensor harness connector.
3. Check resistance between knock sensor terminals as per the following.
NOTE:
It is necessary to use an ohmmeter which can measure more than 10 MΩ.

Terminals Resistance
1 and 2 Approx. 532 - 588 kΩ [at 20°C (68°F)]
CAUTION:
Never use any knock sensors that have been dropped or physically damaged. Use only new ones.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Replace malfunctioning knock sensor. Refer to EM-106, "Exploded View".

Revision: 2010 May EC-298 2011 QX56

 P0335 CKP SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56VD]
P0335 CKP SENSOR
A
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000006217845

DTC DETECTION LOGIC EC

Trouble diagnosis name

DTC No. DTC detecting condition Possible cause
(Trouble diagnosis content) C
• Harness or connectors
(Crankshaft position sensor circuit is open or
shorted.) D
(Accelerator pedal position sensor 2 circuit is
shorted.)
• The crankshaft position sensor signal is (Battery current sensor circuit is shorted.)
not detected by the ECM during the first [Camshaft position sensor (bank 1) circuit is E
few seconds of engine cranking. shorted.]
CKP SEN/CIRCUIT • The proper pulse signal from the crank- (Refrigerant pressure sensor circuit is open
P0335 (Crankshaft position sensor shaft position sensor is not sent to ECM or shorted.)
circuit) while the engine is running. (EVAP control system pressure sensor circuit F
• The crankshaft position sensor signal is is open or shorted.)
not in the normal pattern during engine • Crankshaft position sensor
running. • Accelerator pedal position sensor
• Battery current sensor G
• Camshaft position sensor (bank 1)
• Refrigerant pressure sensor
• EVAP control system pressure sensor H
• Signal plate

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

1.PRECONDITIONING I

1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.

2. Turn ignition switch ON. J
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is 10.5 V or more with ignition
switch ON. K

>> GO TO 2.
L
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Start engine and let it idle for at least 5 seconds.
If engine does not start, crank engine for at least 2 seconds. M
2. Check 1st trip DTC.
Is 1st trip DTC detected?
YES >> Go to EC-299, "Diagnosis Procedure". N
NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006217846

O
1.CHECK CRANKSHAFT POSITION SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-I
1. Disconnect crankshaft position (CKP) sensor harness connector.
2. Turn ignition switch ON. P
3. Check the voltage between CKP sensor harness connector and ground.

CKP sensor
Ground Voltage (V)
Connector Terminal
F74 1 Ground Approx. 5

Revision: 2010 May EC-299 2011 QX56

 P0335 CKP SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56VD]
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 7.
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK CKP SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-II
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between CKP sensor harness connector and ECM harness connector.

CKP sensor ECM

Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
F74 1 F110 76 Existed
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Repair open circuit.
3.CHECK SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
Check harness for short to power and short to ground, between the following terminals.

ECM Sensor
Connector Terminal Name Connector Terminal
76 CKP sensor F74 1
F110
77 Camshaft position sensor (bank 1) F84 1
APP sensor 2 (Without ICC) E110 1
131
APP sensor 2 (With ICC) E67 9
Battery current sensor E63 2
E80
Refrigerant pressure sensor E77 1
133
EVAP control system pressure sen-
C17 3
sor
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Repair short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
4.CHECK COMPONENTS
Check the following.
• Battery current sensor (Refer to EC-414, "Component Inspection (Battery Current Sensor)".)
• Camshaft position sensor (bank 1) (Refer to EC-306, "Component Inspection (Camshaft Position Sensor)".)
• Refrigerant pressure sensor (Refer to EC-520, "Component Function Check".)
• EVAP control system pressure sensor (Refer to EC-335, "Component Inspection (EVAP Control System
Pressure Sensor)".)
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> Replace malfunctioning component.
5.CHECK APP SENSOR
Refer to EC-470, "Component Inspection (Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor)".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 11.
NO >> GO TO 6.
6.REPLACE ACCELERATOR PEDAL ASSEMBLY
Replace accelerator pedal assembly. Refer to ACC-3, "MODELS WITHOUT DISTANCE CONTROL ASSIST
SYSTEM : Removal and Installation" (Without distance control assist system) or ACC-4, "MODELS WITH
DISTANCE CONTROL ASSIST SYSTEM : Removal and Installation" (With distance control assist system).

Revision: 2010 May EC-300 2011 QX56

 P0335 CKP SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56VD]

>> INSPECTION END A

7.CHECK CKP SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF. EC
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between CKP sensor harness connector and ECM harness connector.
C
CKP sensor ECM
Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
F74 2 F110 98 Existed D
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
E
YES >> GO TO 8.
NO >> Repair open circuit, short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
8.CHECK CKP SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT F
1. Check the continuity between CKP sensor harness connector and ECM harness connector.

CKP sensor ECM G

Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
F74 3 F110 86 Existed
H
2. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 9. I
NO >> Repair open circuit, short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
9.CHECK CRANKSHAFT POSITION SENSOR
Refer to EC-301, "Component Inspection (Crankshaft Position Sensor)". J
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 10.
NO >> Replace crankshaft position sensor. K

10.CHECK GEAR TOOTH

Visually check for chipping signal plate gear tooth. L
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 11.
NO >> Replace the signal plate. M
11.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to GI-40, "Intermittent Incident".
N

>> INSPECTION END

Component Inspection (Crankshaft Position Sensor) INFOID:0000000006217847
O

1.CHECK CRANKSHAFT POSITION SENSOR-I

P
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Loosen the fixing bolt of the sensor.
3. Disconnect crankshaft position sensor harness connector.
4. Remove the sensor.

Revision: 2010 May EC-301 2011 QX56

 P0335 CKP SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56VD]
5. Visually check the sensor for chipping.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Replace crankshaft position sensor. Refer to EM-57,
"Exploded View".

JMBIA0063ZZ

2.CHECK CRANKSHAFT POSITION SENSOR-II

Check resistance between crankshaft position sensor terminals as per the following.

Terminals (Polarity) Resistance

1 (+) - 2 (-)
1 (+) - 3 (-) Except 0 or ∞ Ω [at 25°C (77°F)]
2 (+) - 3 (-)
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Replace crankshaft position sensor. Refer to EM-57, "Exploded View".

Revision: 2010 May EC-302 2011 QX56

 P0340, P0345 CMP SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56VD]
P0340, P0345 CMP SENSOR
A
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000006217848

DTC DETECTION LOGIC EC

Trouble diagnosis name

DTC No. DTC detecting condition Possible cause
(Trouble diagnosis content) C
• Harness or connectors
[Camshaft position sensor (bank 1) circuit is
open or shorted.] D
(APP sensor 2 circuit is shorted.)
(Battery current sensor circuit is shorted.)
[Crankshaft position sensor circuit is shorted.]
(Refrigerant pressure sensor circuit is open or E
shorted.)
(EVAP control system pressure sensor circuit
CMP SEN/CIRC-B1
is open or shorted.)
P0340 [Camshaft position sensor
• Camshaft position sensor (bank 1) F
(bank 1) circuit] • The cylinder No. signal is not sent to • Accelerator pedal position sensor
ECM for the first few seconds during • Battery current sensor
engine cranking. • Crankshaft position sensor
• The cylinder No. signal is not sent to • Refrigerant pressure sensor G
ECM during engine running. • EVAP control system pressure sensor
• The cylinder No. signal is not in the • Camshaft (INT)
normal pattern during engine running. • Starter motor H
• Starting system circuit
• Dead (Weak) battery
• Harness or connectors
[Camshaft position sensor (bank 2) circuit is I
CMP SEN/CIRC-B2 open or shorted.]
[Camshaft position sensor • Camshaft position sensor (bank 2)
P0345
(bank 2) circuit] • Camshaft (INT)
J
• Starter motor
• Starting system circuit
• Dead (Weak) battery
K
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1.PRECONDITIONING
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. L
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
TESTING CONDITION: M
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is 10.5 V or more with ignition
switch ON.
N
>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE-I
1. Start engine and let it idle for at least 5 seconds. O
If engine does not start, crank engine for at least 2 seconds.
2. Check 1st trip DTC.
Is 1st trip DTC detected? P
YES >> Go to EC-304, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> GO TO 3.
3.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE-I
1. Maintain engine speed at more than 800 rpm for at least 5 seconds.
2. Check 1st trip DTC.
Is 1st trip DTC detected?

Revision: 2010 May EC-303 2011 QX56

 P0340, P0345 CMP SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56VD]
YES >> Go to EC-304, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006217849

1.CHECK STARTING SYSTEM

Turn ignition switch to START position.
Does the engine turn over? Does the starter motor operate?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Check starting system. (Refer to STR-11, "Work Flow".)
2.CHECK CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-I
1. Disconnect camshaft position (CMP) sensor harness connector.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Check the voltage between CMP sensor harness connector and ground.

CMP sensor
DTC Ground Voltage (V)
Bank Connector Terminal
P0340 1 F84 1
Ground Approx. 5
P0345 2 F83 1
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 8.
NO-1 >> P0340: GO TO 3.
NO-2 >> P0345: Repair open circuit, short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
3.CHECK CMP SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-II
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between CMP sensor harness connector and ECM harness connector.

CMP sensor ECM

Continuity
Bank Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
1 F84 1 F110 77 Existed
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Repair open circuit.
4.CHECK SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
Check harness for short to power and short to ground, between the following terminals.

ECM Sensor
Connector Terminal Name Connector Terminal
76 CKP sensor F74 1
F110
77 Camshaft position sensor (bank 1) F84 1
APP sensor 2 (Without ICC) E110 1
131
APP sensor 2 (With ICC) E67 9
Battery current sensor E63 2
E80
Refrigerant pressure sensor E77 1
133
EVAP control system pressure sen-
C17 3
sor
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5.

Revision: 2010 May EC-304 2011 QX56

 P0340, P0345 CMP SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56VD]
NO >> Repair short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
5.CHECK COMPONENTS A

Check the following.

• Battery current sensor (Refer to EC-414, "Component Inspection (Battery Current Sensor)".)
EC
• Crankshaft position sensor (Refer to EC-301, "Component Inspection (Crankshaft Position Sensor)".)
• Refrigerant pressure sensor (Refer to EC-520, "Component Function Check".)
• EVAP control system pressure sensor (Refer to EC-335, "Component Inspection (EVAP Control System
Pressure Sensor)".) C
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> Replace malfunctioning component. D
6.CHECK APP SENSOR
Refer to EC-470, "Component Inspection (Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor)". E
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 12.
NO >> GO TO 7. F
7.REPLACE ACCELERATOR PEDAL ASSEMBLY
Replace accelerator pedal assembly. Refer to ACC-3, "MODELS WITHOUT DISTANCE CONTROL ASSIST
SYSTEM : Removal and Installation" (Without distance control assist system) or ACC-4, "MODELS WITH G
DISTANCE CONTROL ASSIST SYSTEM : Removal and Installation" (With distance control assist system).

>> INSPECTION END H

8.CHECK CMP SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT

1. Turn ignition switch OFF. I
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between CMP sensor harness connector and ECM harness connector.
J
CMP sensor ECM
DTC Continuity
Bank Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
P0340 1 F84 2 68 K
F110 Existed
P0345 2 F83 2 99
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
L
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 9.
NO >> Repair open circuit, short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
M
9.CHECK CMP SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Check the continuity between CMP sensor harness connector and ECM harness connector.
N
CMP sensor ECM
DTC Continuity
Bank Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
O
P0340 1 F84 3 95
F110 Existed
P0345 2 F83 3 73
2. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. P
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 10.
NO >> Repair open circuit, short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
10.CHECK CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR
Refer to EC-306, "Component Inspection (Camshaft Position Sensor)".
Is the inspection result normal?

Revision: 2010 May EC-305 2011 QX56

 P0340, P0345 CMP SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56VD]
YES >> GO TO 11
NO >> Replace malfunctioning camshaft position sensor. Refer to EM-61, "Exploded View".
11.CHECK CAMSHAFT (INT)
Check the following.
• Accumulation of debris to the signal plate of camshaft front end
• Chipping signal plate of camshaft front end
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 12.
NO >> Remove debris and clean the signal plate of camshaft
front end or replace camshaft.

JMBIA0962ZZ

12.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT

Refer to GI-40, "Intermittent Incident".

>> INSPECTION END

Component Inspection (Camshaft Position Sensor) INFOID:0000000006217850

1.CHECK CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR-I

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Loosen the fixing bolt of the sensor.
3. Disconnect camshaft position sensor harness connector.
4. Remove the sensor.
5. Visually check the sensor for chipping.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Replace malfunctioning camshaft position sensor.

JMBIA0065ZZ

2.CHECK CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR-II

Check resistance camshaft position sensor terminals as per the following.

Terminals (Polarity) Resistance

1 (+) - 2 (-)
1 (+) - 3 (-) Except 0 or ∞ Ω [at 25°C (77°F)]
2 (+) - 3 (-)
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Replace malfunctioning camshaft position sensor. Refer to EM-61, "Exploded View".

Revision: 2010 May EC-306 2011 QX56

 P0420, P0430 THREE WAY CATALYST FUNCTION
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56VD]
P0420, P0430 THREE WAY CATALYST FUNCTION
A
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000006217851

DTC DETECTION LOGIC EC

The ECM monitors the switching frequency ratio of air fuel ratio (A/F)
sensor 1 and heated oxygen sensor 2.
A three way catalyst (manifold) with high oxygen storage capacity C
will indicate a low switching frequency of heated oxygen sensor 2.
As oxygen storage capacity decreases, the heated oxygen sensor 2
switching frequency will increase.
When the frequency ratio of A/F sensor 1 and heated oxygen sensor D
2 approaches a specified limit value, the three way catalyst (mani-
fold) malfunction is diagnosed.
E
PBIB2055E

F
Trouble diagnosis name
DTC No. DTC detecting condition Possible cause
(Trouble diagnosis content)
TW CATALYST SYS-B1 • Three way catalyst (manifold) G
P0420 [Catalyst system efficiency • Exhaust tube
• Three way catalyst (manifold) does not
below threshold (bank 1)] • Intake air leakage
operate properly.
• Fuel injector
TW CATALYST SYS-B2 • Three way catalyst (manifold) does not H
• Fuel injector leakage
P0430 [Catalyst system efficiency have enough oxygen storage capacity.
• Spark plug
below threshold (bank 2)] • Improper ignition timing
I
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1.INSPECTION START
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. J
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
Will CONSULT-III be used? K
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> GO TO 6.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE-I L

WITH CONSULT-III
TESTING CONDITION: M
Do not maintain engine speed for more than the specified minutes below.
1. Start engine and warm it up to the normal operating temperature.
2. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
3. Turn ignition switch ON. N
4. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
5. Start engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for at least 1 minute under no load.
6. Let engine idle for 1 minute. O
7. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III.
8. Check that “COOLAN TEMP/S” indicates more than 70°C (158°F).
If not, warm up engine and go to next step when “COOLAN TEMP/S” indication reaches to 70°C (158°F).
9. Open engine hood. P
10. Select “DTC & SRT CONFIRMATION” then “SRT WORK SUPPORT” mode with CONSULT-III.
11. Rev engine between 2,000 and 3,000 rpm and hold it for 3 consecutive minutes then release the acceler-
ator pedal completely.
12. Check the indication of “CATALYST”.
Which is displayed on CONSULT-III screen?
CMPLT >> GO TO 5.
INCMP >> GO TO 3.

Revision: 2010 May EC-307 2011 QX56

 P0420, P0430 THREE WAY CATALYST FUNCTION
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56VD]

3.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE-II

1. Wait 5 seconds at idle.
2. Rev engine between 2,000 and 3,000 rpm and maintain it until “INCMP” of “CATALYST” changes to
“CMPLT” (It will take approximately 5 minutes).
Does the indication change to “CMPLT”?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> GO TO 4.
4.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE AGAIN
1. Stop engine and cool it down to less than 70°C (158°F).
2. Perform DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE again.

>> GO TO 2.
5.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE-III
Check 1st trip DTC.
Is 1st trip DTC detected?
YES >> Go to EC-309, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END
6.PERFORM COMPONENT FUNCTION CHECK
WITH GST
Perform component function check. Refer to EC-308, "Component Function Check".
NOTE:
Use component function check to check the overall function of the three way catalyst (manifold). During this
check, a 1st trip DTC might not be confirmed.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Go to EC-309, "Diagnosis Procedure"
Component Function Check INFOID:0000000006217852

1.PERFORM COMPONENT FUNCTION CHECK

WITH GST
1. Start engine and warm it up to the normal operating temperature.
2. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
3. Start engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for at least 1 minute under no load.
4. Let engine idle for 1 minute.
5. Open engine hood.
6. Check the voltage between ECM harness connector terminals under the following conditions.

ECM
DTC + – Condition Voltage
Connector
Terminal Terminal
96
P0420 [HO2S2
(bank 1)] The voltage fluctuation cycle takes more
Keeping engine speed at 2,500 rpm
F110 100 than 5 seconds.
87 constant under no load
• 1 cycle: 0.6 - 1.0 → 0 - 0.3 → 0.6 - 1.0
P0430 [HO2S2
(bank 2)]
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Go to EC-309, "Diagnosis Procedure".

Revision: 2010 May EC-308 2011 QX56

 P0420, P0430 THREE WAY CATALYST FUNCTION
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56VD]
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006217853

A
1.CHECK EXHAUST SYSTEM
Visually check exhaust tubes and muffler for dents.
EC
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Repair or replace malfunctioning part.
C
2.CHECK EXHAUST GAS LEAKAGE
1. Start engine and run it at idle.
2. Listen for an exhaust gas leakage before the three way catalyst (manifold). D

PBIB1216E G
Is exhaust gas leakage detected?
YES >> Repair or replace malfunctioning part.
NO >> GO TO 3. H
3.CHECK INTAKE AIR LEAKAGE
Listen for an intake air leakage after the mass air flow sensor.
I
Is intake air leakage detected?
YES >> Repair or replace malfunctioning part.
NO >> GO TO 4.
J
4.CHECK IDLE SPEED AND IGNITION TIMING
Check idle speed and ignition timing.
For procedure, refer to EC-530, "Inspection" and EC-531, "Inspection". K
For specification, refer to EC-538, "Idle Speed" and EC-538, "Ignition Timing".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5. L
NO >> Follow the EC-139, "Work Procedure".
5.CHECK FUEL INJECTORS
M
Refer to EC-498, "Component Function Check".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 6. N
NO >> Perform EC-498, "Diagnosis Procedure".
6.CHECK FUNCTION OF IGNITION COIL-I
CAUTION: O
Perform the following procedure in a place with no combustible objects and good ventilation.
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Remove fuel pump fuse in IPDM E/R to release fuel pressure. P
NOTE:
• For the fuse number, refer to EC-114, "Wiring Diagram".
• For the fuse arrangement, refer to PG-140, "Fuse, Connector and Terminal Arrangement".
• Do not use CONSULT-III to release fuel pressure, or fuel pressure applies again during the following
procedure.
3. Start engine.
4. After engine stalls, crank it 2 or 3 times to release all fuel pressure.
5. Turn ignition switch OFF.

Revision: 2010 May EC-309 2011 QX56

 P0420, P0430 THREE WAY CATALYST FUNCTION
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56VD]
6. Remove all ignition coil harness connectors to avoid the electrical discharge from the ignition coils.
7. Remove ignition coil and spark plug of the cylinder to be checked.
8. Crank engine for 5 seconds or more to remove combustion gas in the cylinder.
9. Connect spark plug and harness connector to ignition coil.
10. Fix ignition coil using a rope etc. with gap of 13 - 17 mm (0.52 -
0.66 in) between the edge of the spark plug and grounded metal
portion as shown in the figure.
11. Crank engine for approximately 3 seconds, and check whether
spark is generated between the spark plug and the grounded
metal portion.

Spark should be generated.

CAUTION:
• Never place the spark plug and the ignition coil within 50
cm (19.7 in) each other. Be careful not to get an electrical JMBIA0066GB

shock while checking, because the electrical discharge

voltage becomes 20 kV or more.
• It might damage the ignition coil if the gap of more than 17 mm (0.66 in) is made.
NOTE:
When the gap is less than 13 mm (0.52 in), a spark might be generated even if the coil is malfunc-
tioning.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 10.
NO >> GO TO 7.
7.CHECK FUNCTION OF IGNITION COIL-II
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect spark plug and connect a non-malfunctioning spark plug.
3. Crank engine for approximately 3 seconds, and recheck whether spark is generated between the spark
plug and the grounded metal portion.

Spark should be generated.

Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 8.
NO >> Check ignition coil, power transistor and their circuits. Refer to EC-506, "Diagnosis Procedure".
8.CHECK SPARK PLUG
Check the initial spark plug for fouling, etc.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Replace spark plug(s) with standard type one(s). For
spark plug type, refer to EM-132, "Spark Plug".
NO >> Repair or clean spark plug. Then GO TO 9.

SEF156I

9.CHECK FUNCTION OF IGNITION COIL-III

1. Reconnect the initial spark plugs.
2. Crank engine for approximately 3 seconds, and recheck whether spark is generated between the spark
plug and the grounded portion.

Spark should be generated.

Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END

Revision: 2010 May EC-310 2011 QX56

 P0420, P0430 THREE WAY CATALYST FUNCTION
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56VD]
NO >> Replace spark plug(s) with standard type one(s). For spark plug type, refer to EM-132, "Spark
Plug". A
10.CHECK FUEL INJECTOR
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
EC
2. Remove fuel injector assembly.
Refer to EM-49, "Removal and Installation".
Keep fuel hose and all fuel injectors connected to fuel tube.
3. Disconnect all ignition coil harness connectors. C
4. Reconnect all fuel injector harness connectors disconnected.
5. Turn ignition switch ON.
6. Check that fuel does not drip from fuel injector.
D
Does fuel drip from fuel injector?
YES >> Replace the fuel injector(s) from which fuel is dripping.
NO >> GO TO 11. E
11.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to GI-40, "Intermittent Incident".
Is the inspection result normal? F
YES >> Replace three way catalyst assembly.
NO >> Repair or replace harness or connector.
G

Revision: 2010 May EC-311 2011 QX56

 P0441 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56VD]
P0441 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000006288304

DTC DETECTION LOGIC

NOTE:
If DTC P0441 is displayed with other DTC such as P2122, P2123, P2127, P2128 or P2138, first perform
trouble diagnosis for other DTC.
In this evaporative emission (EVAP) control system, purge flow occurs during non-closed throttle conditions.
Purge volume is related to air intake volume. Under normal purge conditions (non-closed throttle), the EVAP
canister purge volume control solenoid valve is open to admit purge flow. Purge flow exposes the EVAP con-
trol system pressure sensor to intake manifold vacuum.
Under normal conditions (non-closed throttle), sensor output voltage indicates if pressure drop and purge flow
are adequate. If not, a malfunction is determined.

PBIB1026E

Trouble diagnosis name

DTC No. DTC detecting condition Possible cause
(Trouble diagnosis content)
• EVAP canister purge volume control sole-
noid valve stuck closed
• EVAP control system pressure sensor and
the circuit
• Loose, disconnected or improper connection
EVAP control system does not operate
EVAP PURG FLOW/MON of rubber tube
properly, EVAP control system has a leak
P0441 (EVAP control system incor- • Blocked rubber tube
between intake manifold and EVAP control
rect purge flow) • Cracked EVAP canister
system pressure sensor.
• EVAP canister purge volume control sole-
noid valve circuit
• Accelerator pedal position sensor
• Blocked purge port
• EVAP canister vent control valve

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

1.PRECONDITIONING
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
Will CONSULT-III be used?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> GO TO 5.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE-I

Revision: 2010 May EC-312 2011 QX56

 P0441 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56VD]
WITH CONSULT-III
TESTING CONDITION: A
Always perform test at a temperature of 5°C (41°F) or more.
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. EC
3. Turn ignition switch ON.
4. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
5. Start engine and let it idle for at least 70 seconds.
6. Select “PURG FLOW P0441” of “EVAPORATIVE SYSTEM” in “DTC WORK SUPPORT” mode with CON- C
SULT-III.
7. Touch “START”.
Is “COMPLETED” displayed on CONSULT-III screen? D
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> GO TO 3.
3. PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE-II E

When the following conditions are met, “TESTING” will be displayed on the CONSULT-III screen. Maintain the
conditions continuously until “TESTING” changes to “COMPLETED”. (It will take at least 35 seconds.)
F
Selector lever Suitable position
VHCL SPEED SE 32 - 120 km/h (20 - 75 MPH)
G
ENG SPEED 500 - 3,000 rpm
B/FUEL SCHDL 1.3 - 9.0 msec
COOLAN TEMP/S More than 0°C (32°F) H
CAUTION:
Always drive vehicle at a safe speed.
NOTE: I
If “TESTING” does not change for a long time, retry from step 2.
Is “COMPLETED” displayed on CONSULT-III screen?
YES >> GO TO 4. J
NO >> Perform DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE again. GO TO 2.
4.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE-III K
Touch “SELF-DIAG RESULTS”.
Which is displayed on CONSULT-III screen?
OK >> INSPECTION END L
NG >> Proceed to EC-314, "Diagnosis Procedure".
5.PERFORM COMPONENT FUNCTION CHECK
M
WITH GST
Perform component function check. Refer to EC-313, "Component Function Check".
NOTE:
Use component function check to check the overall monitoring function of the EVAP control system purge flow N
monitoring. During this check, a 1st trip DTC might not be confirmed.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END O
NO >> Proceed to EC-314, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Component Function Check INFOID:0000000006288305
P
1.PERFORM COMPONENT FUNCTION CHECK
WITH GST
1. Lift up drive wheels.
2. Start engine (VDC switch OFF) and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
4. Start engine and wait at least 70 seconds.

Revision: 2010 May EC-313 2011 QX56

 P0441 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56VD]
5. Set voltmeter probes to ECM harness connector terminals under the following conditions.

ECM
+ –
Connector
Terminal Terminal
143
E80 150
(EVAP control system pressure sensor signal)
6. Check EVAP control system pressure sensor value at idle speed and note it.
7. Establish and maintain the following conditions for at least 1 minute.

Air conditioner switch ON

Headlamp switch ON
Rear window defogger switch ON
Engine speed Approx. 3,000 rpm
Gear position Any position other than P, N or R
8. Verify that EVAP control system pressure sensor value stays 0.1 V less than the value at idle speed (mea-
sured at step 6) for at least 1 second.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Proceed to EC-314, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006288306

1.CHECK EVAP CANISTER

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Check EVAP canister for cracks.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES-1 >> With CONSULT-III: GO TO 2.
YES-2 >> Without CONSULT-III: GO TO 3.
NO >> Replace EVAP canister. Refer to FL-12, "Removal and Installation".
2.CHECK PURGE FLOW
WITH CONSULT-III
1. Disconnect vacuum hose connected to EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve at EVAP ser-
vice port.
2. Start engine and let it idle.
3. Select “PURG VOL CONT/V” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode with CONSULT-III.
4. Touch “Qd” and “Qu” on CONSULT-III screen to adjust “PURG VOL CONT/V” opening and check vacuum
existence.

PURG VOL CONT/V Vacuum

100% Existed
0% Not existed
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 7.
NO >> GO TO 4.
3.CHECK PURGE FLOW
WITHOUT CONSULT-III
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Stop engine.
3. Disconnect vacuum hose connected to EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve at EVAP ser-
vice port and install vacuum gauge. For the location of EVAP service port, refer to EC-45, "EVAPORATIVE
EMISSION SYSTEM : System Description".

Revision: 2010 May EC-314 2011 QX56

 P0441 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56VD]
4. Start engine and let it idle.
Never depress accelerator pedal even slightly. A
5. Check vacuum gauge indication before 60 seconds pass after starting engine.

Vacuum should not exist. EC

6. Rev engine up to 2,000 rpm after 100 seconds pass after starting engine.

Vacuum should exist. C

Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 7.
NO >> GO TO 4. D
4.CHECK EVAP PURGE LINE
1. Turn ignition switch OFF. E
2. Check EVAP purge line for improper connection or disconnection.
Refer to FL-10, "Hydraulic Layout".
Is the inspection result normal?
F
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> Repair EVAP purge line.
5.CHECK EVAP PURGE HOSE AND PURGE PORT G
1. Disconnect purge hoses connected to EVAP service port (A)
and EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve (B).
2. Blow air into each hose and EVAP purge port (C). H

J
SEF367U

3. Check that air flows freely. K

Is the inspection result normal?
YES-1 >> With CONSULT-III: GO TO 6.
YES-2 >> Without CONSULT-III: GO TO 7. L
NO >> Repair or clean hoses and/or purge port.

SEF368U
N

6.CHECK EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE

WITH CONSULT-III O
1. Start engine.
2. Perform “PURG VOL CONT/V” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode with CONSULT-III. Check that engine speed var-
ies according to the valve opening.
P
Does engine speed vary according to the valve opening?
YES >> GO TO 8.
NO >> GO TO 7.
7.CHECK EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE
Refer to EC-320, "Component Inspection (EVAP Canister Purge Volume Control Solenoid Valve)".
Is the inspection result normal?

Revision: 2010 May EC-315 2011 QX56

 P0441 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56VD]
YES >> GO TO 8.
NO >> Replace EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve. Refer to FL-10, "Exploded View".
8.CHECK EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR CONNECTOR
1. Disconnect EVAP control system pressure sensor harness connector.
2. Check that water is not inside connectors.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 9.
NO >> Replace EVAP control system pressure sensor. Refer to FL-10, "Exploded View".
9.CHECK EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR FUNCTION
Refer to EC-336, "DTC Logic" for DTC P0452, EC-341, "DTC Logic" for DTC P0453.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 10.
NO >> Replace EVAP control system pressure sensor.
10.CHECK RUBBER TUBE FOR CLOGGING
1. Disconnect rubber tube connected to EVAP canister vent control valve.
2. Check the rubber tube for clogging.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 11.
NO >> Clean the rubber tube using an air blower.
11.CHECK EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE
Refer to EC-327, "Component Inspection (EVAP Canister Vent Control Valve)".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 12.
NO >> Replace EVAP canister vent control valve.
12.CHECK EVAP PURGE LINE
Inspect EVAP purge line (pipe and rubber tube). Check for evidence of leaks.
Refer to FL-10, "Hydraulic Layout".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 13.
NO >> Repair or replace malfunctioning part.
13.CLEAN EVAP PURGE LINE
Clean EVAP purge line (pipe and rubber tube) using air blower.

>> GO TO 14.
14.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to GI-40, "Intermittent Incident".

>> INSPECTION END

Revision: 2010 May EC-316 2011 QX56

 P0443 EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56VD]
P0443 EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE
A
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000006288307

DTC DETECTION LOGIC EC

Trouble diagnosis name

DTC No. Possible cause
(Trouble diagnosis content) DTC detecting condition C
The canister purge flow is detected dur-
ing the vehicle is stopped while the en- • EVAP control system pressure sensor
A gine is running, even when EVAP • EVAP canister purge volume control D
canister purge volume control solenoid solenoid valve
PURG VOLUME CONT/V
valve is completely closed. (The valve is stuck open.)
(EVAP canister purge vol-
P0443 • EVAP canister vent control valve
ume control solenoid valve) The canister purge flow is detected dur- • EVAP canister E
ing the specified driving conditions, even • Hoses
B
when EVAP canister purge volume con- (Hoses are connected incorrectly or
trol solenoid valve is completely closed. clogged.)
F
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1.PRECONDITIONING
G
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
TESTING CONDITION: H
• Perform “DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE” when the fuel level is between 1/4 and 3/4 full, and
vehicle is placed on flat level surface.
• Always perform test at a temperature of 5 to 60°C (41 to 140°F). I
• Cool the vehicle so that engine coolant temperature becomes same level as ambient temperature.
Do you have CONSULT-III
YES >> GO TO 2. J
NO >> GO TO 4.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE A
WITH CONSULT-III K
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Check that the following condition are met.
FUEL T/TMP SE: 0 - 35°C (32 - 95°F) L
3. Start engine and wait at least 60 seconds.
4. Check 1st trip DTC.
IS 1st trip DTC detected? M
OK >> Proceed to EC-318, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NG >> GO TO 3.
3.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE B N
WITH CONSULT-III
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. O
3. Turn ignition switch ON.
4. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
5. Turn ignition switch ON. P
6. Select “PURG VOL CN/V P1444” of “EVAPORATIVE SYSTEM” in “DTC WORK SUPPORT” mode with
CONSULT-III.
7. Touch “START”.
8. Start engine and let it idle until “TESTING” on CONSULT-III changes to “COMPLETED”. (It will take
approximately 10 seconds.)
If “TESTING” is not displayed after 5 minutes, retry from step 2.
9. Touch “SELF-DIAG RESULTS”.

Revision: 2010 May EC-317 2011 QX56

 P0443 EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56VD]
Which is displayed on CONSULT-III screen?
OK >> INSPECTION END
NG >> Proceed to EC-318, "Diagnosis Procedure".
4.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE A
WITH GST
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Set voltmeter probes to ECM harness connector terminals.

ECM
+ – Voltage (V)
Connector
Terminal Terminal
134 175
E80 3.1 - 4.0
(Fuel tank temperature sensor signal) (Sensor ground)
3. Start engine and wait at least 60 seconds.
4. Check 1st trip DTC.
Is 1st trip DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to EC-318, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> GO TO 5.
5.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE B
WITH GST
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
3. Turn ignition switch ON.
4. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
5. Start engine and let it idle for at least 20 seconds.
6. Check 1st trip DTC.
Is 1st trip DTC displayed?
YES >> Proceed to EC-318, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006288308

1.CHECK EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve harness connector.
3. Turn ignition switch ON.
4. Check the voltage between EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve harness connector and
ground.

EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve

Ground Voltage
Connector Terminal
F48 1 Ground Battery voltage
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following.
• Harness for open or short between EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve and IPDM E/R
• Harness for open or short between EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve and ECM
• Loose or poor connection for each connector and harness

>> Repair open circuit, short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

Revision: 2010 May EC-318 2011 QX56

 P0443 EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56VD]

3.CHECK EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT A
FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
EC
3. Check the continuity between EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve harness connector and
ECM harness connector.

C
EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve ECM
Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
F48 2 F110 64 Existed D
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4. E
NO >> Repair open circuit, short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
4.CHECK EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR CONNECTOR F
1. Disconnect EVAP control system pressure sensor harness connector.
2. Check that water is not inside connectors.
Is the inspection result normal? G
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> Replace EVAP control system pressure sensor.
5.CHECK EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR H
Refer to EC-335, "Component Inspection (EVAP Control System Pressure Sensor)".
Is the inspection result normal?
I
YES-1 >> With CONSULT-III: GO TO 6.
YES-2 >> Without CONSULT-III: GO TO 7.
NO >> Replace EVAP control system pressure sensor.
J
6.CHECK EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE
WITH CONSULT-III
1. Turn ignition switch OFF. K
2. Reconnect harness connectors disconnected.
3. Start engine.
4. Perform “PURG VOL CONT/V” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode with CONSULT-III. Check that engine speed var-
ies according to the valve opening. L
Does engine speed vary according to the valve opening?
YES >> GO TO 8.
NO >> GO TO 7. M

7.CHECK EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE

Refer to EC-320, "Component Inspection (EVAP Canister Purge Volume Control Solenoid Valve)". N
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 8.
NO >> Replace EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve. Refer to FL-10, "Exploded View". O
8.CHECK RUBBER TUBE FOR CLOGGING
1. Disconnect rubber tube connected to EVAP canister vent control valve.
P
2. Check the rubber tube for clogging.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 9.
NO >> Clean the rubber tube using an air blower.
9.CHECK EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE
Refer to EC-327, "Component Inspection (EVAP Canister Vent Control Valve)".

Revision: 2010 May EC-319 2011 QX56

 P0443 EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56VD]
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 10.
NO >> Replace EVAP canister vent control valve. Refer to FL-10, "Exploded View".
10.CHECK IF EVAP CANISTER IS SATURATED WITH WATER
1. Remove EVAP canister with EVAP canister vent control valve and EVAP control system pressure sensor
attached.
2. Check if water will drain from EVAP canister (1).
- EVAP canister vent control valve (2)
Does water drain from the EVAP canister?
YES >> GO TO 11.
NO >> GO TO 13.

JSBIA0692ZZ

11.CHECK EVAP CANISTER

Weigh the EVAP canister with the EVAP canister vent control valve and EVAP control system pressure sensor
attached.
The weight should be less than 2.5 kg (5.5 lb).
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 13.
NO >> GO TO 12.
12.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following.
• EVAP canister for damage
• EVAP hose between EVAP canister and vehicle frame for clogging or poor connection

>> Repair hose or replace EVAP canister. Refer to FL-10, "Hydraulic Layout".
13.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to GI-40, "Intermittent Incident".

>> INSPECTION END

Component Inspection (EVAP Canister Purge Volume Control Solenoid Valve)
INFOID:0000000006288309

1.CHECK EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE

WITH CONSULT-III
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Reconnect all harness connectors disconnected.
3. Disconnect EVAP purge hoses connected to EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve.
4. Turn ignition switch ON.
5. Select “PURG VOL CONT/V” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode with CONSULT-III.

Revision: 2010 May EC-320 2011 QX56

 P0443 EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56VD]
6. Touch “Qd” and “Qu” on CONSULT-III screen to adjust “PURG
VOL C/V” opening and check air passage continuity of EVAP A
canister purge volume control solenoid valve under the following
conditions.
EC
Condition Air passage continuity
(PURG VOL C/V value) between (A) and (B)
100% Existed C
0% Not existed
JMBIA0068ZZ

D
WITHOUT CONSULT-III
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve harness connector. E
3. Disconnect EVAP purge hoses connected to EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve.
4. Check air passage continuity of EVAP canister purge volume
control solenoid valve under the following conditions.
F

Air passage continuity

Condition
between (A) and (B)
G
12 V direct current supply between
Existed
terminals 1 and 2
No supply Not existed
H
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END JMBIA0068ZZ

NO >> Replace EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid I

valve. Refer to FL-10, "Hydraulic Layout".

Revision: 2010 May EC-321 2011 QX56

 P0444, P0445 EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID
VALVE
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56VD]
P0444, P0445 EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID
VALVE
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000006217854

DTC DETECTION LOGIC

Trouble diagnosis name

DTC No. DTC detecting condition Possible cause
(Trouble diagnosis content)
PURG VOLUME CONT/V • Harness or connectors
(EVAP canister purge volume An excessively low voltage signal is (The solenoid valve circuit is open or shorted.)
P0444
control solenoid valve circuit sent to ECM through the valve • EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid
open) valve
PURG VOLUME CONT/V • Harness or connectors
(EVAP canister purge volume An excessively high voltage signal is (The solenoid valve circuit is shorted.)
P0445
control solenoid valve circuit sent to ECM through the valve • EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid
shorted) valve

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

1.PRECONDITIONING
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm battery voltage is 11 V or more at idle.

>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Start engine and let it idle for at least 13 seconds.
2. Check 1st trip DTC.
Is 1st trip DTC detected?
YES >> Go to EC-322, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006217855

1.CHECK EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve harness connector.
3. Turn ignition switch ON.
4. Check the voltage between EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve harness connector and
ground.

EVAP canister purge volume

control solenoid valve Ground Voltage
Connector Terminal
F48 1 Ground Battery voltage
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following.
• Loose or poor connection for each connector and harness
• Harness for open or short between EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve and IPDM E/R

Revision: 2010 May EC-322 2011 QX56

 P0444, P0445 EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID
VALVE
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56VD]
• Harness for open or short between EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve and ECM
A
>> Repair open circuit, short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
3.CHECK EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT EC
FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector. C
3. Check the continuity between EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve harness connector and
ECM harness connector.

D
EVAP canister purge volume
ECM
control solenoid valve Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
E
F48 2 F110 64 Existed
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
Is the inspection result normal? F
YES-1 >> With CONSULT-III: GO TO 4.
YES-2 >> Without CONSULT-III: GO TO 5.
NO >> Repair open circuit, short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. G
4.CHECK EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE OPERATION
WITH CONSULT-III
H
1. Reconnect all harness connectors disconnected.
2. Start engine.
3. Perform “PURG VOL CONT/V” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode with CONSULT-III. Check that engine speed var-
ies according to the valve opening. I
Does engine speed vary according to the valve opening?
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> GO TO 5. J
5.CHECK EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE
Refer to EC-320, "Component Inspection (EVAP Canister Purge Volume Control Solenoid Valve)". K
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> Replace EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve. L
6.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to GI-40, "Intermittent Incident".
M

>> INSPECTION END

Component Inspection (EVAP Canister Purge Volume Control Solenoid Valve) N
INFOID:0000000006288361

1.CHECK EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE O

WITH CONSULT-III
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Reconnect all harness connectors disconnected. P
3. Disconnect EVAP purge hoses connected to EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve.
4. Turn ignition switch ON.
5. Select “PURG VOL CONT/V” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode with CONSULT-III.

Revision: 2010 May EC-323 2011 QX56

 P0444, P0445 EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID
VALVE
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56VD]
6. Touch “Qd” and “Qu” on CONSULT-III screen to adjust “PURG
VOL C/V” opening and check air passage continuity of EVAP
canister purge volume control solenoid valve under the following
conditions.

Condition Air passage continuity

(PURG VOL C/V value) between (A) and (B)
100% Existed
0% Not existed
JMBIA0068ZZ

WITHOUT CONSULT-III
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve harness connector.
3. Disconnect EVAP purge hoses connected to EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve.
4. Check air passage continuity of EVAP canister purge volume
control solenoid valve under the following conditions.

Air passage continuity

Condition
between (A) and (B)
12 V direct current supply between
Existed
terminals 1 and 2
No supply Not existed
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END JMBIA0068ZZ

NO >> Replace EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid

valve. Refer to FL-10, "Hydraulic Layout".

Revision: 2010 May EC-324 2011 QX56

 P0447 EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56VD]
P0447 EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE
A
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000006288310

DTC DETECTION LOGIC EC

Trouble diagnosis name

DTC No. DTC detecting condition Possible cause
(Trouble diagnosis content) C
VENT CONTROL VALVE • Harness or connectors
An improper voltage signal is sent to ECM
P0447 (EVAP canister vent control (The valve circuit is open or shorted.)
through EVAP canister vent control valve.
valve circuit open) • EVAP canister vent control valve D
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1.PRECONDITIONING E
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. F
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm battery voltage is 11 V or more at idle.

G
>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Start engine and wait at least 8 seconds. H
2. Check 1st trip DTC.
Is 1st trip DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to EC-325, "Diagnosis Procedure". I
NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006288311
J
1.INSPECTION START
Will CONSULT-III be used? K
Will CONSULT-III be used?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> GO TO 3. L
2.CHECK EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE CIRCUIT
WITH CONSULT-III
M
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and then ON.
2. Select “VENT CONTROL/V” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode with CONSULT-III.
3. Touch “ON/OFF” on CONSULT-III screen.
4. Check for operating sound of the valve. N

Clicking sound should be heard.

Is the inspection result normal? O
YES >> GO TO 7.
NO >> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT P

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.

2. Disconnect EVAP canister vent control valve harness connector.
3. Turn ignition switch ON.
4. Check the voltage between EVAP canister vent control valve harness connector and ground.

Revision: 2010 May EC-325 2011 QX56

 P0447 EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56VD]

EVAP canister vent

control valve Ground Voltage
Connector Terminal
C18 1 Ground Battery voltage
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> GO TO 4.
4.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following.
• Harness for open or short between EVAP canister vent control valve and IPDM E/R
• Loose or poor connection for each connector and harness

>> Repair open circuit, short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
5.CHECK EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between EVAP canister vent control valve harness connector and ECM harness con-
nector.

EVAP canister vent

ECM
control valve Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
C18 2 E80 120 Existed
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 7.
NO >> GO TO 6.
6.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following.
• Loose or poor connection for each connector and harness
• Harness for open or short between EVAP canister vent control valve and ECM

>> Repair open circuit, short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
7.CHECK RUBBER TUBE FOR CLOGGING
1. Disconnect rubber tube connected to EVAP canister vent control valve.
2. Check the rubber tube for clogging.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 8.
NO >> Clean the rubber tube using an air blower.
8.CHECK EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE
Refer to EC-327, "Component Inspection (EVAP Canister Vent Control Valve)".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 9.
NO >> Replace EVAP canister vent control valve. Refer to FL-10, "Exploded View".
9.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to GI-40, "Intermittent Incident".

>> INSPECTION END

Revision: 2010 May EC-326 2011 QX56

 P0447 EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56VD]
Component Inspection (EVAP Canister Vent Control Valve) INFOID:0000000006288312

A
1.CHECK EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE-I
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Remove EVAP canister vent control valve from EVAP canister. EC
3. Check portion (A) of EVAP canister vent control valve for rust.
Is it rusted?
YES >> Replace EVAP canister vent control valve. Refer to FL- C
10, "Exploded View".
NO >> GO TO 2.
D

E
JSBIA0693ZZ

2.CHECK EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE-II F

WITH CONSULT-III
1. Reconnect harness connectors disconnected.
2. Turn ignition switch ON. G
3. Perform “VENT CONTROL/V” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode.
4. Check air passage continuity and operation delay time.
Check that new O-ring is installed properly.
H
VENT CONTROL/V Condition Air passage continuity between (A) and (B)
ON Not existed
I
OFF Existed
Operation takes less than 1 second.
J

JSBIA0694ZZ

K
WITHOUT CONSULT-III
1. Disconnect EVAP canister vent control valve harness connector.
2. Check air passage continuity and operation delay time under the following conditions.
L
Check that new O-ring is installed properly.

Condition Air passage continuity between (A) and (B)

M
12 V direct current supply between
Not existed
terminals 1 and 2
OFF Existed
N
Operation takes less than 1 second.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3. O
NO >> Replace EVAP canister vent control valve. Refer to FL-10, "Exploded View".
3.CHECK EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE-III
P
WITH CONSULT-III
1. Clean the air passage [portion (A) to (B)] of EVAP canister vent control valve using an air blower.
2. Perform “VENT CONTROL/V” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode.

Revision: 2010 May EC-327 2011 QX56

 P0447 EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56VD]
3. Check air passage continuity and operation delay time.
Check that new O-ring is installed properly.

VENT CONTROL/V Condition Air passage continuity between (A) and (B)
ON Not existed
OFF Existed
Operation takes less than 1 second.

JSBIA0694ZZ

WITHOUT CONSULT-III
1. Clean the air passage [portion (A) to (B)] of EVAP canister vent control valve using an air blower.
2. Check air passage continuity and operation delay time under the following conditions.
Check that new O-ring is installed properly.

Condition Air passage continuity between (A) and (B)

12 V direct current supply between
Not existed
terminals 1 and 2
OFF Existed
Operation takes less than 1 second.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Replace EVAP canister vent control valve. Refer to FL-10, "Exploded View".

Revision: 2010 May EC-328 2011 QX56

 P0448 EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56VD]
P0448 EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE
A
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000006288313

DTC DETECTION LOGIC EC

Trouble diagnosis name

DTC No. DTC detecting condition Possible cause
(Trouble diagnosis content) C
• EVAP canister vent control valve
• EVAP control system pressure sensor
VENT CONTROL VALVE
EVAP canister vent control valve remains and the circuit D
P0448 (EVAP canister vent control
closed under specified driving conditions. • Blocked rubber tube to EVAP canister
valve close)
vent control valve
• EVAP canister is saturated with water
E
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1.PRECONDITIONING
F
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
G
>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE H
1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 5 seconds.
2. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
3. Start engine and let it idle for at least 1 minute. I
4. Repeat next procedures 3 times.
- Increase the engine speed up to between 3,000 and 3,500 rpm and maintain that speed for 2 minutes and
50 seconds to 3 minutes.
Do not exceed 3 minutes. J
- Fully released accelerator pedal and keep engine idle for approximately 5 seconds.
5. Repeat next procedure 20 times.
- Quickly increase the engine speed up to between 4,000 and 4,500 rpm and maintain that speed for 25 to K
30 seconds.
- Fully released accelerator pedal and keep engine idle for at least 35 seconds.
L

N
JMBIA1516GB

6. Check 1st trip DTC.

Is 1st trip DTC detected? O
YES >> Proceed to EC-329, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END
P
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006288314

1.CHECK RUBBER TUBE

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect rubber tube connected to EVAP canister vent control valve.
3. Check the rubber tube for clogging.

Revision: 2010 May EC-329 2011 QX56

 P0448 EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56VD]
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Clean rubber tube using an air blower.
2.CHECK EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE
Refer to EC-327, "Component Inspection (EVAP Canister Vent Control Valve)".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Replace EVAP canister vent control valve. Refer to FL-10, "Exploded View".
3.CHECK IF EVAP CANISTER IS SATURATED WITH WATER
1. Remove EVAP canister with EVAP canister vent control valve and EVAP control system pressure sensor
attached.
2. Check if water will drain from the EVAP canister (1).

2 : EVAP canister vent control valve

Does water drain from EVAP canister?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> GO TO 6.

JSBIA0692ZZ

4.CHECK EVAP CANISTER

Weigh the EVAP canister with the EVAP canister vent control valve and EVAP control system pressure sensor
attached.
The weight should be less than 2.5 kg (5.5 lb).
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> GO TO 5.
5.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following.
• EVAP canister for damage
• EVAP hose between EVAP canister and vehicle frame for clogging or poor connection

>> Repair hose or replace EVAP canister. Refer to FL-10, "Hydraulic Layout".
6.CHECK EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR CONNECTOR
1. Disconnect EVAP control system pressure sensor harness connector.
2. Check that water is not inside connectors.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 7.
NO >> Replace EVAP control system pressure sensor. Refer to FL-10, "Exploded View".
7.CHECK EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR
Refer to EC-335, "Component Inspection (EVAP Control System Pressure Sensor)".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 8.
NO >> Replace EVAP control system pressure sensor. Refer to FL-10, "Exploded View".
8.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to GI-40, "Intermittent Incident".

>> INSPECTION END

Revision: 2010 May EC-330 2011 QX56

 P0448 EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56VD]
Component Inspection (EVAP Canister Vent Control Valve) INFOID:0000000006288362

A
1.CHECK EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE-I
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Remove EVAP canister vent control valve from EVAP canister. EC
3. Check portion (A) of EVAP canister vent control valve for rust.
Is it rusted?
YES >> Replace EVAP canister vent control valve. Refer to FL- C
10, "Exploded View".
NO >> GO TO 2.
D

E
JSBIA0693ZZ

2.CHECK EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE-II F

WITH CONSULT-III
1. Reconnect harness connectors disconnected.
2. Turn ignition switch ON. G
3. Perform “VENT CONTROL/V” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode.
4. Check air passage continuity and operation delay time.
Check that new O-ring is installed properly.
H
VENT CONTROL/V Condition Air passage continuity between (A) and (B)
ON Not existed
I
OFF Existed
Operation takes less than 1 second.
J

JSBIA0694ZZ

K
WITHOUT CONSULT-III
1. Disconnect EVAP canister vent control valve harness connector.
2. Check air passage continuity and operation delay time under the following conditions.
L
Check that new O-ring is installed properly.

Condition Air passage continuity between (A) and (B)

M
12 V direct current supply between
Not existed
terminals 1 and 2
OFF Existed
N
Operation takes less than 1 second.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3. O
NO >> Replace EVAP canister vent control valve. Refer to FL-10, "Exploded View".
3.CHECK EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE-III
P
WITH CONSULT-III
1. Clean the air passage [portion (A) to (B)] of EVAP canister vent control valve using an air blower.
2. Perform “VENT CONTROL/V” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode.

Revision: 2010 May EC-331 2011 QX56

 P0448 EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56VD]
3. Check air passage continuity and operation delay time.
Check that new O-ring is installed properly.

VENT CONTROL/V Condition Air passage continuity between (A) and (B)
ON Not existed
OFF Existed
Operation takes less than 1 second.

JSBIA0694ZZ

WITHOUT CONSULT-III
1. Clean the air passage [portion (A) to (B)] of EVAP canister vent control valve using an air blower.
2. Check air passage continuity and operation delay time under the following conditions.
Check that new O-ring is installed properly.

Condition Air passage continuity between (A) and (B)

12 V direct current supply between
Not existed
terminals 1 and 2
OFF Existed
Operation takes less than 1 second.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Replace EVAP canister vent control valve. Refer to FL-10, "Exploded View".

Revision: 2010 May EC-332 2011 QX56

 P0451 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56VD]
P0451 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR
A
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000006288316

DTC DETECTION LOGIC EC

Trouble diagnosis name

DTC No. (Trouble diagnosis con- DTC detecting condition Possible cause C
tent)
• (EVAP control system pressure sensor circuit is shorted.)
Harness or connectors D
(Battery current sensor circuit is open or shorted.)
(Accelerator pedal position sensor 2 circuit is shorted.)
[Camshaft position sensor (bank 1) circuit is shorted.]
EVAP SYS PRES SEN
(EVAP control system
ECM detects a sloshing signal (Crankshaft position sensor circuit is shorted.) E
P0451 from the EVAP control system (Refrigerant pressure sensor circuit is shorted.)
pressure sensor perfor-
pressure sensor • EVAP control system pressure sensor
mance)
• Battery current sensor
• Accelerator pedal position sensor F
• Camshaft position sensor (bank 1)
• Crankshaft position sensor
• Refrigerant pressure sensor
G
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1.PRECONDITIONING H
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
I

>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE J
1. Start engine and wait at least 40 seconds.
NOTE:
Do not depress accelerator pedal even slightly. K
2. Check 1st trip DTC.
Is 1st trip DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to EC-333, "Diagnosis Procedure". L
NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006288317
M
1.CHECK EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR CONNECTOR
1. Disconnect EVAP control system pressure sensor harness connector.
N
2. Check that water is not inside connectors.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
O
NO >> Repair or replace harness connector.
2.CHECK EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch ON. P
2. Check the voltage between EVAP control system pressure sensor harness connector and ground.

EVAP control system

pressure sensor Ground Voltage (V)
Connector Terminal
C17 3 Ground Approx. 5 V

Revision: 2010 May EC-333 2011 QX56

 P0451 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56VD]
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 7.
NO >> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
Check harness for short to power and short to ground, between the following terminals.

ECM Sensor
Connector Terminal Name Connector Terminal
76 Crankshaft position sensor F74 1
F110
77 Camshaft position sensor (bank 1) F84 1
EVAP control system pressure sen-
C17 3
sor
133
Battery current sensor E63 2
E80
Refrigerant pressure sensor E77 1
APP sensor 2 (Without ICC) E110 1
131
APP sensor 2 (with ICC) E67 9
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Repair short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
4.CHECK COMPONENTS
Check the following.
• Crankshaft position sensor (Refer to EC-301, "Component Inspection (Crankshaft Position Sensor)".)
• Camshaft position sensor (bank 1) (Refer to EC-306, "Component Inspection (Camshaft Position Sensor)".)
• Battery current sensor (Refer to EC-427, "Component Inspection (Battery Current Sensor)".)
• Refrigerant pressure sensor (Refer to EC-520, "Component Function Check".)
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> Replace malfunctioning component.
5.CHECK APP SENSOR
Refer toEC-470, "Component Inspection (Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor)".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 8.
NO >> GO TO 6.
6.REPLACE ACCELERATOR PEDAL ASSEMBLY
Replace accelerator pedal assembly.
Refer to ACC-3, "MODELS WITHOUT DISTANCE CONTROL ASSIST SYSTEM : Removal and Installation"
(Without distance control assist system)
Refer to ACC-4, "MODELS WITH DISTANCE CONTROL ASSIST SYSTEM : Removal and Installation" (With
distance control assist system).

>> INSPECTION END

7.CHECK EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR
Refer to EC-335, "Component Inspection (EVAP Control System Pressure Sensor)".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 8.
NO >> Replace EVAP control system pressure sensor.
8.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to GI-40, "Intermittent Incident".

Revision: 2010 May EC-334 2011 QX56

 P0451 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56VD]
>> INSPECTION END
A
Component Inspection (EVAP Control System Pressure Sensor) INFOID:0000000006288318

1.CHECK EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR EC

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Remove EVAP control system pressure sensor with its harness connector.
Always replace O-ring with a new one.
3. Install a vacuum pump to EVAP control system pressure sensor. C
4. Turn ignition switch ON and check output voltage between ECM harness connector terminals under the
following conditions.
D
ECM
Condition
+ – Voltage (V)
Connector [Applied vacuum kPa (kg/cm2, psi)] E
Terminal Terminal
Not applied 1.8 - 4.8
E80 143 150
-26.7 (-0.272, -3.87) 2.1 to 2.5 lower than above value F
CAUTION:
• Always calibrate the vacuum pump gauge when using it.
• Never apply below -93.3 kPa (-0.952 kg/cm2, -13.53 psi) or pressure over 101.3 kPa (1.033 kg/cm2, G
14.69 psi).
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END H
NO >> Replace EVAP control system pressure sensor.

Revision: 2010 May EC-335 2011 QX56

 P0452 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56VD]
P0452 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000006288319

DTC DETECTION LOGIC

Trouble diagnosis name

DTC No. DTC detecting condition Possible cause
(Trouble diagnosis content)
• (EVAP control system pressure sensor circuit is short-
ed.)
Harness or connectors
(Battery current sensor circuit is open or shorted.)
(Accelerator pedal position sensor 2 circuit is shorted.)
[Camshaft position sensor (bank 1) circuit is shorted.]
EVAP SYS PRES SEN
An excessively low voltage from (Crankshaft position sensor circuit is shorted.)
P0452 (EVAP control system pres-
the sensor is sent to ECM. (Refrigerant pressure sensor circuit is shorted.)
sure sensor low input)
• EVAP control system pressure sensor
• Battery current sensor
• Accelerator pedal position sensor
• Camshaft position sensor (bank 1)
• Crankshaft position sensor
• Refrigerant pressure sensor

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

1.PRECONDITIONING
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
TESTING CONDITION:
Always perform test at a temperature of 5°C (41°F) or more.

>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
WITH CONSULT-III
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
3. Turn ignition switch ON.
4. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
5. Turn ignition switch ON.
6. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III.
7. Check that “FUEL T/TMP SE” is more than 0°C (32°F).
8. Start engine and wait at least 20 seconds.
9. Check 1st trip DTC.
WITH GST
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Set voltmeter probes to ECM harness connector terminals under the following conditions.

ECM
+ –
Connector
Terminal Terminal
134
E80 175
(Fuel tank temperature sensor signal)
3. Check that the voltage is less than 4.2 V.
4. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
5. Turn ignition switch ON.
6. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
7. Start engine and wait at least 20 seconds.

Revision: 2010 May EC-336 2011 QX56

 P0452 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56VD]
8. Check 1st trip DTC.
Is 1st trip DTC detected? A
YES >> Proceed to EC-337, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END
EC
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006288320

1.CHECK EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR CONNECTOR C

1. Disconnect EVAP control system pressure sensor harness connector.
2. Check that water is not inside connectors.
Is the inspection result normal? D
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Repair or replace harness connector.
2.CHECK EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-I E
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Check the voltage between EVAP control system pressure sensor harness connector and ground.
F
EVAP control system
pressure sensor Ground Voltage (V)
Connector Terminal G
C17 3 Ground Approx. 5
Is the inspection result normal? H
YES >> GO TO 9.
NO >> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-II I
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between EVAP control system pressure sensor harness connector and ECM har- J
ness connector.

EVAP control system K

ECM
pressure sensor Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
C17 3 E80 133 Existed L
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5.
M
NO >> GO TO 4.
4.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following. N
• Harness for open between ECM and EVAP control system pressure sensor
• Loose or poor connection for each connector and harness
O
>> Repair open circuit.
5.CHECK SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
P
Check harness for short to power and short to ground, between the following terminals.

ECM Sensor
Connector Terminal Name Connector Terminal
76 Crankshaft position sensor F74 1
F110
77 Camshaft position sensor (bank 1) F84 1

Revision: 2010 May EC-337 2011 QX56

 P0452 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56VD]
ECM Sensor
Connector Terminal Name Connector Terminal
EVAP control system pressure sen-
C17 3
sor
133
Battery current sensor E63 2
E80
Refrigerant pressure sensor E77 1
APP sensor 2 (Without ICC) E110 1
131
APP sensor 2 (with ICC) E67 9
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> Repair short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
6.CHECK COMPONENTS
Check the following.
• Crankshaft position sensor (Refer to EC-301, "Component Inspection (Crankshaft Position Sensor)".)
• Camshaft position sensor (bank 1) (Refer to EC-306, "Component Inspection (Camshaft Position Sensor)".)
• Battery current sensor (Refer to EC-414, "Component Inspection (Battery Current Sensor)".)
• Refrigerant pressure sensor (Refer to EC-520, "Component Function Check".)
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 7.
NO >> Replace malfunctioning component.
7.CHECK APP SENSOR
Refer to EC-470, "Component Inspection (Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor)".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 14.
NO >> GO TO 8.
8.REPLACE ACCELERATOR PEDAL ASSEMBLY
Replace accelerator pedal assembly.
Refer to ACC-3, "MODELS WITHOUT DISTANCE CONTROL ASSIST SYSTEM : Removal and Installation"
(Without distance control assist system)
Refer to ACC-4, "MODELS WITH DISTANCE CONTROL ASSIST SYSTEM : Removal and Installation" (With
distance control assist system).

>> INSPECTION END

9.CHECK EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between EVAP control system pressure sensor harness connector and ECM har-
ness connector.

EVAP control system

ECM
pressure sensor Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
C17 1 E80 150 Existed
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 11.
NO >> GO TO 10.
10.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following.
• Harness for open or short between EVAP control system pressure sensor and ECM

Revision: 2010 May EC-338 2011 QX56

 P0452 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56VD]
• Loose or poor connection for each connector and harness
A
>> Repair open circuit, short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
11.CHECK EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND EC
SHORT
1. Check the continuity between EVAP control system pressure sensor harness connector and ECM har-
ness connector. C

EVAP control system

ECM
pressure sensor Continuity D
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
C17 2 E80 143 Existed
2. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. E
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 13.
NO >> GO TO 12. F
12.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following. G
• Harness for open or short between EVAP control system pressure sensor and ECM
• Loose or poor connection for each connector and harness
H
>> Repair open circuit, short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
13.CHECK EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR
Refer to EC-335, "Component Inspection (EVAP Control System Pressure Sensor)". I
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 14.
J
NO >> Replace EVAP control system pressure sensor. Refer to FL-10, "Exploded View".
14.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to GI-40, "Intermittent Incident". K

>> INSPECTION END

L
Component Inspection (EVAP Control System Pressure Sensor) INFOID:0000000006288363

1.CHECK EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR M

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Remove EVAP control system pressure sensor with its harness connector.
Always replace O-ring with a new one. N
3. Install a vacuum pump to EVAP control system pressure sensor.
4. Turn ignition switch ON and check output voltage between ECM harness connector terminals under the
following conditions.
O
ECM
Condition
+ – Voltage (V)
Connector [Applied vacuum kPa (kg/cm2, psi)] P
Terminal Terminal
Not applied 1.8 - 4.8
E80 143 150
-26.7 (-0.272, -3.87) 2.1 to 2.5 lower than above value
CAUTION:
• Always calibrate the vacuum pump gauge when using it.

Revision: 2010 May EC-339 2011 QX56

 P0452 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56VD]
• Never apply below -93.3 kPa (-0.952 kg/cm2, -13.53 psi) or pressure over 101.3 kPa (1.033 kg/cm2,
14.69 psi).
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Replace EVAP control system pressure sensor.

Revision: 2010 May EC-340 2011 QX56

 P0453 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56VD]
P0453 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR
A
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000006288322

DTC DETECTION LOGIC EC

Trouble diagnosis name

DTC No. DTC detecting condition Possible cause
(Trouble diagnosis content) C
• Harness or connectors
(EVAP control system pressure sensor circuit is short-
ed.) D
(Crankshaft position sensor circuit is open or shorted.)
[Camshaft position sensor (bank 1) circuit is shorted.]
(Accelerator pedal position sensor 2 circuit is shorted.)
(Battery current sensor circuit is shorted.) E
(Refrigerant pressure sensor circuit is shorted.)
EVAP SYS PRES SEN An excessively high voltage
• EVAP control system pressure sensor
P0453 (EVAP control system pres- from the sensor is sent to
• Crankshaft position sensor
sure sensor high input) ECM.
• Camshaft position sensor (bank 1) F
• Accelerator pedal position sensor 2
• Battery current sensor
• Refrigerant pressure sensor
• EVAP canister vent control valve G
• EVAP canister
• Rubber hose from EVAP canister vent control valve to
vehicle frame H
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1.PRECONDITIONING I
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
J
TESTING CONDITION:
Always perform test at a temperature of 5°C (41°F) or more.

K
>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
WITH CONSULT-III L
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
3. Turn ignition switch ON. M
4. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
5. Turn ignition switch ON.
6. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III.
7. Check that “FUEL T/TMP SE” is more than 0°C (32°F). N
8. Start engine and wait at least 20 seconds.
9. Check 1st trip DTC.
WITH GST O
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Set voltmeter probes to ECM harness connector terminals under the following conditions.
P
ECM Ground
+ –
Connector
Terminal Terminal
134
E80 175
(Fuel tank temperature sensor signal)
3. Check that the voltage is less than 4.2 V.

Revision: 2010 May EC-341 2011 QX56

 P0453 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56VD]
4. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
5. Turn ignition switch ON.
6. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
7. Start engine and wait at least 20 seconds.
8. Check 1st trip DTC.
Is 1st trip DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to EC-342, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006288323

1.CHECK EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR CONNECTOR

1. Disconnect EVAP control system pressure sensor harness connector.
2. Check that water is not inside connectors.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Repair or replace harness connector.
2.CHECK EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Check the voltage between EVAP control system pressure sensor harness connector and ground.

EVAP control system pressure sensor

Ground Voltage (V)
Connector Terminal
C17 3 Ground Approx. 5
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 9.
NO >> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-II
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between EVAP control system pressure sensor harness connector and ECM har-
ness connector.

EVAP control system pressure sensor ECM

Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
C17 3 E80 133 Existed
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> GO TO 4.
4.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following.
• Harness for open between ECM and EVAP control system pressure sensor
• Loose or poor connection for each connector and harness

>> Repair open circuit.

5.CHECK SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
Check harness for short to power and short to ground, between the following terminals.

Revision: 2010 May EC-342 2011 QX56

 P0453 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56VD]

ECM Sensor A
Connector Terminal Name Connector Terminal
76 Crankshaft position sensor F74 1
F110 EC
77 Camshaft position sensor (bank 1) F84 1
EVAP control system pressure sen-
C17 3
sor
C
133
Battery current sensor E63 2
E80
Refrigerant pressure sensor E77 1
APP sensor 2 (Without ICC) E110 1 D
131
APP sensor 2 (with ICC) E67 9
Is the inspection result normal? E
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> Repair short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
6.CHECK COMPONENTS F
Check the following.
• Crankshaft position sensor (Refer to EC-301, "Component Inspection (Crankshaft Position Sensor)".)
• Camshaft position sensor (bank 1) (Refer to EC-306, "Component Inspection (Camshaft Position Sensor)".) G
• Battery current sensor (Refer to EC-427, "Component Inspection (Battery Current Sensor)".)
• Refrigerant pressure sensor (Refer to EC-520, "Component Function Check".)
Is the inspection result normal? H
YES >> GO TO 7.
NO >> Replace malfunctioning component.
7.CHECK APP SENSOR I
Refer to EC-470, "Component Inspection (Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor)".
Is the inspection result normal?
J
YES >> GO TO 19.
NO >> GO TO 8.
8.REPLACE ACCELERATOR PEDAL ASSEMBLY K
Replace accelerator pedal assembly.
Refer to ACC-3, "MODELS WITHOUT DISTANCE CONTROL ASSIST SYSTEM : Removal and Installation"
(Without distance control assist system) L
Refer to ACC-4, "MODELS WITH DISTANCE CONTROL ASSIST SYSTEM : Removal and Installation" (With
distance control assist system).

M
>> INSPECTION END
9.CHECK EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF. N
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between EVAP control system pressure sensor harness connector and ECM har-
ness connector. O

EVAP control system

ECM
pressure sensor Continuity P
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
C17 1 E80 150 Existed
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 11.
NO >> GO TO 10.

Revision: 2010 May EC-343 2011 QX56

 P0453 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56VD]

10.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART

Check the following.
• Harness for open or short between EVAP control system pressure sensor and ECM
• Loose or poor connection for each connector and harness

>> Repair open circuit, short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
11.CHECK EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND
SHORT
1. Check the continuity between EVAP control system pressure sensor harness connector and ECM har-
ness connector.

EVAP control system

ECM
pressure sensor Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
C17 2 E80 143 Existed
2. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 13.
NO >> GO TO 12.
12.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following.
• Harness for open or short between EVAP control system pressure sensor and ECM
• Loose or poor connection for each connector and harness

>> Repair open circuit, short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
13.CHECK RUBBER TUBE
1. Disconnect rubber tube connected to EVAP canister vent control valve. Refer to FL-10, "Hydraulic Lay-
out".
2. Check the rubber tube for clogging.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 14.
NO >> Clean the rubber tube using an air blower, repair or replace rubber tube.
14.CHECK EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE
Refer to EC-327, "Component Inspection (EVAP Canister Vent Control Valve)".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 15.
NO >> Replace EVAP canister vent control valve. Refer to FL-10, "Exploded View".
15.CHECK EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR
Refer to EC-335, "Component Inspection (EVAP Control System Pressure Sensor)".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 16.
NO >> Replace EVAP control system pressure sensor. Refer to FL-10, "Exploded View".
16.CHECK IF EVAP CANISTER IS SATURATED WITH WATER
1. Remove EVAP canister with EVAP canister vent control valve and EVAP control system pressure sensor
attached.

Revision: 2010 May EC-344 2011 QX56

 P0453 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56VD]
2. Check if water will drain from the EVAP canister (1).
- EVAP canister vent control valve (2) A
Does water drain from EVAP canister?
YES >> GO TO 17.
NO >> GO TO 19. EC

JSBIA0692ZZ

17.CHECK EVAP CANISTER D

Weigh the EVAP canister with the EVAP canister vent control valve and EVAP control system pressure sensor
attached.
E
The weight should be less than 2.5 kg (5.5 lb).
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 19.
F
NO >> GO TO 18.
18.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following. G
• EVAP canister for damage
• EVAP hose between EVAP canister and vehicle frame for clogging or poor connection
H
>> Repair hose or replace EVAP canister. Refer to FL-10, "Hydraulic Layout".
19.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
I
Refer to GI-40, "Intermittent Incident".

>> INSPECTION END J

Component Inspection (EVAP Control System Pressure Sensor) INFOID:0000000006288365

1.CHECK EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR K

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Remove EVAP control system pressure sensor with its harness connector.
Always replace O-ring with a new one. L
3. Install a vacuum pump to EVAP control system pressure sensor.
4. Turn ignition switch ON and check output voltage between ECM harness connector terminals under the
following conditions. M

ECM
Condition
+ – Voltage (V) N
Connector [Applied vacuum kPa (kg/cm2, psi)]
Terminal Terminal
Not applied 1.8 - 4.8
E80 143 150 O
-26.7 (-0.272, -3.87) 2.1 to 2.5 lower than above value
CAUTION:
• Always calibrate the vacuum pump gauge when using it. P
• Never apply below -93.3 kPa (-0.952 kg/cm2, -13.53 psi) or pressure over 101.3 kPa (1.033 kg/cm2,
14.69 psi).
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Replace EVAP control system pressure sensor.

Revision: 2010 May EC-345 2011 QX56

 P0456 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56VD]
P0456 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000006288325

DTC DETECTION LOGIC

This diagnosis detects leaks in the EVAP line between fuel tank and EVAP canister purge volume control sole-
noid valve, using the negative pressure caused by decrease of fuel temperature in the fuel tank after turning
ignition switch OFF.
If ECM judges there are no leaks, the diagnosis will be OK.

PBIB1026E

Trouble diagnosis name

DTC No. DTC detecting condition Possible cause
(Trouble diagnosis content)
• Incorrect fuel tank vacuum relief valve
• Incorrect fuel filler cap used
• Fuel filler cap remains open or does not close.
• Foreign matter caught in fuel filler cap.
• Leak is in line between intake manifold and EVAP canis-
ter purge volume control solenoid valve.
• Foreign matter caught in EVAP canister vent control
valve.
• EVAP canister or fuel tank leaks
• EVAP purge line (pipe and rubber tube) leaks
• EVAP purge line rubber tube bent
• EVAP system has a leak. • Loose or disconnected rubber tube
Evaporative emission control
P0456 • EVAP system does not op- • EVAP canister vent control valve and the circuit
system leak
erate properly. • EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve and
the circuit
• Fuel tank temperature sensor
• O-ring of EVAP canister vent control valve is missing or
damaged
• EVAP canister is saturated with water
• EVAP control system pressure sensor
• Refueling EVAP vapor cut valve
• ORVR system leaks
• Fuel level sensor and the circuit
• Foreign matter caught in EVAP canister purge volume
control solenoid valve
CAUTION:
• Use only a genuine NISSAN fuel filler cap as a replacement. If an incorrect fuel filler cap is used, the
MIL may illuminate.
• If the fuel filler cap is not tightened properly, the MIL may illuminate.
• Use only a genuine NISSAN rubber tube as a replacement.
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

Revision: 2010 May EC-346 2011 QX56

 P0456 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56VD]

1.PRECONDITIONING A
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
EC
Do you have CONSULT-III?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> GO TO 4.
C
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE-I
WITH CONSULT-III
1. Turn ignition switch ON and select “EVAP DIAG READY” in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III. D
2. Start engine and wait at idle until “OFF” of “EVAP DIAG READY” changes to “ON”.
NOTE:
It will take at most 2 hours until “OFF” of “EVAP DIAG READY” changes to “ON”. E
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 90 minutes.
NOTE:
Never turn ignition switch ON during 90 minutes.
4. Turn ignition switch ON and select “EVAP LEAK DIAG” in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III. F
5. Check that “EVAP LEAK DIAG” indication.
Which is displayed on CONSULT-III?
CMPLT >> GO TO 3. G
YET >> Perform DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE again. GO TO 1.
3.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE-II H
Check 1st trip DTC.
Is 1st trip DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed toEC-347, "Diagnosis Procedure". I
NO >> INSPECTION END.
4.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
J
WITH GST
1. Start engine and wait engine idle for at least 2 hours.
2. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 90 minutes.
NOTE: K
Never turn ignition switch ON during 90 minutes.
3. Turn ignition switch ON.
4. Check 1st trip DTC. L
Is 1st trip DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to EC-347, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END. M
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006288326

1.CHECK FUEL FILLER CAP DESIGN N

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Check for genuine NISSAN fuel filler cap design.
O
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Replace with genuine NISSAN fuel filler cap.
P

SEF915U

Revision: 2010 May EC-347 2011 QX56

 P0456 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56VD]

2.CHECK FUEL FILLER CAP INSTALLATION

Check that the cap is tightened properly by rotating the cap clockwise.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Open fuel filler cap, then clean cap and fuel filler neck threads using air blower. Then retighten
until reteaching sound is heard.
3.CHECK FUEL FILLER CAP FUNCTION
Check for air releasing sound while opening the fuel filler cap.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> GO TO 4.
4.CHECK FUEL TANK VACUUM RELIEF VALVE
Refer to EC-350, "Component Inspection (Fuel Filler Cap)".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> Replace fuel filler cap with a genuine one.
5.CHECK FOR EVAP LEAK
Refer to FL-12, "Inspection".
Is there any leak in EVAP line?
YES >> Repair or replace.
NO >> GO TO 6.
6.CHECK EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE
Check the following.
• EVAP canister vent control valve is installed properly.
Refer to FL-10, "Exploded View".
• EVAP canister vent control valve.
Refer to EC-327, "Component Inspection (EVAP Canister Vent Control Valve)".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 7.
NO >> Repair or replace EVAP canister vent control valve and O-ring. Refer to FL-10, "Exploded View".
7.CHECK IF EVAP CANISTER SATURATED WITH WATER
1. Remove EVAP canister (1) with EVAP canister vent control
valve (2) and EVAP control system pressure sensor attached.
2. Check if water will drain from the EVAP canister.
Does water drain from EVAP canister?
YES >> GO TO 8.
NO-1 >> With CONSULT-III: GO TO 10.
NO-2 >> Without CONSULT-III: GO TO 11.

JSBIA0692ZZ

8.CHECK EVAP CANISTER

Weigh the EVAP canister assembly with the EVAP canister vent control valve and EVAP control system pres-
sure sensor attached. Refer to FL-10, "Exploded View".
The weight should be less than 2.5 kg (5.5 lb).
Is the inspection result normal?
YES-1 >> With CONSULT-III: GO TO 10.
YES-2 >> Without CONSULT-III: GO TO 11.
NO >> GO TO 9.

Revision: 2010 May EC-348 2011 QX56

 P0456 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56VD]

9.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART A

Check the following.
• EVAP canister for damage
• EVAP hose between EVAP canister and vehicle frame for clogging or poor connection
EC

>> Repair hose or replace EVAP canister. Refer to FL-10, "Hydraulic Layout".
10.CHECK EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE OPERATION C
WITH CONSULT-III
1. Disconnect vacuum hose to EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve at EVAP service port.
2. Start engine and let it idle. D
3. Select “PURG VOL CONT/V” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode.
4. Touch “Qu” on CONSULT-III screen to increase “PURG VOL CONT/V” opening to 100%.
5. Check vacuum hose for vacuum. E

Vacuum should exist.

Is the inspection result normal? F
YES >> GO TO 13.
NO >> GO TO 12.
11.CHECK EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE OPERATION G

WITHOUT CONSULT-III
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
H
2. Stop engine.
3. Disconnect vacuum hose to EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve at EVAP service port.
4. Start engine and let it idle for at least 80 seconds.
5. Check vacuum hose for vacuum when revving engine up to 2,000 rpm. I

Vacuum should exist.

Is the inspection result normal? J
YES >> GO TO 13.
NO >> GO TO 12.
12.CHECK VACUUM HOSE K

Check vacuum hoses for clogging or disconnection. Refer to FL-10, "Hydraulic Layout".
Is the inspection result normal? L
YES >> GO TO 13.
NO >> Repair or reconnect the hose.
13.CHECK EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE M
Refer to EC-320, "Component Inspection (EVAP Canister Purge Volume Control Solenoid Valve)".
Is the inspection result normal?
N
YES >> GO TO 14.
NO >> Replace EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve. Refer to FL-10, "Exploded View".
14.CHECK FUEL TANK TEMPERATURE SENSOR O
Refer to EC-273, "Component Inspection (Fuel Tank Temperature Sensor)".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 15. P
NO >> Replace fuel level sensor unit. Refer to FL-5, "Removal and Installation".
15.CHECK EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR
Refer to EC-335, "Component Inspection (EVAP Control System Pressure Sensor)".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 16.

Revision: 2010 May EC-349 2011 QX56

 P0456 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56VD]
NO >> Replace EVAP control system pressure sensor. Refer to EC-335, "Component Inspection (EVAP
Control System Pressure Sensor)".
16.CHECK EVAP PURGE LINE
Check EVAP purge line (pipe, rubber tube, fuel tank and EVAP canister) for cracks or improper connection.
Refer to FL-10, "Hydraulic Layout".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 17.
NO >> Repair or reconnect the hose.
17.CLEAN EVAP PURGE LINE
Clean EVAP purge line (pipe and rubber tube) using air blower.

>> GO TO 18.
18.CHECK EVAP/ORVR LINE
Check EVAP/ORVR line between EVAP canister and fuel tank for clogging, kink, looseness and improper con-
nection. For location, refer to FL-10, "Hydraulic Layout".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 19.
NO >> Repair or replace hoses and tubes.
19.CHECK RECIRCULATION LINE
Check recirculation line between fuel filler tube and fuel tank for clogging, kink, cracks, looseness and
improper connection.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 20.
NO >> Repair or replace hose, tube or fuel filler tube. Refer to FL-8, "Exploded View".
20.CHECK REFUELING EVAP VAPOR CUT VALVE
Refer to EC-518, "Component Inspection (EVAP Vapor Cut Valve)".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 21.
NO >> Replace refueling EVAP vapor cut valve with fuel tank. Refer to FL-10, "Exploded View".
21.CHECK FUEL LEVEL SENSOR
Refer to MWI-70, "Component Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 22.
NO >> Replace fuel level sensor unit. Refer to FL-5, "Removal and Installation".
22.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to GI-40, "Intermittent Incident".

>> INSPECTION END

Component Inspection (Fuel Filler Cap) INFOID:0000000006288327

1.CHECK FUEL FILLER CAP

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Remove fuel filler cap.

Revision: 2010 May EC-350 2011 QX56

 P0456 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56VD]
3. Wipe clean valve housing.
A

EC

SEF445Y

D
4. Install fuel filler cap adapter (commercial service tool) to fuel
filler cap.
5. Check valve opening pressure and vacuum. E

Pressure: 15.3 - 20.0 kPa (0.156 - 0.204 kg/cm2, 2.22 -

2.90 psi) F
Vacuum: −6.0 to −3.3 kPa (−0.061 to −0.034 kg/cm , 2
−0.87 to −0.48 psi)
G
Is the inspection result normal?
SEF943S
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> GO TO 2.
H
2.REPLACE FUEL FILLER CAP
Replace fuel filler cap.
CAUTION: I
Use only a genuine fuel filler cap as a replacement. If an incorrect fuel filler cap is used, the MIL may
illuminate.
J
>> INSPECTION END

Revision: 2010 May EC-351 2011 QX56

 P0460 FUEL LEVEL SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56VD]
P0460 FUEL LEVEL SENSOR
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000006288328

DTC DETECTION LOGIC

NOTE:
• If DTC P0460 is displayed with DTC UXXXX, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC UXXXX.
• If DTC P0460 is displayed with DTC P0607, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0607. Refer
to EC-378, "DTC Logic".
When the vehicle is parked, the fuel level in the fuel tank is naturally stable. It means that output signal of the
fuel level sensor does not change. If ECM senses sloshing signal from the sensor, fuel level sensor malfunc-
tion is detected.

Trouble diagnosis name

DTC No. DTC detecting condition Possible cause
(Trouble diagnosis content)
• Harness or connectors
(The CAN communication line is open or shorted)
FUEL LEV SEN SLOSH Even though the vehicle is parked, a
• Harness or connectors
P0460 (Fuel level sensor circuit signal being varied is sent from the
(The sensor circuit is open or shorted)
noise) fuel level sensor to ECM.
• Combination meter
• Fuel level sensor

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

1.PRECONDITIONING
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.

>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Start engine and wait maximum of 2 consecutive minutes.
2. Check 1st trip DTC.
Is 1st trip DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to EC-352, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006288329

1.CHECK DTC WITH “COMBINATION METER”

Refer to MWI-30, "CONSULT-III Function".
Is any DTC detected?
YES >> Perform trouble diagnosis of detected DTC.
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK FUEL LEVEL SENSOR SIGNAL CIRCUIT
Check fuel level sensor signal circuit. Refer to MWI-69, "Component Function Check".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-40, "Intermittent Incident".
NO >> Perform trouble diagnosis of fuel level sensor signal circuit. Refer to MWI-69,
"Diagnosis Procedure".

Revision: 2010 May EC-352 2011 QX56

 P0461 FUEL LEVEL SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56VD]
P0461 FUEL LEVEL SENSOR
A
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000006288330

DTC DETECTION LOGIC EC

NOTE:
• If DTC P0461 is displayed with DTC UXXXX, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC UXXXX.
• If DTC P0461 is displayed with DTC P0607, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0607. Refer C
to EC-378, "DTC Logic".
Driving long distances naturally affect fuel gauge level.
This diagnosis detects the fuel gauge malfunction of the gauge not moving even after a long distance has
been driven. D

Trouble diagnosis name

DTC No. DTC detecting condition Possible cause E
(Trouble diagnosis content)
• Harness or connectors
(The CAN communication line is open or short-
The output signal of the fuel level sensor
FUEL LEVEL SENSOR ed) F
does not change within the specified
P0461 (Fuel level sensor circuit • Harness or connectors
range even though the vehicle has been
range/performance) (The sensor circuit is open or shorted)
driven a long distance.
• Combination meter
• Fuel level sensor G
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
H
1.PERFORM COMPONENT FUNCTION CHECK
Perform Component Function Check. Refer to EC-353, "Component Function Check".
Use component function check to check the overall function of the fuel level sensor. During this check, a 1st I
trip DTC might not be confirmed.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END J
NO >> Proceed to EC-354, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Component Function Check INFOID:0000000006288331
K
1.PRECONDITIONING
WARNING: L
When performing the following procedure, always observe the handling of the fuel. Refer to FL-2,
"General Precautions".
TESTING CONDITION:
Before starting component function check, preparation of draining fuel and refilling fuel is required. M

>> GO TO 2.
N
2.PERFORM COMPONENT FUNCTION CHECK
NOTE:
Start from step 8, if it is possible to confirm that the fuel cannot be drained by 30 (7-7/8 US gal, 6-5/8 O
Imp gal) in advance.
1. Prepare a fuel container and a spare hose.
2. Release fuel pressure from fuel line. Refer to EC-153, "Work Procedure".
P
3. Remove the fuel feed hose on the fuel level sensor unit. Refer to FL-5, "Removal and Installation".
4. Connect a spare fuel hose where the fuel feed hose was removed.
5. Turn ignition switch ON.
6. Drain fuel by 30 (7-7/8 US gal, 6-5/8 Imp gal) from the fuel tank using proper equipment.
7. Confirm that the fuel gauge indication varies.
8. Fill fuel into the fuel tank for 30 (7-7/8 US gal, 6-5/8 Imp gal).
9. Confirm that the fuel gauge indication varies.
Is the inspection result normal?

Revision: 2010 May EC-353 2011 QX56

 P0461 FUEL LEVEL SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56VD]
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Proceed to EC-354, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006288332

1.CHECK DTC WITH “COMBINATION METER”

Refer to MWI-30, "CONSULT-III Function".
Is any DTC detected?
YES >> Perform trouble diagnosis of detected DTC.
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK FUEL LEVEL SENSOR SIGNAL CIRCUIT
Check fuel level sensor signal circuit. Refer to MWI-69, "Component Function Check".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-40, "Intermittent Incident".
NO >> Perform trouble diagnosis of fuel level sensor signal circuit. Refer to MWI-69,
"Diagnosis Procedure".

Revision: 2010 May EC-354 2011 QX56

 P0462, P0463 FUEL LEVEL SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56VD]
P0462, P0463 FUEL LEVEL SENSOR
A
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000006288333

DTC DETECTION LOGIC EC

NOTE:
• If DTC P0462 or P0463 is displayed with DTC UXXXX, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC
UXXXX. C
• If DTC P0462 or P0463 is displayed with DTC P0607, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC
P0607.Refer to EC-378, "DTC Logic".
This diagnosis indicates the former, to detect open or short circuit malfunction.
D
Trouble diagnosis name
DTC No. DTC detecting condition Possible cause
(Trouble diagnosis content)
E
FUEL LEVL SEN/CIRC • Harness or connectors
An excessively low voltage from the
P0462 (Fuel level sensor circuit low (The CAN communication line is open or shorted)
sensor is sent to ECM.
input) • Harness or connectors
FUEL LEVL SEN/CIRC (The sensor circuit is open or shorted) F
An excessively high voltage from • Combination meter
P0463 (Fuel level sensor circuit high
the sensor is sent to ECM. • Fuel level sensor
input)

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE G

1.PRECONDITIONING
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. H
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is 11 V or more at ignition I
switch ON.

J
>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 5 seconds. K
2. Check 1st trip DTC.
Is 1st trip DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to EC-355, "Diagnosis Procedure". L
NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006288334
M
1.CHECK DTC WITH “COMBINATION METER”
Refer to MWI-30, "CONSULT-III Function". N
Is any DTC detected?
YES >> Perform trouble diagnosis of detected DTC.
NO >> GO TO 2. O
2.CHECK FUEL LEVEL SENSOR SIGNAL CIRCUIT
Check fuel level sensor signal circuit. Refer to MWI-69, "Component Function Check".
Is the inspection result normal? P
YES >> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-40, "Intermittent Incident".
NO >> Perform trouble diagnosis of fuel level sensor signal circuit. Refer to MWI-69,
"Diagnosis Procedure".

Revision: 2010 May EC-355 2011 QX56

 P0500 VSS
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56VD]
P0500 VSS
Description INFOID:0000000006217857

The vehicle speed signal is sent to the “combination meter” from the “ABS actuator and electric unit (control
unit)” by CAN communication line. The “combination meter” then sends a signal to the ECM by CAN commu-
nication line.
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000006217858

DTC DETECTION LOGIC

NOTE:
• If DTC P0500 is displayed with DTC UXXXX, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC UXXXX.
• If DTC P0500 is displayed with DTC P0607, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0607. Refer
to EC-378, "DTC Logic".

Trouble diagnosis name

DTC No. DTC detecting condition Possible cause
(Trouble diagnosis content)
• Harness or connectors
(The CAN communication line is open or shorted)
The vehicle speed signal sent to • Harness or connectors
VEH SPEED SEN/CIRC
P0500 ECM is almost 0 km/h (0 MPH) even (The vehicle speed signal circuit is open or shorted)
(Vehicle speed sensor)
when vehicle is being driven. • Wheel sensor
• Combination meter
• ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

1.INSPECTION START
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
Will CONSULT-III be used?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> GO TO 4.
2.CHECK VEHICLE SPEED SIGNAL
NOTE:
This procedure may be conducted with the drive wheels lifted in the shop or by driving the vehicle. If a
road test is expected to be easier, it is unnecessary to lift the vehicle.
WITH CONSULT-III
1. Start engine (VDC switch OFF).
2. Read “VHCL SPEED SE” in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III.
The vehicle speed on CONSULT-III should exceed 10 km/h (6 MPH) when rotating wheels with suitable
gear position.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Go to EC-357, "Diagnosis Procedure".
3.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III.
2. Warm engine up to normal operating temperature.
3. Maintain the following conditions for at least 50 consecutive seconds.
CAUTION:
Always drive vehicle at a safe speed.

ENG SPEED More than 1,500 rpm

COOLAN TEMP/S More than 70°C (158°F)

Revision: 2010 May EC-356 2011 QX56

 P0500 VSS
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56VD]
B/FUEL SCHDL 5.5 - 31.8 msec
A
Selector lever Except P or N position
PW/ST SIGNAL OFF
4. Check 1st trip DTC. EC
Is 1st trip DTC detected?
YES >> Go to EC-357, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END C
4.PERFORM COMPONENT FUNCTION CHECK
WITH GST D
Perform Component Function Check. Refer to EC-357, "Component Function Check".
Use Component Function Check to check the overall function of the vehicle speed signal circuit. During this
check, a 1st trip DTC might not be confirmed.
Is the inspection result normal? E
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Go to EC-357, "Diagnosis Procedure".
F
Component Function Check INFOID:0000000006217859

1.PERFORM COMPONENT FUNCTION CHECK G

WITH GST
1. Lift up drive wheels.
2. Start engine. H
3. Read vehicle speed signal in Service $01 with GST.
The vehicle speed signal on GST should be able to exceed 10 km/h (6 MPH) when rotating wheels with
suitable gear position.
I
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Go to EC-357, "Diagnosis Procedure".
J
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006217860

1.CHECK DTC WITH “ABS ACTUATOR AND ELECTRIC UNIT (CONTROL UNIT)” K
Refer to BRC-40, "CONSULT-III Function".
Is the inspection result normal?
L
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Repair or replace malfunctioning part.
2.CHECK DTC WITH “COMBINATION METER” M
Refer to MWI-30, "CONSULT-III Function".

>> INSPECTION END N

Revision: 2010 May EC-357 2011 QX56

 P0506 ISC SYSTEM
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56VD]
P0506 ISC SYSTEM
Description INFOID:0000000006217861

The ECM controls the engine idle speed to a specified level through the fine adjustment of the air, which is let
into the intake manifold, by operating the electric throttle control actuator. The operating of the throttle valve is
varied to allow for optimum control of the engine idling speed. The crankshaft position sensor detects the
actual engine speed and sends a signal to the ECM.
The ECM controls the electric throttle control actuator so that the engine speed coincides with the target value
memorized in the ECM. The target engine speed is the lowest speed at which the engine can operate steadily.
The optimum value stored in the ECM is determined by taking into consideration various engine conditions,
such as during warming up, deceleration and engine load (air conditioner, power steering and cooling fan
operation, etc.).
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000006217862

DTC DETECTION LOGIC

NOTE:
If DTC P0506 is displayed with other DTC, first perform the trouble diagnosis for the other DTC.

Trouble diagnosis name

DTC No. DTC detecting condition Possible cause
(Trouble diagnosis content)
ISC SYSTEM
The idle speed is less than the target idle • Electric throttle control actuator
P0506 (Idle speed control system
speed by 100 rpm or more. • Intake air leakage
RPM lower than expected)

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

1.PRECONDITIONING
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
If the target idle speed is out of the specified value, perform EC-148, "Work Procedure", before con-
ducting DTC Confirmation Procedure.
TESTING CONDITION:
• Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is 11 V or more at idle.
• Always perform the test at a temperature above −10°C (14°F).

>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
3. Turn ignition switch ON.
4. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
5. Restart engine and run it for at least 1 minute at idle speed.
6. Check 1st trip DTC.
Is 1st trip DTC detected?
YES >> Go to EC-358, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006217863

1.CHECK INTAKE AIR LEAKAGE

1. Start engine and let it idle.
2. Listen for an intake air leakage after the mass air flow sensor.
Is intake air leakage detected?
YES >> Discover air leakage location and repair.

Revision: 2010 May EC-358 2011 QX56

 P0506 ISC SYSTEM
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56VD]
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.REPLACE ECM A

1. Stop engine.
2. Replace ECM.
EC
3. Perform additional service when replacing ECM. Refer to EC-143, "Work Procedure".

>> INSPECTION END

C

Revision: 2010 May EC-359 2011 QX56

 P0507 ISC SYSTEM
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56VD]
P0507 ISC SYSTEM
Description INFOID:0000000006217864

The ECM controls the engine idle speed to a specified level through the fine adjustment of the air, which is let
into the intake manifold, by operating the electric throttle control actuator. The operating of the throttle valve is
varied to allow for optimum control of the engine idling speed. The crankshaft position sensor detects the
actual engine speed and sends a signal to the ECM.
The ECM controls the electric throttle control actuator so that the engine speed coincides with the target value
memorized in the ECM. The target engine speed is the lowest speed at which the engine can operate steadily.
The optimum value stored in the ECM is determined by taking into consideration various engine conditions,
such as during warming up, deceleration and engine load (air conditioner, power steering and cooling fan
operation, etc.).
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000006217865

DTC DETECTION LOGIC

NOTE:
If DTC P0507 is displayed with other DTC, first perform the trouble diagnosis for the other DTC.

Trouble diagnosis name

DTC No. DTC detecting condition Possible cause
(Trouble diagnosis content)
ISC SYSTEM • Electric throttle control actuator
The idle speed is more than the target idle
P0507 (Idle speed control system • Intake air leakage
speed by 200 rpm or more.
RPM higher than expected) • PCV system

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

1.PRECONDITIONING
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
If the target idle speed is out of the specified value, perform EC-148, "Work Procedure", before con-
ducting DTC Confirmation Procedure.
TESTING CONDITION:
• Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is 11 V or more at idle.
• Always perform the test at a temperature above −10°C (14°F).

>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
3. Turn ignition switch ON.
4. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
5. Start engine and run it for at least 1 minute at idle speed.
6. Check 1st trip DTC.
Is 1st trip DTC detected?
YES >> Go to EC-360, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006217866

1.CHECK PCV HOSE CONNECTION

Confirm that PCV hose is connected correctly.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Repair or replace malfunctioning part.

Revision: 2010 May EC-360 2011 QX56

 P0507 ISC SYSTEM
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56VD]

2.CHECK INTAKE AIR LEAKAGE A

1. Start engine and let it idle.
2. Listen for an intake air leakage after the mass air flow sensor.
Is intake air leakage detected? EC
YES >> Discover air leakage location and repair.
NO >> GO TO 3.
3.REPLACE ECM C
1. Stop engine.
2. Replace ECM.
3. Perform additional service when replacing ECM. Refer to EC-143, "Work Procedure". D

>> INSPECTION END

E

Revision: 2010 May EC-361 2011 QX56

 P050E COLD START CONTROL
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56VD]
P050E COLD START CONTROL
Description INFOID:0000000006288336

ECM controls ignition timing and engine idle speed when engine is started with pre-warming up condition.
This control promotes the activation of three way catalyst by heating the catalyst and reduces emissions.
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000006288337

DTC DETECTION LOGIC

NOTE:
If DTC P050E is displayed with other DTC, first perform the trouble diagnosis for other DTC.

DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
The temperature of the catalyst inlet does not • Lack of intake air volume
Cold start engine exhaust temper-
P050E rise to the proper temperature when the engine • Fuel injection system
ature too low
is started with pre-warming up condition. • ECM

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

1.PRECONDITIONING
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is 11 V or more at idle.

>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE-I
WITH CONSULT-III
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III.
4. Check the indication of “COOLAN TEMP/S”.
WITH GST
Follow the procedure “With CONSULT-III” above.
Is the value of “COOLAN TEMP/S” between 5°C (41°F) and 36°C (97°F)?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO-1 [If it is below 5°C (41°F)]>>Warm up the engine until the value of “COOLAN TEMP/S” reaches 5°C
(41°F) or more. Retry from step 1.
NO-2 [If it is above 36°C (97°F)]>>Cool engine down to less than 36°C (97°F). Retry from step 1.
3.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE-II
WITH CONSULT-III
1. Set the select lever in N range.
2. Start the engine and warm up in idle with the value of “COOLAN TEMP/S” between 5°C (41°F) and 40°C
(104°F) for more than 15 seconds.
3. Check 1st trip DTC.
WITH GST
Follow the procedure “With CONSULT-III” above.
Is 1st trip DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to EC-362, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006288338

1.PERFORM IDLE AIR VOLUME LEARNING

Revision: 2010 May EC-362 2011 QX56
 P050E COLD START CONTROL
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56VD]
Perform EC-148, "Work Procedure".
Is Idle Air Volume Learning carried out successfully? A
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Follow the instruction of Idle Air Volume Learning.
2.CHECK INTAKE SYSTEM EC

Check for the cause of intake air volume lacking. Refer to the following.
• Crushed intake air passage
C
• Intake air passage clogging
• Clogging of throttle body
Is the inspection result normal?
D
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Repair or replace malfunctioning part
3.CHECK FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM FUNCTION E
Perform DTC Confirmation Procedure for DTC P0171, P0174. Refer to EC-263, "DTC Logic".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4. F
NO >> Proceed to EC-264, "Diagnosis Procedure" for DTC P0171, P0174.
4.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
G
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Erase DTC.
3. Perform DTC Confirmation Procedure.
See EC-362, "DTC Logic". H
Is the 1st trip DTC P050E displayed again?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> INSPECTION END I

5.REPLACE ECM
Replace ECM. Refer to EC-535, "Removal and Installation". J

>> INSPECTION END

K

Revision: 2010 May EC-363 2011 QX56

 P0524 ENGINE OIL PRESSURE
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56VD]
P0524 ENGINE OIL PRESSURE
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000006288342

DTC DETECTION LOGIC

NOTE:
If DTC P0524 is displayed with DTC P0075 or P0081, perform trouble diagnosis for DTC P0075 or P0081
first. Refer to EC-193, "DTC Logic".

Trouble diagnosis name

DTC No. Detecting condition Possible cause
(Trouble diagnosis content)
• Engine oil pressure or level too low
• Crankshaft position sensor
• Camshaft position sensor
Engine oil pressure is low because • Intake valve timing control solenoid valve
ENGINE OIL PRESSURE
P0524 there is a gap between angle of target • Accumulation of debris to the signal pick-up por-
(Engine oil pressure too low)
and phase-control angle. tion of the camshaft
• Timing chain installation
• Foreign matter caught in the oil groove for intake
valve timing control

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

1.PRECONDITIONING-I
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is between 10 V and 16 V at
idle.

>> GO TO 2.
2.PRECONDITIONING-II
Check oil level and oil pressure. Refer to LU-7, "Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Proceed to LU-7, "Inspection".
3.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
WITH CONSULT-III
1. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III.
2. Maintain the following conditions for at least 20 consecutive seconds.

ENG SPEED More than 1,700 rpm

COOLAN TEMP/S More than 70°C (158°F)
Selector lever 1st or 2nd position
Driving vehicle uphill
Driving location uphill (Increased engine load will help maintain the driving
conditions required for this test.)
CAUTION:
Always drive at a safe speed.
3. Check 1st trip DTC.
WITH GST
Follow the procedure “With CONSULT-III” above.
Is 1st trip DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to EC-365, "Diagnosis Procedure"

Revision: 2010 May EC-364 2011 QX56

 P0524 ENGINE OIL PRESSURE
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56VD]
NO >> INSPECTION END
A
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006288343

1.CHECK OIL PRESSURE WARNING LAMP EC

1. Start engine.
2. Check oil pressure warning lamp and confirm it is not illumi-
nated.
C
Is oil pressure warning lamp illuminated?
YES >> Proceed to LU-7, "Inspection".
NO >> GO TO 2.
D

PBIA8559J

2.CHECK INTAKE VALVE TIMING CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE F

Refer to EC-179, "Component Inspection (Intake Valve Timing Control Solenoid Valve)".
Is the inspection result normal?
G
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Replace malfunctioning intake valve timing control solenoid valve.
3.CHECK CRANKSHAFT POSITION SENSOR H
Refer to EC-301, "Component Inspection (Crankshaft Position Sensor)".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4. I
NO >> Replace crankshaft position sensor.
4.CHECK CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR
J
Refer to EC-306, "Component Inspection (Camshaft Position Sensor)".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5. K
NO >> Replace malfunctioning camshaft position sensor.
5.CHECK CAMSHAFT SPROCKET (SIGNAL PLATE)
Check the following. L
• Accumulation of debris to the signal plate of camshaft sprocket
(INT)
• Chipping signal plate of camshaft sprocket (INT) M
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> Remove debris and clean the signal plate of camshaft N
sprocket (INT) or replace camshaft sprocket (INT).
Refer to EM-61, "Exploded View".
O
JMBIA0962ZZ

6.CHECK TIMING CHAIN INSTALLATION P

Check service records for any recent repairs that may cause timing chain misaligned.
Are there any service records that may cause timing chain misaligned?
YES >> Check timing chain installation. Refer to EM-61, "Exploded View".
NO >> GO TO 7.
7.CHECK LUBRICATION CIRCUIT
Perform “Inspection of Camshaft Sprocket (INT) Oil Groove”. Refer to LU-7, "Inspection".

Revision: 2010 May EC-365 2011 QX56

 P0524 ENGINE OIL PRESSURE
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56VD]
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 8.
NO >> Clean lubrication line.
8.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to GI-40, "Intermittent Incident".

>> INSPECTION END

Revision: 2010 May EC-366 2011 QX56

 P0527 COOLING FAN SPEED SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56VD]
P0527 COOLING FAN SPEED SENSOR
A
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000006217867

DTC DETECTION LOGIC EC

DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
C
• Harness or connectors
(The Fuel rail pressure sensor circuit is
open or shorted.)
(The Power steering pressure sensor cir- D
cuit is open or shorted)
(The Electrically-controlled cooling fan
Cooling fan speed sen-
The number of fan speed signals is 16 rpm or coupling circuit is open or shorted)
P0527 sor circuit range/perfor-
mance
less during engine rev. • Fuel rail pressure sensor E
• Power steering pressure sensor
• Cooling fan speed sensor
• Electrically-controlled cooling fan cou-
pling F
• Cooling fan
• IPDM E/R

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE G

1.PRECONDITIONING
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. H
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
TESTING CONDITION: I
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is 11 V or more at idle.

>> GO TO 2. J
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Start engine and warm it up to the normal operating temperature.
2. Keep the engine speed approximately 1,000 rpm at no load. K
3. Check 1st trip DTC.
Is 1st trip DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to EC-367, "Diagnosis Procedure". L
NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006217868
M
1.CHECK COOLING FAN SPEED SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-I
1. Turn ignition switch OFF. N
2. Disconnect electrically-controlled cooling fan coupling harness connector.
3. Turn ignition switch ON.
4. Check the voltage between electrically-controlled cooling fan coupling harness connector terminals.
O
Electrically-controlled cooling fan coupling
Voltage
+ −
Connector (Approx.) P
terminal
F39 2 4 5V
Is inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> GO TO 2.

Revision: 2010 May EC-367 2011 QX56

 P0527 COOLING FAN SPEED SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56VD]

2.CHECK COOLING FAN SPEED SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-II

1. Check the voltage between electrically-controlled cooling fan coupling harness connector and the ground.

+
Voltage
Electrically-controlled cooling fan coupling −
(Approx.)
Connector terminal
F39 2 Ground 5V
Is inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check harness connector for short to power and short to ground, between the following terminals.

ECM Sensor
Connector Terminal Name Connector Terminal
Low fuel pressure sensor F25 3
27 Power steering pressure sensor F35 1
F111
Cooling fan speed sensor F39 2
28 FRP sensor F26 1
Is inspection result normal?
YES >> Perform the trouble diagnosis for power supply circuit. Refer to EC-168, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
4.CHECK COOLING FAN SPEED SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between electrically-controlled cooling fan coupling harness connector and ECM har-
ness connector.

+ −
Electrically-controlled cooling fan
ECM Continuity
coupling
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
F39 4 F111 45 Existed
Is inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
5.CHECK ECM GROUND CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between ECM harness connector and the ground.

Revision: 2010 May EC-368 2011 QX56

 P0527 COOLING FAN SPEED SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56VD]

+ A
ECM − Continuity
Connector Terminal
EC
F111 10
174 Ground Existed
E80
175 C
Is inspection result normal?
YES >> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-40, "Intermittent Incident".
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts. D
6.CHECK COOLING FAN SPEED SENSOR SIGNAL CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF. E
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between electrically-controlled cooling fan coupling harness connector and ECM har-
ness connector.
F

+ −
Electrically-controlled cooling fan G
ECM Continuity
coupling
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
F39 5 F111 37 Existed H
4. Also check harness for short to ground and to power.
Is inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 7. I
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
7.CHECK COOLING FAN SPEED SENSOR J
1. Reconnect all harness connectors disconnected.
2. Perform cooling fan speed sensor component inspection. Refer to EC-369, "Component Inspection (Cool-
ing Fan Speed Sensor)".
K
Is inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 8.
NO >> Replace electrically-controlled cooling fan coupling. L
8.CHECK COOLING FAN ROTATIONAL CONDITION
Rotate the cooling fan by hand.
Dose the cooling fan rotates smoothly? M
YES >> GO TO 9.
NO >> Check that the cooling fan is not interfered with other parts.
N
9.CHECK ELECTRICALLY-CONTROLLED COOLING FAN COUPLING SYSTEM
Refer to EC-495, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Is inspection result normal? O
YES >> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-40, "Intermittent Incident".
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
Component Inspection (Cooling Fan Speed Sensor) INFOID:0000000006217869
P

1.CHECK COOLING FAN SPEED SENSOR

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect electrically-controlled cooling fan coupling harness connector.
3. Rotate the electrically-controlled cooling fan coupling slowly with hand and check the voltage between
electrically-controlled cooling fan coupling connector terminals under the following conditions.

Revision: 2010 May EC-369 2011 QX56

 P0527 COOLING FAN SPEED SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56VD]

+ −
Electrically-controlled Voltage (V)
Condition
cooling fan coupling (Approx.)
Terminal
0⇔5
• 5V direct current supply to terminal 2
5 4 NOTE:
• Terminal 4 connect to ground
The voltage is in waveform
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Replace Electrically-controlled cooling fan coupling.

Revision: 2010 May EC-370 2011 QX56

 P0550 PSP SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56VD]
P0550 PSP SENSOR
A
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000006217870

DTC DETECTION LOGIC EC

Trouble diagnosis name

DTC No. DTC detecting condition Possible cause
(Trouble diagnosis content) C
• Harness or connectors
(The Fuel rail pressure sensor circuit is
open or shorted.) D
(The Power steering pressure sensor cir-
PW ST P SEN/CIRC cuit is open or shorted)
An excessively low or high voltage from the
P0550 (Power steering pressure (The Electrically-controlled cooling fan
sensor is sent to ECM.
sensor circuit) coupling circuit is open or shorted) E
• Fuel rail pressure sensor
• Power steering pressure sensor
• Electrically-controlled cooling fan cou-
pling F

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

1.PRECONDITIONING G
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. H

>> GO TO 2.
I
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Start engine and let it idle for at least 5 seconds.
2. Check 1st trip DTC. J
Is 1st trip DTC detected?
YES >> Go to EC-371, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END K
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006217871

1.CHECK POWER STEERING PRESSURE SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-I L

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect power steering pressure (PSP) sensor harness connector.
3. Turn ignition switch ON. M
4. Check the voltage between PSP sensor harness connector terminals.

PSP sensor N
Voltage
+ −
Connector (Approx.)
terminal
O
F35 1 3 5V
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 6. P
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK POWER STEERING PRESSURE SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-II
1. Check the voltage between PSP sensor harness connector and the ground.

Revision: 2010 May EC-371 2011 QX56

 P0550 PSP SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56VD]

+
Voltage
PSP sensor −
(Approx.)
Connector terminal
F35 1 Ground 5V
Is inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check harness connector for short to power and short to ground, between the following terminals.

ECM Sensor
Connector Terminal Name Connector Terminal
Low fuel pressure sensor F25 3
27 Power steering pressure sensor F35 1
F111
Cooling fan speed sensor F39 2
28 FRP sensor F26 1
Is inspection result normal?
YES >> Perform the trouble diagnosis for power supply circuit. Refer to EC-168, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
4.CHECK PSP SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between PSP sensor harness connector and ECM harness connector.

+ −
PSP sensor ECM Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
F35 3 F111 45 Existed
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
5.CHECK ECM GROUND CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between ECM harness connector and the ground.

+
ECM − Continuity
Connector Terminal
F111 10
174 Ground Existed
E80
175
Is inspection result normal?
YES >> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-40, "Intermittent Incident".

Revision: 2010 May EC-372 2011 QX56

 P0550 PSP SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56VD]
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
6.CHECK PSP SENSOR SIGNAL CIRCUIT A

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.

2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
EC
3. Check the continuity between PSP sensor harness connector and ECM harness connector.

+ −
C
PSP sensor ECM Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
F35 2 F111 39 Existed D
4. Also check harness for short to ground and to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
E
YES >> GO TO 7.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
7.CHECK PSP SENSOR F
Refer to EC-373, "Component Inspection (Power Steering Pressure Sensor)".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 8. G
NO >> Replace PSP sensor.
8.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
H
Refer to GI-40, "Intermittent Incident".

>> INSPECTION END I

Component Inspection (Power Steering Pressure Sensor) INFOID:0000000006217872

1.CHECK POWER STEERING PRESSURE SENSOR J

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Reconnect all harness connectors disconnected.
3. Start engine and let it idle. K
4. Check the voltage between ECM harness connector terminals under the following conditions.

ECM L
+ – Condition Voltage (V)
Connector
Terminal Terminal
M
Being turned 0.5 - 4.5
F111 39 45 Steering wheel
Not being turned 0.4 - 0.8
Is the inspection result normal? N
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Replace power steering pressure sensor.
O

Revision: 2010 May EC-373 2011 QX56

 P0603 ECM POWER SUPPLY
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56VD]
P0603 ECM POWER SUPPLY
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000006217873

DTC DETECTION LOGIC

Trouble diagnosis name

DTC No. DTC detecting condition Possible cause
(Trouble diagnosis content)
• Harness or connectors
ECM BACK UP/CIRCUIT ECM back up RAM system does not [ECM power supply (back up) circuit is open or
P0603
(ECM power supply circuit) function properly. shorted.]
• ECM

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

1.PRECONDITIONING
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.

>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Turn ignition switch ON wait at least 10 seconds.
2. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 5 minutes.
3. Turn ignition switch ON, wait at least 10 seconds.
4. Repeat step 2 and 3 for five times.
5. Check 1st trip DTC.
Is 1st trip DTC detected?
YES >> Go to EC-374, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006217874

1.CHECK ECM POWER SUPPLY

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check the voltage between ECM harness connector terminals.

ECM
+ – Voltage
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
E80 156 E80 175 Battery voltage
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following.
• 20 A fuse (No. 43)
• Harness for open or short between ECM and battery
• Loose or poor connection for each connector and harness

>> Repair or replace harness or connectors.

3.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Revision: 2010 May EC-374 2011 QX56
 P0603 ECM POWER SUPPLY
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56VD]
Refer to GI-40, "Intermittent Incident".
Is the inspection result normal? A
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Repair or replace harness or connectors.
4.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE EC

1. Turn ignition switch ON.

2. Erase DTC.
C
3. Perform DTC Confirmation Procedure.
See EC-374, "DTC Logic".
Is the 1st trip DTC P0603 displayed again?
D
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> INSPECTION END
5.REPLACE ECM E
Replace ECM.

>> INSPECTION END F

Revision: 2010 May EC-375 2011 QX56

 P0605 ECM
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56VD]
P0605 ECM
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000006217875

DTC DETECTION LOGIC

DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
A) ECM calculation function is malfunctioning.
B) ECM EEP-ROM system is malfunctioning.
P0605 Engine control module ECM
C) ECM self shut-off function is malfunctioning.
D) ECM temperature sensor is malfunctioning.

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

1.PRECONDITIONING
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is 11 V or more at idle.

>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION A AND D
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Check 1st trip DTC.
Is 1st trip DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to EC-376, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> GO TO 3.
3.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION B
1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 1 second.
2. Turn ignition switch OFF, wait at least 10 seconds, and then turn it ON.
3. Check 1st trip DTC.
Is 1st trip DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to EC-376, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> GO TO 4.
4.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION C
1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 1 second.
2. Turn ignition switch OFF, wait at least 10 seconds, and then turn it ON.
3. Repeat step 2 for 32 times.
4. Check 1st trip DTC.
Is 1st trip DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to EC-376, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006217876

1.INSPECTION START
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Erase DTC.
3. Perform DTC Confirmation Procedure.
See EC-376, "DTC Logic".
Is the 1st trip DTC P0605 displayed again?
YES >> GO TO 2.

Revision: 2010 May EC-376 2011 QX56

 P0605 ECM
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56VD]
NO >> INSPECTION END
2.REPLACE ECM A

Replace ECM. Refer to EC-535, "Removal and Installation".

EC
>> INSPECTION END

Revision: 2010 May EC-377 2011 QX56

 P0607 ECM
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56VD]
P0607 ECM
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000006217877

DTC DETECTION LOGIC

Trouble diagnosis name

DTC No. DTC detecting condition Possible cause
(Trouble diagnosis content)
ECM When detecting error during the initial diagnosis
P0607 • ECM
(CAN communication bus) of CAN controller of ECM.

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

1.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Go to EC-378, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006217878

1.INSPECTION START
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Erase DTC.
3. Perform DTC Confirmation Procedure.
See EC-378, "DTC Logic".
4. Check DTC.
Is the DTC P0607 displayed again?
YES >> Replace ECM. Refer to EC-535, "Removal and Installation".
NO >> INSPECTION END

Revision: 2010 May EC-378 2011 QX56

 P0611 ECM PROTECTION
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56VD]
P0611 ECM PROTECTION
A
Description INFOID:0000000006288344

This DTC is detected when the ECM protective function is activated due to an extreme temperature increase EC
in ECM, resulting from severe conditions such as heavy load driving.
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000006288345

C
DTC DETECTION LOGIC

DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause D
P0611 ECM PROTECTION ECM overheat protection control is activated. ECM overheated

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE E

1.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
This DTC is displayed as protection function history. If no malfunction is detected after the diagnosis, the cus- F
tomer must be informed of the activation of the protection function.

>> Proceed to EC-379, "Diagnosis Procedure". G

Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006288346

1.INSPECTION START H

1. Perform DTC confirmation procedure. Refer to EC-379, "DTC Logic".

2. Check 1st trip DTC.
I
Is DTC P0605 detected?
YES >> Proceed to EC-376, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> Explain the customer about the activation of the protection function.
J

Revision: 2010 May EC-379 2011 QX56

 P062B ECM
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56VD]
P062B ECM
Description INFOID:0000000006217879

This DTC is detected when the ECM-integrated injector driver unit has a malfunction. For injector driver unit,
refer to EC-23, "ECM".
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000006217880

DTC DETECTION LOGIC

DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
• Harness and connectors
(Injector circuit is open or
Internal control module fuel injector
P062B Injector driver unit is malfunctioning. shorted)
control performance
• Battery power supply
• ECM (injector driver unit)

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

1.PRECONDITIONING
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is 11 V or more at idle.

>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Start the engine and keep the engine speed at idle for 30 seconds.
2. Check 1st trip DTC.
Is 1st trip DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to EC-380, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006217881

1.CHECK FUEL INJECTOR

Perform fuel injector. Refer to EC-498, "Component Function Check".
Is inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Erase DTC.
3. Perform DTC cfirmation procedure again. Refer to EC-380, "DTC Logic".
4. Check 1st trip DTC.
Is the DTC P062B displayed again?
YES >> Replace ECM. Refer to EC-535, "Removal and Installation".
NO >> INSPECTION END

Revision: 2010 May EC-380 2011 QX56

 P0643 SENSOR POWER SUPPLY
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56VD]
P0643 SENSOR POWER SUPPLY
A
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000006217882

DTC DETECTION LOGIC EC

Trouble diagnosis name

DTC No. DTC detecting condition Possible cause
(Trouble diagnosis content) C
• Harness or connectors
(Accelerator pedal position sensor 1 circuit is shorted.)
[Camshaft position sensor (bank 2) circuit is shorted.] D
[Manifold absolute pressure (MAP) sensor circuit is
SENSOR POWER/CIRC ECM detects that the voltage of
shorted.]
P0643 (Sensor power supply circuit power source for sensor is ex-
(Throttle position sensor circuit is shorted.)
short) cessively low or high.
• Accelerator pedal position sensor 1 E
• Camshaft position sensor (bank 2)
• Manifold absolute pressure (MAP) sensor
• Throttle position sensor
F
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1.PRECONDITIONING
G
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
TESTING CONDITION: H
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is 8 V or more at idle.

>> GO TO 2. I

2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

1. Start engine and let it idle for 1 second. J
2. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Go to EC-381, "Diagnosis Procedure". K
NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006217883
L
1.CHECK ACCELERATOR PEDAL POSITION SENSOR 1 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1. Disconnect accelerator pedal position (APP) sensor harness connector.
M
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Check the voltage between APP sensor harness connector and ground.

APP sensor
N
Ground Voltage (V)
Connector Terminal
E110 (Without ICC) 2 O
Ground Approx. 5
E67 (With ICC) 12
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 6. P
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
Check harness for short to power and short to ground, between the following terminals.

Revision: 2010 May EC-381 2011 QX56

 P0643 SENSOR POWER SUPPLY
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56VD]

ECM Sensor
Connector Terminal Name Connector Terminal
81 Electric throttle control actuator F66 2
F111 83 Camshaft position sensor (bank 2) F83 1
85 Manifold absolute pressure (MAP) sensor F65 1
137 APP sensor 1 (Without ICC) E110 2
E80
137 APP sensor 1 (With ICC) E67 12
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Repair short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
3.CHECK COMPONENTS
Check the following.
• Camshaft position sensor (bank 2) (Refer to EC-306, "Component Inspection (Camshaft Position Sensor)".)
• Manifold absolute pressure (MAP) sensor (Refer to EC-208, "Component Inspection (MAP Sensor)".)
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Replace malfunctioning component.
4.CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR
Refer to EC-220, "Component Inspection (Throttle Position Sensor)".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 8.
NO >> GO TO 5.
5.REPLACE ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR
Replace electric throttle control actuator. Refer to EM-30, "Removal and Installation".

>> INSPECTION END

6.CHECK ACCELERATOR PEDAL POSITION SENSOR
Refer to EC-470, "Component Inspection (Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor)".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 8.
NO >> GO TO 7.
7.REPLACE ACCELERATOR PEDAL ASSEMBLY
Replace accelerator pedal assembly. Refer to ACC-3, "MODELS WITHOUT DISTANCE CONTROL ASSIST
SYSTEM : Removal and Installation" (Without distance control assist system) or ACC-4, "MODELS WITH
DISTANCE CONTROL ASSIST SYSTEM : Removal and Installation" (With distance control assist system).

>> INSPECTION END

8.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to GI-40, "Intermittent Incident".

>> INSPECTION END

Revision: 2010 May EC-382 2011 QX56

 P0850 PNP SWITCH
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56VD]
P0850 PNP SWITCH
A
Description INFOID:0000000006217884

When the selector lever position is P or N, park/neutral position (PNP) signal is sent to ECM from TCM. EC
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000006217885

DTC DETECTION LOGIC C

Trouble diagnosis name

DTC No. DTC detecting condition Possible cause D
(Trouble diagnosis content)
• Harness or connectors
P-N POS SW/CIRCUIT The signal of the park/neutral position (PNP)
[The park/neutral position (PNP) signal
P0850 (Park/neutral position signal does not change during driving after the
switch) engine is started.
circuit is open or shorted.] E
• TCM

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

F
1.INSPECTION START
Will CONSULT-III be used?
Will CONSULT-III be used? G
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> GO TO 5.
2.PRECONDITIONING H

1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.

2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. I

>> GO TO 3.
J
3.CHECK PNP SIGNAL
WITH CONSULT-III
1. Turn ignition switch ON. K
2. Select “P/N POSI SW” in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III. Then check the “P/N POSI SW” sig-
nal under the following conditions.
L
Position (Selector lever) Known-good signal
N or P position ON
Except above position OFF M

Is the inspection result normal?

YES >> GO TO 4. N
NO >> Go to EC-384, "Diagnosis Procedure".
4.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III. O
2. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
3. Maintain the following conditions for at least 50 consecutive seconds.
CAUTION: P
Always drive vehicle at a safe speed.

ENG SPEED 1,300 - 6,375 rpm

COOLAN TEMP/S More than 70°C (158°F)
B/FUEL SCHDL 2.0 - 31.8 msec

Revision: 2010 May EC-383 2011 QX56

 P0850 PNP SWITCH
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56VD]
VHCL SPEED SE More than 64 km/h (40 mph)
Selector lever Suitable position
4. Check 1st trip DTC.
Is 1st trip DTC detected?
YES >> Go to EC-384, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END
5.PERFORM COMPONENT FUNCTION CHECK
WITH GST
Perform Component Function Check. Refer to EC-384, "Component Function Check".
NOTE:
Use Component Function Check to check the overall function of the park/neutral position (PNP) signal circuit.
During this check, a 1st trip DTC might not be confirmed.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Go to EC-384, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Component Function Check INFOID:0000000006217886

1.PERFORM COMPONENT FUNCTION CHECK

WITH GST
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Check the voltage between ECM harness connector terminals under the following conditions.

ECM
+ – Condition Voltage (V)
Connector
Terminal Terminal
P or N position Battery voltage
F111 11 175 Selector lever
Except above position Approx. 0
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Go to EC-384, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006217887

1.CHECK DTC WITH TCM

Refer to TM-61, "CONSULT-III Function (TRANSMISSION)".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Repair or replace malfunctioning part.
2.CHECK STARTING SYSTEM
Turn ignition switch OFF, then turn it to START.
Does starter motor operate?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Check DTC with BCM. Refer to BCS-57, "DTC Index".
3.CHECK PNP SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect A/T assembly harness connector.
3. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
4. Check the continuity between A/T assembly harness connector and ECM harness connector.

Revision: 2010 May EC-384 2011 QX56

 P0850 PNP SWITCH
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56VD]

A/T assembly ECM A

Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
F301 9 F111 11 Existed
EC
5. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5. C
NO >> GO TO 4.
4.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
D
Check the following.
• Harness for open or short between A/T assembly and ECM
• Loose or poor connection for each connector and harness
E
>> Repair open circuit, short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
5.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT F
Refer to GI-40, "Intermittent Incident".

>> INSPECTION END G

Revision: 2010 May EC-385 2011 QX56

 P1087, P1088 VVEL SYSTEM
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56VD]
P1087, P1088 VVEL SYSTEM
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000006217892

DTC DETECTION LOGIC

NOTE:
If DTC P1087 or P1088 is displayed with DTC P1090 or P1093.
Perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P1090 or P1093. Refer to EC-390, "DTC Logic".

Trouble diagnosis name

DTC No. DTC detecting condition Possible cause
(Trouble diagnosis content)
VVEL SYSTEM-B1 • Harness or connectors
P1087 [VVEL small event angle malfunction (VVEL actuator motor assembly
(bank 1)] circuit is open or shorted.)
The event angle of VVEL control
• VVEL actuator motor assembly
VVEL SYSTEM-B2 shaft is always small.
• VVEL actuator housing assembly
P1088 [VVEL small event angle malfunction • VVEL ladder assembly
(bank 2)] • VVEL control module

Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006217893

If DTC P1087 or P1088 is displayed with DTC P1090 or P1093.

Perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P1090 or P1093. Refer to EC-390, "DTC Logic".

Revision: 2010 May EC-386 2011 QX56

 P1089, P1092 VVEL CONTROL SHAFT POSITION SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56VD]
P1089, P1092 VVEL CONTROL SHAFT POSITION SENSOR
A
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000006217894

DTC DETECTION LOGIC EC

NOTE:
If DTC P1089 or P1092 is displayed with DTC P1608, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P1608.
Refer to EC-453, "DTC Logic". C

Trouble diagnosis name

DTC No. DTC detecting condition Possible cause
(Trouble diagnosis content)
D
VVEL POS SEN/CIRC-B1 • An excessively low voltage from the sensor
P1089 [VVEL control shaft position sen- is sent to VVEL control module. • Harness or connectors
sor (bank 1) circuit] • An excessively high voltage from the sensor (VVEL control shaft position sen-
is sent to VVEL control module. sor circuit is open or shorted.) E
VVEL POS SEN/CIRC-B2 • Rationally incorrect voltage is sent to VVEL • VVEL control shaft position sen-
P1092 [VVEL control shaft position sen- control module compared with the signals sor
sor (bank 2) circuit] from VVEL control shaft position sensor 1 • VVEL control module
and VVEL control shaft position sensor 2. F
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1.PRECONDITIONING G
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. H
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is 10 V or more at idle.
I
>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
J
1. Start engine and let it idle for 1 second.
2. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?
K
YES >> Go to EC-387, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006217895 L

1.VVEL CONTROL SHAFT POSITION SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT

1. Disconnect VVEL control shaft position sensor harness connector. M
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Check the voltage between VVEL control shaft position sensor harness connector and ground.
N
VVEL control shaft position sensor
DTC No. Ground Voltage (V)
Bank Connector Terminal
3 O
P1089 1 F72
6
Ground Approx. 5
3
P1092 2 F70 P
6
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following.

Revision: 2010 May EC-387 2011 QX56

 P1089, P1092 VVEL CONTROL SHAFT POSITION SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56VD]
• Harness for open or short between VVEL control shaft position sensor and VVEL control module
• Loose or poor connection for each connector and harness

>> Repair open circuit, short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
3.CHECK VVEL CONTROL SHAFT POSITION SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect VVEL control module harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between VVEL control shaft position sensor harness connector and VVEL control
module harness connector.

VVEL control shaft position sensor VVEL control module

DTC No. Continuity
Bank Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
2 6
P1089 1 F72
5 19
F56 Existed
2 4
P1092 2 F70
5 17
4. Also check harness for short to ground and power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> GO TO 4.
4.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following.
• Harness for open or short between VVEL control shaft position sensor and VVEL control module
• Loose or poor connection for each connector and harness

>> Repair open circuit, short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
5.VVEL CONTROL SHAFT POSITION SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Check the continuity between VVEL control shaft position sensor harness connector and VVEL control
module harness connector.

VVEL control shaft position sensor VVEL control module

DTC No. Continuity
Bank Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
1 3
P1089 1 F72
4 16
F56 Existed
1 5
P1092 2 F70
4 18
2. Also check harness for short to ground and power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 7.
NO >> GO TO 6.
6.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following.
• Harness for open or short between VVEL control shaft position sensor and VVEL control module
• Loose or poor connection for each connector and harness

>> Repair open circuit, short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
7.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to GI-40, "Intermittent Incident".

Revision: 2010 May EC-388 2011 QX56

 P1089, P1092 VVEL CONTROL SHAFT POSITION SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56VD]
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 8. A
NO >> Repair or replace.
8.REPLACE VVEL CONTROL MODULE
EC
1. Replace VVEL control module.
2. Perform additional service when replacing VVEL control module. Refer to EC-144, "Work Procedure".
C
>> GO TO 9.
9.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Turn ignition switch ON. D
2. Erase DTC.
3. Perform DTC Confirmation Procedure.
See EC-387, "DTC Logic". E
Is the DTC P1089 or P1092 displayed again?
YES >> GO TO 10.
NO >> INSPECTION END F
10.REPLACE VVEL ACTUATOR LADDER ASSEMBLY
Replace VVEL actuator ladder assembly. Refer to EM-75, "Removal and Installation".
G

>> INSPECTION END

H

Revision: 2010 May EC-389 2011 QX56

 P1090, P1093 VVEL ACTUATOR MOTOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56VD]
P1090, P1093 VVEL ACTUATOR MOTOR
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000006217896

DTC DETECTION LOGIC

NOTE:
If DTC P1090 or P1093 is displayed with DTC P1091, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P1091.
Refer to EC-393, "DTC Logic".

Trouble diagnosis name

DTC No. DTC detecting condition Possible cause
(Trouble diagnosis content)
VVEL ACTR MOT-B1 • Harness or connectors
P1090 [VVEL system performance (VVEL actuator motor assembly circuit is open
• Event angle difference between the
(bank 1)] or shorted.)
actual and the target is detected.
• VVEL actuator motor assembly
VVEL ACTR MOT-B2 • Abnormal current is sent to VVEL
• VVEL actuator housing assembly
P1093 [VVEL system performance actuator motor assembly.
• VVEL ladder assembly
(bank 2)] • VVEL control module

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

1.PRECONDITIONING
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is 10 V or more at idle.

>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Start engine and let it idle for 10 second.
2. Keep the engine speed at approximately 3,500 rpm for at least 10 seconds under no load.
3. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Go to EC-390, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006217897

1.VVEL ACTUATOR MOTOR ASSEMBLY OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Disconnect VVEL control module harness connector.
2. Disconnect VVEL actuator motor assembly harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between VVEL control module harness connector and VVEL actuator motor assem-
bly harness connector.

VVEL control module VVEL actuator motor assembly

DTC No. Continuity
Bank Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
1 Existed
12
2 Not existed
P1090 1 F73
1 Not existed
25
2 Existed
F56
1 Existed
2
2 Not existed
P1093 2 F71
1 Not existed
15
2 Existed

Revision: 2010 May EC-390 2011 QX56

 P1090, P1093 VVEL ACTUATOR MOTOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56VD]
4. Also check harness for short to ground and power.
Is the inspection result normal? A
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART EC

Check the following.

• Harness for open or short between VVEL actuator motor assembly and VVEL control module
C
• Loose or poor connection for each connector and harness

>> Repair open circuit, short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. D
3.CHECK VVEL ACTUATOR MOTOR ASSEMBLY
Refer to EC-392, "Component Inspection (VVEL ACTUATOR MOTOR ASSEMBLY)".
Is the inspection result normal? E
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> GO TO 4.
F
4.REPLACE VVEL ACTUATOR MOTOR ASSEMBLY
Replace VVEL actuator motor assembly. Refer to EM-75, "Removal and Installation".
G
>> INSPECTION END
5.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT H
Refer to GI-40, "Intermittent Incident".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 6. I
NO >> Repair or replace.
6.REPLACE VVEL CONTROL MODULE
1. Replace VVEL control module. J
2. Perform additional service when replacing VVEL control module. Refer to EC-144, "Work Procedure".

K
>> GO TO 7.
7.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Turn ignition switch ON. L
2. Erase DTC.
3. Perform DTC Confirmation Procedure.
See EC-390, "DTC Logic".
M
Is the DTC P1090 or P1093 displayed again?
YES >> GO TO 8.
NO >> INSPECTION END N
8.CHECK VVEL ACTUATOR HOUSING ASSEMBLY
Refer to EC-392, "Component Inspection (VVEL ACTUATOR MOTOR ASSEMBLY)".
Is the inspection result normal? O
YES >> GO TO 10.
NO >> GO TO 9.
P
9.REPLACE VVEL ACTUATOR HOUSING ASSEMBLY
Replace VVEL actuator housing assembly. Refer to EM-75, "Removal and Installation".

>> INSPECTION END

10.CHECK VVEL LADDER ASSEMBLY
Refer to EM-77, "Inspection".

Revision: 2010 May EC-391 2011 QX56

 P1090, P1093 VVEL ACTUATOR MOTOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56VD]
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 12.
NO >> GO TO 11.
11.REPLACE VVEL LADDER ASSEMBLY
Replace VVEL ladder assembly. Refer to EM-75, "Removal and Installation".

>> INSPECTION END

12.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to GI-40, "Intermittent Incident".

>> INSPECTION END

Component Inspection (VVEL ACTUATOR MOTOR ASSEMBLY) INFOID:0000000006217898

1.CHECK VVEL ACTUATOR MOTOR

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect VVEL actuator motor harness connector.
3. Check resistance between VVEL actuator motor terminals as per the following.

VVEL actuator motor

Resistance
Terminal
1 and 2 16Ω or less
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.REPLACE VVEL ACTUATOR SUB ASSEMBLY
Replace VVEL actuator sub assembly. Refer to EM-75, "Removal and Installation".

>> INSPECTION END

Component Inspection (VVEL ACTUATOR HOUSING ASSEMBLY) INFOID:0000000006217899

1.CHECK VVEL ACTUATOR HOUSING ASSEMBLY

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Remove VVEL actuator housing assembly. Refer to EM-75, "Removal and Installation".
3. Turn the ball screw shaft to check that it works smoothly.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.REPLACE VVEL ACTUATOR HOUSING ASSEMBLY
Replace VVEL actuator housing assembly. Refer to EM-75, "Removal and Installation".

>> INSPECTION END

Revision: 2010 May EC-392 2011 QX56

 P1091 VVEL ACTUATOR MOTOR RELAY
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56VD]
P1091 VVEL ACTUATOR MOTOR RELAY
A
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000006217900

DTC DETECTION LOGIC EC

Trouble diagnosis name

DTC No. DTC detecting condition Possible cause
(Trouble diagnosis content) C
• Harness or connectors
(VVEL actuator motor relay circuit is open or
• VVEL control module detects the VVEL
VVEL ACTR MOT PWR shorted.)
actuator motor relay is stuck OFF. D
P1091 [VVEL actuator motor relay (Abort circuit is open or shorted.)
• VVEL control module detects the VVEL
circuit] • VVEL actuator motor relay
actuator motor relay is stuck ON.
• VVEL control module
• ECM
E
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1.PRECONDITIONING F
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
G
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is 10 V or more at idle.

H
>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 1 seconds. I
2. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
3. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 1 seconds.
4. Check 1st trip DTC. J
Is 1st trip DTC detected?
YES >> Go to EC-393, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END K
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006217901

1.VVEL ACTUATOR MOTOR RELAY POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-I L

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect VVEL actuator motor relay.
3. Check the voltage between VVEL actuator motor relay harness connector and ground. M

VVEL actuator motor relay

Ground Voltage N
Connector Terminal
1
E62 Ground Battery voltage
3 O
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> GO TO 2. P
2.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following.
• 50A fusible link (letter O)
• Harness for open or short between VVEL actuator motor relay and battery

>> Repair open circuit, short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

Revision: 2010 May EC-393 2011 QX56

 P1091 VVEL ACTUATOR MOTOR RELAY
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56VD]

3.VVEL ACTUATOR MOTOR RELAY POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-II

1. Disconnect VVEL control module harness connector.
2. Check the continuity between VVEL actuator motor relay harness connector and VVEL control module
harness connector.

VVEL control module VVEL actuator motor relay

Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
F56 23 E62 2 Existed
3. Also check harness for short to ground and power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
4.VVEL ACTUATOR MOTOR RELAY INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Check the continuity between VVEL actuator motor relay harness connector and VVEL control module
harness connector.

VVEL control module VVEL actuator motor relay

Continuity
Bank Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
1 13
F56 E62 5 Existed
2 1
2. Also check harness for short to ground and power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> Repair open circuit, short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
5.CHECK VVEL ACTUATOR MOTOR RELAY
Refer to EC-395, "Component Inspection (VVEL Actuator Motor Relay)".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> Replace VVEL actuator motor relay.
6.CHECK ABORT CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
2. Check the continuity between VVEL control module harness connector and ECM harness connector.

VVEL control module ECM

Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
F56 21 E80 122 Existed
3. Also check harness for short to ground and power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 8.
NO >> GO TO 7.
7.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following.
• Harness for open and short between ECM and VVEL control module
• Loose or poor connection for each connector and harness

>> Repair open circuit, short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
8.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to GI-40, "Intermittent Incident".

Revision: 2010 May EC-394 2011 QX56

 P1091 VVEL ACTUATOR MOTOR RELAY
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56VD]
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 9. A
NO >> Repair or replace.
9.REPLACE VVEL CONTROL MODULE
EC
1. Replace VVEL control module.
2. Perform additional service when replacing VVEL control module. Refer to EC-144, "Work Procedure".
C
>> GO TO 10.
10.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Turn ignition switch ON. D
2. Erase DTC.
3. Perform DTC Confirmation Procedure.
See EC-393, "DTC Logic". E
Is the DTC P1091 displayed again?
YES >> Replace ECM. Refer to EC-535, "Removal and Installation".
NO >> INSPECTION END F
Component Inspection (VVEL Actuator Motor Relay) INFOID:0000000006217902

1.CHECK VVEL ACTUATOR MOTOR RELAY G

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.

2. Remove VVEL actuator motor relay.
H
3. Check the continuity between VVEL actuator motor relay termi-
nals under the following conditions.

Terminal Condition Continuity

I

12V direct current supply between

Existed
3 and 5 terminals 1 and 2
J
No current supply Not existed
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END K
NO >> Replace VVEL actuator motor relay. JMBIA0876ZZ

Revision: 2010 May EC-395 2011 QX56

 P1148, P1168 CLOSED LOOP CONTROL
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56VD]
P1148, P1168 CLOSED LOOP CONTROL
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000006288347

DTC DETECTION LOGIC

NOTE:
DTC P1148 or P1168 is displayed with DTC for A/F sensor 1.
When the DTC is detected, perform the trouble diagnosis of DTC corresponding to A/F sensor 1.

Trouble diagnosis name

DTC No. DTC detecting condition Possible cause
(Trouble diagnosis content)
CLOSED LOOP-B1 The closed loop control function for bank 1
P1148 [Closed loop control function does not operate even when vehicle is being • Harness or connectors
(bank 1)] driven in the specified condition. (The A/F sensor 1 circuit is open or
shorted.)
CLOSED LOOP-B2 The closed loop control function for bank 2 • A/F sensor 1
P1168 [Closed loop control function does not operate even when vehicle is being • A/F sensor 1 heater
(bank 2)] driven in the specified condition.

Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006288348

DTC P1148 or P1168 is displayed with DTC for A/F sensor 1.

When the DTC is detected, perform the trouble diagnosis of DTC corresponding to A/F sensor 1.Refer to EC-
98, "DTC Index".

Revision: 2010 May EC-396 2011 QX56

 P1197 OUT OF GAS
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56VD]
P1197 OUT OF GAS
A
Description INFOID:0000000006217903

This diagnosis result is detected when the fuel level of the fuel tank is extremely low and the engine does not EC
run normally.
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000006217904

C
DTC DETECTION LOGIC

Trouble diagnosis name D

DTC No. DTC detecting condition Possible cause
(Trouble diagnosis content)
• Fuel rail pressure remains at 1.5 MPa (15
bar, 15.3 kg/cm2, 217.5 psi) or less for 3 • Out of gas E
seconds or more with the fuel level too • Harness or connectors (The low pressure fuel
low. pump circuit is open or shorted.)
• Fuel rail pressure remains 2.7 MPa (27 • Low pressure fuel pump
F
bar, 27.5 kg/cm2, 392 psi) lower than a tar- • Fuel pressure regulator
get fuel pressure for 5 seconds or more • Low pressure fuel system
FUEL RUN OUT
P1197 with the fuel level too low. • Low fuel pressure sensor
(Out of gas)
• Fuel rail pressure remains at 0.23 MPa • Harness or connectors (The high pressure fuel G
(2.3 bar, 2.346 kg/cm2, 33.35 psi) or less pump circuit is shorted.)
for 5 seconds or more with the fuel level • High pressure fuel pump
too low. • High pressure fuel system
NOTE: • Fuel rail pressure sensor H
Allow engine coolant temperature to reach • Disconnection of the fuel hose
70°C (158°F) or more once.

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE I

1.PRECONDITIONING
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. J
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
TESTING CONDITION: K
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is 11 V or more at idle.

>> GO TO 2. L
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE-I
Start the engine.
Does the engine start? M
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Proceed to EC-398, "Diagnosis Procedure".
N
3.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE-II
1. Warm up the engine to the normal operating temperature.
NOTE: O
For best results, warm up the engine until “COOLAN TEMP/S” on “DATA MONITOR” of CONSULT-III
reaches at least 70°C (158°F).
2. Keep the engine speed at 3,500 rpm for 5 seconds and let it idle at least 60 seconds..
3. Check the 1st trip DTC. P
NOTE:
If the fuel tank has sufficient fuel, this diagnosis result may not be detected.
Is 1st trip DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to EC-398, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END

Revision: 2010 May EC-397 2011 QX56

 P1197 OUT OF GAS
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56VD]
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006217905

1.REFUEL THE VEHICLE

1. Refuel 10 liter (10 US qt, 8 imp qt).
CAUTION:
Never refuel more than 10 liter.
2. Start the engine and keep the engine speed at 3,000 rpm for 30 seconds.
NOTE:
For best results, warm up the engine until “COOLAN TEMP/S” on “DATA MONITOR” of CONSULT-III
reaches at least 70°C (158°F).
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
4. Turn ignition switch ON.
5. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
6. Turn ignition switch ON.
7. Erase the DTC.
8. Start the engine and let it idle at least 60 seconds.
9. Perform the confirmation procedure again. Refer to EC-397, "DTC Logic".
Is 1st trip DTC detected?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> INSPECTION END
2.CHECK LOW PRESSURE FUEL PUMP
Refer to EC-512, "Component Function Check".
Is inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
3.CHECK HIGH PRESSURE FUEL PUMP
Refer to EC-501, "Component Function Check".
Is inspection result normal?
YES >> Check the fuel hose for disconnection and looseness.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.

Revision: 2010 May EC-398 2011 QX56

 P1212 TCS COMMUNICATION LINE
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56VD]
P1212 TCS COMMUNICATION LINE
A
Description INFOID:0000000006217906

This CAN communication line is used to control the smooth engine operation during the TCS operation. Pulse EC
signals are exchanged between ECM and “ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)”.
Be sure to erase the malfunction information such as DTC not only for “ABS actuator and electric unit
(control unit)” but also for ECM after TCS related repair.
C
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000006217907

DTC DETECTION LOGIC D

NOTE:
• If DTC P1212 is displayed with DTC UXXXX, perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC UXXXX.
• If DTC P1212 is displayed with DTC P0607, perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0607.
E
Freeze frame data is not stored in the ECM for this self-diagnosis.

Trouble diagnosis name

DTC No. DTC detecting condition Possible cause F
(Trouble diagnosis content)
• Harness or connectors
ECM cannot receive the information from (The CAN communication line is open or short-
TCS/CIRC
P1212 “ABS actuator and electric unit (control ed.) G
(TCS communication line)
unit)” continuously. • ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)
• Dead (Weak) battery

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE H

1.PRECONDITIONING
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. I
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is 10.5 V or more at idle. J

>> GO TO 2.
K
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Start engine and let it idle for at least 10 seconds.
2. Check 1st trip DTC. L
Is 1st trip DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to EC-399, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END M
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006217908

Perform the trouble diagnosis for TCS. Refer to BRC-60, "Work Flow". N
NOTE:
If DTC P1212 is displayed with DTC UXXXX and/or P0607, perform the following trouble diagnosis.
• Trouble diagnosis for DTC UXXXX Refer to EC-98, "DTC Index". O
• Trouble diagnosis for DTC P0607 Refer to EC-378, "DTC Logic".

Revision: 2010 May EC-399 2011 QX56

 P1217 ENGINE OVER TEMPERATURE
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56VD]
P1217 ENGINE OVER TEMPERATURE
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000006217909

DTC DETECTION LOGIC

NOTE:
• If DTC P1217 is displayed with DTC UXXXX, perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC UXXXX.
• If DTC P1217 is displayed with DTC P0607, perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0607. Refer to
EC-378, "DTC Logic".
• If DTC P1217 is displayed with DTC P0527, perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0527. Refer to
EC-367, "DTC Logic".
If the cooling fan or any of other components in the cooling system has a malfunction, engine coolant temper-
ature increases.
When the engine coolant temperature reaches an abnormally high temperature condition, a malfunction is
indicated.

DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
• Harness or connectors
(The cooling fan circuit is open or shorted.)
• Cooling fan does not operate properly • IPDM E/R
(Overheat). • Electrically-controlled cooling fan coupling
Engine over temperature • Cooling fan system does not operate • Cooling fan speed sensor
P1217
(Overheat) properly (Overheat). • Radiator hose
• Engine coolant is not within the specified • Radiator
quantity. • Reservoir tank cap
• Water pump
• Thermostat
CAUTION:
When a malfunction is indicated, always replace the coolant. Refer to CO-8, "Draining" and CO-9,
"Refilling". Also, replace the engine oil. Refer to LU-8, "Draining" and LU-8, "Refilling".
1. Fill radiator with coolant up to specified level with a filling speed of 2 liters per minute. Always use
coolant with the proper mixture ratio. Refer to MA-11, "Anti-Freeze Coolant Mixture Ratio".
2. After refilling coolant, run engine to ensure that no water-flow noise is emitted.
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1.PERFORM COMPONENT FUNCTION CHECK
Perform component function check. Refer to EC-400, "Component Function Check".
NOTE:
Use component function check to check the overall function of the cooling fan. During this check, a DTC might
not be confirmed.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Go to EC-401, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Component Function Check INFOID:0000000006217910

1.PERFORM COMPONENT FUNCTION CHECK-I

WARNING:
Never remove the reservoir tank cap when the engine is hot. Serious burns could be caused by high
pressure fluid escaping from the radiator.
Wrap a thick cloth around cap. Carefully remove the cap by turning it a quarter turn to allow built-up
pressure to escape. Then turn the cap all the way off.

Revision: 2010 May EC-400 2011 QX56

 P1217 ENGINE OVER TEMPERATURE
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56VD]
Check the coolant level in the reservoir tank and radiator.
Allow engine to cool before checking coolant level. A
Is the coolant level in the reservoir tank and/or radiator below the
proper range?
YES >> Proceed to EC-401, "Diagnosis Procedure". EC
NO >> GO TO 2.

SEF621W

2.PERFORM COMPONENT FUNCTION CHECK-II D

Confirm whether customer filled the coolant or not.

Did customer fill the coolant? E
YES >> Proceed to EC-401, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> GO TO 3.
3.PERFORM COMPONENT FUNCTION CHECK-III F
WITH CONSULT-III
1. Start the engine.
2. Perform “FAN DUTY CONTROL” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode with CONSULT-III. G
3. Check that cooling fan speed varies according to the percentage.
NOTE:
Fan speed changes as the percentage changes. H
WITHOUT CONSULT-III
1. Start the engine.
2. Perform IPDM E/R auto active test. Refer to PCS-10, "Diagnosis Description".
I
3. Check that cooling fan speed increase.
NOTE:
Speed changes gradually when performing the auto active test.
Is the inspection result normal? J
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Proceed to EC-401, "Diagnosis Procedure".
K
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006217911

1.CHECK COOLING FAN OPERATION L

WITH CONSULT-III
1. Start the engine.
2. Perform “FAN DUTY CONTROL” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode with CONSULT-III. M
3. Check that cooling fan speed varies according to the percentage.
NOTE:
Speed changes gradually as the percentage changes.
N
WITHOUT CONSULT-III
1. Stert the engine.
2. Perform IPDM E/R auto active test and check cooling fan operation, refer to PCS-10, "Diagnosis Descrip-
tion". O
3. Check that cooling fan speed increase.
NOTE:
Speed changes gradually when performing the auto active test. P
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Proceed to EC-495, "Diagnosis Procedure".
2.CHECK ENGINE COOLANT LEAKAGE-I
Check cooling system for leakage. Refer to CO-8, "Inspection".
Is leakage detected?

Revision: 2010 May EC-401 2011 QX56

 P1217 ENGINE OVER TEMPERATURE
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56VD]
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> GO TO 4.
3.CHECK ENGINE COOLANT LEAKAGE-II
Check the following for leakage.
• Hose
• Radiator
• Water pump

>> Repair or replace malfunctioning part.

4.CHECK RESERVOIR TANK CAP
Check reservoir tank cap. Refer to CO-11, "RESERVOIR TANK CAP : Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> Replace reservoir tank cap.
5.CHECK THERMOSTAT
Check thermostat. Refer to CO-21, "Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> Replace thermostat. Refer to CO-20, "Removal and Installation".
6.CHECK ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR
Refer to EC-216, "Component Inspection (Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor)".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 7.
NO >> Replace engine coolant temperature sensor. Refer to EM-86, "Exploded View".
7.CHECK MAIN 12 CAUSES
If the cause cannot be isolated, check the CO-6, "Troubleshooting Chart".

>> INSPECTION END

Revision: 2010 May EC-402 2011 QX56

 P1220 FUEL PUMP CONTROL MODULE (FPCM)
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56VD]
P1220 FUEL PUMP CONTROL MODULE (FPCM)
A
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000006217912

DTC DETECTION LOGIC EC

Trouble diagnosis name

DTC No. DTC detecting condition Possible cause
(Trouble diagnosis content) C
• Harness or connectors
FPCM During engine cranking, the signal voltage (FPCM circuit is open or shorted)
P1220
(Fuel pump control module) of the FPCM to the ECM is too low. (Fuel pump circuit is open or shorted)
• FPCM D

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

1.PRECONDITIONING E

1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.

2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. F
TESTING CONDITION:
• Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is between 12 - 15 V at idle.
• Before performing the following procedure, check that the engine coolant temperature is −10°C G
(14°F) or more.

>> GO TO 2. H
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Start engine and let it idle for at least 5 seconds.
I
If engine does not start, crank engine for at least 5 seconds.
2. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?
J
YES >> Go to EC-403, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006217913 K

1.CHECK FPCM POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT

1. Turn ignition switch OFF. L
2. Disconnect FPCM harness connector.
3. Turn ignition switch ON.
4. Check the voltage between FPCM harness connector and ground. M

FPCM
Ground Voltage
Connector Terminal N
B41 10 Ground Battery voltage
Is the inspection result normal?
O
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> GO TO 3.
2.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART P
Check the following.
• 15 A fuse (No.73)
• Harness for open or short between FPCM and IPDM E/R
• Loose or poor connection for each connector and harness

>> Repair open circuit, short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

Revision: 2010 May EC-403 2011 QX56

 P1220 FUEL PUMP CONTROL MODULE (FPCM)
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56VD]

3.CHECK FPCM GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Check the continuity between FPCM harness connector and ground.

FPCM
Ground Continuity
Connector Terminal
B41 5 Ground Existed
3. Also check harness for short to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Repair open circuit or short to power in harness or connectors.
4.CHECK FPCM INPUT AND OUTPUT CIRCUITS FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
2. Check the continuity between FPCM harness connector and ECM harness connector.

FPCM ECM
Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
8 125
B41 E80 Existed
9 142
3. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> GO TO 5.
5.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following.
• Harness for open or short between FPCM and ECM
• Loose or poor connection for each connector and harness

>> Repair open circuit, short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
6.CHECK FUEL PUMP CONTROL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Disconnect fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump harness connector.
2. Check the continuity between FPCM harness connector and fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump harness
connector.

FPCM Fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump

Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
6 3
B41 C5 Existed
7 1
3. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 7.
NO >> Repair open circuit, short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
7.CHECK FPCM
Refer to EC-405, "Component Inspection (FPCM)".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 8.
NO >> Replace FPCM.

Revision: 2010 May EC-404 2011 QX56

 P1220 FUEL PUMP CONTROL MODULE (FPCM)
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56VD]

8.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT A

Refer to GI-40, "Intermittent Incident".

>> INSPECTION END EC

Component Inspection (FPCM) INFOID:0000000006217914

1.CHECK FUEL PUMP CONTROL MODULE (FPCM) C

1. Check the voltage between FPCM terminals under the following conditions.
D
FPCM
+ − Condition Voltage
Connector
Terminal Terminal E
For 1 second after turning ignition
Approx. 8.5 V
switch ON
B41 7 6 More than 1 second after turning F
Approx. 0 V
ignition switch ON
Idle speed Approx. 8.5 V
G
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Replace FPCM.
H

Revision: 2010 May EC-405 2011 QX56

 P1225 TP SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56VD]
P1225 TP SENSOR
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000006217915

DTC DETECTION LOGIC

Trouble diagnosis name

DTC No. DTC detecting condition Possible cause
(Trouble diagnosis content)
CTP LEARNING-B1
Closed throttle position learning value is • Electric throttle control actuator
P1225 (Closed throttle position
excessively low. (TP sensor 1 and 2)
learning performance)

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

1.PRECONDITIONING
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is 10 V or more at idle.

>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
3. Turn ignition switch ON.
4. Check 1st trip DTC.
Is 1st trip DTC detected?
YES >> Go to EC-406, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006217916

1.CHECK ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR VISUALLY

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Remove the intake air duct.
3. Check if foreign matter is caught between the throttle valve and the housing.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Remove the foreign matter and clean the electric throttle control actuator inside, then perform
throttle valve closed position learning. Refer to EC-147, "Work Procedure".
2.REPLACE ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR
Replace electric throttle control actuator. Refer to EM-30, "Removal and Installation".

>> INSPECTION END

Revision: 2010 May EC-406 2011 QX56

 P1226 TP SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56VD]
P1226 TP SENSOR
A
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000006217917

DTC DETECTION LOGIC EC

Trouble diagnosis name

DTC No. DTC detecting condition Possible cause
(Trouble diagnosis content) C
CTP LEARNING-B1
Closed throttle position learning is not per- • Electric throttle control actuator
P1226 (Closed throttle position
formed successfully, repeatedly. (TP sensor 1 and 2)
learning performance) D
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1.PRECONDITIONING E
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. F
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is 10 V or more at idle.
G
>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
H
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
3. Turn ignition switch ON.
4. Repeat steps 2 and 3 for 32 times. I
5. Check 1st trip DTC.
Is 1st trip DTC detected?
YES >> Go to EC-407, "Diagnosis Procedure". J
NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006217918
K
1.CHECK ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR VISUALLY
1. Turn ignition switch OFF. L
2. Remove the intake air duct.
3. Check if foreign matter is caught between the throttle valve and the housing.
Is the inspection result normal?
M
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Remove the foreign matter and clean the electric throttle control actuator inside, then perform
throttle valve closed position learning. Refer to EC-147, "Work Procedure".
N
2.REPLACE ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR
Replace electric throttle control actuator. Refer to EM-30, "Removal and Installation".
O
>> INSPECTION END

Revision: 2010 May EC-407 2011 QX56

 P1421 COLD START CONTROL
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56VD]
P1421 COLD START CONTROL
Description INFOID:0000000006288263

ECM controls ignition timing and engine idle speed when engine is started with prewarming up condition.
This control promotes the activation of three way catalyst by heating the catalyst and reduces emissions.
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000006288264

DTC DETECTION LOGIC

NOTE:
• If DTC P1421 is displayed with other DTC, first perform the trouble diagnosis for other DTC.

DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
ECM does not control ignition timing and engine • Lack of intake air volume
Cold start emission reduction
P1421 idle speed properly when engine is started with • Fuel injection system
strategy monitoring
prewarming up condition. • ECM

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

1.PRECONDITIONING
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 11 V at idle.

>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III.
4. Check the indication of “COOLAN TEMP/S”.
If it is between 7°C (45°F) and 36°C (97°F), go to the following steps.
If it is below 7°C (45°F), warm engine up to more than 7°C (45°F) and retry from step 1.
If it is above 36°C (97°F), cool engine down to less than 36°C (97°F) and retry from step 1.
5. Start engine and let it idle for 5 minutes.
6. Check 1st trip DTC.
Is 1st trip DTC detected?
YES >> Go to EC-408, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END

Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006288265

1.PERFORM IDLE AIR VOLUME LEARNING

Perform EC-148, "Work Procedure".
Is Idle Air Volume Learning carried out successfully?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Follow the instruction of Idle Air Volume Learning.
2.CHECK INTAKE SYSTEM
Check for the cause of intake air volume lacking. Refer to the following.
• Crushed intake air passage
• Intake air passage clogging
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.

Revision: 2010 May EC-408 2011 QX56

 P1421 COLD START CONTROL
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56VD]
NO >> Repair or replace malfunctioning part
3.CHECK FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM FUNCTION A

Perform DTC Confirmation Procedure for DTC P0171, P0174. Refer to EC-263, "DTC Logic".
Is the inspection result normal? EC
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Go to EC-264, "Diagnosis Procedure" for DTC P0171, P0174.
4.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE C
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Erase DTC.
3. Perform DTC Confirmation Procedure. D
See EC-408, "DTC Logic".
Is the 1st trip DTC P1421 displayed again?
YES >> GO TO 5. E
NO >> INSPECTION END
5.REPLACE ECM
F
1. Replace ECM.
2. Go to EC-143, "Work Procedure".

G
>> INSPECTION END

Revision: 2010 May EC-409 2011 QX56

 P1423, P1424 COLD START CONTROL
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56VD]
P1423, P1424 COLD START CONTROL
Description INFOID:0000000006288266

ECM controls fuel injection timing and fuel injection quantity when engine is started with the engine cold.
This control promotes the activation of three way catalyst by heating the catalyst and reduces emissions.
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000006288267

DTC DETECTION LOGIC

NOTE:
• If DTC P1423 or P1424 is displayed with other DTC, first perform the trouble diagnosis for other DTC.

Trouble diagnosis name

DTC No. DTC detecting condition Possible cause
(Trouble diagnosis content)
COLD START CONTROL
ECM does not control fuel injection timing prop-
P1423 (Cold start emission reduction
erly when engine is started with the engine cold.
strategy monitoring)
ECM
COLD START CONTROL ECM does not control fuel injection quantity
P1424 (Cold start emission reduction properly when engine is started with with the en-
strategy monitoring) gine cold.

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

1.PRECONDITIONING
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.

>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
WITH CONSULT-III
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III.
4. Check that “COOLAN TEMP/S”.
- If it is between 5°C (41°F) and 40°C (104°F) go to the following steps.
- If it is below 5°C (41°F) warm engine up to more than 5°C (41°F) and retry from step 1.
- If it is above 40°C (104°F) cool engine down to less than 40°C (104°F) and retry from step 1.
5. Start engine and let it idle for 5 minutes.
6. Check 1st trip DTC.
WITH GST
Follow the procedure “With CONSULT-III” above.
Is 1st trip DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to EC-410, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END

Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006288268

1.INSPECTION START
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Erase DTC.
3. Perform DTC confirmation procedure. Refer to EC-410, "DTC Logic".
4. Check 1st trip DTC.
Is the 1st trip DTC P1423 or P1424 displayed again?
YES >> GO TO 2.

Revision: 2010 May EC-410 2011 QX56

 P1423, P1424 COLD START CONTROL
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56VD]
NO >> INSPECTION END
2.REPLACE ECM A

Replace ECM. Refer to EC-535, "Removal and Installation".

EC
>> INSPECTION END

Revision: 2010 May EC-411 2011 QX56

 P1550 BATTERY CURRENT SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56VD]
P1550 BATTERY CURRENT SENSOR
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000006217919

DTC DETECTION LOGIC

Trouble diagnosis name

DTC No. DTC detecting condition Possible cause
(Trouble diagnosis content)
• Harness or connectors
(Battery current sensor circuit is open or shorted.)
(Accelerator pedal position sensor 2 circuit is shorted.)
[Camshaft position sensor (bank 1) circuit is shorted.]
(Crankshaft position sensor circuit is shorted.)
The output voltage of the battery (Refrigerant pressure sensor circuit is shorted.)
BAT CURRENT SENSOR
current sensor remains within (EVAP control system pressure sensor circuit is short-
P1550 (Battery current sensor cir-
the specified range while engine ed.)
cuit range/performance)
is running. • Battery current sensor
• Accelerator pedal position sensor
• Camshaft position sensor (bank 1)
• Crankshaft position sensor
• Refrigerant pressure sensor
• EVAP control system pressure sensor

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

1.PRECONDITIONING
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is 8 V or more at idle.

>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Start engine and let it idle for at least 10 seconds.
2. Check 1st trip DTC.
Is 1st trip DTC detected?
YES >> Go to EC-412, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006217920

1.CHECK BATTERY CURRENT SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-I

1. Disconnect battery current sensor harness connector.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Check the voltage between battery current sensor harness connector and ground.

Battery current sensor

Ground Voltage (V)
Connector Terminal
E63 2 Ground Approx. 5
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 8.
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK BATTERY CURRENT SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-II
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.

Revision: 2010 May EC-412 2011 QX56

 P1550 BATTERY CURRENT SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56VD]
3. Check the continuity between battery current sensor harness connector and ECM harness connector.
A
Battery current sensor ECM
Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
EC
E63 2 E80 133 Existed
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4. C
NO >> GO TO 3.
3.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following. D
• Harness for open between battery current sensor and ECM
• Loose or poor connection for each connector and harness
E
>> Repair open circuit.
4.CHECK SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT F
Check harness for short to power and short to ground, between the following terminals.

ECM Sensor G
Connector Terminal Name Connector Terminal
76 Crankshaft position sensor F74 1
F110 H
77 Camshaft position sensor (bank 1) F84 1
EVAP control system pressure sen-
C17 3
133 sor
I
E80 Refrigerant pressure sensor E77 1
APP sensor 2 (Without ICC) E110 1
131
APP sensor 2 (with ICC) E67 9 J
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> Repair short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. K
5.CHECK COMPONENTS
Check the following. L
• Crankshaft position sensor (Refer to EC-301, "Component Inspection (Crankshaft Position Sensor)".)
• Camshaft position sensor (bank 1) (Refer to EC-306, "Component Inspection (Camshaft Position Sensor)".)
• EVAP control system pressure sensor (Refer to EC-520, "Component Function Check".)
• Refrigerant pressure sensor (Refer to EC-520, "Component Function Check".) M
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> Replace malfunctioning component. N

6.CHECK APP SENSOR

Refer to EC-470, "Component Inspection (Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor)". O
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 13.
NO >> GO TO 7. P
7.REPLACE ACCELERATOR PEDAL ASSEMBLY
Replace accelerator pedal assembly. Refer to ACC-3, "MODELS WITHOUT DISTANCE CONTROL ASSIST
SYSTEM : Removal and Installation" (Without distance control assist system) or ACC-4, "MODELS WITH
DISTANCE CONTROL ASSIST SYSTEM : Removal and Installation" (With distance control assist system).

>> INSPECTION END

Revision: 2010 May EC-413 2011 QX56

 P1550 BATTERY CURRENT SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56VD]

8.CHECK BATTERY CURRENT SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between battery current sensor harness connector and ECM harness connector.

Battery current sensor ECM

Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
E63 4 E80 150 Existed
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 10.
NO >> GO TO 9.
9.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following.
• Harness for open or short between battery current sensor and ECM
• Loose or poor connection for each connector and harness

>> Repair open circuit, short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
10.CHECK BATTERY CURRENT SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Check the continuity between battery current sensor harness connector and ECM harness connector.

Battery current sensor ECM

Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
E63 3 E80 138 Existed
2. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 12.
NO >> GO TO 11.
11.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following.
• Harness for open or short between battery current sensor and ECM
• Loose or poor connection for each connector and harness

>> Repair open circuit, short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
12.CHECK BATTERY CURRENT SENSOR
Refer to EC-414, "Component Inspection (Battery Current Sensor)".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 13.
NO >> Replace battery negative cable assembly.
13.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to GI-40, "Intermittent Incident".

>> INSPECTION END

Component Inspection (Battery Current Sensor) INFOID:0000000006217921

1.CHECK BATTERY CURRENT SENSOR

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Reconnect harness connectors disconnected.

Revision: 2010 May EC-414 2011 QX56

 P1550 BATTERY CURRENT SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56VD]
3. Disconnect battery negative cable.
A
: To body ground
4. Install jumper cable between battery negative terminal and body
ground. EC
5. Turn ignition switch ON.
6. Check the voltage between ECM harness connector terminals
under the following conditions. C

ECM JPBIA3287ZZ

+ – Voltage (V) D
Connector
Terminal Terminal
138
E80 150 Approx. 2.5 E
(Battery current sensor signal)
Before measuring the terminal voltage, confirm that the battery is fully charged. Refer to PG-159, "How to Handle Battery".
Is the inspection result normal?
F
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Replace battery negative cable assembly.
G

Revision: 2010 May EC-415 2011 QX56

 P1551, P1552 BATTERY CURRENT SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56VD]
P1551, P1552 BATTERY CURRENT SENSOR
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000006217922

DTC DETECTION LOGIC

Trouble diagnosis name

DTC No. DTC detecting condition Possible cause
(Trouble diagnosis content)
BAT CURRENT SENSOR • Harness or connectors
An excessively low voltage from
P1551 (Battery current sensor circuit (Battery current sensor circuit is open or shorted.)
the sensor is sent to ECM.
low input) (Accelerator pedal position sensor 2 circuit is
shorted.)
[Camshaft position sensor (bank 1) circuit is
shorted.]
(Crankshaft position sensor circuit is shorted.)
(Refrigerant pressure sensor circuit is shorted.)
Battery current sensor circuit (EVAP control system pressure sensor circuit is
An excessively high voltage from shorted.)
P1552 high input
the sensor is sent to ECM. • Battery current sensor
(BAT CURRENT SENSOR)
• Accelerator pedal position sensor
• Camshaft position sensor (bank 1)
• Crankshaft position sensor
• Refrigerant pressure sensor
• EVAP control system pressure sensor

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

1.PRECONDITIONING
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is 8 V or more with ignition
switch ON

>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 10 seconds.
2. Check 1st trip DTC.
Is 1st trip DTC detected?
YES >> Go to EC-416, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006217923

1.CHECK BATTERY CURRENT SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-I

1. Disconnect battery current sensor harness connector.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Check the voltage between battery current sensor harness connector and ground.

Battery current sensor

Ground Voltage (V)
Connector Terminal
E63 2 Ground Approx. 5
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 8.
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK BATTERY CURRENT SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-II
Revision: 2010 May EC-416 2011 QX56
 P1551, P1552 BATTERY CURRENT SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56VD]
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector. A
3. Check the continuity between battery current sensor harness connector and ECM harness connector.

Battery current sensor ECM EC

Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
E63 2 E80 133 Existed
C
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> GO TO 3.
D
3.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following.
• Harness for open between battery current sensor and ECM E
• Loose or poor connection for each connector and harness

>> Repair open circuit. F

4.CHECK SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
Check harness for short to power and short to ground, between the following terminals.
G

ECM Sensor
Connector Terminal Name Connector Terminal H
76 Crankshaft position sensor F74 1
F110
77 Camshaft position sensor (bank 1) F84 1
I
EVAP control system pressure sen-
C17 3
133 sor

E80 Refrigerant pressure sensor E77 1

J
APP sensor 2 (Without ICC) E110 1
131
APP sensor 2 (with ICC) E67 9
Is the inspection result normal? K
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> Repair short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
5.CHECK COMPONENTS L

Check the following.

• Crankshaft position sensor (Refer to EC-301, "Component Inspection (Crankshaft Position Sensor)".)
• Camshaft position sensor (bank 1) (Refer to EC-306, "Component Inspection (Camshaft Position Sensor)".) M
• EVAP control system pressure sensor (Refer to EC-520, "Component Function Check".)
• Refrigerant pressure sensor (Refer to EC-520, "Component Function Check".)
Is the inspection result normal? N
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> Replace malfunctioning component.
6.CHECK APP SENSOR O

Refer to EC-470, "Component Inspection (Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor)".

Is the inspection result normal? P
YES >> GO TO 13.
NO >> GO TO 7.
7.REPLACE ACCELERATOR PEDAL ASSEMBLY
Replace accelerator pedal assembly. Refer to ACC-3, "MODELS WITHOUT DISTANCE CONTROL ASSIST
SYSTEM : Removal and Installation" (Without distance control assist system) or ACC-4, "MODELS WITH
DISTANCE CONTROL ASSIST SYSTEM : Removal and Installation" (With distance control assist system).

Revision: 2010 May EC-417 2011 QX56

 P1551, P1552 BATTERY CURRENT SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56VD]

>> INSPECTION END

8.CHECK BATTERY CURRENT SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between battery current sensor harness connector and ECM harness connector.

Battery current sensor ECM

Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
E63 4 E80 150 Existed
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 10.
NO >> GO TO 9.
9.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following.
• Harness for open or short between battery current sensor and ECM
• Loose or poor connection for each connector and harness

>> Repair open circuit, short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
10.CHECK BATTERY CURRENT SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Check the continuity between battery current sensor harness connector and ECM harness connector.

Battery current sensor ECM

Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
E63 3 E80 138 Existed
2. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 12.
NO >> GO TO 11.
11.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following.
• Harness for open or short between battery current sensor and ECM
• Loose or poor connection for each connector and harness

>> Repair open circuit, short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
12.CHECK BATTERY CURRENT SENSOR
Refer to EC-427, "Component Inspection (Battery Current Sensor)".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 13.
NO >> Replace battery negative cable assembly.
13.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to GI-40, "Intermittent Incident".

>> INSPECTION END

Revision: 2010 May EC-418 2011 QX56

 P1551, P1552 BATTERY CURRENT SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56VD]
Component Inspection (Battery Current Sensor) INFOID:0000000006217924

A
1.CHECK BATTERY CURRENT SENSOR
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Reconnect harness connectors disconnected. EC
3. Disconnect battery negative cable.

: To body ground C
4. Install jumper cable between battery negative terminal and body
ground.
5. Turn ignition switch ON. D
6. Check the voltage between ECM harness connector terminals
under the following conditions.
E
ECM JPBIA3287ZZ

+ – Voltage (V)
Connector F
Terminal Terminal
138
E80 150 Approx. 2.5
(Battery current sensor signal)
G
Before measuring the terminal voltage, confirm that the battery is fully charged. Refer to PG-159, "How to Handle Battery".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END H
NO >> Replace battery negative cable assembly.

Revision: 2010 May EC-419 2011 QX56

 P1553 BATTERY CURRENT SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56VD]
P1553 BATTERY CURRENT SENSOR
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000006217925

DTC DETECTION LOGIC

Trouble diagnosis name

DTC No. DTC detecting condition Possible cause
(Trouble diagnosis content)
• Harness or connectors
(Battery current sensor circuit is open or shorted.)
(Accelerator pedal position sensor 2 circuit is
shorted.)
[Camshaft position sensor (bank 1) circuit is
shorted.]
The signal voltage transmitted from (Crankshaft position sensor circuit is shorted.)
BAT CURRENT SENSOR
the sensor to ECM is higher than the (Refrigerant pressure sensor circuit is shorted.)
P1553 (Battery current sensor per-
amount of the maximum power gener- (EVAP control system pressure sensor circuit is
formance)
ation. shorted.)
• Battery current sensor
• Accelerator pedal position sensor
• Camshaft position sensor (bank 1)
• Crankshaft position sensor
• Refrigerant pressure sensor
• EVAP control system pressure sensor

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

1.PRECONDITIONING
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is 8 V or more at idle.

>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Start engine and let it idle for least 10 seconds.
2. Check 1st trip DTC.
Is 1st trip DTC detected?
YES >> Go to EC-420, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006217926

1.CHECK BATTERY CURRENT SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-I

1. Disconnect battery current sensor harness connector.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Check the voltage between battery current sensor harness connector and ground.

Battery current sensor

Ground Voltage (V)
Connector Terminal
E63 2 Ground Approx. 5
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 8.
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK BATTERY CURRENT SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-II

Revision: 2010 May EC-420 2011 QX56

 P1553 BATTERY CURRENT SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56VD]
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector. A
3. Check the continuity between battery current sensor harness connector and ECM harness connector.

Battery current sensor ECM EC

Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
E63 2 E80 133 Existed
C
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> GO TO 3.
D
3.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following.
• Harness for open between battery current sensor and ECM E
• Loose or poor connection for each connector and harness

>> Repair open circuit. F

4.CHECK SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
Check harness for short to power and short to ground, between the following terminals.
G

ECM Sensor
Connector Terminal Name Connector Terminal H
76 Crankshaft position sensor F74 1
F110
77 Camshaft position sensor (bank 1) F84 1
I
EVAP control system pressure sen-
C17 3
133 sor

E80 Refrigerant pressure sensor E77 1

J
APP sensor 2 (Without ICC) E110 1
131
APP sensor 2 (with ICC) E67 9
Is the inspection result normal? K
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> Repair short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
5.CHECK COMPONENTS L

Check the following.

• Crankshaft position sensor (Refer to EC-301, "Component Inspection (Crankshaft Position Sensor)".)
• Camshaft position sensor (bank 1) (Refer to EC-306, "Component Inspection (Camshaft Position Sensor)".) M
• EVAP control system pressure sensor (Refer to EC-520, "Component Function Check".)
• Refrigerant pressure sensor (Refer to EC-520, "Component Function Check".)
Is the inspection result normal? N
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> Replace malfunctioning component.
6.CHECK APP SENSOR O

Refer to EC-470, "Component Inspection (Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor)".

Is the inspection result normal? P
YES >> GO TO 13.
NO >> GO TO 7.
7.REPLACE ACCELERATOR PEDAL ASSEMBLY
Replace accelerator pedal assembly. Refer to ACC-3, "MODELS WITHOUT DISTANCE CONTROL ASSIST
SYSTEM : Removal and Installation" (Without distance control assist system) or ACC-4, "MODELS WITH
DISTANCE CONTROL ASSIST SYSTEM : Removal and Installation" (With distance control assist system).

Revision: 2010 May EC-421 2011 QX56

 P1553 BATTERY CURRENT SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56VD]

>> INSPECTION END

8.CHECK BATTERY CURRENT SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between battery current sensor harness connector and ECM harness connector.

Battery current sensor ECM

Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
E63 4 E80 150 Existed
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 10.
NO >> GO TO 9.
9.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following.
• Harness for open or short between battery current sensor and ECM
• Loose or poor connection for each connector and harness

>> Repair open circuit, short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
10.CHECK BATTERY CURRENT SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Check the continuity between battery current sensor harness connector and ECM harness connector.

Battery current sensor ECM

Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
E63 3 E80 138 Existed
2. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 12.
NO >> GO TO 11.
11.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following.
• Harness for open or short between battery current sensor and ECM
• Loose or poor connection for each connector and harness

>> Repair open circuit, short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
12.CHECK BATTERY CURRENT SENSOR
Refer to EC-427, "Component Inspection (Battery Current Sensor)".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 13.
NO >> Replace battery negative cable assembly.
13.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to GI-40, "Intermittent Incident".

>> INSPECTION END

Revision: 2010 May EC-422 2011 QX56

 P1553 BATTERY CURRENT SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56VD]
Component Inspection (Battery Current Sensor) INFOID:0000000006217927

A
1.CHECK BATTERY CURRENT SENSOR
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Reconnect harness connectors disconnected. EC
3. Disconnect battery negative cable.

: To body ground C
4. Install jumper cable between battery negative terminal and body
ground.
5. Turn ignition switch ON. D
6. Check the voltage between ECM harness connector terminals
under the following conditions.
E
ECM JPBIA3287ZZ

+ – Voltage (V)
Connector F
Terminal Terminal
138
E80 150 Approx. 2.5
(Battery current sensor signal)
G
Before measuring the terminal voltage, confirm that the battery is fully charged. Refer to PG-159, "How to Handle Battery".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END H
NO >> Replace battery negative cable assembly.

Revision: 2010 May EC-423 2011 QX56

 P1554 BATTERY CURRENT SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56VD]
P1554 BATTERY CURRENT SENSOR
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000006217928

DTC DETECTION LOGIC

Trouble diagnosis name

DTC No. DTC detecting condition Possible cause
(Trouble diagnosis content)
• Harness or connectors
(Battery current sensor circuit is open or shorted.)
(Accelerator pedal position sensor 2 circuit is shorted.)
[Camshaft position sensor (bank 1) circuit is shorted.]
(Crankshaft position sensor circuit is shorted.)
The output voltage of the bat- (Refrigerant pressure sensor circuit is shorted.)
BAT CURRENT SENSOR
tery current sensor is lower than (EVAP control system pressure sensor circuit is short-
P1554 (Battery current sensor per-
the specified value while the ed.)
formance)
battery voltage is high enough. • Battery current sensor
• Accelerator pedal position sensor
• Camshaft position sensor (bank 1)
• Crankshaft position sensor
• Refrigerant pressure sensor
• EVAP control system pressure sensor

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

1.PERFORM COMPONENT FUNCTION CHECK
Perform Component Function Check. Refer to EC-424, "Component Function Check".
NOTE:
Use Component Function Check to check the overall function of the battery current sensor circuit. During this
check, a 1st trip DTC might not be confirmed.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Go to EC-425, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Component Function Check INFOID:0000000006217929

1.PRECONDITIONING
TESTING CONDITION:
• Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is 12.8 V or more at idle.
• Before performing the following procedure, confirm that all load switches and A/C switch are turned
OFF.

>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM COMPONENT FUNCTION CHECK
WITH CONSULT-III
1. Start engine and let it idle.
2. Select “BAT CUR SEN” in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III.
3. Check “BAT CUR SEN” indication for 10 seconds.
“BAT CUR SEN” should be above 2,300 mV at least once.
WITHOUT CONSULT-III
1. Start engine and let it idle.
2. Check the voltage between ECM harness connector terminals as per the following.

Revision: 2010 May EC-424 2011 QX56

 P1554 BATTERY CURRENT SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56VD]

ECM A
+ – Voltage (V)
Connector
Terminal Terminal
EC
138
E80 150 Approx. 2.5
(Battery current sensor signal)
Is the inspection result normal? C
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Go to EC-425, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006217930 D

1.CHECK BATTERY CURRENT SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-I

E
1. Disconnect battery current sensor harness connector.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Check the voltage between battery current sensor harness connector and ground.
F
Battery current sensor
Ground Voltage (V)
Connector Terminal
G
E63 2 Ground Approx. 5
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 8. H
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK BATTERY CURRENT SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-II
I
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between battery current sensor harness connector and ECM harness connector.
J
Battery current sensor ECM
Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
K
E63 2 E80 133 Existed
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4. L
NO >> GO TO 3.
3.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
M
Check the following.
• Harness for open between battery current sensor and ECM
• Loose or poor connection for each connector and harness
N
>> Repair open circuit.
4.CHECK SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT O
Check harness for short to power and short to ground, between the following terminals.

ECM Sensor P
Connector Terminal Name Connector Terminal
76 Crankshaft position sensor F74 1
F110
77 Camshaft position sensor (bank 1) F84 1

Revision: 2010 May EC-425 2011 QX56

 P1554 BATTERY CURRENT SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56VD]
ECM Sensor
Connector Terminal Name Connector Terminal
EVAP control system pressure sen-
C17 3
133 sor

E80 Refrigerant pressure sensor E77 1

APP sensor 2 (Without ICC) E110 1
131
APP sensor 2 (with ICC) E67 9
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> Repair short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
5.CHECK COMPONENTS
Check the following.
• Crankshaft position sensor (Refer to EC-301, "Component Inspection (Crankshaft Position Sensor)".)
• Camshaft position sensor (bank 1) (Refer to EC-306, "Component Inspection (Camshaft Position Sensor)".)
• EVAP control system pressure sensor (Refer to EC-520, "Component Function Check".)
• Refrigerant pressure sensor (Refer to EC-520, "Component Function Check".)
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> Replace malfunctioning component.
6.CHECK APP SENSOR
Refer to EC-470, "Component Inspection (Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor)".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 13.
NO >> GO TO 7.
7.REPLACE ACCELERATOR PEDAL ASSEMBLY
Replace accelerator pedal assembly. Refer to ACC-3, "MODELS WITHOUT DISTANCE CONTROL ASSIST
SYSTEM : Removal and Installation" (Without distance control assist system) or ACC-4, "MODELS WITH
DISTANCE CONTROL ASSIST SYSTEM : Removal and Installation" (With distance control assist system).

>> INSPECTION END

8.CHECK BATTERY CURRENT SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between battery current sensor harness connector and ECM harness connector.

Battery current sensor ECM

Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
E63 4 E80 150 Existed
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 10.
NO >> GO TO 9.
9.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following.
• Harness for open or short between battery current sensor and ECM
• Loose or poor connection for each connector and harness

>> Repair open circuit, short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
10.CHECK BATTERY CURRENT SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
Revision: 2010 May EC-426 2011 QX56
 P1554 BATTERY CURRENT SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56VD]
1. Check the continuity between battery current sensor harness connector and ECM harness connector.
A
Battery current sensor ECM
Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
EC
E63 3 E80 138 Existed
2. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
Is the inspection result normal? C
YES >> GO TO 12.
NO >> GO TO 11.
11.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART D
Check the following.
• Harness for open or short between battery current sensor and ECM
• Loose or poor connection for each connector and harness E

>> Repair open circuit, short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
F
12.CHECK BATTERY CURRENT SENSOR
Refer to EC-427, "Component Inspection (Battery Current Sensor)".
Is the inspection result normal? G
YES >> GO TO 13.
NO >> Replace battery negative cable assembly.
13.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT H

Refer to GI-40, "Intermittent Incident".

I
>> INSPECTION END
Component Inspection (Battery Current Sensor) INFOID:0000000006217931
J
1.CHECK BATTERY CURRENT SENSOR
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Reconnect harness connectors disconnected. K
3. Disconnect battery negative cable.

: To body ground L

4. Install jumper cable between battery negative terminal and body

ground.
5. Turn ignition switch ON. M
6. Check the voltage between ECM harness connector terminals
under the following conditions.
N
ECM JPBIA3287ZZ

+ – Voltage (V)
Connector O
Terminal Terminal
138
E80 150 Approx. 2.5
(Battery current sensor signal)
P
Before measuring the terminal voltage, confirm that the battery is fully charged. Refer to PG-159, "How to Handle Battery".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Replace battery negative cable assembly.

Revision: 2010 May EC-427 2011 QX56

 P1556, P1557 BATTERY TEMPERATURE SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56VD]
P1556, P1557 BATTERY TEMPERATURE SENSOR
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000006217932

DTC DETECTION LOGIC

NOTE:
If DTC P1556 or P1557 is displayed with DTC P0643, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0643.
Refer to EC-381, "DTC Logic".

Trouble diagnosis name

DTC No. DTC detecting condition Possible cause
(Trouble diagnosis content)
Signal voltage from Battery • Harness or connectors
BAT TMP SEN/CIRC
temperature sensor remains [Battery current sensor (Battery temperature sensor)
P1556 (Battery temperature sensor
0.16V or less for 5 seconds circuit is shorted.]
circuit low input)
or more. (Crankshaft position sensor circuit is open or shorted.)
[Camshaft position sensor (bank 1) circuit is shorted.]
(Accelerator pedal position sensor 2 circuit is shorted.)
(Refrigerant pressure sensor circuit is shorted.)
(EVAP control system pressure sensor circuit is short-
Signal voltage from Battery ed.)
BAT TMP SEN/CIRC
temperature sensor remains • Battery current sensor (Battery temperature sensor)
P1557 (Battery temperature sensor
4.84V or more for 5 seconds • Crankshaft position sensor
circuit high input)
or more. • Camshaft position sensor (bank 1)
• Accelerator pedal position sensor 2
• Refrigerant pressure sensor
• EVAP control system pressure sensor

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

1.PRECONDITIONING
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is 10 V or more at idle.

>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Start the engine and let it idle at least 10 seconds.
2. Check 1st trip DTC.
Is 1st trip DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to EC-428, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006217933

1.CHECK BATTERY TEMPERATURE SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT-I

1. Disconnect battery current sensor harness connector.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Check the voltage between battery current sensor hrness connector and ground.

Battery current sensor

Ground Voltage (V)
Connector Terminal
E63 1 Ground Approx. 5
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 7.
NO >> GO TO 2.

Revision: 2010 May EC-428 2011 QX56

 P1556, P1557 BATTERY TEMPERATURE SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56VD]

2.CHECK BATTERY TEMPERATURE SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT-II A

1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between battery current sensor harness connector and ECM harness connector.
EC

Battery current sensor ECM

Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal C
E63 1 E80 139 Existed
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3. D
NO >> Repair open circuit.
3.CHECK SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT E
Check harness for short to power and short to ground, between the following terminals.

ECM Sensor F
Connector Terminal Name Connector Terminal
76 Crankshaft position sensor F74 1
F110 G
77 Camshaft position sensor (bank 1) F84 1
Battery current sensor E63 2
Refrigerant pressure sensor E77 1 H
133
EVAP control system pressure sen-
E80 C17 3
sor
APP sensor 2 (Without ICC) E110 1 I
131
APP sensor 2 (with ICC) E67 9
Is the inspection result normal?
J
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Repair short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
4.CHECK COMPONENTS K
Check the following.
• Camshaft position sensor (bank 1) (Refer to EC-306, "Component Inspection (Camshaft Position Sensor)".)
• CKP sensor (Refer to EC-301, "Component Inspection (Crankshaft Position Sensor)".) L
• Battery current sensor sensor (Refer to EC-423, "Component Inspection (Battery Current Sensor)".)
• Refrigerant pressure sensor (Refer to EC-520, "Diagnosis Procedure".)
• EVAP control system pressure sensor (Refer to EC-335, "Component Inspection (EVAP Control System
Pressure Sensor)".) M
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> Replace malfunctioning component. N
5.CHECK APP SENSOR
Refer to EC-470, "Component Inspection (Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor)". O
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 9.
NO >> GO TO 6. P
6.REPLACE ACCELERATOR PEDAL ASSEMBLY
Replace accelerator pedal assembly.

>> INSPECTION END

7.CHECK BATTERY TEMPERATURE SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT

Revision: 2010 May EC-429 2011 QX56

 P1556, P1557 BATTERY TEMPERATURE SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56VD]
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between battery current sensor harness connector and ECM harness connector.

Battery current sensor ECM

Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
E63 4 E80 150 Existed
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 8.
NO >> Repair open circuit, short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
8.CHECK BATTERY TEMPERATURE SENSOR
Refer to EC-430, "Component Inspection (Battery Temprature Sensor)".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 9.
NO >> Replace battery negative cable assembly.
9.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to GI-40, "Intermittent Incident".

>> INSPECTION END

Component Inspection (Battery Temprature Sensor) INFOID:0000000006217934

1.CHECK BATTERY TEMPERATURE SENSOR

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect battery current sensor.
3. Check the resistance between battery current sensor connector terminals.

Battery current sensor

+ − Resistance
Terminal
continuity with the resis-
1 4
tance value 100 Ω or more
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Replace battery negative cable assembly.

Revision: 2010 May EC-430 2011 QX56

 P1564 ASCD STEERING SWITCH
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56VD]
P1564 ASCD STEERING SWITCH
A
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000006217935

DTC DETECTION LOGIC EC

NOTE:
If DTC P1564 is displayed with DTC P0605, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0605. Refer to
EC-376, "DTC Logic". C

Trouble diagnosis name

DTC No. DTC detecting condition Possible cause
(Trouble diagnosis content)
D
• An excessively high voltage signal from the
ASCD steering switch is sent to ECM.
• Harness or connectors
• ECM detects that input signal from the
ASCD SW (The switch circuit is open or shorted.)
P1564 ASCD steering switch is out of the specified E
(ASCD steering switch) • ASCD steering switch
range.
• ECM
• ECM detects that the ASCD steering switch
is stuck ON.
F
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1.PRECONDITIONING
G
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
H
>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE I
1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 10 seconds.
2. Press MAIN switch for at least 10 seconds, then release it and wait at least 10 seconds.
3. Press CANCEL switch for at least 10 seconds, then release it and wait at least 10 seconds. J
4. Press RESUME/ACCELERATE switch for at least 10 seconds, then release it and wait at least 10 sec-
onds.
5. Press SET/COAST switch for at least 10 seconds, then release it and wait at least 10 seconds.
6. Check DTC. K
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Go to EC-431, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END L

Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006217936

M
1.CHECK ASCD STEERING SWITCH CIRCUIT
WITH CONSULT-III
1. Turn ignition switch ON. N
2. Select “MAIN SW”, “CANCEL SW”, “RESUME/ACC SW” and “SET SW” in “DATA MONITOR” mode with
CONSULT-III.
3. Check each item indication under the following conditions.
O

Monitor item Condition Indication

Pressed ON P
MAIN SW MAIN switch
Released OFF
Pressed ON
CANCEL SW CANCEL switch
Released OFF

RESUME/ACCELERATE Pressed ON
RESUME/ACC SW
switch Released OFF

Revision: 2010 May EC-431 2011 QX56

 P1564 ASCD STEERING SWITCH
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56VD]
Monitor item Condition Indication
Pressed ON
SET SW SET/COAST switch
Released OFF

WITHOUT CONSULT-III
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Check the voltage between ECM harness connector terminals under the following conditions.

ECM
+ – Condition Voltage (V)
Connector
Terminal Terminal
MAIN switch: Pressed Approx. 0
CANCEL switch: Pressed Approx. 1
128
E80 130 SET/COAST switch: Pressed Approx. 2
(ASCD steering switch signal)
RESUME/ACCELERATE switch: Pressed Approx. 3
All ASCD steering switches: Released Approx. 4
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 7.
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK ASCD STEERING SWITCH GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Disconnect combination switch harness connector.
4. Check the continuity between combination switch and ECM harness connector.

Combination switch ECM

Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
— 32 E80 130 Existed
5. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> GO TO 3.
3.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following.
• Combination switch (spiral cable)
• Harness for open and short between ECM and combination switch

>> Repair open circuit, short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
4.CHECK ASCD STEERING SWITCH INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Check the continuity between combination switch and ECM harness connector.

Combination switch ECM

Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
— 25 E80 128 Existed
2. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> GO TO 5.

Revision: 2010 May EC-432 2011 QX56

 P1564 ASCD STEERING SWITCH
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56VD]

5.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART A

Check the following.
• Combination switch (spiral cable)
• Harness for open and short between ECM and combination switch
EC

>> Repair open circuit, short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
6.CHECK ASCD STEERING SWITCH C
Refer to EC-433, "Component Inspection (ASCD Steering Switch)".
Is the inspection result normal?
D
YES >> GO TO 7.
NO >> Replace ASCD steering switch. Refer to ST-33, "Removal and Installation".
7.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT E
Refer to GI-40, "Intermittent Incident".

>> INSPECTION END F

Component Inspection (ASCD Steering Switch) INFOID:0000000006217937

G
1.CHECK ASCD STEERING SWITCH
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect combination switch (spiral cable) harness connector M302. H
3. Check resistance between combination switch harness connector terminals under the following condi-
tions.

I
Combination switch
Condition Resistance (Ω)
Connector Terminals
MAIN switch: Pressed Approx. 0 J
CANCEL switch: Pressed Approx. 250
M302 13 and 16 SET/COAST switch: Pressed Approx. 660
K
RESUME/ACCELERATE switch: Pressed Approx. 1,480
All ASCD steering switches: Released Approx. 4,000
Is the inspection result normal? L
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Replace ASCD steering switch. Refer to ST-33, "Removal and Installation".
M

Revision: 2010 May EC-433 2011 QX56

 P1564 ICC STEERING SWITCH
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56VD]
P1564 ICC STEERING SWITCH
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000006217938

DTC DETECTION LOGIC

NOTE:
If DTC P1564 is displayed with DTC P0605, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0605. Refer to
EC-376, "DTC Logic".

Trouble diagnosis name

DTC No. DTC detecting condition Possible cause
(Trouble diagnosis content)
• An excessively high voltage signal from the
ICC steering switch is sent to ECM. • Harness or connectors
ASCD SW • ECM detects that input signal from the ICC (The switch circuit is open or shorted.)
P1564
(ICC steering switch) steering switch is out of the specified range. • ICC steering switch
• ECM detects that the ICC steering switch is • ECM
stuck ON.

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

1.PRECONDITIONING
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.

>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 10 seconds.
2. Press MAIN switch for at least 10 seconds, then release it and wait at least 10 seconds.
3. Press CANCEL switch for at least 10 seconds, then release it and wait at least 10 seconds.
4. Press RESUME/ACCELERATE switch for at least 10 seconds, then release it and wait at least 10 sec-
onds.
5. Press SET/COAST switch for at least 10 seconds, then release it and wait at least 10 seconds.
6. Press DISTANCE switch for at least 10 seconds, then release it and wait at least 10 seconds.
7. Press LDP switch for at least 10 seconds, then release it at wait at least 10 seconds.
8. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Go to EC-434, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006217939

1.CHECK ICC STEERING SWITCH CIRCUIT

1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Check the voltage between ECM harness connector terminals under the following conditions.

Revision: 2010 May EC-434 2011 QX56

 P1564 ICC STEERING SWITCH
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56VD]

ECM A
+ – Condition Voltage (V)
Connector
Terminal Terminal
EC
MAIN switch: Pressed Approx. 0
DYNAMIC DRIVER ASSISTANCE switch: Pressed Approx. 1.0
CANCEL switch: Pressed Approx. 1.9 C
128
E80 130 DISTANCE switch: Pressed Approx. 2.6
(ICC steering switch signal)
SET/COAST switch: Pressed Approx. 3.2
D
RESUME/ACCELERATE switch: Pressed Approx. 3.7
All ICC steering switches: Released Approx. 4.2
Is the inspection result normal? E
YES >> GO TO 7.
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK ICC STEERING SWITCH GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT F
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Disconnect combination switch harness connector. G
4. Check the continuity between combination switch and ECM harness connector.

Combination switch ECM H

Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
— 32 E80 130 Existed
I
5. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4. J
NO >> GO TO 3.
3.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
K
Check the following.
• Combination switch (spiral cable)
• Harness for open and short between ECM and combination switch
L
>> Repair open circuit, short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
4.CHECK ICC STEERING SWITCH INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT M
1. Check the continuity between combination switch and ECM harness connector.

Combination switch ECM N

Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
— 25 E80 130 Existed
O
2. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 6. P
NO >> GO TO 5.
5.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following.
• Combination switch (spiral cable)
• Harness for open and short between ECM and combination switch

Revision: 2010 May EC-435 2011 QX56

 P1564 ICC STEERING SWITCH
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56VD]
>> Repair open circuit, short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
6.CHECK ICC STEERING SWITCH
Refer to EC-436, "Component Inspection (ICC Steering Switch)".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 7.
NO >> Replace ICC steering switch. Refer to ST-33, "Removal and Installation".
7.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to GI-40, "Intermittent Incident".

>> INSPECTION END

Component Inspection (ICC Steering Switch) INFOID:0000000006217940

1.CHECK ICC STEERING SWITCH

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect combination switch (spiral cable) harness connector M302.
3. Check resistance between combination switch harness connector terminals under the following condi-
tions.

Combination switch
Condition Resistance (Ω)
Connector Terminals
MAIN switch: Pressed Approx. 0
DYNAMIC DRIVER ASSISTANCE switch: Pressed Approx. 270
CANCEL switch: Pressed Approx. 620
M302 13 and 16 DISTANCE switch: Pressed Approx. 1,100
SET/COAST switch: Pressed Approx. 1,810
RESUME/ACCELERATE switch: Pressed Approx. 3,000
All ICC steering switches: Released Approx. 5,420
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Replace ICC steering switch. Refer to ST-33, "Removal and Installation".

Revision: 2010 May EC-436 2011 QX56

 P1568 ICC FUNCTION
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56VD]
P1568 ICC FUNCTION
A
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000006217941

DTC DETECTION LOGIC EC

NOTE:
• If DTC P1568 is displayed with DTC UXXXX, perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC UXXXX.
• If DTC P1568 is displayed with DTC P0605, perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0605. Refer to C
EC-376, "DTC Logic".
• If DTC P1568 is displayed with DTC P0607, perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0607. Refer to
EC-378, "DTC Logic".
D
Trouble diagnosis name
DTC No. DTC Detecting Condition Possible Cause
(Trouble diagnosis content)
• Harness or connectors E
ECM detects a difference between signals (The CAN communication line is open or
ICC COMMAND VALUE
P1568 from ADAS control unit is out of specified shorted.)
(ICC function)
range. • ADAS control unit
• ECM F

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

1.PRECONDITIONING G
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. H
TESTING CONDITION:
Step 2 may be conducted with the drive wheels lifted in the shop or by driving the vehicle. If a road test
is expected to be easier, it is unnecessary to lift the vehicle. I

>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE J

1. Turn ignition switch ON.

2. Press MAIN switch on ICC steering switch.
3. Drive the vehicle at more than 40 km/h (25 MPH). K
CAUTION:
Always drive vehicle at a safe speed.
4. Press SET/COAST switch. L
5. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Go to EC-437, "Diagnosis Procedure". M
NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006217942
N
1.REPLACE ADAS CONTROL UNIT
1. Replace ADAS control unit. Refer to DAS-63, "Removal and Installation".
O
2. Check DTC of ADAS control unit. Refer to DAS-38, "DTC Index".

>> INSPECTION END

P

Revision: 2010 May EC-437 2011 QX56

 P1572 ASCD BRAKE SWITCH
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56VD]
P1572 ASCD BRAKE SWITCH
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000006217943

DTC DETECTION LOGIC

NOTE:
• If DTC P1572 is displayed with DTC P0605, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0605. Refer
to EC-376, "DTC Logic".
• This self-diagnosis has the one trip detection logic. When malfunction A is detected, DTC is not
stored in ECM memory. And in that case, 1st trip DTC and 1st trip freeze frame data are displayed.
1st trip DTC is erased when ignition switch is turned OFF. And even when malfunction A is detected
in two consecutive trips, DTC is not stored in ECM memory.

Trouble diagnosis name

DTC No. DTC detecting condition Possible cause
(Trouble diagnosis content)
When the vehicle speed is above 30 km/h • Harness or connectors
(19 MPH), ON signals from the stop lamp (The stop lamp switch circuit is shorted.)
A)
switch and the ASCD brake switch are • Harness or connectors
sent to the ECM at the same time. (The ASCD brake switch circuit is short-
ASCD BRAKE SW ed.)
P1572
(ASCD brake switch) • Stop lamp switch
ASCD brake switch signal is not sent to • ASCD brake switch
B) ECM for extremely long time while the ve- • Incorrect stop lamp switch installation
hicle is being driven. • Incorrect ASCD brake switch installation
• ECM

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

1.PRECONDITIONING
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
NOTE:
The procedure for malfunction B is not described. It takes an extremely long time to complete the procedure
for malfunction B. By performing the procedure for malfunction A, the condition that causes malfunction B can
be detected.

>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION A
1. Start engine (VDC switch OFF).
2. Press MAIN switch and check that CRUISE indicator is displayed in combination meter.
3. Drive the vehicle for at least 5 consecutive seconds under the following conditions.
CAUTION:
Always drive vehicle at a safe speed.
NOTE:
This procedure may be conducted with the drive wheels lifted in the shop or by driving the vehicle.
If a road test is expected to be easier, it is unnecessary to lift the vehicle.

Vehicle speed More than 30 km/h (19 mph)

Selector lever Suitable position
4. Check 1st trip DTC.
Is 1st trip DTC detected?
YES >> Go to EC-439, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> GO TO 3.
3.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Drive the vehicle for at least 5 consecutive seconds under the following conditions.
CAUTION:

Revision: 2010 May EC-438 2011 QX56

 P1572 ASCD BRAKE SWITCH
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56VD]
Always drive vehicle at a safe speed.
NOTE: A
This procedure may be conducted with the drive wheels lifted in the shop or by driving the vehicle.
If a road test is expected to be easier, it is unnecessary to lift the vehicle.
EC
Vehicle speed More than 30 km/h (19 mph)
Selector lever Suitable position
Depress the brake pedal for more than 5 seconds so as C
Driving location
not to come off from the above-mentioned vehicle speed.
2. Check 1st trip DTC.
Is 1st trip DTC detected? D
YES >> Go to EC-439, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END
E
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006217944

1.CHECK OVERALL FUNCTION-I F

WITH CONSULT-III
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Select “BRAKE SW1” in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III. G
3. Check “BRAKE SW1” indication under the following conditions.

Monitor item Condition Indication H

BRAKE SW1 Slightly depressed OFF
Brake pedal
(ASCD brake switch) Fully released ON
I
WITHOUT CONSULT-III
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Check the voltage between ECM harness connector terminals as per the following.
J
ECM
+ – Condition Voltage (V)
Connector K
Terminal Terminal

147 Slightly depressed Approx. 0

E80 175 Brake pedal
(ASCD brake switch signal) Fully released Battery voltage L
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> GO TO 3. M

2.CHECK OVERALL FUNCTION-II

WITH CONSULT-III N
Select “BRAKE SW2” and check indication under the following conditions.

Monitor item Condition Indication O

BRAKE SW2 Slightly depressed ON
Brake pedal
(Stop lamp switch) Fully released OFF
P
WITHOUT CONSULT-III
Check the voltage between ECM harness connector terminals under the following conditions.

Revision: 2010 May EC-439 2011 QX56

 P1572 ASCD BRAKE SWITCH
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56VD]

ECM
+ – Condition Voltage (V)
Connector
Terminal Terminal

158 Slightly depressed Battery voltage

E80 175 Brake pedal
(Stop lamp switch signal) Fully released Approx. 0
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 13.
NO >> GO TO 8.
3.CHECK ASCD BRAKE SWITCH POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ASCD brake switch harness connector.
3. Turn ignition switch ON.
4. Check the voltage between ASCD brake switch harness connector and ground.

ASCD brake switch

Ground Voltage
Connector Terminal
E109 1 Ground Battery voltage
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> GO TO 4.
4.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following.
• 10 A fuse (No. 3)
• Harness for open or short between ASCD brake switch and fuse
• Loose or poor connection for each connector and harness

>> Repair open circuit or short to ground in harness or connectors.

5.CHECK ASCD BRAKE SWITCH INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between ASCD brake switch harness connector and ECM harness connector.

ASCD brake switch ECM

Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
E109 2 E80 147 Existed
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 7.
NO >> GO TO 6.
6.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following.
• Harness for open or short between ECM and ASCD brake switch
• Loose or poor connection for each connector and harness

>> Repair open circuit, short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
7.CHECK ASCD BRAKE SWITCH
Refer to EC-442, "Component Inspection (ASCD Brake Switch)"
Is the inspection result normal?

Revision: 2010 May EC-440 2011 QX56

 P1572 ASCD BRAKE SWITCH
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56VD]
YES >> GO TO 13.
NO >> Replace ASCD brake switch. A
8.CHECK STOP LAMP SWITCH POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
EC
2. Disconnect stop lamp switch harness connector.
3. Check the voltage between stop lamp switch harness connector and ground.

Stop lamp switch

C
Ground Voltage
Connector Terminal
E115 1 Ground Battery voltage D
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 10.
NO >> GO TO 9. E
9.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following.
F
• 10 A fuse (No. 7)
• Harness for open or short between stop lamp switch and battery
• Loose or poor connection for each connector and harness
G
>> Repair open circuit, short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
10.CHECK STOP LAMP SWITCH INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT H
1. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
2. Check the continuity between stop lamp switch harness connector and ECM harness connector.
I
Stop lamp switch ECM
Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
E115 2 E80 158 Existed J

3. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.

Is the inspection result normal? K
YES >> GO TO 12.
NO >> GO TO 11.
11.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART L
Check the following.
• Harness for open or short between ECM and stop lamp switch
• Loose or poor connection for each connector and harness M

>> Repair open circuit, short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
12.CHECK STOP LAMP SWITCH N

Refer to EC-442, "Component Inspection (Stop Lamp Switch)".

Is the inspection result normal? O
YES >> GO TO 13.
NO >> Replace stop lamp switch.
13.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT P
Refer to GI-40, "Intermittent Incident".

>> INSPECTION END

Revision: 2010 May EC-441 2011 QX56

 P1572 ASCD BRAKE SWITCH
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56VD]
Component Inspection (ASCD Brake Switch) INFOID:0000000006217945

1.CHECK ASCD BRAKE SWITCH-I

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ASCD brake switch harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between ASCD brake switch terminals under the following conditions.

Terminals Condition Continuity

Fully released Existed
1 and 2 Brake pedal
Slightly depressed Not existed
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK ASCD BRAKE SWITCH-II
1. Adjust ASCD brake switch installation. Refer to BR-21, "Inspection and Adjustment".
2. Check the continuity between ASCD brake switch terminals under the following conditions.

Terminals Condition Continuity

Fully released Existed
1 and 2 Brake pedal
Slightly depressed Not existed
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Replace ASCD brake switch. Refer to BR-20, "Removal and Installation".
Component Inspection (Stop Lamp Switch) INFOID:0000000006217946

1.CHECK STOP LAMP SWITCH-I

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect stop lamp switch harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between stop lamp switch terminals under the following conditions.

Terminals Condition Continuity

Fully released Not existed
1 and 2 Brake pedal
Slightly depressed Existed
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK STOP LAMP SWITCH-II
1. Adjust stop lamp switch installation. Refer to BR-21, "Inspection and Adjustment".
2. Check the continuity between stop lamp switch terminals under the following conditions.

Terminals Condition Continuity

Fully released Not existed
1 and 2 Brake pedal
Slightly depressed Existed
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Replace stop lamp switch. Refer to BR-20, "Removal and Installation".

Revision: 2010 May EC-442 2011 QX56

 P1572 ICC BRAKE SWITCH
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56VD]
P1572 ICC BRAKE SWITCH
A
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000006217947

DTC DETECTION LOGIC EC

NOTE:
• If DTC P1572 is displayed with DTC P0605, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0605. Refer
to EC-376, "DTC Logic". C
• This self-diagnosis has the one trip detection logic. When malfunction A is detected, DTC is not
stored in ECM memory. And in that case, 1st trip DTC and 1st trip freeze frame data are displayed.
1st trip DTC is erased when ignition switch is turned OFF. And even when malfunction A is detected
in two consecutive trips, DTC is not stored in ECM memory. D

Trouble diagnosis name

DTC No. DTC detecting condition Possible cause
(Trouble diagnosis content) E
ON signals from the stop lamp switch • Harness or connectors
A) and the ICC brake switch are sent to (The stop lamp switch circuit is shorted.)
ECM at the same time. • Harness or connectors
(The ICC brake switch circuit is shorted.) F
ASCD BRAKE SW • Stop lamp switch
P1572
(ICC brake switch) ICC brake switch signal is not sent to • ICC brake switch
B) ECM for extremely long time while the • ICC brake hold relay G
vehicle is being driven • Incorrect stop lamp switch installation
• Incorrect ICC brake switch installation
• ECM
H
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1.PRECONDITIONING
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. I
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
NOTE: J
The procedure for malfunction B is not described. It takes an extremely long time to complete the procedure
for malfunction B. By performing the procedure for malfunction A, the condition that causes malfunction B can
be detected.
K

>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE L
1. Start engine (VDC switch OFF).
2. Press MAIN switch and check that CRUISE indicator is displayed in combination meter.
3. Drive the vehicle for at least 5 consecutive seconds under the following conditions. M
CAUTION:
Always drive vehicle at a safe speed.
NOTE: N
This procedure may be conducted with the drive wheels lifted in the shop or by driving the vehicle.
If a road test is expected to be easier, it is unnecessary to lift the vehicle.

O
Vehicle speed More than 30 km/h (19 mph)
Selector lever Suitable position
4. Check 1st trip DTC. P
Is 1st trip DTC detected?
YES >> Go to EC-444, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> GO TO 3.
3.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Drive the vehicle for at least 5 consecutive seconds under the following conditions.
CAUTION:

Revision: 2010 May EC-443 2011 QX56

 P1572 ICC BRAKE SWITCH
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56VD]
Always drive vehicle at a safe speed.
NOTE:
This procedure may be conducted with the drive wheels lifted in the shop or by driving the vehicle.
If a road test is expected to be easier, it is unnecessary to lift the vehicle.

Vehicle speed More than 30 km/h (19 mph)

Selector lever Suitable position
Depress the brake pedal for more than 5 seconds so as
Driving location
not to come off from the above-mentioned vehicle speed.
2. Check 1st trip DTC.
Is 1st trip DTC detected?
YES >> Go to EC-444, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006217948

1.CHECK DTC WITH ADAS CONTROL UNIT

Refer to DAS-21, "CONSULT-III Function (ICC/ADAS)" and DAS-38, "DTC Index".
Are any DTCs detected?
YES >> Perform the Diagnosis Procedure corresponding to the detected DTC.
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK OVERALL FUNCTION-I
WITH CONSULT-III
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Select “BRAKE SW1” in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III.
3. Check “BRAKE SW1” indication under the following conditions.

Monitor item Condition Indication

BRAKE SW1 Slightly depressed OFF

Brake pedal
(ICC brake switch) Fully released ON

WITHOUT CONSULT-III
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Check the voltage between ECM harness connector terminals under the following conditions.

ECM
+ – Condition Voltage (V)
Connector
Terminal Terminal

147 Slightly depressed Approx. 0

E80 175 Brake pedal
(ICC brake switch signal) Fully released Battery voltage
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 8.
NO >> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK ICC BRAKE SWITCH POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-I
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ICC brake switch harness connector.
3. Turn ignition switch ON.
4. Check the voltage between ICC brake switch harness connector and ground.

ICC brake switch

Ground Voltage
Connector Terminal
E68 1 Ground Battery voltage

Revision: 2010 May EC-444 2011 QX56

 P1572 ICC BRAKE SWITCH
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56VD]
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5. A
NO >> GO TO 4.
4.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
EC
Check the following.
• 10 A fuse (No. 3)
• Harness for open or short between ICC brake switch and fuse
• Loose or poor connection for each connector and harness C

>> Repair open circuit or short to ground in harness or connectors.

D
5.CHECK ICC BRAKE SWITCH INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector. E
3. Check the continuity between ICC brake switch harness connector and ECM harness connector.

ICC brake switch ECM F

Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
E68 2 E80 147 Existed
G
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 7. H
NO >> GO TO 6.
6.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following. I
• Harness for open or short between ICC brake switch and ECM
• Loose or poor connection for each connector and harness
J
>> Repair open circuit, short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
7.CHECK ICC BRAKE SWITCH
K
Refer to EC-445, "Component Inspection (ICC Brake Switch)".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 8. L
NO >> Replace ICC brake switch.
8.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to GI-40, "Intermittent Incident". M

>> INSPECTION END

N
Component Inspection (ICC Brake Switch) INFOID:0000000006217949

1.CHECK ICC BRAKE SWITCH-I O

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ICC brake switch harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between ICC brake switch terminals under the following conditions. P

Terminals Condition Continuity

Fully released Existed
1 and 2 Brake pedal
Slightly depressed Not existed
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END

Revision: 2010 May EC-445 2011 QX56

 P1572 ICC BRAKE SWITCH
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56VD]
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK ICC BRAKE SWITCH-II
1. Adjust ICC brake switch installation. Refer to BR-21, "Inspection and Adjustment".
2. Check the continuity between ICC brake switch terminals under the following conditions.

Terminals Condition Continuity

Fully released Existed
1 and 2 Brake pedal
Slightly depressed Not existed
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Replace ICC brake switch. Refer to BR-20, "Removal and Installation".
Component Inspection (Stop Lamp Switch) INFOID:0000000006217950

1.CHECK STOP LAMP SWITCH-I

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect stop lamp switch harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between stop lamp switch terminals under the following conditions.

Terminals Condition Continuity

Fully released Not existed
1 and 2 Brake pedal
Slightly depressed Existed
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK STOP LAMP SWITCH-II
1. Adjust stop lamp switch installation. Refer to BR-21, "Inspection and Adjustment".
2. Check the continuity between stop lamp switch terminals under the following conditions.

Terminals Condition Continuity

Fully released Not existed
1 and 2 Brake pedal
Slightly depressed Existed
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Replace stop lamp switch. Refer to BR-20, "Removal and Installation".

Revision: 2010 May EC-446 2011 QX56

 P1574 ASCD VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56VD]
P1574 ASCD VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR
A
Description INFOID:0000000006288349

The ECM receives two vehicle speed signals by the CAN communication line. One is sent from “combination EC
meter”, and the other is from TCM (Transmission control module). The ECM uses these signals for ASCD con-
trol. Refer to EC-48, "AUTOMATIC SPEED CONTROL DEVICE (ASCD) : System Description" for ASCD func-
tions.
C
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000006288350

DTC DETECTION LOGIC D

NOTE:
• If DTC P1574 is displayed with DTC UXXXX, perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC UXXXX.
• If DTC P1574 is displayed with DTC P0500, perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0500. Refer to
E
EC-356, "DTC Logic".
• If DTC P1574 is displayed with DTC P0605, perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0605. Refer to
EC-376, "DTC Logic".
• If DTC P1574 is displayed with DTC P0607, perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0607. Refer to F
EC-378, "DTC Logic".

Trouble diagnosis name

DTC No. DTC detecting condition Possible cause G
(Trouble diagnosis content)
• Harness or connectors
(The CAN communication line is open
or shorted.) H
• Combination meter
ASCD VHL SPD SEN ECM detects a difference between two vehicle
P1574 • ABS actuator and electric unit (control
(ASCD vehicle speed sensor) speed signals is out of the specified range.
unit)
• Wheel sensor
I
• TCM
• ECM
J
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1.PRECONDITIONING
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. K
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
L
>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
M
1. Start engine (VDC switch OFF).
2. Drive the vehicle at more than 40 km/h (25 MPH).
CAUTION:
Always drive vehicle at a safe speed. N
NOTE:
This procedure may be conducted with the drive wheels lifted in the shop or by driving the vehicle.
If a road test is expected to be easier, it is unnecessary to lift the vehicle. O
3. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to EC-449, "Diagnosis Procedure". P
NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006288351

1.CHECK DTC WITH TCM

Check DTC with TCM. Refer to TM-61, "CONSULT-III Function (TRANSMISSION)".
Is the inspection result normal?

Revision: 2010 May EC-447 2011 QX56

 P1574 ASCD VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56VD]
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Perform Diagnosis Procedure corresponding to the DTC indicated.
2.CHECK DTC WITH “ABS ACTUATOR AND ELECTRIC UNIT (CONTROL UNIT)”
Refer to BRC-40, "CONSULT-III Function".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Perform Diagnosis Procedure corresponding to the DTC indicated.
3.CHECK DTC WITH “COMBINATION METER”
Refer to MWI-30, "CONSULT-III Function".

>> INSPECTION END

Revision: 2010 May EC-448 2011 QX56

 P1574 ICC VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56VD]
P1574 ICC VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR
A
Description INFOID:0000000006288352

The ECM receives two vehicle speed signals by the CAN communication line. One is sent from “combination EC
meter”, and the other is from TCM (Transmission control module). The ECM uses these signals for ICC con-
trol. Refer to CCS-12, "System Description" for ICC functions.
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000006288353 C

DTC DETECTION LOGIC

NOTE: D
• If DTC P1574 is displayed with DTC UXXXX, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC UXXXX.
• If DTC P1574 is displayed with DTC P0500, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0500. Refer
to EC-356, "DTC Logic".
E
• If DTC P1574 is displayed with DTC P0605, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0605. Refer
to EC-376, "DTC Logic".
• If DTC P1574 is displayed with DTC P0607, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0607. Refer
to EC-378, "DTC Logic". F

Trouble diagnosis name

DTC No. DTC detecting condition Possible cause
(Trouble diagnosis content)
G
• Harness or connectors
(The CAN communication line is open or
shorted.)
• Combination meter H
ASCD VHL SPD SEN ECM detects a difference between two vehicle
P1574 • ABS actuator and electric unit (control
(ICC vehicle speed sensor) speed signals is out of the specified range.
unit)
• Wheel sensor
• TCM I
• ECM

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE J

1.PRECONDITIONING
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
2. Turn ignition switch ON. K
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.

>> GO TO 2. L
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Start engine (VDC switch OFF). M
2. Drive the vehicle at more than 40 km/h (25 MPH).
CAUTION:
Always drive vehicle at a safe speed.
NOTE: N
This procedure may be conducted with the drive wheels lifted in the shop or by driving the vehicle.
If a road test is expected to be easier, it is unnecessary to lift the vehicle.
3. Check DTC. O
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to EC-449, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END P
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006288354

1.CHECK DTC WITH TCM

Check DTC with TCM. Refer to TM-61, "CONSULT-III Function (TRANSMISSION)".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.

Revision: 2010 May EC-449 2011 QX56

 P1574 ICC VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56VD]
NO >> Perform Diagnosis Procedure corresponding to the DTC indicated.
2.CHECK DTC WITH “ABS ACTUATOR AND ELECTRIC UNIT (CONTROL UNIT)”
Refer to BRC-40, "CONSULT-III Function".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Perform Diagnosis Procedure corresponding to the DTC indicated.
3.CHECK DTC WITH “COMBINATION METER”
Check combination meter function.
Refer to MWI-30, "CONSULT-III Function".

>> INSPECTION END

Revision: 2010 May EC-450 2011 QX56

 P1606 VVEL CONTROL MODULE
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56VD]
P1606 VVEL CONTROL MODULE
A
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000006217951

DTC DETECTION LOGIC EC

Trouble diagnosis name

DTC No. DTC detecting condition Possible cause
(Trouble diagnosis content) C
• VVEL control module calculation function is
VVEL CONTROL MODULE
P1606 malfunctioning. • VVEL control module
(VVEL control module)
• VVEL EEP-ROM system is malfunctioning.
D
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1.PRECONDITIONING E
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
TESTING CONDITION: F
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is 10 V or more at idle.

G
>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 1 second. H
2. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Go to EC-451, "Diagnosis Procedure". I
NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006217952
J
1.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Turn ignition switch ON. K
2. Erase DTC.
3. Perform DTC Confirmation Procedure.
See EC-451, "DTC Logic".
L
Is the DTC P1606 displayed again?
YES >> Replace VVEL control module. Refer to EC-536, "Removal and Installation".
NO >> INSPECTION END
M

Revision: 2010 May EC-451 2011 QX56

 P1607 VVEL CONTROL MODULE
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56VD]
P1607 VVEL CONTROL MODULE
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000006217953

DTC DETECTION LOGIC

Trouble diagnosis name

DTC No. DTC detecting condition Possible cause
(Trouble diagnosis content)
VVEL CONTROL MODULE • The internal circuit of the VVEL control
P1607 • VVEL control module
(VVEL control module circuit) module is malfunctioning.

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

1.PRECONDITIONING
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is 10 V or more at idle.

>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Start engine and let it idle for at least 1 second.
2. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Go to EC-452, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006217954

1.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Erase DTC.
3. Perform DTC Confirmation Procedure.
See EC-452, "DTC Logic".
Is the DTC P1607 displayed again?
YES >> Replace VVEL control module. Refer to EC-536, "Removal and Installation".
NO >> INSPECTION END

Revision: 2010 May EC-452 2011 QX56

 P1608 VVEL SENSOR POWER SUPPLY
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56VD]
P1608 VVEL SENSOR POWER SUPPLY
A
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000006217955

DTC DETECTION LOGIC EC

Trouble diagnosis name

DTC No. DTC detecting condition Possible cause
(Trouble diagnosis content) C
• Harness or connectors
VVEL control module detects a voltage (VVEL control shaft position sensor
VVEL SENSOR POWER/CIRC
P1608 of power source for sensor is excessive- power supply circuit is open or shorted.)
(VVEL sensor power supply circuit) D
ly low or high. • VVEL control shaft position sensor
• VVEL control module

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

E
1.PRECONDITIONING
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
2. Turn ignition switch ON. F
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is 10 V or more at idle. G

>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE H

1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 1 second.

2. Check DTC.
I
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Go to EC-453, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END
J
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006217956

1.CHECK VVEL CONTROL SHAFT POSITION SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-I K

1. Disconnect VVEL control shaft position sensor harness connector.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Check the voltage between VVEL control shaft position sensor harness connector and ground. L

VVEL control shaft position sensor

Ground Voltage
Bank Connector Terminal M
3
1 F72
6
Ground Approx. 5V N
3
2 F70
6
Is the inspection result normal? O
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK VVEL CONTROL SHAFT POSITION SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-II P

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.

2. Disconnect VVEL control module harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between VVEL control shaft position sensor harness connector and VVEL control
module harness connector.

Revision: 2010 May EC-453 2011 QX56

 P1608 VVEL SENSOR POWER SUPPLY
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56VD]

VVEL control shaft position sensor VVEL control module

Continuity
Bank Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
3 7
1 F72
6 20
F56 Existed
3 9
2 F70
6 22
4. Also check harness for short to ground and power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> GO TO 3.
3.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following.
• Harness for open or short between VVEL control shaft position sensor and VVEL control module
• Loose or poor connection for each connector and harness

>> Repair open circuit, short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
4.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to GI-40, "Intermittent Incident".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Replace VVEL control module. Refer to EC-536, "Removal and Installation".
NO >> Repair or replace.
5.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to GI-40, "Intermittent Incident".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> Repair or replace.
6.REPLACE VVEL LADDER ASSEMBLY
Replace VVEL ladder assembly. Refer to EM-75, "Removal and Installation".

>> NSPECTION END

Revision: 2010 May EC-454 2011 QX56

 P1805 BRAKE SWITCH
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56VD]
P1805 BRAKE SWITCH
A
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000006217957

DTC DETECTION LOGIC EC

Trouble diagnosis name

DTC No. DTC detecting condition Possible cause
(Trouble diagnosis content) C
A brake switch signal is not sent to ECM • Harness or connectors
BRAKE SW/CIRCUIT
P1805 for extremely long time while the vehicle (Stop lamp switch circuit is open or shorted.)
(Brake switch)
is being driven. • Stop lamp switch D
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE E
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Fully depress the brake pedal for at least 5 seconds.
3. Erase the DTC. F
4. Check 1st trip DTC.
Is 1st trip DTC detected?
YES >> Go to EC-455, "Diagnosis Procedure". G
NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006217958
H
1.CHECK STOP LAMP SWITCH CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Check for stop lamp illumination under the following conditions. I

Condition Stop lamp

J
Fully released Not illuminated
Brake pedal
Slightly depressed Illuminated
Is the inspection result normal? K
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK STOP LAMP SWITCH POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT L

1. Disconnect stop lamp switch harness connector.

2. Check the voltage between stop lamp switch harness connector and ground.
M

Stop lamp switch

Ground Voltage
Connector Terminal N
E115 1 Ground Battery voltage
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4. O
NO >> GO TO 3.
3.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART P
Check the following.
• 10 A fuse (No. 7)
• Harness for open or short between stop lamp switch and battery
• Loose or poor connection for each connector and harness

>> Repair open circuit, short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

Revision: 2010 May EC-455 2011 QX56

 P1805 BRAKE SWITCH
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56VD]

4.CHECK STOP LAMP SWITCH INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Disconnect stop lamp switch harness connector.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between stop lamp switch harness connector and ECM harness connector.

Stop lamp switch ECM

Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
E115 2 E80 158 Existed
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> GO TO 5.
5.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following.
• Harness for open or short between ECM and stop lamp switch
• Loose or poor connection for each connector and harness

>> Repair open circuit, short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
6.CHECK STOP LAMP SWITCH
Refer to EC-456, "Component Inspection (Stop Lamp Switch)".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 7.
NO >> Replace stop lamp switch. Refer to BR-20, "Removal and Installation".
7.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to GI-40, "Intermittent Incident".

>> INSPECTION END

Component Inspection (Stop Lamp Switch) INFOID:0000000006217959

1.CHECK STOP LAMP SWITCH-I

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect stop lamp switch harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between stop lamp switch terminals under the following conditions.

Terminals Condition Continuity

Fully released Not existed
1 and 2 Brake pedal
Slightly depressed Existed
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK STOP LAMP SWITCH-II
1. Adjust stop lamp switch installation. Refer to BR-21, "Inspection and Adjustment".
2. Check the continuity between stop lamp switch terminals under the following conditions.

Terminals Condition Continuity

Fully released Not existed
1 and 2 Brake pedal
Slightly depressed Existed
Is the inspection result normal?

Revision: 2010 May EC-456 2011 QX56

 P1805 BRAKE SWITCH
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56VD]
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Replace stop lamp switch. Refer to BR-20, "Removal and Installation". A

EC

Revision: 2010 May EC-457 2011 QX56

 P2100, P2103 THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR RELAY
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56VD]
P2100, P2103 THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR RELAY
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000006217960

DTC DETECTION LOGIC

Trouble diagnosis name

DTC No. DTC detecting condition Possible cause
(Trouble diagnosis content)
ETC MOT PWR-B1 ECM detects that the voltage of power • Harness or connectors
P2100 [Throttle control motor relay source for throttle control motor is ex- (Throttle control motor relay circuit is open)
circuit open (bank 1)] cessively low. • Throttle control motor relay
ETC MOT PWR • Harness or connectors
ECM detects that the throttle control
P2103 (Throttle control motor relay (Throttle control motor relay circuit is shorted)
motor relay is stuck ON.
circuit short) • Throttle control motor relay

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

1.PRECONDITIONING
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is 8 V or more at idle.
Which DTC is detected?
P2100 >> GO TO 2.
P2103 >> GO TO 3.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE FOR DTC P2100
1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 2 seconds.
2. Start engine and let it idle for 5 seconds.
3. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Go to EC-458, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END
3.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE FOR DTC P2103
1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 1 second.
2. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Go to EC-458, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006217961

1.CHECK THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR RELAY POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Disconnect IPDM E/R harness connector E15.
4. Check the continuity between IPDM E/R harness connector and ECM harness connector.

IPDM E/R ECM

Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
E15 60 E80 123 Existed
5. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.

Revision: 2010 May EC-458 2011 QX56

 P2100, P2103 THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR RELAY
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56VD]
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART A

Check the following.

• Harness for open or short between ECM and IPDM E/R
EC
• Loose or poor connection for each connector and harness

>> Repair open circuit, short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
C
3.CHECK THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR RELAY INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT
1. Check the continuity between IPDM E/R sensor harness connector and ECM harness connector.
D
IPDM E/R ECM
Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
E
E15 55 E80 173 Existed
2. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
Is the inspection result normal? F
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> GO TO 4.
4.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART G

Check the following.

• Harness for open or short between ECM and IPDM E/R
• Loose or poor connection for each connector and harness H

>> Repair open circuit, short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
I
5.CHECK FUSE
1. Disconnect 20 A fuse (No. 64) from IPDM E/R.
2. Check if 20 A fuse is blown. J
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> Replace 20 A fuse. K
6.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to GI-40, "Intermittent Incident". L
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Replace IPDM E/R. Refer to PCS-32, "Removal and Installation".
NO >> Repair or replace harness or connectors. M

Revision: 2010 May EC-459 2011 QX56

 P2101 ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL FUNCTION
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56VD]
P2101 ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL FUNCTION
Description INFOID:0000000006217962

Electric throttle control actuator consists of throttle control motor, throttle position sensor, etc.
The throttle control motor is operated by the ECM and it opens and closes the throttle valve.
The current opening angle of the throttle valve is detected by the throttle position sensor and it provides feed-
back to the ECM. ECM controls the throttle valve opening angle in response to driving condition via the throttle
control motor.
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000006217963

DTC DETECTION LOGIC

NOTE:
• If DTC P2101 is displayed with DTC P2100, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P2100. Refer
to EC-458, "DTC Logic".
• If DTC P2101 is displayed with DTC P2119, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P2119. Refer
to EC-466, "DTC Logic".

DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
• Harness or connectors
Electric throttle control Electric throttle control function does not
P2101 (Throttle control motor circuit is open or shorted)
performance operate properly.
• Electric throttle control actuator

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

1.PRECONDITIONING
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is 11 V or more at idle.

>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 2 seconds.
2. Start engine and let it idle for 5 seconds.
3. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Go to EC-460, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006217964

1.CHECK THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR RELAY INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT-I

1. Check the voltage between ECM harness connector and ground under the following conditions.

ECM
Ground Condition Voltage
Connector Terminal
Ignition switch:
Approx. 0 V
OFF
E80 173 Ground
Ignition switch:
Battery voltage
ON
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 8.
NO >> GO TO 2.

Revision: 2010 May EC-460 2011 QX56

 P2101 ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL FUNCTION
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56VD]

2.CHECK THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR RELAY POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT A

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Disconnect IPDM E/R harness connector.
EC
4. Check the continuity between ECM harness connector and IPDM E/R harness connector.

IPDM E/R ECM

Continuity C
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
E15 60 E80 123 Existed
5. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. D
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> GO TO 3. E
3.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following. F
• Harness for open or short between ECM and IPDM E/R
• Loose or poor connection for each connector and harness
G
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
4.CHECK THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR RELAY INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT-II
1. Check the continuity between ECM harness connector and IPDM E/R harness connector. H

IPDM E/R ECM

Continuity I
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
E15 55 E80 173 Existed
2. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. J
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> GO TO 5. K
5.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following. L
• Harness for open or short between ECM and IPDM E/R
• Loose or poor connection for each connector and harness
M
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
6.CHECK FUSE
1. Disconnect 20 A fuse (No. 64) from IPDM E/R. N
2. Check 20 A fuse for blown.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 7. O
NO >> Replace 20 A fuse.
7.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT P
Refer to GI-40, "Intermittent Incident".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Replace IPDM E/R. Refer to PCS-32, "Removal and Installation".
NO >> Repair or replace harness or connectors.
8.CHECK THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN OR SHORT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.

Revision: 2010 May EC-461 2011 QX56

 P2101 ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL FUNCTION
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56VD]
2. Disconnect electric throttle control actuator harness connector.
3. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
4. Check the continuity between electric throttle control actuator harness connector and ECM harness con-
nector.

Electric throttle control actuator ECM

Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
57 Not existed
5
63 Existed
F66 F110
57 Existed
6
63 Not existed
5. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 9.
NO >> Repair or replace.
9.CHECK ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR VISUALLY
1. Remove the intake air duct.
2. Check if foreign matter is caught between the throttle valve and the housing.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 10.
NO >> Remove the foreign matter and clean the electric throttle control actuator inside, then perform
throttle valve closed position learning. Refer to EC-147, "Work Procedure".
10.CHECK THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR
Refer to EC-462, "Component Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 11.
NO >> GO TO 12.
11.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to GI-40, "Intermittent Incident".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 12.
NO >> Repair or replace harness or connectors.
12.REPLACE ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR
1. Replace malfunction electric throttle control actuator. Refer to EM-30, "Removal and Installation".
2. Perform EC-463, "Special Repair Requirement".

>> INSPECTION END

Component Inspection INFOID:0000000006217965

1.CHECK THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect electric throttle control actuator harness connector.
3. Check the resistance between electric throttle control actuator terminals as per the following.

Terminals Resistance
5 and 6 Approx. 1 - 15 Ω [at 25°C (77°F)]
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> GO TO 2.

Revision: 2010 May EC-462 2011 QX56

 P2101 ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL FUNCTION
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56VD]

2.REPLACE ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR A

1. Replace electric throttle control actuator. Refer to EM-30, "Removal and Installation".
2. Perform EC-463, "Special Repair Requirement".
EC
>> INSPECTION END
Special Repair Requirement INFOID:0000000006217966
C
1.PERFORM THROTTLE VALVE CLOSED POSITION LEARNING
Refer to EC-147, "Work Procedure".
D

>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM IDLE AIR VOLUME LEARNING E
Refer to EC-148, "Work Procedure".

F
>> END

Revision: 2010 May EC-463 2011 QX56

 P2118 THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56VD]
P2118 THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000006217967

DTC DETECTION LOGIC

Trouble diagnosis name

DTC No. DTC detecting condition Possible cause
(Trouble diagnosis content)
• Harness or connectors
ETC MOT-B1
ECM detects short in both circuits between (Throttle control motor circuit is shorted.)
P2118 (Throttle control motor circuit
ECM and throttle control motor. • Electric throttle control actuator
short)
(Throttle control motor)

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

1.PRECONDITIONING
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.

>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 2 seconds.
2. Start engine and let it idle for 5 seconds.
3. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Go to EC-464, "DTC Logic".
NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006217968

1.CHECK THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Disconnect electric throttle control actuator harness connector.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between electric throttle control actuator harness connector and ECM harness con-
nector.

Electric throttle control actuator ECM

Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
57 Not existed
5
63 Existed
F66 F110
57 Existed
6
63 Not existed
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Repair or replace malfunctioning part.
2.CHECK THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR
Refer to EC-465, "Component Inspection (Electric Throttle Control Motor)".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> GO TO 4.
3.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT

Revision: 2010 May EC-464 2011 QX56

 P2118 THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56VD]
Refer to GI-40, "Intermittent Incident".
Is the inspection result normal? A
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Repair or replace harness or connectors.
4.REPLACE ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR EC

Replace electric throttle control actuator. Refer to EM-30, "Removal and Installation".
C
>> INSPECTION END
Component Inspection (Electric Throttle Control Motor) INFOID:0000000006217969
D
1.CHECK THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR
1. Turn ignition switch OFF. E
2. Disconnect electric throttle control actuator harness connector.
3. Check resistance between electric throttle control actuator terminals as per the following.

F
Terminals Resistance
5 and 6 Approx. 1 - 15 Ω [at 25°C (77°F)]
Is the inspection result normal? G
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.REPLACE ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR H
Replace electric throttle control actuator. Refer to EM-30, "Removal and Installation".
I
>> INSPECTION END

Revision: 2010 May EC-465 2011 QX56

 P2119 ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56VD]
P2119 ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000006217970

DTC DETECTION LOGIC

Trouble diagnosis name

DTC No. DTC detecting condition Possible cause
(Trouble diagnosis content)
Electric throttle control actuator does not
A) function properly due to the return spring
malfunction.
ETC ACTR-B1
P2119 Throttle valve opening angle in fail-safe • Electric throttle control actuator
(Electric throttle control actuator) B)
mode is not in specified range.
ECM detects that the throttle valve is stuck
C)
open.

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

1.PRECONDITIONING
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.

>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION A AND B
1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 1 second.
2. Selector lever position is D and wait at least 3 seconds.
3. Selector lever position is P.
4. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
5. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 1 second.
6. Selector lever position is D and wait at least 3 seconds.
7. Selector lever position is P.
8. Turn ignition switch OFF, wait at least 10 seconds, and then turn ON.
9. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Go to EC-466, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> GO TO 3.
3.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION C
1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 1 second.
2. Selector lever position is D and wait at least 3 seconds.
3. Selector lever position is N or P.
4. Start engine and let it idle for 3 seconds.
5. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Go to EC-466, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006217971

1.CHECK ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR VISUALLY

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Remove the intake air duct.
3. Check if foreign matter is caught between the throttle valve and the housing.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.

Revision: 2010 May EC-466 2011 QX56

 P2119 ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56VD]
NO >> Remove the foreign matter and clean the electric throttle control actuator inside, then perform
throttle valve closed position learning. Refer to EC-147, "Work Procedure". A
2.REPLACE ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR
Replace electric throttle control actuator. Refer to EM-30, "Removal and Installation".
EC

>> INSPECTION END

C

Revision: 2010 May EC-467 2011 QX56

 P2122, P2123 APP SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56VD]
P2122, P2123 APP SENSOR
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000006217972

DTC DETECTION LOGIC

NOTE:
If DTC P2122 or P2123 is displayed with DTC P0643, perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0643.
Refer to EC-381, "DTC Logic".

Trouble diagnosis name

DTC No. DTC detecting condition Possible cause
(Trouble diagnosis content)
APP SEN 1/CIRC
An excessively low voltage from the APP
P2122 (Accelerator pedal position • Harness or connectors
sensor 1 is sent to ECM.
sensor 1 circuit low input) (APP sensor 1 circuit is open or shorted.)
APP SEN 1/CIRC • Accelerator pedal position sensor
An excessively high voltage from the APP (APP sensor 1)
P2123 (Accelerator pedal position
sensor 1 is sent to ECM.
sensor 1 circuit high input)

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

1.PRECONDITIONING
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is 8 V or more at idle.

>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Start engine and let it idle for 1 second.
2. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Go to EC-468, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006217973

1.CHECK ACCELERATOR PEDAL POSITION SENSOR 1 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT

1. Disconnect accelerator pedal position (APP) sensor harness connector.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Check the voltage between APP sensor harness connector and ground.

APP sensor
Ground Voltage (V)
Connector Terminal
E110
2
(Without ICC)
Ground Approx. 5
E67
12
(With ICC)
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following.
• Harness for open or short between ECM and APP sensor
• Loose or poor connection for each connector and harness

Revision: 2010 May EC-468 2011 QX56

 P2122, P2123 APP SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56VD]

>> Repair open circuit, short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. A
3.CHECK APP SENSOR 1 GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF. EC
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between APP sensor harness connector and ECM harness connector.
C
APP sensor ECM
Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
E110
4
D
(Without ICC)
E80 140 Existed
E67
11
(With ICC) E
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5. F
NO >> GO TO 4.
4.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
G
Check the following.
• Harness for open or short between ECM and APP sensor
• Loose or poor connection for each connector and harness
H

>> Repair open circuit, short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
5.CHECK APP SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT I
1. Check the continuity between APP sensor harness connector and ECM harness connector.

APP sensor ECM J

Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
E110
3 K
(Without ICC)
E80 136 Existed
E67
10
(With ICC)
L
2. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 7. M
NO >> GO TO 6.
6.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following. N
• Loose or poor connection for each connector and harness
• Harness for open or short between ECM and APP sensor
O
>> Repair open circuit, short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
7.CHECK APP SENSOR P
Refer to EC-470, "Component Inspection (Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor)".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 9.
NO >> GO TO 8.
8.REPLACE ACCELERATOR PEDAL ASSEMBLY

Revision: 2010 May EC-469 2011 QX56

 P2122, P2123 APP SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56VD]
Replace accelerator pedal assembly. Refer to ACC-3, "MODELS WITHOUT DISTANCE CONTROL ASSIST
SYSTEM : Removal and Installation" (Without distance control assist system) or ACC-4, "MODELS WITH
DISTANCE CONTROL ASSIST SYSTEM : Removal and Installation" (With distance control assist system).

>> INSPECTION END

9.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to GI-40, "Intermittent Incident".

>> INSPECTION END

Component Inspection (Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor) INFOID:0000000006217974

1.CHECK ACCELERATOR PEDAL POSITION SENSOR

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Reconnect all harness connectors disconnected.
3. Turn ignition switch ON.
4. Check the voltage ECM harness connector terminals under the following conditions.

ECM
+ – Condition Voltage (V)
Connector
Terminal Terminal
Fully released 0.65 - 0.87
136 (APP sensor 1) 140
Fully depressed 4.3 - 4.8
E80 Accelerator pedal
Fully released 0.28 - 0.48
126 (APP sensor 2) 129
Fully depressed 2.0 - 2.5
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.REPLACE ACCELERATOR PEDAL ASSEMBLY
Replace accelerator pedal assembly. Refer to ACC-3, "MODELS WITHOUT DISTANCE CONTROL ASSIST
SYSTEM : Removal and Installation" (Without distance control assist system) or ACC-4, "MODELS WITH
DISTANCE CONTROL ASSIST SYSTEM : Removal and Installation" (With distance control assist system).

>> INSPECTION END

Revision: 2010 May EC-470 2011 QX56

 P2127, P2128 APP SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56VD]
P2127, P2128 APP SENSOR
A
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000006217975

DTC DETECTION LOGIC EC

Trouble diagnosis name

DTC No. DTC detecting condition Possible cause
(Trouble diagnosis content) C
APP SEN 2/CIRC • Harness or connectors
An excessively low voltage from
P2127 (Accelerator pedal position (Accelerator pedal position sensor 2 circuit is open or
the APP sensor 2 is sent to ECM.
sensor 2 circuit low input) shorted.) D
(Battery current sensor circuit is shorted.)
[Camshaft position sensor (bank 1) circuit is shorted.]
(Crankshaft position sensor circuit is shorted.)
(Refrigerant pressure sensor circuit is shorted.) E
(EVAP control system pressure sensor circuit is
APP SEN 2/CIRC shorted.)
An excessively high voltage from
P2128 (Accelerator pedal position • Accelerator pedal position sensor (APP sensor 2)
the APP sensor 2 is sent to ECM.
sensor 2 circuit high input) • Battery current sensor F
• Camshaft position sensor (bank 1)
• Crankshaft position sensor
• Refrigerant pressure sensor
• EVAP control system pressure sensor G

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

1.PRECONDITIONING H
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. I
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is 8 V or more at idle.
J
>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE K
1. Start engine and let it idle for 1 second.
2. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected? L
YES >> Go to EC-471, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006217976 M

1.CHECK ACCELERATOR PEDAL POSITION SENSOR 2 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-I

1. Disconnect accelerator pedal position (APP) sensor harness connector. N
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Check the voltage between APP sensor harness connector and ground.
O
APP sensor
Ground Voltage (V)
Connector Terminal
P
E110
1
(Without ICC)
Ground Approx. 5
E67
9
(With ICC)
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> GO TO 2.

Revision: 2010 May EC-471 2011 QX56

 P2127, P2128 APP SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56VD]

2.CHECK APP SENSOR 2 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-II

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between APP sensor harness connector and ECM harness connector.

APP sensor ECM

Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
E110
1
(Without ICC)
E80 131 Existed
E67
9
(With ICC)
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> GO TO 3.
3.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following.
• Loose or poor connection for each connector and harness
• Harness for open or short between ECM and APP sensor

>> Repair open circuit.

4.CHECK SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
Check harness for short to power and short to ground, between the following terminals.

ECM Sensor
Connector Terminal Name Connector Terminal
76 Crankshaft position sensor F74 1
F110
77 Camshaft position sensor (bank 1) F84 1
Battery current sensor E63 2
133 Refrigerant pressure sensor E77 1
E80 EVAP control system pressure sensor C17 3
APP sensor (Without ICC) E110 1
131
APP sensor (with ICC) E67 9
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> Repair short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
5.CHECK COMPONENTS
Check the following.
• Crankshaft position sensor (Refer to EC-301, "Component Inspection (Crankshaft Position Sensor)".)
• Camshaft position sensor (bank 1) (Refer to EC-306, "Component Inspection (Camshaft Position Sensor)".)
• Refrigerant pressure sensor (Refer to EC-520, "Component Function Check".)
• EVAP control system pressure sensor (Refer to EC-335, "Component Inspection (EVAP Control System
Pressure Sensor)".)
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 12.
NO >> Replace malfunctioning component.
6.CHECK APP SENSOR 2 GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between APP sensor harness connector and ECM harness connector.

Revision: 2010 May EC-472 2011 QX56

 P2127, P2128 APP SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56VD]

APP sensor ECM A

Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
E110
5 EC
(Without ICC)
E80 129 Existed
E67
8
(With ICC)
C
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 8. D
NO >> GO TO 7.
7.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following. E
• Loose or poor connection for each connector and harness
• Harness for open or short between ECM and APP sensor
F
>> Repair open circuit, short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
8.CHECK APP SENSOR 2 INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT G
1. Check the continuity between APP sensor harness connector and ECM harness connector.

APP sensor ECM H

Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
E110
6
(Without ICC) I
E80 126 Existed
E67
7
(With ICC)
2. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. J
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 10.
NO >> GO TO 9. K
9.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following. L
• Harness for open or short between ECM and APP sensor
• Loose or poor connection for each connector and harness
M
>> Repair open circuit, short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
10.CHECK APP SENSOR
Refer to EC-474, "Component Inspection (Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor)". N
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 12.
O
NO >> GO TO 11.
11.REPLACE ACCELERATOR PEDAL ASSEMBLY
Replace accelerator pedal assembly. Refer to ACC-3, "MODELS WITHOUT DISTANCE CONTROL ASSIST P
SYSTEM : Removal and Installation" (Without distance control assist system) or ACC-4, "MODELS WITH
DISTANCE CONTROL ASSIST SYSTEM : Removal and Installation" (With distance control assist system).

>> INSPECTION END

12.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to GI-40, "Intermittent Incident".

Revision: 2010 May EC-473 2011 QX56

 P2127, P2128 APP SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56VD]

>> INSPECTION END

Component Inspection (Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor) INFOID:0000000006217977

1.CHECK ACCELERATOR PEDAL POSITION SENSOR

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Reconnect all harness connectors disconnected.
3. Turn ignition switch ON.
4. Check the voltage ECM harness connector terminals under the following conditions.

ECM
+ – Condition Voltage (V)
Connector
Terminal Terminal
Fully released 0.65 - 0.87
136 (APP sensor 1) 140
Fully depressed 4.3 - 4.8
E80 Accelerator pedal
Fully released 0.28 - 0.48
126 (APP sensor 2) 129
Fully depressed 2.0 - 2.5
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.REPLACE ACCELERATOR PEDAL ASSEMBLY
Replace accelerator pedal assembly. Refer to ACC-3, "MODELS WITHOUT DISTANCE CONTROL ASSIST
SYSTEM : Removal and Installation" (Without distance control assist system) or ACC-4, "MODELS WITH
DISTANCE CONTROL ASSIST SYSTEM : Removal and Installation" (With distance control assist system).

>> INSPECTION END

Revision: 2010 May EC-474 2011 QX56

 P2135 TP SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56VD]
P2135 TP SENSOR
A
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000006217978

DTC DETECTION LOGIC EC

NOTE:
If DTC P2135 is displayed with DTC P0643, perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0643. Refer to EC-
381, "DTC Logic". C

Trouble diagnosis name

DTC No. DTC detecting condition Possible cause
(Trouble diagnosis content)
D
• Harness or connector
TP SENSOR-B1 Rationally incorrect voltage is sent to
(TP sensor 1 or 2 circuit is open or shorted.)
P2135 (Throttle position sensor circuit ECM compared with the signals from
• Electric throttle control actuator
range/performance) TP sensor 1 and TP sensor 2. E
(TP sensor 1 or 2)

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

1.PRECONDITIONING F
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. G
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is 8 V or more at idle.
H
>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
I
1. Start engine and let it idle for 1 second.
2. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?
J
YES >> Go to EC-475, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006217979 K

1.CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-I

1. Disconnect electric throttle control actuator harness connector. L
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Check the voltage between electric throttle control actuator harness connector and ground.
M
Electric throttle control actuator
Ground Voltage (V)
Connector Terminal
N
F66 2 Ground Approx. 5
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2. O
NO >> Repair open circuit, short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
2.CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF. P
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between electric throttle control actuator harness connector and ECM harness con-
nector.

Revision: 2010 May EC-475 2011 QX56

 P2135 TP SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56VD]

Electric throttle control actuator ECM

Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
F66 4 F110 97 Existed
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Repair open circuit, short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
3.CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Check the continuity between electric throttle control actuator harness connector and ECM harness con-
nector.

Electric throttle control actuator ECM

Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
1 91
F66 F110 Existed
3 79
2. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Repair open circuit, short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
4.CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR
Refer to EC-476, "Component Inspection (Throttle Position Sensor)".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> GO TO 5.
5.REPLACE ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR
Replace electric throttle control actuator. Refer to EM-30, "Removal and Installation".

>> INSPECTION END

6.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to GI-40, "Intermittent Incident".

>> INSPECTION END

Component Inspection (Throttle Position Sensor) INFOID:0000000006217980

1.CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Reconnect all harness connectors disconnected.
3. Perform EC-147, "Work Procedure".
4. Turn ignition switch ON.
5. Set selector lever position to D.
6. Check the voltage between ECM harness connector terminals under the following conditions.

Revision: 2010 May EC-476 2011 QX56

 P2135 TP SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56VD]

ECM A
+ – Condition Voltage (V)
Connector
Terminal Terminal
EC
91 Fully released More than 0.36
(TP sensor 1 signal) Fully depressed Less than 4.75
97
F110 Accelerator pedal
(Sensor ground) Fully released Less than 4.75 C
79
(TP sensor 2 signal) Fully depressed More than 0.36
Is the inspection result normal?
D
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.REPLACE ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR E
Replace electric throttle control actuator. Refer to EM-30, "Removal and Installation".

>> INSPECTION END F

Revision: 2010 May EC-477 2011 QX56

 P2138 APP SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56VD]
P2138 APP SENSOR
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000006217981

DTC DETECTION LOGIC

NOTE:
If DTC P2138 is displayed with DTC P0643, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0643. Refer to
EC-381, "DTC Logic".

Trouble diagnosis name

DTC No. DTC detecting condition Possible cause
(Trouble diagnosis content)
• Harness or connectors
(APP sensor 1 or 2 circuit is open or shorted.)
[CKP sensor circuit is shorted.]
[CMP sensor (bank 1) circuit is shorted.]
(Battery current sensor circuit is shorted.)
APP SENSOR Rationally incorrect voltage is (Refrigerant pressure sensor circuit is shorted.)
(Accelerator pedal position sent to ECM compared with (EVAP control system pressure sensor circuit is short-
P2138
sensor circuit range/perfor- the signals from APP sensor 1 ed.)
mance) and APP sensor 2. • Accelerator pedal position sensor (APP sensor 1 or 2)
• Crankshaft position sensor
• Camshaft position sensor (bank 1)
• Refrigerant pressure sensor
• Battery current sensor
• EVAP control system pressure sensor

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

1.PRECONDITIONING
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is 8 V or more at idle.

>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Start engine and let it idle for 1 second.
2. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Go to EC-478, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006217982

1.CHECK ACCELERATOR PEDAL POSITION SENSOR 1 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT

1. Disconnect accelerator pedal position (APP) sensor harness connector.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Check the voltage between APP sensor harness connector and ground.

APP sensor
Ground Voltage (V)
Connector Terminal
E110
2
(Without ICC)
Ground Approx. 5
E67
12
(With ICC)
Is the inspection result normal?

Revision: 2010 May EC-478 2011 QX56

 P2138 APP SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56VD]
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> GO TO 2. A
2.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following.
EC
• Loose or poor connection for each connector and harness
• Harness for open or short between ECM and APP sensor

C
>> Repair open circuit, short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
3.CHECK APP SENSOR 2 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-I
1. Turn ignition switch ON. D
2. Check the voltage between APP sensor harness connector and ground.

APP sensor E
Ground Voltage (V)
Connector Terminal
E110
1 F
(Without ICC)
Ground Approx. 5
E67
9
(With ICC)
Is the inspection result normal? G
YES >> GO TO 8.
NO >> GO TO 4.
H
4.CHECK APP SENSOR 2 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-II
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector. I
3. Check the continuity between APP sensor harness connector and ECM harness connector.

APP sensor ECM J

Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
E110
1
(Without ICC) K
E80 131 Existed
E67
9
(With ICC)
Is the inspection result normal? L
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> GO TO 5.
5.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART M

Check the following.

• Harness for open or short between ECM and accelerator pedal position sensor N
• Loose or poor connection for each connector and harness

>> Repair open circuit. O

6.CHECK SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
Check harness for short to power and short to ground, between the following terminals.
P
ECM Sensor
Connector Terminal Name Connector Terminal
76 Crankshaft position sensor F74 1
F110
77 Camshaft position sensor (bank 1) F84 1

Revision: 2010 May EC-479 2011 QX56

 P2138 APP SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56VD]
ECM Sensor
Connector Terminal Name Connector Terminal
Battery current sensor E63 2
Refrigerant pressure sensor E77 1
133
EVAP control system pressure sen-
E80 C17 3
sor
APP sensor (Without ICC) E110 1
131
APP sensor (with ICC) E67 9
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 7.
NO >> Repair short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
7.CHECK COMPONENTS
Check the following.
• Crankshaft position sensor (Refer to EC-301, "Component Inspection (Crankshaft Position Sensor)".)
• Camshaft position sensor (bank 1) (Refer to EC-306, "Component Inspection (Camshaft Position Sensor)".)
• Refrigerant pressure sensor (Refer to EC-520, "Component Function Check".)
• EVAP control system pressure sensor (Refer to EC-335, "Component Inspection (EVAP Control System
Pressure Sensor)".)
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 14.
NO >> Replace malfunctioning component.
8.CHECK APP SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between APP sensor harness connector and ECM harness connector.

APP sensor ECM

Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal

E110 4 140
E80 Existed
(Without ICC) 5 129

E67 11 140
E80 Existed
(With ICC) 8 129
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 10.
NO >> GO TO 9.
9.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following.
• Harness for open or short between ECM and accelerator pedal position sensor
• Loose or poor connection for each connector and harness

>> Repair open circuit, short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
10.CHECK APP SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Check the continuity between APP sensor harness connector and ECM harness connector.

Revision: 2010 May EC-480 2011 QX56

 P2138 APP SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56VD]

APP sensor ECM A

Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal

E110 3 136
E80 Existed EC
(Without ICC) 6 126

E67 10 136
E80 Existed
(With ICC) 7 126 C
2. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
D
YES >> GO TO 12.
NO >> GO TO 11.
11.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART E
Check the following.
• Harness for open or short between ECM and accelerator pedal position sensor
• Loose or poor connection for each connector and harness F

>> Repair open circuit, short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
12.CHECK APP SENSOR G
Refer to EC-481, "Component Inspection (Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor)".
Is the inspection result normal?
H
YES >> GO TO 14.
NO >> GO TO 13.
13.REPLACE ACCELERATOR PEDAL ASSEMBLY I
Replace accelerator pedal assembly. Refer to ACC-3, "MODELS WITHOUT DISTANCE CONTROL ASSIST
SYSTEM : Removal and Installation" (Without distance control assist system) or ACC-4, "MODELS WITH
DISTANCE CONTROL ASSIST SYSTEM : Removal and Installation" (With distance control assist system). J

>> INSPECTION END

14.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT K

Refer to GI-40, "Intermittent Incident".

L
>> INSPECTION END
Component Inspection (Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor) INFOID:0000000006217983
M
1.CHECK ACCELERATOR PEDAL POSITION SENSOR
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Reconnect all harness connectors disconnected. N
3. Turn ignition switch ON.
4. Check the voltage ECM harness connector terminals under the following conditions.
O
ECM
+ – Condition Voltage (V)
Connector P
Terminal Terminal
Fully released 0.65 - 0.87
136 (APP sensor 1) 140
Fully depressed 4.3 - 4.8
E80 Accelerator pedal
Fully released 0.28 - 0.48
126 (APP sensor 2) 129
Fully depressed 2.0 - 2.5
Is the inspection result normal?

Revision: 2010 May EC-481 2011 QX56

 P2138 APP SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56VD]
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.REPLACE ACCELERATOR PEDAL ASSEMBLY
Replace accelerator pedal assembly. Refer to ACC-3, "MODELS WITHOUT DISTANCE CONTROL ASSIST
SYSTEM : Removal and Installation" (Without distance control assist system) or ACC-4, "MODELS WITH
DISTANCE CONTROL ASSIST SYSTEM : Removal and Installation" (With distance control assist system).

>> INSPECTION END

Revision: 2010 May EC-482 2011 QX56

 P2539, P2541, P2542 LOW FUEL PRESSURE SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56VD]
P2539, P2541, P2542 LOW FUEL PRESSURE SENSOR
A
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000006288355

DTC DETECTION LOGIC EC

Trouble diagnosis name

DTC No. DTC detecting condition Possible cause
(Trouble diagnosis content) C
LOW FUEL PRES SEN • Harness or connectors
Signal voltage from the low fuel pressure
(Low fuel pressure sensor (Low fuel pressure sensor circuit is open
P2539 sensor remains at more than 4.84 V / less
circuit low input and high in- or shorted.)
than 0.3 V for 5 seconds or more. D
put) (Power steering pressure sensor circuit is
open or shorted.)
LOW FUEL PRES SEN Signal voltage from the low fuel pressure
(Cooling fan speed sensor circuit is open
P2541 (Low fuel pressure sensor sensor remains at less than 0.49 V for 5 sec-
or shorted.)
circuit low input) onds or more. E
(FRP sensor circuit is open or shorted.)
• Low fuel pressure sensor
LOW FUEL PRES SEN Signal voltage from the low fuel pressure
• Power steering pressure sensor
P2542 (Low fuel pressure sensor sensor remains at more than 4.1 V for 5 sec-
• Cooling fan speed sensor F
circuit high input) onds or more.
• FRP sensor

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

G
1.PRECONDITIONING
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
2. Turn ignition switch ON. H
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is 11 V or more at idle.
I

>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE J
1. Start engine and let it idle for at least 60 seconds.
2. Check 1st trip DTC.
Is 1st trip DTC detected? K
YES >> Proceed to EC-483, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END
L
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006288356

1.CHECK LOW FUEL PRESSURE SENSOR POWER SUPPLY-I M

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect low fuel pressure sensor connector.
3. Turn ignition switch ON.
N
4. Check the voltage between low fuel pressure sensor harness connector terminals.

Low fuel pressure sensor

Voltage O
+ −
Connector (Approx.)
terminal
F25 3 1 5V P
Inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK LOW FUEL PRESSURE SENSOR POWER SUPPLY-II
Check the voltage between low fuel pressure sensor harness connector and the ground.

Revision: 2010 May EC-483 2011 QX56

 P2539, P2541, P2542 LOW FUEL PRESSURE SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56VD]

+
Voltage
Low fuel pressure sensor −
(Approx.)
Connector Terminal
F25 3 Ground 5V
Is inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check harness connector for short to power and short to ground, between the following terminals.

ECM Sensor
Connector Terminal Name Connector Terminal
Power steering pressure sensor F35 1
27 Low fuel pressure sensor F25 3
F111
Cooling fan speed sensor F39 2
28 FRP sensor F26 1
Is inspection result normal?
YES >> Perform the trouble diagnosis for power supply circuit. Refer to EC-168, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
4.CHECK LOW FUEL PRESSURE SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between low fuel pressure sensor harness connector and ECM harness connector.

+ −
Low fuel pressure sensor ECM Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
F25 1 F111 45 Existed
Is inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
5.CHECK ECM GROUND CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between ECM harness connector and the ground.

ECM
Ground Continuity
Connector Terminal
F111 5
114
Ground Existed
115
E80
174
175
Is inspection result normal?
YES >> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-40, "Intermittent Incident".

Revision: 2010 May EC-484 2011 QX56

 P2539, P2541, P2542 LOW FUEL PRESSURE SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56VD]
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
6.CHECK LOW FUEL PRESSURE SENSOR SIGNAL CIRCUIT A

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.

2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
EC
3. Check the continuity between low fuel pressure sensor harness connector and ECM harness connector.

+ −
C
Low fuel pressure sensor ECM Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
F25 2 F111 23 Existed D
4. Also check harness for short to ground and to power.
Is inspection result normal?
E
YES >> GO TO 7.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
7.CHECK LOW FUEL PRESSURE SENSOR F
Refer to EC-485, "Component Inspection".
Is inspection result normal?
YES >> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-40, "Intermittent Incident". G
NO >> Replace low fuel pressure sensor.
Component Inspection INFOID:0000000006289706
H
1.CHECK LOW FUEL PRESSURE SENSOR
WITH CONSULT-III I
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Reconnect harness connector disconnected.
3. Start the engine.
4. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III. J
5. Check that the “L/FUEL PRES SEN V” value.

Value K
Data monitor item Condition
(Approx.)
Engine speed: idle
L/FUEL PRES SEN V 3,000 –3,300 mV L
Engine speed: 3,000 rpm (no load)

WITHOUT CONSULT-III
1. Turn ignition switch OFF. M
2. Reconnect harness connector disconnected.
3. Start the engine.
4. Check low fuel pressure sensor signal voltage.
N

Revision: 2010 May EC-485 2011 QX56

 P2539, P2541, P2542 LOW FUEL PRESSURE SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56VD]

+ −
Value
Low fuel pressure sensor Condition
Ground (Approx.)
Connector Terminal

[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition
• Idle speed

JPBIA3357ZZ
F25 2 Ground

[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition
• Engine speed: 2,000 rpm

JPBIA3358ZZ

Is the inspection result normal?

YES >> INSPECTION END.
NO >> Replace low fuel pressure sensor. Refer to EM-43, "Removal and Installation".

Revision: 2010 May EC-486 2011 QX56

 P2A00, P2A03 A/F SENSOR 1
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56VD]
P2A00, P2A03 A/F SENSOR 1
A
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000006217987

DTC DETECTION LOGIC EC

To judge the malfunction, the A/F signal computed by ECM from the A/F sensor 1 signal is monitored so it will
not shift to LEAN side or RICH side.
C
Trouble diagnosis name
DTC No. DTC detecting condition Possible cause
(Trouble diagnosis content)
A/F SENSOR1 (B1) • The output voltage computed by ECM from
• A/F sensor 1 D
P2A00 (Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 (bank 1) the A/F sensor 1 signal shifts to the lean side
circuit range/performance) • A/F sensor 1 heater
for a specified period.
• Fuel pressure
A/F SENSOR1 (B2) • The A/F signal computed by ECM from the
• Fuel injector
P2A03 (Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 (bank 2) A/F sensor 1 signal shifts to the rich side for E
• Intake air leaks
circuit range/performance) a specified period.

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

F
1.PRECONDITIONING
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
2. Turn ignition switch ON. G
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is 11 V or more at idle. H

>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE I
1. Clear the mixture ratio self-learning value. Refer to EC-152, "Work Procedure".
2. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
3. Turn ignition switch ON. J
4. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
5. Start engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for 1 minute under no load.
6. Let engine idle for 1 minute. K
7. Keep engine speed between 2,500 and 3,000 rpm for 20 minutes.
8. Check 1st trip DTC.
Is 1st trip DTC detected? L
YES >> Go to EC-487, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006217988 M

1.RETIGHTEN A/F SENSOR 1

Loosen and retighten the A/F sensor 1. Refer to EX-5, "Exploded View". N

>> GO TO 2.
O
2.CHECK A/F SENSOR 1 CONNECTOR
1. Disconnect A/F sensor 1 harness connector.
2. Check that water is not inside connectors. P
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Repair or replace harness connector.
3.CHECK FOR INTAKE AIR LEAKAGE
1. Reconnect A/F sensor 1 harness connector.
2. Start engine and run it at idle.

Revision: 2010 May EC-487 2011 QX56

 P2A00, P2A03 A/F SENSOR 1
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56VD]
3. Listen for an intake air leakage after the mass air flow sensor.
Is intake air leakage detected?
YES >> Repair or replace malfunctioning part.
NO >> GO TO 4.
4.CLEAR THE MIXTURE RATIO SELF-LEARNING VALUE
1. Clear the mixture ratio self-learning value. Refer to EC-152, "Work Procedure".
2. Run engine for at least 10 minutes at idle speed.
Is the 1st trip DTC P0171, P0172, P0174 or P0175 detected? Is it difficult to start engine?
YES >> Perform trouble diagnosis for DTC P0171, P0174 or P0172, P0175. Refer to EC-264, "Diagnosis
Procedure" or EC-268, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> GO TO 5.
5.CHECK AIR FUEL RATIO SENSOR 1 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1. Disconnect air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 harness connector.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Check the voltage between A/F sensor 1 harness connector and ground.

A/F sensor 1
DTC Ground Voltage
Bank Connector Terminal
P2A00 1 F67 4
Ground 3.0 V
P2A03 2 F68 4
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> Repair open circuit, short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
6.CHECK A/F SENSOR 1 INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between A/F sensor 1 harness connector and ECM harness connector.

A/F sensor 1 ECM

DTC Continuity
Bank Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
P2A00 1 F67 3 88
F110 Existed
P2A03 2 F68 3 78
4. Check the continuity between A/F sensor 1 harness connector and ground, or ECM harness connector
and ground.

A/F sensor 1 ECM

DTC Ground Continuity
Bank Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
P2A00 1 F67 3 88
F110 Ground Not existed
P2A03 2 F68 3 78
5. Also check harness for short to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 7.
NO >> Repair open circuit, short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
7.CHECK A/F SENSOR 1 GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between A/F sensor 1 harness connector and ECM harness connector.

Revision: 2010 May EC-488 2011 QX56

 P2A00, P2A03 A/F SENSOR 1
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56VD]

A/F sensor 1 ECM A

DTC Continuity
Bank Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
P2A00 1 F67 6 94
F110 Existed EC
P2A03 2 F68 6 74
4. Also check harness for short to power.
Is the inspection result normal? C
YES >> GO TO 8.
NO >> Repair open circuit, short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
8.CHECK A/F SENSOR 1 HEATER D

Refer to EC-182, "Component Inspection (A/F Sensor 1 Heater)".

Is the inspection result normal? E
YES >> GO TO 9.
NO >> GO TO 10.
9.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT F
Perform GI-40, "Intermittent Incident".
Is the inspection result normal?
G
YES >> GO TO 10.
NO >> Repair or replace malfunctioning part.
10.REPLACE AIR FUEL RATIO (A/F) SENSOR 1 H
Replace air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1. Refer to EX-5, "Exploded View".
CAUTION:
• Discard any A/F sensor which has been dropped from a height of more than 0.5 m (19.7 in) onto a I
hard surface such as a concrete floor; use a new one.
• Before installing new A/F sensor, clean exhaust system threads using Oxygen Sensor Thread
Cleaner [commercial service tool (J-43897-18 or J-43897-12)] and approved anti-seize lubricant
(commercial service tool). J
Will CONSULT-III be used?
YES >> GO TO 11.
NO >> GO TO 12. K
11.CONFIRM A/F ADJUSTMENT DATA
WITH CONSULT-III L
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Select “A/F ADJ-B1” and “A/F ADJ-B2” in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III.
3. Check that “0.000” is displayed on CONSULT-III screen.
M
Is “0.000” displayed?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> GO TO 12.
N
12.CLEAR THE MIXTURE RATIO SELF-LEARNING VALUE
Clear the mixture ratio self-learning value. Refer to EC-152, "Work Procedure".
Will CONSULT-III be used? O
YES >> GO TO 13.
NO >> INSPECTION END
13.CONFIRM A/F ADJUSTMENT DATA P

WITH CONSULT-III
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Select “A/F ADJ-B1” and “A/F ADJ-B2” in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III.
3. Check that “0.000” is displayed on CONSULT-III screen.

>> INSPECTION END

Revision: 2010 May EC-489 2011 QX56

 ASCD BRAKE SWITCH
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56VD]
ASCD BRAKE SWITCH
Component Function Check INFOID:0000000006217989

1.CHECK ASCD BRAKE SWITCH FUNCTION

WITH CONSULT-III
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Select “BRAKE SW1” in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III.
3. Check “BRAKE SW1” indication under the following conditions.

Monitor item Condition Indication

BRAKE SW1 Slightly depressed OFF

Brake pedal
(ASCD brake switch) Fully released ON

WITHOUT CONSULT-III
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Check the voltage between ECM harness connector terminals as per the following.

ECM
+ – Condition Voltage (V)
Connector
Terminal Terminal

147 Slightly depressed Approx. 0

E80 175 Brake pedal
(ASCD brake switch signal) Fully released Battery voltage
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Go to EC-490, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006217990

1.CHECK ASCD BRAKE SWITCH POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ASCD brake switch harness connector.
3. Turn ignition switch ON.
4. Check the voltage between ASCD brake switch harness connector and ground.

ASCD brake switch

Ground Voltage
Connector Terminal
E109 1 Ground Battery voltage
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following.
• 10 A fuse (No. 3)
• Harness for open or short between ASCD brake switch and fuse
• Loose or poor connection for each connector and harness

>> Repair open circuit or short to ground in harness or connectors.

3.CHECK ASCD BRAKE SWITCH INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between ASCD brake switch harness connector and ECM harness connector.

Revision: 2010 May EC-490 2011 QX56

 ASCD BRAKE SWITCH
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56VD]

ASCD brake switch ECM A

Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
E109 2 E80 147 Existed
EC
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5. C
NO >> GO TO 4.
4.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
D
Check the following.
• Harness for open or short between ECM and ASCD brake switch
• Loose or poor connection for each connector and harness
E
>> Repair open circuit, short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
5.CHECK ASCD BRAKE SWITCH F
Refer to EC-491, "Component Inspection (ASCD Brake Switch)".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 6. G
NO >> Replace ASCD brake switch. Refer to BR-20, "Removal and Installation".
6.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
H
Refer to GI-40, "Intermittent Incident".

>> INSPECTION END I

Component Inspection (ASCD Brake Switch) INFOID:0000000006217991

1.CHECK ASCD BRAKE SWITCH-I J

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ASCD brake switch harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between ASCD brake switch terminals under the following conditions. K

Terminals Condition Continuity

L
Fully released Existed
1 and 2 Brake pedal
Slightly depressed Not existed
Is the inspection result normal? M
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK ASCD BRAKE SWITCH-II N

1. Adjust ASCD brake switch installation. Refer to BR-21, "Inspection and Adjustment".
2. Check the continuity between ASCD brake switch terminals under the following conditions.
O
Terminals Condition Continuity
Fully released Existed
1 and 2 Brake pedal P
Slightly depressed Not existed
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Replace ASCD brake switch. Refer to BR-20, "Removal and Installation".

Revision: 2010 May EC-491 2011 QX56

 ASCD INDICATOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56VD]
ASCD INDICATOR
Component Function Check INFOID:0000000006217992

1.CHECK ASCD INDICATOR FUNCTION

Check ASCD indicator under the following conditions.

ASCD INDICATOR CONDITION SPECIFICATION

• MAIN switch: Pressed at the
CRUISE LAMP • Ignition switch: ON 1st time → ON → OFF
at the 2nd time
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Go to EC-492, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006217993

1.CHECK DTC
Check that DTC UXXXX is not displayed.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Perform trouble diagnosis for DTC UXXXX.
2.CHECK DTC WITH COMBINATION METER
Refer to MWI-30, "CONSULT-III Function".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Repair or replace malfunctioning part.
3.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to GI-40, "Intermittent Incident".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Replace combination meter. Refer to MWI-85, "Removal and Installation".
NO >> Repair or replace malfunctioning part.

Revision: 2010 May EC-492 2011 QX56

 ELECTRICAL LOAD SIGNAL
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56VD]
ELECTRICAL LOAD SIGNAL
A
Description INFOID:0000000006217994

The electrical load signal (Rear window defogger switch signal, headlamp switch signal, heater fan switch sig- EC
nal, etc.) is transferred via the CAN communication line.
Component Function Check INFOID:0000000006217995

C
1.CHECK REAR WINDOW DEFOGGER SWITCH FUNCTION
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III. D
3. Select “LOAD SIGNAL” and check indication under the following conditions.

Monitor item Condition Indication E

ON ON
LOAD SIGNAL Rear window defogger switch
OFF OFF
F
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Go to EC-493, "Diagnosis Procedure". G
2.CHECK LIGHTING SWITCH FUNCTION
Check “LOAD SIGNAL” indication under the following conditions.
H
Monitor item Condition Indication
ON at 2nd position ON
LOAD SIGNAL Lighting switch I
OFF OFF
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3. J
NO >> Go to EC-493, "Diagnosis Procedure".
3.CHECK HEATER FAN CONTROL SWITCH FUNCTION
K
Select “HEATER FAN SW” and check indication under the following conditions.

Monitor item Condition Indication L

ON ON
HEATER FAN SW Heater fan control switch
OFF OFF
Is the inspection result normal? M
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Go to EC-493, "Diagnosis Procedure".
N
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006217996

1.INSPECTION START O
Confirm the malfunctioning circuit (rear window defogger, headlamp or heater fan). Refer to EC-493, "Compo-
nent Function Check".
Which circuit is related to the incident? P
Rear window defogger>>GO TO 2.
Headlamp>>GO TO 3.
Heater fan>>GO TO 4.
2.CHECK REAR WINDOW DEFOGGER SYSTEM
Refer to DEF-24, "Work Flow".

Revision: 2010 May EC-493 2011 QX56

 ELECTRICAL LOAD SIGNAL
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56VD]
>> INSPECTION END
3.CHECK HEADLAMP SYSTEM
Refer to EXL-59, "Work Flow".

>> INSPECTION END

4.CHECK HEATER FAN CONTROL SYSTEM
Refer to HAC-60, "Work Flow".

>> INSPECTION END

Revision: 2010 May EC-494 2011 QX56

 ELECTRICALLY-CONTROLLED COOLING FAN COUPLING
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56VD]
ELECTRICALLY-CONTROLLED COOLING FAN COUPLING
A
Component Function Check INFOID:0000000006217997

1.CHECK COOLING FAN FUNCTION EC

WITH CONSULT-III
1. Start the engine.
2. Perform “FAN DUTY CONTROL” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode with CONSULT-III. C
3. Check that cooling fan speed varies according to the percentage.
NOTE:
Speed changes gradually as the percentage changes. D
WITHOUT CONSULT-III
1. Start the engine and warm up the engine until engine coolant temperature reaches at least 98°C (209°F).
2. Check that cooling fan speed increase. E
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Proceed to EC-495, "Diagnosis Procedure". F
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006217998

1.CHECK DRIVE BELT G

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.

2. Check that the drive belt is not broken.
H
Is inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Replace drive belt.
I
2.CHECK ELECTRICALLY-CONTROLLED COOLING FAN COUPLING POWER SUPPLY
1. Disconnect electrically-controlled cooling fan coupling harness connector.
2. Turn ignition switch ON. J
3. Check the voltage between electrically-controlled cooling fan coupling harness connector and ground.

+ K
Electrically-controlled cooling fan coupling − Voltage
(Approx.)
Connector Terminal
L
F39 1 Ground Battery voltage
Is inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3. M
NO >> Perform trouble diagnosis for power supply circuit.
3.CHECK ELECTRICALLY-CONTROLLED COOLING FAN COUPLING GROUND CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF. N
2. Check the continuity between electrically-controlled cooling fan coupling harness connector and ground.

+ O
Electrically-controlled cooling fan coupling −
Continuity
Connector Terminal
P
F39 6 Ground Existed
Is inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
4.CHECK ELECTRICALLY-CONTROLLED COOLING FAN COUPLING CONTROL SIGNAL
WITH CONSULT-III

Revision: 2010 May EC-495 2011 QX56

 ELECTRICALLY-CONTROLLED COOLING FAN COUPLING
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56VD]
1. Start the engine.
2. Perform “FAN DUTY CONTROL” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode of “ECM” with CONSULT-III.
3. Set the Duty value to 100%.
4. Check the voltage between electrically-controlled cooling fan coupling harness connector and ground.
CAUTION:
Wait for 1 minute or more to measure.

+
Voltage
Electrically-controlled cooling fan coupling −
(Approx.)
Connector Terminal

F39 3 Ground

JMMIA0404GB

2. 5 V

WITHOUT CONSULT-III
1. Start the engine and warm up the engine until engine coolant temperature reaches at least 98°C (209°F).
2. Check the voltage between electrically-controlled cooling fan coupling harness connector and ground.
CAUTION:
Wait for 1 minute or more to measure.

+
Voltage
Electrically-controlled cooling fan coupling −
(Approx.)
Connector Terminal

F39 3 Ground

JMMIA0404GB

2. 5 V
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 7.
NO >> GO TO 5.
5.CHECK ELECTRICALLY-CONTROLLED COOLING FAN COUPLING CONTROL CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect IPDM E/R harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between electrically-controlled cooling fan coupling harness connector and IPDM E/
R harness connector.

+ −
Electrically-controlled cooling fan
IPDM E/R Continuity
coupling
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
F39 3 E17 72 Existed
4. Also check harness for short to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 6.

Revision: 2010 May EC-496 2011 QX56

 ELECTRICALLY-CONTROLLED COOLING FAN COUPLING
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56VD]
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
6.CHECK CAN COMMUNICATION A

Refer to LAN-18, "Trouble Diagnosis Flow Chart".

Is inspection result normal? EC
YES >> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-40, "Intermittent Incident".
NO >> Repair or Replace error-detected parts.
7.CHECK COOLING FAN SPEED SENSOR C
Refer to EC-367, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Is inspection result normal?
D
YES >> Replace electrically-controlled cooling fan coupling. Refer to CO-16, "Removal and Installation".
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.

Revision: 2010 May EC-497 2011 QX56

 FUEL INJECTOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56VD]
FUEL INJECTOR
Component Function Check INFOID:0000000006218002

1.INSPECTION START
Turn ignition switch to START.
Are any cylinders ignited?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Proceed to EC-498, "Diagnosis Procedure".
2.CHECK FUEL INJECTOR FUNCTION
WITH CONSULT-III
1. Start engine.
2. Perform “POWER BALANCE” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode with CONSULT-III.
3. Check that each circuit produces a momentary engine speed drop.
WITHOUT CONSULT-III
1. Start engine.
2. Listen to each fuel injector operating sound.

Clicking sound should be heard.

Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Proceed to EC-498, "Diagnosis Procedure".

PBIB3332E

Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006218003

1.CHECK FUEL INJECTOR POWER SUPPLY

1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Check the voltage between ECM harness connector and ground.

+
ECM − Voltage
Connector Terminal
46
F111
51
Ground Battery voltage
111
E80
112
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Perform the trouble diagnosis for power supply circuit. Refer to EC-168, "Diagnosis Procedure".
2.CHECK FUEL INJECTOR CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect fuel injector harness connector and ECM harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between fuel injector harness connector and ECM harness connector.

Revision: 2010 May EC-498 2011 QX56

 FUEL INJECTOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56VD]

+ − A
Cylinder Fuel injector ECM Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
EC
1 101
1 F123 F110
2 108
1 7 C
2 F124 F111
2 4
1 6
3 F125 F111 D
2 3
1 107
4 F126 F110
2 104 E
Existed
1 2
5 F127 F111
2 9
1 102
F
6 F128 F110
2 109
1 106
7 F129 F110 G
2 103
1 1
8 F130 F111
2 8 H

4. Also check harness for short to ground and to power.

Is the inspection result normal?
I
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
3.CHECK ECM GROUND CIRCUIT J
Check the continuity between ECM harness connector and ground.

+ K
ECM − Continuity
Connector Terminal
L
F111 5
114 Ground Exsisted
E80
115 M
Is inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts. N

4.CHECK FUEL INJECTOR

Refer to EC-499, "Component Inspection". O
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-40, "Intermittent Incident".
NO >> Replace malfunctioning fuel injector. Refer to EM-49, "Removal and Installation". P
Component Inspection INFOID:0000000006218004

1.CHECK FUEL INJECTOR

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect fuel injector harness connector.
3. Check the resistance between fuel injector terminals as per the following.

Revision: 2010 May EC-499 2011 QX56

 FUEL INJECTOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56VD]

Injector
+ − Condition Resistance
Terminal
1 2 Temperature 10 - 60°C (50 - 140°F) 1.44 - 1.73 Ω
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Replace malfunctioning fuel injector. Refer to EM-49, "Removal and Installation".

Revision: 2010 May EC-500 2011 QX56

 HIGH PRESSURE FUEL PUMP
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56VD]
HIGH PRESSURE FUEL PUMP
A
Component Function Check INFOID:0000000006218005

1.CHECK HIGH PRESSURE FUEL PUMP FUNCTION EC

WITH CONSULT-III
1. Start engine.
2. Check “FUEL PRES SEN V” in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III. C

Monitor Item Condition Values/Status

Engine speed: Idle 980 – 1,200 mV D
FUEL PRES SEN V Engine speed: Revving engine from idle to 4,000 rpm
1,100 – 2,900 mV
quickly
E
WITHOUT CONSULT-III
1. Start engine.
2. Check the voltage between ECM harness connector and ground.
F
ECM
+ − Condition Voltage
G
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14 V) H
[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition
• Idle speed
NOTE: I
The pulse cycle changes depending
on rpm at idle

JPBIA3340ZZ J
F110 105 E80 175
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14 V)
K
[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition
• Engine speed: 2,000 rpm
L

JPBIA3341ZZ

Is the inspection result normal? M

YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Proceed to EC-501, "Diagnosis Procedure".
N
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006218006

1.CHECK HIGH PRESSURE FUEL PUMP SOLENOID CIRCUIT O

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector and high pressure fuel pump harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between ECM harness connector and high pressure fuel pump harness connector.
P

+ −
ECM High pressure fuel pump Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
105 1
F110 F24 Existed
110 2

Revision: 2010 May EC-501 2011 QX56

 HIGH PRESSURE FUEL PUMP
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56VD]
4. Also check harness for short to ground and to power.
Is inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
2.CHECK HIGH PRESSURE FUEL PUMP SOLENOID
Refer to EC-502, "Component Inspection".
Is inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Replace high pressure fuel pump. Refer to EM-43, "Removal and Installation".
3.CHECK HIGH PRESSURE FUEL PUMP INSTALLATION CONDITION
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Check that the high pressure fuel pump is installed with no backlash and looseness.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
4.CHECK CAMSHAFT
1. Remove camshaft. Refer to EM-75, "Removal and Installation".
2. Check camshaft. Refer to EM-77, "Inspection".
Is inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Replace camshaft. Refer to EM-75, "Removal and Installation".
Component Inspection INFOID:0000000006218007

1.CHECK HIGH PRESSURE FUEL PUMP SOLENOID

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect high pressure fuel pump harness connector.
3. Check the resistance between high pressure fuel pump connector terminals as per the following.

+ −
High pressure fuel pump Condition Resistance
Terminal
1 2 Temperature 20 – 30°C (68 – 86°F) 9 – 11 Ω
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Replace high pressure fuel pump. Refer to EM-43, "Removal and Installation".

Revision: 2010 May EC-502 2011 QX56

 ICC BRAKE SWITCH
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56VD]
ICC BRAKE SWITCH
A
Component Function Check INFOID:0000000006218008

1.CHECK ICC BRAKE SWITCH FUNCTION EC

WITH CONSULT-III
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Select “BRAKE SW1” in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III. C
3. Check “BRAKE SW1” indication under the following conditions.

Monitor item Condition Indication D

BRAKE SW1 Slightly depressed OFF
Brake pedal
(ICC brake switch) Fully released ON
E

WITHOUT CONSULT-III
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Check the voltage between ECM harness connector terminals as per the following. F

ECM
G
+ – Condition Voltage
Connector
Terminal Terminal

147 Slightly depressed Approx. 0 V H

E80 175 Brake pedal
(ICC brake switch signal) Fully released Battery voltage
Is the inspection result normal?
I
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Go to EC-503, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006218009 J

1.CHECK DTC WITH ADAS CONTROL UNIT

Refer to DAS-21, "CONSULT-III Function (ICC/ADAS)" and DAS-38, "DTC Index". K
Are any DTCs detected?
YES >> Perform the Diagnosis Procedure corresponding to the detected DTC.
NO >> GO TO 2. L
2.CHECK OVERALL FUNCTION
WITH CONSULT-III M
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Select “BRAKE SW1” in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III.
3. Check “BRAKE SW1” indication under the following conditions.
N

Monitor item Condition Indication

BRAKE SW1 Slightly depressed OFF O

Brake pedal
(ICC brake switch) Fully released ON

WITHOUT CONSULT-III
1. Turn ignition switch ON. P
2. Check the voltage between ECM harness connector terminals under the following conditions.

Revision: 2010 May EC-503 2011 QX56

 ICC BRAKE SWITCH
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56VD]

ECM
+ – Condition Voltage (V)
Connector
Terminal Terminal

147 Slightly depressed Approx. 0

E80 175 Brake pedal
(ICC brake switch signal) Fully released Battery voltage
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK ICC BRAKE SWITCH POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-I
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ICC brake switch harness connector.
3. Turn ignition switch ON.
4. Check the voltage between ICC brake switch harness connector and ground.

ICC brake switch

Ground Voltage
Connector Terminal
E68 2 Ground Battery voltage
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 7.
NO >> GO TO 4.
4.CHECK ICC BRAKE SWITCH POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-II
Check the voltage between ICC brake switch harness connector and ground.

ICC brake switch

Ground Voltage
Connector Terminal
E68 1 Ground Battery voltage
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> GO TO 5.
5.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following.
• Fuse block (J/B) connector E103
• 10 A fuse (No. 3)
• Harness for open or short between ICC brake switch and fuse

>> Repair open circuit or short to ground in harness or connectors.

6.CHECK ICC BRAKE SWITCH
Refer to EC-445, "Component Inspection (ICC Brake Switch)".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 9.
NO >> Replace ICC brake switch. Refer to BR-20, "Removal and Installation".
7.CHECK ICC BRAKE SWITCH INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between ICC brake switch harness connector and ECM harness connector.

Revision: 2010 May EC-504 2011 QX56

 ICC BRAKE SWITCH
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56VD]

ICC brake switch ECM A

Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
E68 2 E80 147 Existed
EC
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 9. C
NO >> GO TO 8.
8.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
D
Check the following.
• Harness for open or short between ICC brake switch and ECM
• Loose or poor connection for each connector and harness
E
>> Repair open circuit, short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
9.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT F
Refer to GI-40, "Intermittent Incident".

>> INSPECTION END G

Component Inspection (ICC Brake Switch) INFOID:0000000006218010

H
1.CHECK ICC BRAKE SWITCH-I
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ICC brake switch harness connector. I
3. Check the continuity between ICC brake switch terminals under the following conditions.

Terminals Condition Continuity J

Fully released Existed
1 and 2 Brake pedal
Slightly depressed Not existed
Is the inspection result normal? K
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> GO TO 2.
L
2.CHECK ICC BRAKE SWITCH-II
1. Adjust ICC brake switch installation. Refer to BR-21, "Inspection and Adjustment".
2. Check the continuity between ICC brake switch terminals under the following conditions. M

Terminals Condition Continuity

Fully released Existed N
1 and 2 Brake pedal
Slightly depressed Not existed
Is the inspection result normal?
O
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Replace ICC brake switch. Refer to BR-20, "Removal and Installation".

Revision: 2010 May EC-505 2011 QX56

 IGNITION SIGNAL
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56VD]
IGNITION SIGNAL
Component Function Check INFOID:0000000006218011

1.INSPECTION START
Turn ignition switch OFF, and restart engine.
Does the engine start?
YES-1 >> With CONSULT-III: GO TO 2.
YES-2 >> Without CONSULT-III: GO TO 3.
NO >> Go to EC-506, "Diagnosis Procedure".
2.CHECK IGNITION SIGNAL FUNCTION
WITH CONSULT-III
1. Perform “POWER BALANCE” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode with CONSULT-III.
2. Check that each circuit produces a momentary engine speed drop.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Go to EC-506, "Diagnosis Procedure".
3.CHECK IGNITION SIGNAL FUNCTION
WITHOUT CONSULT-III
1. Let engine idle.
2. Read the voltage signal between ECM harness connector terminals under the following conditions with an
oscilloscope.

ECM
+ – Voltage signal
Cylinder
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
1 12
2 13
3 14
4 15
F111 E80 175
5 17
6 18
7 19 PBIB0044E

8 20
NOTE:
The pulse cycle changes depending on rpm at idle.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Go to EC-506, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006218012

1.CHECK IGNITION COIL POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-I

1. Turn ignition switch OFF, wait at least 10 seconds and then turn it ON.
2. Check the voltage between ECM harness connector terminals under the following conditions.

Revision: 2010 May EC-506 2011 QX56

 IGNITION SIGNAL
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56VD]

ECM A
+ – Voltage
Connector
Terminal Terminal
EC
171
E80 175 Battery voltage
172
Is the inspection result normal? C
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Go to EC-168, "Diagnosis Procedure".
2.CHECK IGNITION COIL POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-II D

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.

2. Disconnect condenser harness connector.
E
3. Turn ignition switch ON.
4. Check the voltage between condenser harness connector and ground.

Condenser
F
Ground Voltage
Connector Terminal
F8 1 Ground Battery voltage G
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> GO TO 3. H
3.CHECK IGNITION COIL POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-III
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
I
2. Disconnect IPDM E/R harness connector E7.
3. Check the continuity between IPDM E/R harness connector and condenser harness connector.

J
IPDM E/R Condenser
Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
E15 61 F8 1 Existed K
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Go to EC-168, "Diagnosis Procedure". L
NO >> GO TO 4.
4.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART M
Check the following.
• Harness for open or short between IPDM E/R and condenser
• Loose or poor connection for each connector and harness
N

>> Repair open circuit, short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
5.CHECK CONDENSER GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT O
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Check the continuity between condenser harness connector and ground.
P
Condenser
Ground Continuity
Connector Terminal
F8 2 Ground Existed
3. Also check harness for short to power.
Is the inspection result normal?

Revision: 2010 May EC-507 2011 QX56

 IGNITION SIGNAL
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56VD]
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> Repair open circuit or short to power in harness or connectors.
6.CHECK CONDENSER
Refer to EC-510, "Component Inspection (Condenser)"
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 7.
NO >> Replace condenser.
7.CHECK IGNITION COIL POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-IV
1. Reconnect all harness connectors disconnected.
2. Disconnect ignition coil harness connector.
3. Turn ignition switch ON.
4. Check the voltage between ignition coil harness connector and ground.

Ignition coil
Ground Voltage
Cylinder Connector Terminal
1 F75 3
2 F76 3
3 F77 3
4 F78 3
Ground Battery voltage
5 F79 3
6 F80 3
7 F81 3
8 F82 3
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 9.
NO >> GO TO 8.
8.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following.
• Harness connector F22 and E46
• Harness for open or short between ignition coil and harness connector F22

>> Repair or replace harness or connectors.

9.CHECK IGNITION COIL GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Check the continuity between ignition coil harness connector and ground.

Ignition coil
Ground Continuity
Cylinder Connector Terminal
1 F75 2
2 F76 2
3 F77 2
4 F78 2
Ground Existed
5 F79 2
6 F80 2
7 F81 2
8 F82 2
3. Also check harness for short to power.
Is the inspection result normal?

Revision: 2010 May EC-508 2011 QX56

 IGNITION SIGNAL
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56VD]
YES >> GO TO 10.
NO >> Repair open circuit or short to power in harness or connectors. A
10.CHECK IGNITION COIL OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
EC
2. Check the continuity between ignition coil harness connector and ECM harness connector.

Ignition coil ECM

Continuity C
Cylinder Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
1 F75 1 12
2 F76 1 13 D
3 F77 1 14
4 F78 1 15
F111 Existed E
5 F79 1 17
6 F80 1 18
7 F81 1 19 F
8 F82 1 20
3. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
Is the inspection result normal? G
YES >> GO TO 11.
NO >> Repair open circuit, short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
H
11.CHECK IGNITION COIL WITH POWER TRANSISTOR
Refer to EC-509, "Component Inspection (Ignition Coil with Power Transistor)".
Is the inspection result normal? I
YES >> GO TO 12.
NO >> Replace malfunctioning ignition coil with power transistor.
12.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT J

Refer to GI-40, "Intermittent Incident".

K
>> INSPECTION END
Component Inspection (Ignition Coil with Power Transistor) INFOID:0000000006218013
L
1.CHECK IGNITION COIL WITH POWER TRANSISTOR-I
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ignition coil harness connector. M
3. Check resistance between ignition coil terminals as per the following.

Terminals Resistance [at 25°C (77°F)]

N

1 and 2 Except 0 or ∞ Ω
1 and 3 O
Except 0 Ω
2 and 3
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2. P
NO >> Replace malfunctioning ignition coil with power transistor.
2.CHECK IGNITION COIL WITH POWER TRANSISTOR-II
CAUTION:
Perform the following procedure in a place with no combustible objects and good ventilation.
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Reconnect all harness connectors disconnected.

Revision: 2010 May EC-509 2011 QX56

 IGNITION SIGNAL
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56VD]
3. Remove fuel pump fuse in IPDM E/R to release fuel pressure.
NOTE:
• For the fuse number, refer to EC-114, "Wiring Diagram".
• For the fuse arrangement, refer to PG-143, "Fuse, Connector and Terminal Arrangement".
• Do not use CONSULT-III to release fuel pressure, or fuel pressure applies again during the following
procedure.
4. Start engine.
5. After engine stalls, crank it 2 or 3 times to release all fuel pressure.
6. Turn ignition switch OFF.
7. Remove all ignition coil harness connectors to avoid the electrical discharge from the ignition coils.
8. Remove ignition coil and spark plug of the cylinder to be checked.
9. Crank engine for 5 seconds or more to remove combustion gas in the cylinder.
10. Connect spark plug and harness connector to ignition coil.
11. Fix ignition coil using a rope etc. with gap of 13 - 17 mm (0.52 -
0.66 in) between the edge of the spark plug and grounded metal
portion as shown in the figure.
12. Crank engine for approximately 3 seconds, and check whether
spark is generated between the spark plug and the grounded
metal portion.

Spark should be generated.

CAUTION:
• Never place the spark plug and the ignition coil within 50
cm (19.7 in) each other. Be careful not to get an electrical JMBIA0066GB

shock while checking, because the electrical discharge

voltage becomes 20 kV or more.
• It might damage the ignition coil if the gap of more than 17 mm (0.66 in) is made.
NOTE:
When the gap is less than 13 mm (0.52 in), a spark might be generated even if the coil is malfunc-
tioning.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Replace malfunctioning ignition coil with power transistor.
Component Inspection (Condenser) INFOID:0000000006218014

1.CHECK CONDENSER
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect condenser harness connector.
3. Check resistance between condenser terminals as per the following.

Terminals Resistance
1 and 2 Above 1 MΩ [at 25°C (77°F)]
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Replace condenser.

Revision: 2010 May EC-510 2011 QX56

 INFORMATION DISPLAY (ASCD)
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56VD]
INFORMATION DISPLAY (ASCD)
A
Component Function Check INFOID:0000000006218015

1.CHECK INFORMATION DISPLAY EC

1. Start engine.
2. Press MAIN switch on ASCD steering switch.
3. Drive the vehicle at more than 40 km/h (25 MPH). C
CAUTION:
Always drive vehicle at a safe speed.
4. Press SET/COAST switch.
D
5. Check that the reading of the speedometer shows the same value as the set speed indicated in the infor-
mation display while driving the vehicle on a flat road.
Is the inspection result normal?
E
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Go to EC-511, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006218016
F

1.CHECK DTC
Check that DTC UXXXX or P0500 is not displayed. G
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO-1 >> Perform trouble diagnosis for DTC UXXXX. H
NO-2 >> Perform trouble diagnosis for DTC P0500. Refer to EC-356, "DTC Logic".
2.CHECK DTC WITH “COMBINATION METER”
I
Refer to MWI-30, "CONSULT-III Function".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3. J
NO >> Perform trouble diagnosis for DTC indicated.
3.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to GI-40, "Intermittent Incident". K
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Replace combination meter.
NO >> Repair or replace. L

Revision: 2010 May EC-511 2011 QX56

 LOW PRESSURE FUEL PUMP
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56VD]
LOW PRESSURE FUEL PUMP
Component Function Check INFOID:0000000006218017

1.CHECK FUEL PUMP FUNCTION

1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Pinch fuel feed hose with two fingers.
NOTE:
Fuel pressure pulsation should be felt on the fuel feed hose for 1 second after ignition switch is turned ON.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> EC-512, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006218018

1.CHECK FPCM POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect FPCM harness connector.
3. Turn ignition switch ON.
4. Check the voltage between FPCM harness connector and ground.

+
FPCM − Voltage
Connector Terminal
B41 10 Ground Battery voltage
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Perform the trouble diagnosis for power supply circuit. Refer to EC-168, "Diagnosis Procedure".
2.CHECK FPCM GROUND CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Check the continuity between FPCM harness connector and ground.

+
FPCM − Continuity
Connector Terminal
B41 5 Ground Existed
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Repair open circuit or short to power in harness or connectors.
3.CHECK FPCM INPUT AND OUTPUT CIRCUIT
1. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
2. Check the continuity between FPCM harness connector and ECM harness connector.

+ −
FPCM ECM Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
8 125
B41 E80 Existed
9 142
3. Also check harness for short to ground and to power.
Is the inspection result normal?

Revision: 2010 May EC-512 2011 QX56

 LOW PRESSURE FUEL PUMP
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56VD]
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts. A
4.CHECK FUEL PUMP CONTROL CIRCUIT
1. Disconnect fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump harness connector.
2. Check the continuity between FPCM harness connector and fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump harness EC
connector.

+ −
C

FPCM Fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump Continuity

Connector Terminal Connector Terminal D
6 3
B41 C5 Existed
7 1
3. Also check harness for short to ground and to power. E
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts. F

5.CHECK LOW PRESSURE FUEL PUMP

Refer to EC-513, "Component Inspection (Low Pressure Fuel Pump)". G
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> Replace fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump. Refer to FL-5, "Removal and Installation". H
6.CHECK FPCM
Refer to EC-514, "Component Inspection (FPCM)". I
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-40, "Intermittent Incident".
NO >> Replace FPCM. Refer to EC-537, "Removal and Installation". J
Component Inspection (Low Pressure Fuel Pump) INFOID:0000000006218019

1.CHECK FUEL PRESSURE REGULATOR K

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Check low fuel pressure. Refer to EC-153, "Work Procedure".
L
Is inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> GO TO 2.
M
2.CHECK LOW PRESSURE FUEL PUMP
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump. N
3. Check resistance between fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump terminals as follows.

+ − O
Fuel level sensor unit and fuel
Condition Resistance
pump
Terminals P
1 3 Temperature: 25°C (77°F) 0.2 - 5.0 Ω
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Replace fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump. Refer to FL-5, "Removal and Installation".

Revision: 2010 May EC-513 2011 QX56

 LOW PRESSURE FUEL PUMP
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56VD]
Component Inspection (FPCM) INFOID:0000000006218020

1.CHECK FUEL PUMP CONTROL MODULE (FPCM)

1. Check the voltage between FPCM terminals under the following conditions.

FPCM
+ − Condition Voltage
Terminal Terminal
For 1 second after turning ignition
Approx. 8.5 V
switch ON
7 6 More than 1 second after turning
Approx. 0 V
ignition switch ON
Idle speed Approx. 8.5 V
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Replace FPCM. Refer to EC-537, "Removal and Installation".

Revision: 2010 May EC-514 2011 QX56

 MALFUNCTION INDICATOR LAMP
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56VD]
MALFUNCTION INDICATOR LAMP
A
Component Function Check INFOID:0000000006218021

1.CHECK MIL FUNCTION EC

1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Check that MIL illuminates.
Is the inspection result normal? C
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Go to EC-515, "Diagnosis Procedure".
D
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006218022

1.CHECK DTC E
Check that DTC UXXXX is not displayed.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2. F
NO >> Perform trouble diagnosis for DTC UXXXX.
2.CHECK DTC WITH COMBINATION METER
G
Refer to MWI-30, "CONSULT-III Function".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3. H
NO >> Perform trouble diagnosis for DTC indicated.
3.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to GI-40, "Intermittent Incident". I
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Replace combination meter.
NO >> Repair or replace malfunctioning part. J

Revision: 2010 May EC-515 2011 QX56

 ON BOARD REFUELING VAPOR RECOVERY (ORVR)
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56VD]
ON BOARD REFUELING VAPOR RECOVERY (ORVR)
Component Function Check INFOID:0000000006256490

1.CHECK ORVR FUNCTION

Check whether the following symptoms are present.
• Fuel odor from EVAP canister is strong.
• Cannot refuel/Fuel odor from the fuel filler opening is strong while refueling.
Are any symptoms present?
YES >> Proceed to EC-516, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006256491

1.INSPECTION START
Check whether the following symptoms are present.
A: Fuel odor from EVAP canister is strong.
B: Cannot refuel/Fuel odor from the fuel filler opening is strong while refueling.
Which symptom is present?
A >> GO TO 2.
B >> GO TO 7.
2.CHECK EVAP CANISTER
1. Remove EVAP canister with EVAP canister vent control valve and EVAP control system pressure sensor
attached.
2. Weigh the EVAP canister with EVAP canister vent control valve and EVAP control system pressure sensor
attached.
The weight should be less than 2.5 kg (5.5 lb).
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> GO TO 4.
3.CHECK IF EVAP CANISTER IS SATURATED WITH WATER
Check if water will drain from EVAP canister (1).
• EVAP canister vent control valve (2)
Does water drain from the EVAP canister?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> GO TO 6.

JSBIA0692ZZ

4.REPLACE EVAP CANISTER

Replace EVAP canister with a new one.

>> GO TO 5.
5.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the EVAP hose between EVAP canister and vehicle frame for clogging or poor connection.

>> Repair or replace EVAP hose.

6.CHECK REFUELING EVAP VAPOR CUT VALVE
Refer to EC-518, "Component Inspection (EVAP Vapor Cut Valve)".

Revision: 2010 May EC-516 2011 QX56

 ON BOARD REFUELING VAPOR RECOVERY (ORVR)
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56VD]
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END A
NO >> Replace refueling EVAP vapor cut valve with fuel tank.
7.CHECK EVAP CANISTER
EC
1. Remove EVAP canister with EVAP canister vent control valve and EVAP control system pressure sensor
attached.
2. Weigh the EVAP canister with EVAP canister vent control valve and EVAP control system pressure sensor
attached. C
The weight should be less than 2.5 kg (5.5 lb).
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 8. D
NO >> GO TO 9.
8.CHECK IF EVAP CANISTER IS SATURATED WITH WATER E
Check if water will drain from EVAP canister (1).
• EVAP canister vent control valve (2)
Does water drain from the EVAP canister? F
YES >> GO TO 9.
NO >> GO TO 11.
G

H
JSBIA0692ZZ

9.REPLACE EVAP CANISTER

I
Replace EVAP canister with a new one.

>> GO TO 10. J
10.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the EVAP hose between EVAP canister and vehicle frame for clogging or poor connection.
K
>> Repair or replace EVAP hose.
11.CHECK VENT HOSES AND VENT TUBES L
Check hoses and tubes between EVAP canister and refueling control valve for clogging, kinks, looseness and
improper connection.
Is the inspection result normal? M
YES >> GO TO 12.
NO >> Repair or replace hoses and tubes.
12.CHECK FILLER NECK TUBE N
Check recirculation line for clogging, dents and cracks.
Is the inspection result normal?
O
YES >> GO TO 13.
NO >> Replace filler neck tube.
13.CHECK REFUELING EVAP VAPOR CUT VALVE P
Refer to EC-518, "Component Inspection (EVAP Vapor Cut Valve)".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 14.
NO >> Replace refueling EVAP vapor cut valve with fuel tank.
14.CHECK FUEL FILLER TUBE
Check filler neck tube and hose connected to the fuel tank for clogging, dents and cracks.

Revision: 2010 May EC-517 2011 QX56

 ON BOARD REFUELING VAPOR RECOVERY (ORVR)
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56VD]
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 15.
NO >> Replace fuel filler tube.
15.CHECK ONE-WAY FUEL VALVE-I
Check one-way fuel valve for clogging.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 16.
NO >> Repair or replace one-way fuel valve with fuel tank.
16.CHECK ONE-WAY FUEL VALVE-II
1. Check that fuel is drained from the tank.
2. Remove fuel filler tube and hose.
3. Check one-way fuel valve for operation as per the following.
When a stick is inserted, the valve should open, when removing
stick it should close.
Do not drop any material into the tank.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Replace fuel filler tube or replace one-way fuel valve
with fuel tank.

SEF665U

Component Inspection (EVAP Vapor Cut Valve) INFOID:0000000006256492

1.CHECK REFUELING EVAP VAPOR CUT VALVE

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Remove fuel tank. Refer to FL-8, "Removal and Installation".
3. Drain fuel from the tank as per the following:
- Remove fuel gauge retainer.
- Drain fuel from the tank using a handy pump into a fuel container.
4. Check refueling EVAP vapor cut valve for being stuck to close as per the following.
Blow air into the refueling EVAP vapor cut valve (from the end of EVAP/ORVR line hose), and check that
the air flows freely into the tank.
5. Check refueling EVAP vapor cut valve for being stuck to open as per the following.
- Connect vacuum pump to hose end.
- Remove fuel gauge retainer with fuel gauge unit.
Always replace O-ring with new one.
- Turn fuel tank upside down.

Revision: 2010 May EC-518 2011 QX56

 ON BOARD REFUELING VAPOR RECOVERY (ORVR)
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56VD]
- Apply vacuum pressure to hose end [−13.3 kPa (−0.136 kg/cm3, −1.93 psi)] with fuel gauge retainer
remaining open and check that the pressure is applicable. A

EC

F
JSBIA0605GB

Is the inspection result normal?

YES >> INSPECTION END G
NO >> Replace refueling EVAP vapor cut valve with fuel tank.

Revision: 2010 May EC-519 2011 QX56

 REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56VD]
REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR
Component Function Check INFOID:0000000006218026

1.CHECK REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR FUNCTION

1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Turn A/C switch and blower fan switch ON.
3. Check the voltage between ECM harness connector terminals as per the following.

ECM
+ – Voltage (V)
Connector
Terminal Terminal
144
E80 150 1.0 - 4.0
(Refrigerant pressure sensor signal)
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Go to EC-520, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006218027

1.CHECK REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT

1. Disconnect refrigerant pressure sensor harness connector.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Check the voltage between refrigerant pressure sensor harness connector and ground.

Refrigerant pressure sensor

Ground Voltage (V)
Connector Terminal
E77 1 Ground Approx. 5
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following.
• Harness for open or short between ECM and refrigerant pressure sensor
• Loose or poor connection for each connector and harness

>> Repair open circuit, short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
3.CHECK REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between refrigerant pressure sensor harness connector and ECM harness connec-
tor.

Refrigerant pressure sensor ECM

Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
E77 3 E80 150 Existed
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> GO TO 4.

Revision: 2010 May EC-520 2011 QX56

 REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56VD]

4.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART A

Check the following.
• Harness for open or short between ECM and refrigerant pressure sensor
• Loose or poor connection for each connector and harness
EC

>> Repair open circuit, short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
5.CHECK REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT C
1. Check the continuity between refrigerant pressure sensor harness connector and ECM harness connec-
tor.
D
Refrigerant pressure sensor ECM
Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
E
E77 2 E80 144 Existed
2. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
Is the inspection result normal? F
YES >> GO TO 7.
NO >> GO TO 6.
6.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART G

Check the following.

• Harness for open or short between ECM and refrigerant pressure sensor
• Loose or poor connection for each connector and harness H

>> Repair open circuit, short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
I
7.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to GI-40, "Intermittent Incident".
Is the inspection result normal? J
YES >> Replace refrigerant pressure sensor. Refer to HA-39, "REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR :
Removal and Installation".
NO >> Repair or replace malfunctioning part. K

Revision: 2010 May EC-521 2011 QX56

 SNOW MODE SWITCH
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56VD]
SNOW MODE SWITCH
Description INFOID:0000000006256403

The snow mode switch signal is sent to the combination meter from the snow mode switch. The combination
meter then sends the signal to the ECM via the CAN communication line.
The snow mode is used for driving or starting the vehicle on snowy roads or slippery areas. If the snow mode
is activated, the vehicle speed will not accelerate as quickly as normal to avoid vehicle slip. In other words,
ECM controls rapid engine torque change by controlling the electric throttle control actuator operating speed.
Component Function Check INFOID:0000000006256404

1.CHECK SNOW MODE SWITCH FUNCTION

1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Select “SNOW MODE SW” in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III.
3. Check “SNOW MODE SW” indication under the following conditions.

Monitor item Condition Indication

ON ON
SNOW MODE SW Snow mode switch
OFF OFF
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Go to EC-522, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006256405

1.CHECK DTC WITH COMBINATION METER

Refer to MWI-30, "CONSULT-III Function".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Go to MWI-57, "Work flow".
2.CHECK SNOW MODE SWITCH POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect snow mode switch harness connector.
3. Turn ignition switch ON.
4. Check the voltage between snow mode switch harness connector and ground.

Snow mode switch

Ground Voltage
Connector Terminal
M54 12 Ground Battery voltage
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> GO TO 3.
3.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following.
• Fuse block harness connector M3
• 10 A fuse (No. 13)
• Harness for open or short between snow mode switch and fuse.

>> Repair open circuit, short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
4.CHECK SNOW MODE SWITCH INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.

Revision: 2010 May EC-522 2011 QX56

 SNOW MODE SWITCH
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VK56VD]
2. Disconnect combination meter harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between snow mode switch harness connector and combination meter harness con- A
nector.

Snow mode switch Combination meter EC

Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
M54 22 M34 33 Existed
C
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5. D
NO >> Repair open circuit, short to ground or short to power in harness or connector.
5.CHECK SNOW MODE SWITCH
Refer to EC-523, "Component Inspection". E
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> Replace snow mode switch. Refer to IP-25, "Removal and Installation". F
6.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to GI-40, "Intermittent Incident". G

>> INSPECTION END

H
Component Inspection INFOID:0000000006256406

1.CHECK SNOW MODE SWITCH I

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect snow mode switch harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between snow mode switch terminals under the following conditions.
J

Terminals Condition Continuity

ON Existed K
12 and 22 Snow mode switch
OFF Not Existed
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END L
NO >> Replace snow mode switch. Refer to IP-25, "Removal and Installation".

Revision: 2010 May EC-523 2011 QX56

 ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM SYMPTOMS
< SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS > [VK56VD]

SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS
ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM SYMPTOMS
Symptom Table INFOID:0000000006218028

SYSTEM — BASIC ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM

SYMPTOM

OVERHEATS/WATER TEMPERATURE HIGH

LACK OF POWER/POOR ACCELERATION
HARD/NO START/RESTART (EXCP. HA)

BATTERY DEAD (UNDER CHARGE)

HESITATION/SURGING/FLAT SPOT

EXCESSIVE FUEL CONSUMPTION

EXCESSIVE OIL CONSUMPTION

SPARK KNOCK/DETONATION

SLOW/NO RETURN TO IDLE

Reference

ROUGH IDLE/HUNTING
HIGH IDLE/LOW IDLE
page

IDLING VIBRATION
ENGINE STALL

Warranty symptom code AA AB AC AD AE AF AG AH AJ AK AL AM HA

Fuel Low pressure fuel pump circuit 1 1 2 3 2 2 2 3 2 EC-512
Low fuel pressure sensor circuit 4 4 EC-483
Fuel pressure regulator system 3 3 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 EC-198
Fuel injector circuit 1 1 2 3 2 2 2 2 EC-498
Evaporative emission system 3 3 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 EC-532
EC-276
FRP sensor circuit 1 1 2 2 2 2 2 2
EC-279
High pressure fuel pump circuit 4 3 EC-501
Air Positive crankcase ventilation sys-
4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 1 EC-534
tem 3 3
Incorrect idle speed adjustment 1 1 1 1 1 EC-139
EC-460
Electric throttle control actuator 1 1 2 3 3 2 2 2 2 2 2
EC-466
Ignition Incorrect ignition timing adjustment 3 3 1 1 1 1 1 1 EC-139
Ignition circuit 1 1 2 2 2 2 2 2 EC-506
Main power supply and ground circuit 2 2 3 3 3 3 3 2 3 EC-168

Revision: 2010 May EC-524 2011 QX56

 ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM SYMPTOMS
< SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS > [VK56VD]
SYMPTOM
A

OVERHEATS/WATER TEMPERATURE HIGH

LACK OF POWER/POOR ACCELERATION
HARD/NO START/RESTART (EXCP. HA)

BATTERY DEAD (UNDER CHARGE)

EC

HESITATION/SURGING/FLAT SPOT

EXCESSIVE FUEL CONSUMPTION

EXCESSIVE OIL CONSUMPTION

SPARK KNOCK/DETONATION

SLOW/NO RETURN TO IDLE

Reference C

ROUGH IDLE/HUNTING
HIGH IDLE/LOW IDLE
page

IDLING VIBRATION
D

ENGINE STALL
E

Warranty symptom code AA AB AC AD AE AF AG AH AJ AK AL AM HA

Mass air flow sensor circuit 2 EC-201 F
1
Engine coolant temperature sensor circuit 3 3 EC-217
EC-181
G
3 EC-228
Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 circuit EC-232
1 2 2 2 2 2 EC-235
EC-238 H
EC-219
EC-288
Throttle position sensor circuit EC-406
I
EC-407
2 2 EC-475
EC-468
Accelerator pedal position sensor circuit 3 2 1 EC-471 J
EC-478
Knock sensor circuit 2 3 EC-297
Engine oil temperature sensor 4 2 3 EC-285 K
Crankshaft position sensor circuit 2 2 EC-299
Camshaft position sensor circuit 3 2 EC-303
L
Vehicle speed signal circuit 2 3 3 3 EC-356
Power steering pressure sensor circuit 2 3 3 EC-371
EC-376 M
ECM 2 2 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 EC-378
EC-380
Intake valve timing control solenoid valve cir- N
3 2 1 3 2 2 3 3 EC-193
cuit
EC-451
VVEL control module 3 4 4 3
EC-452
O
VVEL actuator motor 3 4 4 3 EC-390
VVEL actuator motor relay 3 4 4 3 EC-393
VVEL control shaft position sensor 3 4 4 3 EC-387 P
PNP signal circuit 3 3 3 3 3 EC-383
Refrigerant pressure sensor circuit 2 3 3 4 EC-520
Electrical load signal circuit 3 EC-493
Air conditioner circuit 2 2 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 2 HAC-60
ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) 4 BRC-60

Revision: 2010 May EC-525 2011 QX56

 Fuel

Revision: 2010 May

Fuel tank
Battery current sensor

Vapor lock
(continued on next page)

Fuel piping
Warranty symptom code

Warranty symptom code

Heated oxygen sensor 2

Low octane)
Valve deposit
< SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS >

Manifold absolute pressure sensor circuit

Poor fuel (Heavy weight gasoline,

1 - 6: The numbers refer to the order of inspection.
HARD/NO START/RESTART (EXCP. HA) HARD/NO START/RESTART (EXCP. HA)

5
5
AA

AA
ENGINE STALL ENGINE STALL

5
AB

AB
HESITATION/SURGING/FLAT SPOT

6
HESITATION/SURGING/FLAT SPOT

5
5
AC

AC
SYSTEM — ENGINE MECHANICAL & OTHER
SPARK KNOCK/DETONATION SPARK KNOCK/DETONATION

5
5
AD

AD

EC-526
LACK OF POWER/POOR ACCELERATION
6
LACK OF POWER/POOR ACCELERATION

5
5
AE

AE
HIGH IDLE/LOW IDLE
4

HIGH IDLE/LOW IDLE

AF

AF
ROUGH IDLE/HUNTING
5

ROUGH IDLE/HUNTING

5
5
AG

AG
SYMPTOM

SYMPTOM
IDLING VIBRATION
5

IDLING VIBRATION

5
5
AH

AH
SLOW/NO RETURN TO IDLE SLOW/NO RETURN TO IDLE
AJ

AJ
ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM SYMPTOMS

OVERHEATS/WATER TEMPERATURE HIGH OVERHEATS/WATER TEMPERATURE HIGH

AK

AK
EXCESSIVE FUEL CONSUMPTION
3

EXCESSIVE FUEL CONSUMPTION

5
5
AL

AL
EXCESSIVE OIL CONSUMPTION EXCESSIVE OIL CONSUMPTION
AM

AM
BATTERY DEAD (UNDER CHARGE)
3

BATTERY DEAD (UNDER CHARGE)

HA

HA

FL-4
FL-4
page

page

—
—
—
EC-257
EC-249
EC-243
EC-424
EC-420
EC-412
EC-210
Reference

Reference
[VK56VD]

2011 QX56
 ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM SYMPTOMS
< SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS > [VK56VD]
SYMPTOM
A

OVERHEATS/WATER TEMPERATURE HIGH

LACK OF POWER/POOR ACCELERATION
HARD/NO START/RESTART (EXCP. HA)

BATTERY DEAD (UNDER CHARGE)

EC

HESITATION/SURGING/FLAT SPOT

EXCESSIVE FUEL CONSUMPTION

EXCESSIVE OIL CONSUMPTION

SPARK KNOCK/DETONATION

SLOW/NO RETURN TO IDLE

Reference C

ROUGH IDLE/HUNTING
HIGH IDLE/LOW IDLE
page

IDLING VIBRATION
D

ENGINE STALL
E

Warranty symptom code AA AB AC AD AE AF AG AH AJ AK AL AM HA

Air Air duct EM-28 F
Air cleaner EM-27
Air leakage from air duct
G
(Mass air flow sensor — electric EM-28
5 5 5 5 5 5
throttle control actuator)
5 5 5 5
Electric throttle control actuator EC-460
H
Air leakage from intake manifold/
EM-30
Collector/Gasket
Cranking Battery PG-161
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 I
Generator circuit CHG-13
Starter circuit 3 1 STR-11
Signal plate 6 EM-106 J
PNP signal 4 EC-383
Engine Cylinder head
5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 EM-92 K
Cylinder head gasket 4 3
Cylinder block
Piston 4 L
Piston ring
6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 EM-115
Connecting rod
M
Bearing
Crankshaft
Valve Timing chain EM-72 N
mecha-
Camshaft EM-77
nism
Intake valve timing control 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 EM-61
Intake valve O
3 EM-92
Exhaust valve
Exhaust Exhaust manifold/Tube/Muffler/
EM-42 P
Gasket 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5
EX-6
Three way catalyst

Revision: 2010 May EC-527 2011 QX56

 ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM SYMPTOMS
< SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS > [VK56VD]
SYMPTOM

OVERHEATS/WATER TEMPERATURE HIGH

LACK OF POWER/POOR ACCELERATION
HARD/NO START/RESTART (EXCP. HA)

BATTERY DEAD (UNDER CHARGE)

HESITATION/SURGING/FLAT SPOT

EXCESSIVE FUEL CONSUMPTION

EXCESSIVE OIL CONSUMPTION

SPARK KNOCK/DETONATION

SLOW/NO RETURN TO IDLE

Reference

ROUGH IDLE/HUNTING
HIGH IDLE/LOW IDLE
page

IDLING VIBRATION
Warranty symptom code AA ENGINE STALL
AB AC AD AE AF AG AH AJ AK AL AM HA
Lubrica- EM-56
tion EM-60
Oil pan/Oil strainer/Oil pump/Oil
LU-9
filter/Oil gallery/Oil cooler 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 LU-12
LU-14
Oil level (Low)/Filthy oil LU-7
Cooling CO-11
Radiator/Hose/Radiator filler cap
CO-11
Thermostat 5 CO-21
Water pump CO-19
5 5 5 5 5 5 5 4 5
Water gallery EM-115
Cooling fan CO-17
Coolant level (Low)/Contaminat- 5
CO-8
ed coolant
IVIS (INFINITI Vehicle Immobilizer System —
1 1 SEC-48
NATS)
1 - 6: The numbers refer to the order of inspection.

Revision: 2010 May E C -5 2 8 2011 QX56

 NORMAL OPERATING CONDITION
< SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS > [VK56VD]
NORMAL OPERATING CONDITION
A
Description INFOID:0000000006218029

FUEL CUT CONTROL (AT NO LOAD AND HIGH ENGINE SPEED) EC

If the engine speed is above 1,800 rpm under no load (for example, the selector lever position is neutral and
engine speed is over 1,800 rpm) fuel will be cut off after some time. The exact time when the fuel is cut off var-
ies based on engine speed. C
Fuel cut will be operated until the engine speed reaches 1,500 rpm, then fuel cut will be cancelled.
NOTE:
This function is different from deceleration control listed under direct injection gasoline System, EC-36,
"DIRECT INJECTION GASOLINE SYSTEM : System Description". D

Revision: 2010 May EC-529 2011 QX56

 IDLE SPEED
< PERIODIC MAINTENANCE > [VK56VD]

PERIODIC MAINTENANCE
IDLE SPEED
Inspection INFOID:0000000006218030

1.CHECK IDLE SPEED

WITH CONSULT-III
Check idle speed in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III.
WITH GST
Check idle speed with Service $01 of GST.

>> INSPECTION END

Revision: 2010 May EC-530 2011 QX56

 IGNITION TIMING
< PERIODIC MAINTENANCE > [VK56VD]
IGNITION TIMING
A
Inspection INFOID:0000000006218031

1.CHECK IGNITION TIMING EC

1. Attach timing light to loop wire as shown.

JSBIA0492ZZ

F
1. Loop wire
A. Timing light B. Timing indicator

2. Check ignition timing. G

>> INSPECTION END

H

Revision: 2010 May EC-531 2011 QX56

 EVAP LEAK CHECK
< PERIODIC MAINTENANCE > [VK56VD]
EVAP LEAK CHECK
Inspection INFOID:0000000006267340

CAUTION:
• Do not use compressed air or a high pressure pump.
• Do not exceed 4.12 kPa (0.042 kg/cm2, 0.6 psi) of pressure in EVAP system.
NOTE:
• Do not start engine.
• Improper installation of EVAP service port adapter (commercial service tool) to the EVAP service port may
cause a leak.
WITH CONSULT-III
1. To locate the EVAP leak, install EVAP service port adapter (com-
mercial service tool) and pressure pump to EVAP service port.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Select the “EVAP SYSTEM CLOSE” of “WORK SUPPORT”
mode with CONSULT-III.
4. Touch “START”. A bar graph (Pressure indicating display) will
appear on the screen.
5. Apply positive pressure to the EVAP system until the pressure
indicator reaches the middle of the bar graph.
6. Remove EVAP service port adapter (commercial service tool) SEF462UA
and hose with pressure pump.
7. Locate the leak using a leak detector (commercial service tool).
Refer to EC-45, "EVAPORATIVE EMISSION SYSTEM : System
Diagram".

SEF200U

WITHOUT CONSULT-III
1. To locate the EVAP leak, install EVAP service port adapter (com-
mercial service tool) and pressure pump to EVAP service port.
2. Apply battery voltage between the terminals of EVAP canister
vent control valve to make a closed EVAP system.
3. To locate the leak, deliver positive pressure to the EVAP system
until pressure gauge points reach 1.38 to 2.76 kPa (0.014 to
0.028 kg/cm2, 0.2 to 0.4 psi).
4. Remove EVAP service port adapter (commercial service tool)
and hose with pressure pump.
SEF462UA

Revision: 2010 May EC-532 2011 QX56

 EVAP LEAK CHECK
< PERIODIC MAINTENANCE > [VK56VD]
5. Locate the leak using a leak detector (commercial service tool).
Refer to EC-45, "EVAPORATIVE EMISSION SYSTEM : System A
Diagram".

EC

SEF200U

Revision: 2010 May EC-533 2011 QX56

 POSITIVE CRANKCASE VENTILATION
< PERIODIC MAINTENANCE > [VK56VD]
POSITIVE CRANKCASE VENTILATION
Inspection INFOID:0000000006218033

1.CHECK PCV VALVE

With engine running at idle, remove PCV valve from rocker cover. A
properly working valve makes a hissing noise as air passes through
it. A strong vacuum should be felt immediately when a finger is
placed over valve inlet.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Replace PCV valve. Refer to EM-33, "Exploded View".

PBIB1589E

Revision: 2010 May EC-534 2011 QX56

 ECM
< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION > [VK56VD]

REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION A

ECM
Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000006218034
EC

REMOVAL
1. Remove the battery and battery tray. Refer to PG-164, "Removal and Installation". C
2. Disconnect ECM harness connectors (1) as shown in the figure.
3. Remove ECM bracket bolts (A).
4. Separate ECM (2) and ECM bracket (3). D

F
JSBIA0307ZZ

INSTALLATION
G
Install in the reverse order of removal.
CAUTION:
Must be perform additional service when replacing ECM. Refer to EC-143, "Work Procedure".
H

Revision: 2010 May EC-535 2011 QX56

 VVEL CONTROL MODULE
< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION > [VK56VD]
VVEL CONTROL MODULE
Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000006218035

REMOVAL
1. Disconnect VVEL control module harness connector.
2. Remove the fix bolts. And then remove VVEL control module.
INSTALLATION
Install in the reverse order of removal.
CAUTION:
Must be perform additional service when replacing VVEL control module. Refer to EC-144, "Work Pro-
cedure".

Revision: 2010 May EC-536 2011 QX56

 FUEL PUMP CONTROL MODULE (FPCM)
< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION > [VK56VD]
FUEL PUMP CONTROL MODULE (FPCM)
A
Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000006218036

REMOVAL EC
1. Remove the luggage side finisher lower (LH). Refer to INT-36, "LUGGAGE SIDE LOWER FINISHER :
Removal and Installation".
2. Disconnect fuel pump control module (FPCM) connector. C
3. Remove mounting bolts and then remove fuel pump control module (FPCM).
INSTALLATION
Install in the reverse order of removal. D

Revision: 2010 May EC-537 2011 QX56

 SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)
< SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS) [VK56VD]

SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)

SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)
Idle Speed INFOID:0000000006218038

Condition Specification
No load* (in P or N position) 600 ± 50 rpm
*: Under the following conditions
• A/C switch: OFF
• Electric load: OFF (Lights, heater fan & rear window defogger)
• Steering wheel: Kept in straight-ahead position

Ignition Timing INFOID:0000000006218039

Condition Specification
No load* (in P or N position) 12 ± 2°BTDC
*: Under the following conditions
• A/C switch: OFF
• Electric load: OFF (Lights, heater fan & rear window defogger)
• Steering wheel: Kept in straight-ahead position

Calculated Load Value INFOID:0000000006218040

Condition Specification (Using CONSULT-III or GST)

At idle 5 – 35%
At 2,500 rpm 5 – 35%

Mass Air Flow Sensor INFOID:0000000006218041

Supply voltage Battery voltage (11 – 14 V)

Output voltage at idle 0.9 – 1.1 V*
1.0 – 5.0 g/s at idle*
Mass air flow (Using CONSULT-III or GST)
7.0 – 20.0 g/s at 2,500 rpm*
*: Engine is warmed up to normal operating temperature and running under no load.

Revision: 2010 May EC-538 2011 QX56